Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutSEPA EPIC-9-91 - BOEING #9-101 - 110,000 SF ADDITIONBOEING 9 -101 BUILDING ANNEXATION BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANES CONSTRUCT ADDITION TO EXISTING BUILDING 9725 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH EPIC -9 -91 WAC 197 -11 -970 MITIGATED DETERMINATION OF NONSIGNIFICANCE Description of Proposal Construction of a 110,000 g,s.f. addition to an existing 1 million g.s.f. building. Mitigating conditions are listed in Attachment A. Proponent Boeing Military Airplanes Location of Proposal, including street address, if any 9725 East Marginal Way South; Lot 18, G.D.C. in the NE 1/4 of Section 4, TWN 23. RGE 4; Tukwila, WA Lead Agency: City of Tukwila File No. EPIC-I-91 Gi M The lead agency for this proposal has determined that it does not have a probable significant adverse impact on the environment. An environmental impact statement (EIS) is not required under RCW 43.21C.030(2)(c). This decision was made after review of a completed environmental checklist and other information on file with the lead agency. This information is available to the public on request. (] There is no comment period for this DNS gii This DNS is iss ed under 197 -11- 340(2). Comments must be submitted by A Pk, t— ! 1 . The lead agency will not act on this proposal for 5 days from the date below. Responsible Official Rick Beeler Position /Title Planning Director Phone 433 -1846 Address 6200 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Date /1 ..2i jam/ Signature You may appeal this determination to the City Clerk at City Hall, 6200 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 no later than 10 days from the above date by written appeal stating the basis of the appeal for specific factual objections. You may be required to bear some of the expenses for an appeal. Copies of the procedures for SEPA appeals are available with the City Clerk and Planning Department. FM.DNS POa s ffa V,¢ c,t, eY A t Y n/ Ws CC: CA1 C 0' ) Bea-a-) 'D O - s e-PA Attachment A Mitigating Conditions to Determination of Non - significance File No. EPIC 9.-91 1. The City of Tukwila is adopting the King County Surface Water Standards and requiring biofiltration swales for parking lots. This parking lot drains directly into the Duwamish River and shall either have swales to mitigate river water quality impacts or additional analysis shall be provided to address Puget Sound Water Quality and Duwamish River needs: 2. East Marginal Way So. is being widened per the 1986 E.I.S. expansion. That widening is expected to accommodate the 110,000 g.s.f. expansion's traffic impacts in the immediate area per CH2M Hill and Entranco. Providing drainage in coordination with the widening is a major issue. The increased traffic contributes to the widening need and drainage connections. Boeing will provide an easement for a City maintained swale or pipe, access to Boeing pipes for the street drainage or a combination. The connections will reduce the roadway improvement costs of which part of these costs are King County's E.I.S. mitigations. 3. This, and several other large scale projects are anticipated to be built by the applicant along the East Marginal Way So. corridor between 16th Avenue So. and the Duwamish River. The cumulative impacts of these projects must be recognized and mitigated (WAC 197 -11- 060(4). The cumulative impact analysis which would normally be required for this project is being deferred in light of the on -going preparation of a programmatic E.I.S. to coordinate infrastructure development in this corridor. The coordinated provision of infrastructure to support corridor development will enhance the efficiency of mitigating measures for this and surrounding areas. This is desired by both the Applicant and the City. Should the programmatic E.I.S. not be completed or its provisions not be implemented in a timely manner, then the cumulative impact analysis which would normally be required for this project shall be required; and all further SEPA determinations in this corridor shall rest upon completion of said cumulative impact analysis. The minimum scope of such a cumulative impact analysis shall include, runoff water quality, adequate water supply, sewer service, storm drainage, and transportation. file:v2- boeing.1 l;l'1'Y '1'UKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FAX TRANSMITTAL FAX NUMBER: (206) 431 -3665 TO: l eicgx eat&: C77- TITLE: DATE: Y( / 2 - (9'( COMPANY: 73o» FROM: VC`�2ntoix• UMf e s v DEPARTMENT: Fi4C /L / 'Dc Pr TITLE: DEPARTMENT: `ru f4 cSJ C A- aeit m /ice FAX NO. o�— S44 —,2&Sf % . • X24::0 NUMBER OF PAGES TRANSMITTED, INCL. 3 THIS COVER SHEET: SENT BY (INITIALS): C•� Avic∎:iO"44:cA %N:K7..*:; c: v:: .iWT:3—nZ.W .Or.c4 S:f/wY:,:4x 3x.0SAb%N 03/29/91 10 :17 FAX 206 431 3665 TUK PUB WORKS Q001 001 1 TRANSMISSION OK TRANSACTION # CONNECTION TEL CONNECTION ID START TIME USAGE TIME PAGES ACTIVITY REPORT 2638 9 *p• 5442854 G3 03/29 10:14 02' 18 3 p i - D K r I - C o o p Tt 0 Au LET 191 6‘1-0" 1- fe -054Gt- T it 2` pcG-� 130C. (?�a') MR'G eD 7/2?" , Neu.. • IF THIS COMMUNICATION IS NOT CLEARLY RECEIVED, PLEASE CALL: -Si-26 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUMTY DEVELOPMENT 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 Office: (206) 431 -3670 06/15/90 CITY F TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF MMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FAX TRANSMITTAL TO: DATE: • FAX NUMBER: (206) 431 -3665 -A -11 TITLE: FROM: �(vi IQ- 1,611[O1J COMPANY: P(1--/t uul. 1‘1G S TITLE: DEPARTMENT: I AA c t 4 - KTn DEPARTMENT: FAX NO. g4— lCULP NUMBER OF PAGES TRANSMITTED, INCL. �-- THIS COVER SHEET: SENT BY (INITIALS): r. P( sc P► Ws !- b 1•1 s 1) ? knit- , 1 �t 9, M b e4 S F ox(r sy(-6-6- r- PA/ c Y / 1 ck SA - (2 (?' ( �¢M.HaS`+K?X9:.`.,, ./P'4`/l,S:s:�:¢FJSYHR" . #59'/,!! {,�•{dfP?�; ..:�iS,'>?Y ... S+'2�y . . /. HHHb5`? Y3wAf5F.•:4R?9K:5??�rf79,.'KH•. "+SPA: ?N + /iYf %/1.H!�:4:: v / /N.V /f: �w /, / i .4j�iP9a'n::.K "� K.; . ??15Lt?7,°J�W19?',N, HA:??R;J;Y/.9F?.rr . .. AY.`f•:34F!? fi?9"fo`:++Wi /7G+.' Hi`i. +%Y r }f. +:. IF THIS COMMUNICATION IS NOT CLEARLY RECEIVED, PLEASE CALL: • 9. �' fi. �` 4„^ 1. fi:;.' GC G'., r{ G ':3�f,'3::'3. <',:tY.9t:�P5.2'�. H�. G' �..`.: x.,..•. �5?;: �+ 9!/ t'% 7...:. w..., tY? W/ d#t? Y../.,." �F„ 56f7R!' f+ �5: �}..::, 4fi�l 3?: 91Yt.'¢ 3Xi.. gw. i. 6.' G4S"1.' yff.!? :�Y2 %:G'•:;�iH,• /,,'r,GiGry� /.� fFG�.; rG�,•./., 1;./ i.: �cs�y{/ r,. y,.:;: gytyeY .�;f!h'.f//. {r./;/YH/.+hsY: DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNN Y DEVELOPMENT 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 G Office: f ce: (206) 431 -3670 City of Tukwila PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 433 -0179 Ross A. Earnst, P.E. Director MEMORANDUM TO:. Jack Pace, Senior Planner FROM: Ron Cameron, City Engineer DATE: March 28, 1991 SUBJECT: Boeing 9 -101 110,000 ft. Building The expansion was not covered by the King County EIS. The SEPA checklist provides enough information to determine that an EIS is not needed for Public Works approval. Some amplification of the information will be needed which can be worked out with. Boeing staff. As discussed with Rick Beeler, an agreement that clarifies traffic mitigations of the King County EIS and the Programmatic EIS is underway, that is, this 110,000 ft. addition can be included as part of the Programmatic EIS or an agreement for affects of this 110,000 ft. beyond the King County EIS. Drainage is a major issue for both the parking lots and East Marginal which is being improved for the King County EIS identified expansion, the Programmatic expansions, and this 110,000 ft. expansion. We are adopting King County Surface Water Standards requiring swales for parking lots and have required them of developments. This parking lot drains straight to the river and should either have swales to address the river quality or the EIS /expanded checklist relating Puget Sound Water Quality and the Duwamish River needs. I have discussed this with Terry Bennett, Paul Seeley, and Jeff Zahir of Boeing and they see no problem" in providing swales for parking lot runoff. Secondly, East Marginal is being widened for the 1986 EIS expansion. That widening is expected to accommodate the 110,000 expansion traffic as well, we discussed this today at Boeing with CH2M Hill and Entranco. Drainage for the - widening is a major issue. Again, Terry Bennett and Paul Seeley see "no problem" for Boeing providing at least two drainage connections between East Marginal and the river. They can be provided by easement for a City maintained swale or pipe, access to Boeing pipes for the street drainage or a combination. The increased traffic contributes to the widening need and drainage connections. The connections will reduce the roadway improvement costs of which part of these costs are King County's EIS mitigations. RC /kjp File: Boeing 9 -101 Development File MEMORANDUM To: Rick Beeler From: Vernon Umetsu, Associate Planner Department of Community Development Date: 2/28/91 RE: Status of Boeing SEPA review (EPIC 9 -91). I reviewed the project for Zoning Code compliance and found the following: 1. The project site is zoned M -1 and does not require a shoreline permit. Thus, no BAR approval is required. This means that the project need merely satisfy minimum Zoning Code standards for building setbacks, landscaping, and parking. Other SEPA areas of analysis are covered by standards more directly administered by other divisions. 2. Buildincr Setbacks -- The construction site plan appendix (A -12D) seems to show the proposed building in relation to the lot lines. However no positive determination can be made on compliance with a 25 ft. front yard setback since no scale is provided nor are the dashed lines actually called out as property lines. It is also important to show easement lines if any on this drawing. The building does seem to rest on three separate parcels. This could be a Builing Code issue. However, it is not a Zoning issue since there are no side or rear yard setbacks to be enforced. 3. Landscaping -- 15 ft. of front yard landscape width is required. None is shown on the appendices I reviewed. 4. Parking -- All data is drawn from the Parking Availability Study (Appendix B -14C). There is an existing inventory of 7,549 parking spaces at the Development Center with an existing estimated minimum requirement of 4,716 spaces. The subject expansion will reduce the parking space inventory to 7,297 ( =7,549 - 252). Assuming the all additional space will be classified as office, the minimum parking space requirement would be 4,960 ( =4,716 + (244 = 97,500 gsf x 2.5 spc /1,000 gsf)). Parking total requirement and inventory is cumulative for the entire site and over all legal lots of record. The Zoning Code requires reciprocal parking easements be established when the minimum parking required is not satisfied on site. On 2/27/91, I left a message for Terry Bennett to call me regarding identification of setbacks, landscaping, property lines and easements. cc: Pace, Griffin, Millard, file. _A±e Ecy. sa-P - _ ert----21a 3/s _ c7:CA/LA-03-A-1S--- /2-7 (-1t,,k- SODA ,4-41a ANNEX TO 9 -101 BUILDING BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE EXPANDED ENVIRONMENTAL CHECK -LIST EXPANDED ENWRONMENTAL CHECK- LIST DOCUMENT lint. FEB 13 1991 CITY OF TUKWILA PLANNING DEPT. • • • EXPANDED ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST OVERVIEW The following Expanded Environmental Checklist has been pre- pared for the construction of an annex to the Boeing 9 -101 building located at the Developmental Center, 9725 East Mar- ginal Way South, Seattle. The adjacent reinforced concrete building was construct in 1957 by Austin construction. Over the following years various steel frame additions have been added to original structure to support program expansions. The most recent steel frame addition was completed in 1985. This addition was constructed to support the fabrication of Military composite components. The proposed annex construction is to add to the adjacent ex- isting 1,116,306 S.F. of manufacturing facility by ap- proximately 97,500S.F. of high bay manufacturing area, a square footage increase of less than 9% The requirements for the construction of commercial transport aircraft composite components require additional areas to support the transition to manufacturing of commercial compos- ite subassemblies. These composite materials are a light weight, non metallic material that is rapidly becoming a ma- jor aircraft material. The composite material is composed of a carbon fiber component, (mat or tape) which is pre- impregnated with bonding resins. This material is formed in large tooling mandrels to a desired shape and then cured in an autoclave at elevated temperatures and pressures. The scheduled reduction of current military contracts require that a change is required in product manufacturing, from military to commercial transport assemblies. This change in product manufacturing is required to maintain the current manufacturing workforce. The proposed annex construction will allow the smooth transition of employment levels from military to commercial fabrication without the usually re- quired factory shutdown and staff reductions to perform tran- sition changeovers. The annex is to be constructed much as the 1985 addition was, that being a structural steel building with steel siding, matching the existing structure. The proposed annex's build- ing interior will contain the same functions and manufactur- ing processes that are installed in the recently constructed 1985 addition. The construction will meet all federal, state and city codes including items that will reduce the impact on the environment. 1 • • • Within the proposed construction, the actual processes that are to be done are as follows: In the south area , composite fabrication processes are to be perform. This is the placing of composite sheets of material within factory tooling. This process requires the use of a "clean room" environment. This is an area with a controlled environment, temperature, humid- ity and airborne dust are constantly monitored and controlled round the clock. The south area would be an enlargement of the existing 143,000 SF of "clean room" area that the above manufacturing processes are currently taking place. The east area is where composite parts are removed from the fabrication tooling after being processed at other locations within the existing building. The tooling is then prepared for return to the clean room environment. The completed parts are then trimmed to final specifications and inspected for tolerances in other areas of the adjacent site. 2 The following d•ment has been divided in• the following sections to provide answers and documentation to support con- clusions of the expanded environmental checklist: 1. Expanded Environmental Checklist Summary 2. Completed Environmental Checklist 3. Technical Appendix Section A - Project Schedule - Transportation Management Plan - 1988 BMAC Developmental Center Expansion Environmental Impact Statement REF. A -8B - Geotechnical Investigation REF. A -8C - Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement Letter of Intent - FAA Height Restrictions Map - Legal Description - Vicinity Site Plan - Topographical Map - Construction Site Plan - City of Tukwila Sensitive Area Map REF. A -6 REF. A -8A 4. Technical Appendix Section B - Washington State Soils Study Map - Washington State Soils Descriptions - 1990 Existing Vicinity Site Plan - Vicinity Shoreline Erosion Proposal - Manufacturing Materials Descriptions - Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Air Study -FEMA Area Flood Map - Dewatering Procedures - Spill Prevention Plan - Area Oil /Water Separator Plans - Vicinity Landscape Plan - Vicinity Utilities Service Plans and Descriptions - Utilities Conservation Program -King County Airport Noise Impact Study - Construction Management Guidelines -9 -110 Building Plans and Locations -City of Tukwila Zoning Map - Population Forecast - Building Perspectives - Museum of Flight Literature - Regulations for Historical Preservation - Washington State Dept. of Transportation Memorandum of Understanding - Vicinity Traffic Circulation Plan - Traffic Impact Study -Metro Transit Information - City of Tukwila Six Year Transportation Improvement Plan - Parking Availability Study - Emergency Services Joint Training - Vicinity Utilities Service Plans and Descriptions REF. A -8D REF. A -10 REF. A -12A REF. A -12B REF. A -12C REF. A -12D REF. A -13 REF. B -1C1 REF. B -1C2 REF. B -1G REF. B -1H REF. B -2A REF. B -2A6 REF. B -3A5 REF. B -3A6 REF. B -3B2 REF. B -3C1 REF. B -4B REF. B -6A1 REF. B -6C REF. B -7B1 REF. B -7B3 REF. B -8C REF. B -8E REF. B -8I REF. B -11A REF. B -13B REF. B -13C REF. B -14 -A REF. B -14A1 REF. B -14A2 REF. B -14B REF. B -14B1 REF. B -14C REF. B -15A REF. B -16 3 * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 • ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST PAGE 1 Epic File No. Fee $225.00 Receipt No. 5'3 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST A. BACKGROUND 1. Name of proposed project, if applicable: Annex to 9 -101 Building 2. Name of applicant: Boeing Military Airplanes 3. Address and phone number of applicant and contact person: P.O. Box 3707, M/S 46 -87 Seattle, WA 98124 -2207 Contact: Terry Bennett, 544 -2975 "'" 4. Date Checklist Prepared: 1/15/91 5. Agency requesting Checklist: City of Tukwila 6. Proposed timing or schedule (including phasing, if applicable): See Preliminary Schedule* (see Ref. A -6 Project Schedule) 7. Do you have any plans for future additions, expansion, or further activity related to or connected with this proposal? If yes, explain. No, current expansion of the structure will satisfy production requirements for the foreseeable future 8. List any environmental information you know about that has been prepared, or will be prepared, directly related to this proposal. Yes, Boeing Military Airplane D.C. Site Transportation Management Plan (see Ref. A -8A) -1988 Environmental Impact Statement for Developmental Center Expansion King Co. (see Ref A- 8B) - 1990 Non - Project Environmental Impact Statement (to be completed Fall 1991 -Ref. A8 -D- Letter of Intent) - 1985 Geotechnical Soil Analysis for Adjacent 1985 Annex Expansion (see Ref. A8 -C) 9. Do you know whether applications are pending for governmental approvals of other proposals directly affecting the property covered by your proposal? If yes explain. Yes, -1990 Non - Project Environmental Impact Statement (to be completed Fall 1991 Ref A -8 -D Letter of intent) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 2 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST (CONTINUED) 10. List any government approvals or permits that will be needed for your proposal. Tukwila Building Dept Tukwila Fire Dept Tukwila Planning Dept Washington State Electrical Permits Plumbing and Mechanical Permits Washington State DOE City of Seattle Water Dept Metro Sewer Permit -FAA height and radio interference approval form 7461 -1 (to be completed after preliminary design) 11. Give brief, complete description of your proposal, including the proposed uses and the size of the project and site. There are several questions later in this checklist that ask you to describe certain aspects of your proposal. You do not need to repeat those answers on this page. Section E requires a complete description of the objectives and alternatives of your proposal and should not be summarized here. Further detail with rendering. For descriptions and artist conception (see Ref. B -11A Proposal Perspectives and Descriptions) 12. Location of the proposal. Give sufficient information for a person to understand the precise location of your proposed project, including a street address, if any, and section, township, and range, if known. If a proposal would occur over a range of area, provide the range or boundaries of the sites(s). Provide a legal description, site plan, vicinity map, and topographic map, if reasonably available. While you should submit any plans required by the agency, you are not required to duplicate maps or detailed plans submitted with any permit applications related to this checklist. See the following: - Legal Description (see Ref. A -12A) - Site Vicinity Plan (see Ref. A -12B) - Construction Site Topographical Map (see Ref. A -12C) - Construction Site Plan (see Ref. A -12D)* 13. Does the proposal lie within an area designated on the City's Comprehensive Land Use Policy Map as environmentally sensitive? -No, as located on the City of Tukwila Environmental Sensitive Plan Map, the construction site is not within any boundaries of a sensitive area (see Ref. A -13 Area Sensitive Map) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 3 • • Evaluation for Agency Use Only • B. ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS 1. Earth a. General Description of the site (circle one) rolling, hilly, steep slopes, mountainous, other b. What is the steepest slope on the site (approximate percent slope)? 0% c. What general types of soils are found on the site (for example, clay, sand, gravel, peat, muck)? If you know the class cation of agricultural soils, specify them and note any prime farmland. The site consists mainly of silt loam type soil. The composition of this soil consists mainly of Puyallup fine sandy loam series, with some Puget silty clay loam, Oridia silt loam, and Urban land in the vicinity of the construction site. (see Ref. B -1C1 Soil Study Map) For detail description of these soil types see United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Soil Study (see Ref. B- 1C2 Soil Study) d. Are there surface indications or history of unstable soils in the immediate vicinity? If so, describe. Yes, a. Current building construction has required that existing structures be constructed to allow for existing soil conditions. The soil conditions have been previously reviewed by Geotechnical survey and appropriate mitigation procedures such as preloading foundation soils, Augercast Piles, etc. Have been following to support • construction on existing soils. (see Ref. A -8d Adjacent Site Soil Study). b. In the vicinity outside of the construction site, during recent floods minor bank erosion has appeared on the Duwamish River. This river bank erosion is approximately 500+ ft from the proposed building site. The proposed construction will not cause increases to this erosion in any way. (see Ref. B -1H for proposal to reduce existing erosion in the vicinity) e. Describe the purpose, type, and approximate quantities of any filling or grading proposed. Indicate source of fill. Minor grading will be required to support building construction. This will include providing clean fill and crushed rock for the preloading requirement under the building slab. Materials and techniques will be reviewed in the City of Tukwila Grade and Fill Permit. • f. Could erosion occur as a result of clearing, construction, or use? If so, generally describe. Yes, potential erosion could occur as with any standard construction. The construction will be required to follow procedures and standard techniques to mitigate any potential construction erosion. These techniques will be submitted and reviewed in the required City of Tukwila Grade and Fill Permit and Building Permit. g. About what percent of site will be covered with impervious surfaces after project construction (for example, asphalt or buildings)? The actual construction site will reduce its existing 100% coverage with impervious surfaces with appropriate landscaping required by City of Tukwila building permit. Currently the construction site is covered with asphalt paving (see Ref. B -lg existing site plan) The area is the adjacent vicinity to the proposed construction does maintain 33.3 % of the land in an open space or undeveloped condition. (see Site Vicinity Plan A -12B and Existing Land Use Plan B -lg) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 4 • • • • • h. Proposed measures to reduce or control erosion, or other impacts to the earth, jf any: The area along the Duwamish River is currently under study to upgrade the Riverbank from existing erosion. The proposed construction will not generate additional erosion, but a proposal is being developed to reduce Boeing's existing impact on the Duwamish shoreline environment (see Ref. B -1H erosion Plan) 2. Air a. What types of emissions to the air would result from the proposal (i.e., dust, automobile odors, industrial wood smoke) during construction and when the project is completed? If any, generally describe and give approximate quantities j'known. The proposal during construction will generate typical emissions from welding, operation of combustion engines and foundation work. These are generated within standard construction practices, and will be monitored by Boeing to insure compliance (see Ref. B- 7B3 Construction Guidelines). The finished structure will utilize various chemicals in the Manufacturing process (see Ref. B -2A area Material Lists /Descriptions) The materials are to be monitored within Boeing, State, and Federal regulations to prevent Airborne discharge and exposures. b. Are there any off-site sources of emissions or odor that may affect your proposal? If so, generally describe. Yes, this area is within a non - attainment area (see Ref. B -2a Suspended Particulates Map) while this construction is within the non - attainment area further emissions to this area will not be generated by Opera?ions within finished structure. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control emissions or other impacts to air, if any. Any of the materials listed (see Ref. B -2A Area Material Lists /Descriptions) are to be handled only by trained personnel who have been trained in the proper handling and use of referenced materials. 3. Water a. Surface: 1) Is there any surface water body on or in the immediate vicinity of the site (including year -round and seasonal streams, slatwater, lakes, ponds, wetlands)? If yes, describe type and provide names. If appropriate, state what stream or river Mows into. No, the annex construction is approximately 490ft from the Duwamish River (see Ref. A -12B Site Vicinity Plan) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 5 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • • • 2) Will the project require any work over, in, or adjacent to (within 200 feet) the described waters? If yes, please describe and attach available plans. No, the annex construction is approximately 490ft from the Duwamish River (see Ref. A -12B Site Vicinity Plan) 3) Estimate the amount of fill and dredge material that would be placed in or removed from surface water or wetlands and indicate the area of the site that would be affected. Indicate the source of fill material. None. 4) Will the proposal require surface water withdrawals or diversions? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities, if known. No. 5) Does the proposal lie within a 100 year floodplain? If so, note location on the site plan. No, according to the 1989 National Flood Insurance Program Map #53033C0170D prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency shows that the construction site and area vicinity is located outside the 100yr and 500yr year flood plains (see Ref. B -3a5 FEMA Flood Map) 6) Does the proposal involve any discharges of waste materials to surface waters? If so, describe the type of waste and anticipated volume of discharge. Erosion and surface run -off is to be controlled by standard construction mitigation plans as required and described in the City of Tukwila Grade and Fill Permit and Building Permit. All construction site dewatering will follow Boeing Dewatering Procedures (see Ref. B -3a6 Dewatering Procedures) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 6 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • • b. Ground 1) Will ground water be withdrawn, or will water be discharged to ground water? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities, if known. No, ground water will be removed or discharged to ground water will be allowed. (see Ref. B -7B3 Construction Management Plan Item #9) 2) Describe waste materials that will be discharged into the ground from septic tanks or other sources, if any (for example: Domestic sewage; industrial, containing the following chemicals...; agricultural; etc.) Describe the general size of the system, the number of such systems, the number of houses to be served (if applicable), or the number of animals or humans the system(s) are expected to serve. No, waste materials will be discharged into the ground. The site is served by Metro Sewer System Trunk Line (see Ref. 16 -B Adjacent Site Utility Supply Systems) for details. No other source of ground contamination is foreseen, but precautions have been provided (see Ref. B -3B2 Spill Prevention Plan) c. Water Runoff (including storm water): 1) describe the source of runoff (including storm water) and method of collection and disposal, if any (include quantities, if known). Where will this water flow? Will this water flow into other waters? If so, describe. The storm water runoff from the roof and adjacent parking areas will be treated through a system of newly installed oil water separators prior to final discharge (installation to be performed during building construction). This system will be similar to systems that are currently in place in the adjacent vicinity. Examples of the existing systems are shown in the referenced drawings (see Ref. B -3C1 Oil /Water Separator Plan) the Oil /Water separator discharge will be in compliance with all requirements of the Department of Ecology. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 7 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • • • 2) Could waste materials enter ground or surface waters? If so, generally describe. No waste materials will be discharged into the ground water. The site is served by Metro Sewer System Trunk Line (see Ref. B -6A1 Vicinity Utility Plan). No waste materials will be discharged into the ground water. The site is served by Metro Sewer System Trunk Line (see Ref. B -6A1 Vicinity Utility Plans) for details. No other source of ground water contamination is foreseen (see Ref. B -3B2 Spill Prevention Plan) d. Proposed measures to reduce or control surface, ground and runoff water impacts, if any. The ground and runoff water will be controlled in surrounding areas by the use of a system of catch basins connected to a new in place oil /water separator plan) 4. Plants a. Check or circle types of vegetation found on the site: x deciduous tree: alder, maple, aspen,, other _x_evergreen tree: fir, cedar, pine, other _x_ shrubs _x _grass pasture _crop or grain wet soil plants: cattail, buttercup, bullrush, skunk cabbage, other _water plants: water lily, eelgrass, milfoil, other _other types of vegetation b. What kind and amount of vegetation will be removed or altered? The current amount of vegetation will be increased and enhanced as required by the City of Tukwila Building permit (see Reference B -4B Landscaping Plan) c. List threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site. None. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 8 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • • • d. Proposed landscaping, use of native plants, or other measures to preserve or enhance vegetation on the site, if any: The current vegetation will be enhanced by increasing the amount of the existing landscaping and providing a water maintenance system, as required by the City of Tukwila Building Permit (See Ref. B -4B Landscaping Plan) 5. Animals a. Circle any burls and animals which have been observed on or near the site or are known to be on or near the site: birds haw 1 eron eagle, ongbirds other: Duck, Gull mammals: deer, bear, elk, beaver, other: none fish: bass, salmo trout herring, shellfish, other: b. List any threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site. None c. Is the site part of a migration route? If so, explain. No. d. Proposed measures to preserve or enhance wildlife, if any: Additional landscaping will preserve and enhance current wildlife that is present in the vicinity. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 9 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • 6. Energy and Natural Resources a. What kinds of energy (electrical, natural gas, oil, wood stove, solar) will be used to meet the completed project's energy needs? Describe whether it will be used for heating, manufacturing, etc. The finished building will use electric power for lighting and manufacturing equipment power. Space heating and some equipment heating will be provided by the use of natural gas. (see Ref. B -6A1 Utility Service Plans and system Description) b. Would your project affect the potential use of solar energy by adjacent properties? If so, generally describe. No. c. What kinds of energy conservation features are included in the plans of this proposal? List other proposed measures to reduce or control energy impacts, if any: Building will be in compliance with Washington State energy and building codes. In addition to these requirements Boeing's increasing commitment to energy and water resource conservation has developed and begun to implement "Operation Greenlight." This program's goal is to reduce all existing and proposed buildings energy and water requirements through the use of modern resource management techniques (see Ref. B -6C Conservation Program) • 7. Environmental Health • a. Are there any environmental health hazards, including exposure to toxic chemicals, risk of ire and explosion, spill, or hazardous waste, that could occur as a result of this proposal? If so, describe. Limited chemicals are to be used in this expansion. Types of chemicals are limited to standard manufacturing types. All chemicals will be handled only by fully trained personne 1) Describe special emergency services that might be required. None, the current operation adjacent tot he proposed construction currently is the same operation that will be conducted within the new construction. The current services are sufficient to support the proposed construction. 2) Proposed measures to reduce or control environmental health hazards, if any: The building will be designed to conform to the latest revisions to the uniform building code, OSHA, and various other regulatory organizations. Also the materials that are to be used are listed (see Ref. B -2A are Material Lists /Descriptions) are to be handled only by trained personnel who have been trained in the proper handling and use of reference materials. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 3.0 Evaluation for Agency Use Only 0 b. Noise • • • • Evaluation for Agency Use Only 1) What types of noise exist in the area which may affect your project (for example: traffic, equipment, operation, other)? Airport noise -the construction site is located within the King County's "Airport Noise Impact Assessments Study for Boeing Field." (see Ref. B -7B1 Airport Noise Study). The construction site lays within the existing 65 -75LDN noise contours. The equipment and operations that are to be located within the building generate extremely low noise levels. Construction will be provided to insure that interior levels do not exceed levels allowable for personnel operating equipment. To further isolate equipment noise the building will be constructed with appropriate architectural materials to insure that noise levels will not add to existing exterior noise levels. 2) What types and levels of noise would be created by or associated with the project on a short-term basis (for example: traffic, construction, operation, other)? Indicate what hours noise would come from the site. Short term construction noise only (see Ref B -7b3 Construction Management Plan) during allowable daytime hours only. 3) Proposed measures to reduce or control noise impacts, if any: Measures to control construction noise include the use of Auger Cast pilings in place of driven piles to reduce noise and vibrations to surrounding areas (see Ref. B -7B3 Construction Management Plan Item #4). The existing residential unit will be protected by constructing a temporary noise barrier. The contractor will also be required to follow standard building practices in regards to noise attenuation (see Ref B -7B3 Construction Management Plan Item #5, #6). 8. Land and Shoreline Use a. What is the current use of the site and adjacent properties? The construction site is currently used as a parking area and transportation aisle with a small office building on the site perimeter (see Item B -8C for detail of office building). The construction site is covered with a combination of concrete and asphalt surfacing. The adjacent area is a mixture of manufacturing, industrial, office, warehouse, and parking areas. (see Ref. B- 8A vicinity use plan for details.) b. Has the site been used for agriculture? If so, describe. Yes, the site at sometime during the 1950's was used for a truck farming operation. During this period of time farming operations were terminated and the site is now being utilized as a parking site. c. Describe any structures on the site. The only existing structure that is on the proposed construction site is that of the 9 -110 building, a small office building (see Ref. B -8C 9 -110 bldg. layout). The adjacent area is a mixture of manufacturing, industrial, office, warehouse and parking areas. (see Ref. B -8A Vicinity Use Plan for details) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 11 • • • d. Will any structures be demolished? If so, what? The only structure that is to be demolished on the proposed construction site is the 9 -110 building, a small office building (see Ref B -8C 9 -110 bldg. layout and description). e. What is the current zoning classification of the site? M -2 (Heavy Industry) (REF B -8e) f. What is the current comprehensive plan designation of the site? M -2 (Heavy Industry) g. If applicable, what is the current shoreline master program designation of the site? Not applicable, the construction site is located 4901f from the Shoreline. • • h. Has any part of the site been classified as an "environmentally sensitive" area? If so, specify. No. (REF A -13 Sensitive Area Map) i. Approximately how many people would reside or work in the completed project? The proposed construction will provide work space for a total of 129 personnel divided into three shifts. 43 1st shift 43 2nd shift, 43 3rd shift. This increase will be offset by the anticipated declining workforce in adjacent buildings (see Ref. B -8I Population Chart) Approximately how many people would the completed project displace. The demolition of the 9 -110 building that is located within the proposed construction site will displace ten employees. These employees will be relocated to existing office area in adjacent buildings. k. Proposed measures to avoid or reduce displacement impacts, if any: The displaced employees will be relocated to existing facilities within adjacent buildings. 1. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with existing and projected land uses and plans, if any: The building will be designed to match the surrounding buildings. (see Ref. B -11A Building Perspectives) The Building is a manufacturing Facility located within M -2 Heavy Industry zoned area (see Ref. B -8E zoning map) a compatible landuse. J• * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 12 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • 9. Housing • • a. Approximately how many units would be provided, if any? Indicate whether high, middle, or low - income housing? None. b. Approximately how many units, if any, would be eliminated? Indicate whether high, middle, or low - income housing. None c. Proposed measures- to reduce or control housing impacts, if any: The single existing residential unit will be protected by constructing an appropriate temporary noise barrier. The contractor will also be required to follow standard building practices in regards to noise attenuation (see Ref. B -7B3 Construction Management Plan Item #5, #6) 10. Aesthetics a. What is the tallest height of any proposed structure(s), not including antennas; what is the principal exterior building material(s) proposed? Approx. 84 ft. The exterior of the building will be sided (see Ref. B -11A Building Perspectives) with metal panels to match the existing building exterior. b. What views in the immediate vicinity would be altered or obstructed? The proposed construction is to be approximately 84 ft high, sided with metal panels to match the existing building exterior. (see Ref. B -11A proposal Perspectives and Descriptions) c. Proposed measures to reduce or control aesthetic impacts, if any: The building is designed to be compatible with existing buildings in the area. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 13 Evaluation for Agency Use Only e 11. Light and Glare • • • • a. What type of light or glare will the proposal produce? What time of day would it mainly occur? The structure, exterior is continuous painted metal siding. The properties of this design do not generate light of glare conditions. (see Ref. 11A Building Perspectives) b. Could light or glare from the finished project be a sqfety hazard or interfere with views? - No c. What existing off -site sources of light or glare may affect your proposal? None d. Proposed measures to reduce or control light and glare impacts? None 12. Recreation a. What designed and informal recreational opportunities are in the immediate vicinity? A Boeing recreation facility is located at an adjacent site (Oxbow Site). Greenbelts at the adjacent site provide Boeing employees with picnic areas and walkways. These areas will provide informal opportunities for Boeing Employees during work hours. Additional employees would not impact city recreational facilities b. Would the proposed project displace any existing recreational uses? If so, describe. No c. Proposed measures to reduce or control impacts on recreation, including recreation opportunities to be provided by the project or applicant, if any: None, the proposed project will not displace any existing recreation opportunities. Additional Landscaping will provide additional Greenbelts as described in section B -12A. The recreation facility located 1/2 mile away is capable of supporting additional employees without impacting current employees utilizing facility. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 14 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • • 13. Historic and Cultural Preservation a. Are there any places or objects listed on, or proposed for, national, state, or local preservation registers known to be on or next to the site? If so, generally describe. No according to King County Historic Preservation and Visual Inspection the construction site does not contain any places or object of historical significance. b. Generally describe any landmarks or evidence of historic, archaelological, scientific, or cultural importance known to be on or next to the site. Yes, the Museum of Flight located 1/4 mile north of the construction site (see Ref 13B Museum Literature) c. Proposed measures to reduce or control impacts, if any: The construction will follow the regulation, established by the State of Washington in regards to Historic Preservation (see Ref. 13 -C State Regulations for Historic Pres.) if during construction items of historic value are discovered. 14. Transportation a. Identify public streets and highways serving the site, and describe proposed access to the existing street system. Show on site plans, if any. East Marginal Way South is adjacent to the East side of the site. Access to the construction site is from this road (see Ref. 14A1 Traffic Circulation Plan and Ref 14A2 Management Study) b. Is the site currently served by public transit? If not, what is the approximate distance to the nearest transit stop? Yes, the adjacent site has a large Metro bus stop with some routes stopping at buildings within the adjacent site. (see Ref 14 -B Metro documentation) c. How many parking spaces would the completed project have? How many would the project eliminate? The proposed construction will eliminate approximately 150 existing parking stalls. Even with this reduction the parking that is available adjacent to the construction exceed parking requirements for this construction. (see Ref. 14 -C Parking Study) * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 15 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • • Evaluation for Agency Use Only d. Will the proposal require any new roads or streets, or improvements to existing roads or streets, not including driveways? If so, generally describe (indicate whether public or private). No, no additional roads will be required for the proposed construction due to the stable level of employees at the adjacent site (see Ref. B -8I Population Forecast). The roads in the adjacent area have been reviewed and additional improvements have been proposed in a memorandum of understanding (M.O.U.) that has been prepared (see Ref. 14 -A memo of understanding). The M.O.U. states that current impacts will be addressed ad part of Tukwila's non - project Traffic EIS for the Duwamish Valley and responsibilities determined at that time. Also, the roads in the adjacent are have been identified in Tukwila's six year transportation improvement program for upgrades (see Ref. B -14B1 six year improvement plan). These improvements generated by other requirements and the stable employment levels will eliminate /improve current Traffic flow. e. Will the project use (or occur in the immediate vicinity of) water, rail or air transportation? If so, generally describe. Yes, the proposed construction will occur i the immediate vicinity of water, rail and air transportation. While located in an area of these types of transportation the proposed construction will not have any impact to these modes of transportation. f. How many vehicular trips per day would be generated by the completed project? If known, indicate when peak volumes would occur. Please see (Ref. 14A2 Traffic Study and Ref. 14A1 Traffic Circulation Plan) for details of traffic impacts. g. Proposed measures to reduce or control transportation impacts, if any: Yes, Boeing and Metro have entered into a proposed agreement to jointly pursue methods to reduce traffic from the general area of the construction (see Ref. 14 -8A Traffic Management Plan) 15. Public Services a. Would the project result in an increased need for public services (for example: fire protection, police protection, health care, schools, other)? If so, generally describe. Yes, with the minor increase in square footage of occupied space (approximately 4.5% of adjacent site occupied space) there could be a minor increase in Fire Protection Services. This impact to the City is reduced by the availability of the Boeing Fire Department less than 2 miles from the proposed construction site. The proximity of the Boeing Fire Department and the joint training and cooperation agreement with the City of Tukwila Fire Department will provide adequate fire protection services (see Ref. 15 -A Joint Training and Cooperation Agreement) b. Proposed measures to reduce or control direct impacts on public services, if any. The Boeing Fire Department, Hazardous Material Response Team, and Boeing Security Forces will be responsible for monitoring the Building's operation and regulatory compliance, reducing the impact to the City of Tukwila's resources. * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 16 e 16. Utilities • • • • a. Circle utilities currently available at the site: electricity, natural gas, water, refuse service, telephone, sanitary sewer, septic system, other. b. Describe the utilities that are proposed for the project, the utility providing the service, and the general construction activities on the site or in the immediate vicinity which might be needed. Sanitary Sewer - Connection to Metro sewer system Water - Connection to Seattle Water Department Electricity - Connection to Seattle City Light Natural Gas - Connection to Washington Natural Gas. The following utilities are required for operation of the proposed construction and Boeing has confirmed adequate service to support building construction (see Ref. 16 -B Adjacent Site Utility Supply Systems) C. Signature The above answers are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. 1 understand that the lead agency is relying on them to make its decision. Date Submitted Z - 10 -. ? / * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 17 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • E. SUPPLEMENTAL SHEET FOR ALL PROJECT AND NON PROJECT PROPOSALS The objectives and alternative means of reaching the objectives for a proposal will be helpful in reviewing the aforegoing items of the Environmental Checklist. This information provides a general overall perspective of the proposed action in the context of the environmental information provided and the submitted plans, documents, supportive information, studies, etc. 1. What are the objective(s) of the proposal? The objectives of the proposal are to construct an addition to the existing composite fabrication facility (9 -101 building) to support new product fabrication. The addition is required to this facility due to the specialized fabrication equipment required in production. Product manufacturing requires the use of an autoclave facility, which is located in the existing building as well as other unique manufacturing equipment and processes. • 2. What are the alternative means of accomplishing these objectives? Due to the extremely specialized equipment that is required and is located in the exising building alternatives are limited to construction of a new facility with duplication of manufacturing equipment. The duplication of this equipment (100 + Million dollars) makes alternatives unfeasible. • 3. Please compare the alternative means and indicate the preferred course of action: N/A * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 2 2 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • 0 4. Does the proposal conflict with policies of the Tukwila Comprehensive Land Use Policy Plan? If so, what policies of the plan? No • • Proposed measures to avoid or reduce the conflict(s) are: N/A * See Attached Manual ECL.DOC /01 -22 -91 PAGE 23 Evaluation for Agency Use Only • • EXPANDED ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST SUMMARY The following is a summary of the Expanded Environmental Checklist. This section has been prepared to allow for sum- marization of important conclusions of the completed Envi- ronmental Checklist. The Expanded Environmental Checklist Overview gives a de- scriptive narration of the purpose of the proposed expansion. The important conclusion that is stated in the overview is that the expansion is a "clean" manufacturing process that will not cause environmental changes to the surrounding site. It also points out that the expansion, less than a 9% in- crease in size to the existing structure, is to provide space for transition from military to commercial manufacturing. This manufacturing will utilize equipment and processes al- ready in place in the existing structure. The Environmental Checklist has been completed as required for any other structure being proposed by Boeing. The Envi- ronmental checklist has been completed for more complex con- struction projects located at the Developmental Center with- out difficulty receiving approval. The environmental checklist in this document has been expanded over the stan- dard document by providing support documentation for areas of potential concern by the reviewing organization. The check- list questions have been answered as required with references on each of the checklist's appropriate questions to allow easy review of the support documentation. The proposed Transportation Management Plan shows Boeing's concern and dedication to the improvement of the current traffic impacts resulting from operations at the Developmen- tal Site. The Geotechnical report and State Soil studies show that there is not unusual soil conditions that would impact con- struction or damage the environment The Vicinity Shoreline Erosion Proposal points out Boeing's active concern for the surrounding environment. The shore- line that is reviewed in this proposal is outside of current construction areas, but Boeing understands the importance of maintaining the shorelines surround the Developmental Site and has preceded with this active preservation plan The proposed project has been located on the City of Tukwila Sensitive Area Policy Plan map and is not located within any sensitive areas • • • The proposed project has been located on the City of Tukwila Zoning map and the proposed expansion's zoning designation is that of M -2 manufacturing, and is within the zoning require- ments A topographical site map that is included supports the con- clusion that only limited grading is required with little re- quired excavation or fill material involved. It has been de- termined that the required disposal generated at this site will be limited to asphalt ground cover only. The Landscaping Plan that has been developed by a consulting Landscape Architect, shows the landscaping plans for the com- plete site. The plan shows how the landscaping for this and other projects that have been constructed in the recent past are to be incorporated into a "campus type" setting. This "campus type" setting will not only accent the developmental center site, but also compliment the surrounding properties especially the Flight Museum site. The site plan /plot plan drawings are provided to allow city officials to confirm required setbacks, access requirements and to visualize the project location in regards to adjacent construction. The Construction Impact plan states that the contractor will be required to perform all construction activities within es- tablished trade guidelines. This will be monitored by Boeing personnel during all construction activities. The entire project will monitored by Boeing's Environmental Affairs Dept. to insure compliance with all federal, state and city environmental regulations The Population Plan chart shows the past and forecasted em- ployment levels of the Developmental Center. This charts shows that between 1986 thru 1989 the employee population at the developmental site had a gradual increase to peak level of 8487 in 1990. The employment population at that point shows a decrease in 1991 and with referencing Boeing's pro- jection of employment over the next five years shows a relatively stable employment level continuing thru 1995. The recently established Traffic Management Plan shows that Boeing in conjunction with METRO has begun to implement a comprehensive plan to reduce the current Boeing generated ve- hicle loads. The Traffic Management plan with the forecasted decline in employee population will actually reduce existing road congestion in the surrounding area. • The Developmental Center Parking chart shows that the site has approximately 7,549 existing parking stalls and with the proposed construction of buildings including the proposed 9 -101 expansion will still leave intact 7,297 parking stalls. This count far exceeds the code required 5,005 parking stalls. The code required stalls are based on computations of building occupancy and building square footages. The ac- tual building occupancies are approximately one third of the code allowable populations, further supporting the position of adequate available parking stalls. This study shows that over the past 18 months the traffic counts that have been taken directly in front of the Develop- mental Site have maintain a relatively stable count of ap- proximately 27,700 per month. This traffic count seems to show—a--trend-7--by-dropping off 1000+ vehicles per month during the 4th quarter of 1990. The current in place 1988 Environmental Impact Statement adopted by King County had stated that considerable construc- tion was to have taken place over a five year period. The EIS proposed construction is shown in the following listing. Comparing the proposed construction to the actual construc- tion that did take place during this period, it is consider- able less than proposed in the EIS. Actual construction was • more than 1,000,000 SF less than proposed in the 1988 EIS study, even if the 9 -101 construction is considered in the actual construction values. • • ANNEX TO 9-101 BUILDING BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE EXPANDED ENVIRONMENTAL CHECK-LIST TECHNICAL APPENDM SEC770N A ■ PROJECT SCHEDULE REFERENCE # A-6 1 • • • 9 -101 BUILDING ANNEX PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONCERNS • • PAGE 1 OF 2 MILESTONE ITEMS 1991 1992 JIFIMIAIMIJIJIAISIOINID JIFIMIAIMIJIJIAISIOINID DEFINE BUILDING REG. CODED LAYOUT /SCOPE J.ARCHER LAND PURCHASE J.SORRELL - PERMISSION TO TEST 1 25 L0 18 y • T15 ° SOIL TEST ENVIRONMENTAL J.JOHNSTONE 11 - NOTIFICATION TO CORP. SHEA :1 1 - DOCUMENT SEARCH Ta 4 24 - CONTRACT FOR SOIL TESTING :442 - FORMULATE TEST PLAN V; 25 - PERFORM SOIL TESTS S16Y15 -SOIL ANALYSIS 25 F-47 - CORRELATE SOIL ANALYSIS Y:=3' 20 29 -WRITE REPORT YY - GEOTECHNICAL BEC ij DECLARATION OF NON- SIGNIFICANCE ,,p 815 - SUBMIT FOR APPROV ' T . BENNETT 28 i2?5 -DNS EVALUATION BY TUKWILA. 1 AS OF 4 FEB 1991 CHART NO. 7772 RESPONSIBILITY - J. ARCHER • 9 -101 BUILDING ANNEX PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONCERNS • PAGE 2 OF 2 MILESTONE ITEMS 1991 1992 J IF IM IA IM IJ IJ IA IS 10 IN ID J IF IM IA IM IJ IJ IA IS 10 IN ID $ 1 CRITERIA P.E. SITE DESIGN BEC 1 1 SITE BID AWARD BEC 7 1 7 SITE CONSTRUCTION BEC /GCU 7 7 PERMITS i5 i BUILDING T.BENNETT 7 7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR 15 SHELL DESIGN BEC 7 7 1 - 1 SHELL CONSTRUCTION START 7 1 7 SHELL JOD ° 1 1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 7 7 AS OF 4 FEB 1991 CHART NO. 7772 RESPONSIBILITY - J. ARCHER • PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN REFERENCE # A-8A 1 • • PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN (TMP) Boeing Military Airplane DC Site Goal Boeing has entered into an agreement with Metro to jointly pursue methods to reduce single occupant vehicles (SOV) generated by Boeing Company facilities. This master TMP outlines objectives and strategies to achieve this goal as outlined in Attachment A. Objective The objective of the D.C. Site TMP is to reduce volume exiting from the D.C. Site during the p.m. peak traffic period (3:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.). Program Actions and Incentives The following specific strategies and incentives are proposed as part of the TMP. These elements are consistent with Directors Rule 24 -88. 1. The owner /tenant shall provide subsidies in the amount of $15 to employees purchasing a monthly bus pass or participating in a_vanpool. This goes into effect 3rd quarter of 1991. 2. The owner /tenant shall provide reserved preferential parking for carpools and vanpools. 3. A minimum of 10 percent of the long -term parking spaces shall be designated for carpools. 4. Space for secure and . convenient parking for 20 bicycles including locking bicycle racks shall be provided on site. 5. The TMP shall include the following general actions as outlined in DR 24 -88. a. Building Transportation Coordinator b. Periodic Promotional Events c. Commuter Information Center d. Tenant Participation e. Ride Match Opportunities f. Employee Survey g. Reporting h. Program Evaluation • • ATTACHMENT A MASTER TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT PLAN 1.0 Purpose and Authority At major work sites Boeing employees represent a significant proportion of the local work force and have a corresponding influence on the local transportation network. The Master Transportation Management Plan offers a cooperative, voluntary and mutual statement of principals for use in guiding future transportation planning efforts designed to minimize the influence of Boeing employees on the Puget Sound regional transportation network. That network includes all forms of surface, roadway transportation. 2.0 Problem Statement A. Transportation networks serving Boeing sites within the region typically are at or approaching capacity. B. Pressure on the regional transportation network caused by regional growth make action imperative. 3.0 Objectives The Objectives of the proposed Master Transportation Management Plan are to: 1) Improve the ingress and egress of Boeing employees at their workplaces in a timely manner 2) Demonstrate a commitment by The Boeing Company to address regional transportation issues in cooperation with local, regional and state jurisdictions. 3) Either reduce or achieve zero growth in vehicle trips generated from Boeing sites during the Peak P.M. Traffic period (3:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M.). 4) Decrease Single Occupant Vehicle (SOV) use at The Boeing Company work sites. 4.0 Strategies Strategies used in achieving the stated objectives may differ for various Boeing sites. Guidelines for the applicability • of specific strategies may be found in Table A.1 (Attached) which identifies appropriate strategies for Urban, Suburban, and Scattered sites. • • 4.1 Specific strategies to be used in achieving Objective 1: * Parking Management * Best Engineering and Site Design Practices • Monitoring • Modal separation 4.2 Specific strategies to be used in achieving Objective 2: • Transportation Coordinators ' Preferred car pool and van pool parking ' Continued involvement in regional transportation issues ' Adoption of site specific Transportation Management Plans ' Establish focal.point for generating regional and inter - local agreements on transportation issues. 4.3 Specific strategies to be used in achieving Objective 3: • Bicycle facilities * Work scheduling and facilities locations ' Mode split goals * Exploration of new technologies ' Cooperative agreements with local and state transportation agencies * Evaluations 4.4 Specific Strategies to be used in achieving Objective 4: ` Promotional Campaigns ` Commuter information centers ` Improved facilities to support transit rideshare and carpool services • Fixed route transit service • Ridematch service ' Vanpools ' Customized Bus Service ' Incentive Program • • 5.0 Implementation 5.1 Site Specific TMP's ` Major Boeing sites within the Puget Sound Region will undertake development of a site specific Transportation Management Plan (TMP). These TMPs will include: - mode split objective - promotion plan specific strategies • Major Boeing sites within the Puget Sound Region will appoint an on -site Transportation Coordinator, to implement the TMP's. ` Site TMP's will be closely coordinated with the local transit authorities and municipal agencies for consistency with the local transportation goals and objectives. ` Site TMP's will develop a comprehensive monitoring and reporting schedule for measuring the effectiveness of the initiatives in accomplishing the objectives. ` Site TMP's will be attached to this plan as addenda. 5.2 Measurements Monitoring schedules for all sites will report measurements which provide an aggregate level of performance in, attaining the goals and objectives of this plan. Specific measurements include, but are not limited to: Baseline vehicle count during P.M. peak (3:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M.) Site Population (and rate of change) • Site Acreage (and rate of change) On Site Parking Stalls (and rate of change) On Site preferential parking stalls Site HOV use (and rate of change) 5.3 Periodic review with affected agencies Quarterly meetings will be held with local and .regional jurisdictions and authorities affected by this Master Transportation Management Plan. The purpose of these meetings is for regular updates on rogress, problems and program activities which have regional impact and significance. All parties to this plan will meet annually to review the goals, objectives and strategies of this plan and target further specific regional goals. 5.4 Periodic reports on regional progress The findings, conclusions and opinions of the parties to this plan will be summarized annually and reported to all affected agencies. Table A.1 Service Emphasis Type of Site Primary Secondary Urban • Fixed route transit $ Ridesharing • Specialized Service Suburban Scattered * Ridesharing s Custom Bus $ Specialized Service Ridesharing Support Programs Promotion Annual focused campaign Bus zone near building entrances Preferential Parking HOV support facilities Shift scheduling to support HOV use Cost share passes Companywide passes Restrict parking supply Carpool incentives $ Fixed Route Service * Fixed Route Transit . • Custom Bus * Specialized Service .. • • MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING THIS MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING is entered into as of June 25, 1990 between The Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle ( "Metro ") and The Boeing Company. 1. Metro and Boeing are parties to an Agreement dated as of December 18, 1989 (the "Agreement ") which created an administrative framework for addressing traffic problems of mutual concern to the parties. Addendum No. 1 to the Agreement, also dated December 18, 1989, provided that Boeing and Metro would co- operate to develop, define, and ratify a Master Transportation Management Plan (TMP) to serve as the foundation document for all jurisdictions of Boeing located within King County that require a TMP as part of an Environmental Impact Statement. 2. Attached to this Memorandum of Understanding as Attachment A is a Master Transportation Management Plan. Boeing and Metro each hereby acknowledge, accept, and approve the terms of the Master TMP as attached, and each party hereby agrees that such TMP, as attached, fulfills the parties' respective obligations to develop, define, and ratify a TMP, as provided in the referenced Addendum No. 1. The parties have executed this Memorandum of Agreement as' of the date first written above. THE BOEING COMPANY By 1/ Its v�CE GLB1:062:062290 MUNICIPALITY OF METROPOLITAN SEATTLE. B.y / 6 5 i t s D ER Di a• R4f/S7 T • • 1988 BMAC DEVEL OPMENTAL cEN7ERaXPaNSioa El1MRONMEMTAL /MPACTSTAIFMENT REFERENCE # A-8B 1 Draft Environmental Impact Statement REEFEWE 28 1987 B E & C ENGINEERS BMAC Developmental Center Expansion Parks, Planning and Resources Department Division of Building and Land Development King County, Washington April 1987 6728 QEEROVEn 1u1. 28 f987 8 E e' C ENGINEERS DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE COMPANY DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER EXPANSION Prepared for KING COUNTY Parks, Planning, and Resources Department Division of Building and Land Development 431 King County Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 Prepared for the Review and Comments of Citizens and Government Agencies in compliance with the State Environmental Policy Act of 1971 Revised Code of Washington 43.21C and King County Code, Chapter 20.44 DATE OF ISSUE: April 21, 1987 COMMENTS DUE: May 21, 1987 COST: $2.00 + .16 tax • • FACT SHEET A. Nature and Location of Proposal: The proposed project is expansion of The Boeing Company's 203.6 -acre Developmental Center to accommodate projected business growth. The proposed project is just south of the Seattle city limits. The Developmental Center is bounded by the Duwamish Waterway on the west, East Marginal Way South and the King County International Airport on the east, South 102nd Street to the south, and the north boundary of the former Isaacson Steel plant on the north. In addition to the proposed project, this Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) evaluates: (1) the no- action alter- native, which is defined as no expansion of uses or employ- ment at the Developmental Center; (2) two lesser development alternatives (minimum development and intermediate develop- ment), which represent a fraction of the development that would occur under the proposal; and (3) accommodation of expanded manufacturing uses proposed under the proposal at Boeing's Plant 2 complex, with all expanded office, labora- tory, and support uses proposed under the proposal to be developed within the Developmental Center. B. Proponent and Date of Implementation: The Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC), a wholly -owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company, is the project proponent. The proposal described in this EIS would be developed in phases from 1987 through 1991. C. Lead Agency, Responsible Official, and Contract Person: Responsible Official: Contact Person: Mr. Ralph Colby King County Building and Land Development Division Mr. Gene Peterson Building and Land Development Division King County Department of Parks, Planning, and Resources 431 King County Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 344 -5299 i D. Licenses Required: King County Building and Land Development Division Grading Permit Building Permit (including road adequacy determinations for developmental approval) Design approvals for storm drainage and traffic control plans E. Authors and Principal Contributors: Area of Name Contribution Landau Associates, Inc. Principal Author Water Quality and Quantity David I. Hamlin & Associates Traffic F. Date of Issue of Draft EIS: April 21, 1987 G. Date Comments are Due: All written comments are to be sent to the responsible official (see Item C above) within thirty (30) days of the date in Item F. H. Nature of Final Action: The final action is a decision by King County to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the application for grading permits associated with proposed buildings and support facilities. I. Type and Timing of Subsequent Environmental Review: Agency and public review will commence on the date of EIS issue until the date specified in Item G above. J. Location of Background Data: The primary technical data used to prepare this EIS are included in the appendices bound into the document. Additional background traffic data and computer analyses are on file at Building and Land Development Division offices. ii TABLE OF CONTENTS FACT SHEET TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY I. ALTERNATIVES, INCLUDING PROPOSAL A. Purpose and Need B. Background 1. General 2. Site Location, Access, and Employment C. Description of Alternatives 1. Alternative 1: Full Development (The Proposal) D. Alternatives to the Proposed Action 1. Introduction 2. Alternative 2: 3. Alternative 3: 4. Alternative 4: 5. Alternative 5: Minimum Development - Intermediate Development Plant 2 Manufacturing Use No- Action II. AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT, SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS, AND MITIGATING MEASURES A. Scoping B. Site History C. Natural Environment 1. Introduction 2. Runoff /Surface Water Quality D. Built Environment 1. Existing Conditions 2. Traffic /Transportation E. Short -Term Uses Vs. Long -Term Productivity Page i 1 I-1 I -1 I -2 I -2 I -2 I -8 I -8 I -19 I -19 I -19 I -20 I -20 I -20 II -4 11-4 II -8 II -8 II -10 11 -43 F. Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments II -44 of Resources iii III. DISTRIBUTION LIST III -1 IV. REFERENCES IV -1 APPENDICES A. Development by Planning Subarea Under Alternative 1 (The Proposal) B. Supplemental Traffic Data C. Proposed Improvements to Storm Sewer Facilities iv FIGURES Figure Page I -1 Developmental Center Location I -3 I -2 Planning Sites I -5 I -3 Existing General Use Zones I -6 I -4 Property Ownership in Planning Area I -7 I -5 Alternative 1: Development (The Proposal) I -12 I -6 Proposed General Use Zones I -13 I -7 Circulation Plan I -14 I -8 Parking Plan I -15 I -9 Landscaping and Other Amenities I -18 II -1 Regional Transportation System II -11 II -2 Local Transportation System II -13 II -3 1986 Estimated Average Daily Traffic II -14 Volumes II -4 Existing AM Peak Hour Traffic Volumes II -15 II -5 Existing PM Peak Hour Traffic Volumes II -16 II -6 Area -Wide Trip Distribution by Percentage II -18 II -7 Localized Trip Distribution at II -29 Developmental Center II -8 Future (1991) AM Peak Hour Traffic II -32 Volumes - Alternatives 1 and 4 II -9 Future (1991) PM Peak Hour Traffic II -33 Volumes - Alternatives 1 and 4 II -10 Future (1988) AM Peak Hour Traffic II -34 Volumes - Alternative 2 II -11 Future (1988) PM Peak Hour Traffic II -35 Volumes - Alternative 2 II -12 Future (1990) AM Peak Hour Traffic II -36 Volumes - Alternative 3 II -13 Future (1990) PM Peak Hour Traffic II -37 Volumes - Alternative 3 v FIGURES (Continued) Figure Page A -1 Main Site Plan A -3 A -2 T -128 Site Plan A -5 A -3 Thompson- Isaacson Site Plan A -8 A -4 Oxbow Site Plan A -10 C -1 Storm Sewer Facilities - Main Site C -2 C -2 Storm Sewer Facilities - T -128 C -3 C -3 Storm Sewer Facilities - Thompson- Isaacson C -4 C -4 Storm Sewer Facilities - Oxbow C -5 vi TABLES Tables Page 1 Summary of Impacts, Boeing Military Airplane Company Developmental Center Expansion 4 I -1 Existing Land Area i -4 I -2 Alternative I: Full Development I -10 I -3 Existing and Projected Parking I -16 Requirements in Planning Area I -4 Alternative 2: Minimum Development I -19 I -5 Alternative 3: Intermediate Development I -21 I -6 Alternative 4: Plant 2 Manufacturing Use I -22 II -1 Existing Land Use II -9 II -2 Required Parking For the Study Area II -19 II -3 Accident History - Intersections Near II -22 Developmental Center II -4 II -5 II -6 II -7 II -8 II -9 A -1 A -2 A -3 Existing Levels of Service for Selected I1 -24 Intersections Near the Developmental Center Projected Trip Generation Development 11 -27 Alternatives Estimated Levels of Service - II -30 Alternative 1 (Full Development) and Alternative 4 (Plant 2 Manufacturing Use) Estimated Levels of Service - II -31 Alternative 2 (Minimum Development) Estimated Levels of Service - II -31 Alternative 3 (Intermediate Development) Suggested /Conceptual Mitigation Measures II -41 Development Summary for Main Site A -2 Development Summary for Terminal 128 Site A -4 Development Summary for Thompson- Isaacson A -7 Site vii TABLES (Continued) Tables Page A -4 Development Summary for Oxbow Site A -9 B -1 Trip Generation - Alternative 1 B -2 (Full Development) and Alternative 4 (Plant 2 Manufacturing) B -2 B -3 B -4 Trip Generation - Alternative 2 (Minimum Development) Trip Generation - Alternative 3 (Intermediate Development) Projected Trip Generation by Year Alternatives 1 and 4 viii B -6 E -7 B -10 SUMMARY OBJECTIVES OF PROPOSAL SUMMARY The primary objectives of the proposal are to: o Allow the Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC - the proponent) to expand its aircraft development, testing, and manufacturing facilities in King County to respond to projected market conditions. o Relieve existing overcrowded office conditions at the Developmental Center and develop needed laboratory and testing uses for program development. o Consolidate activities at the Developmental Center, resulting in reduced production and employment costs. DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATIVES, INCLUDING THE PROPOSAL The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) evaluates four development alternatives (including the proposal) and the no- action alternative. The four development alternatives reflect varying levels of facilities expansion that may be undertaken under varying economic conditions. Alternatives selected include only those actions that meet the objectives of the proposal and the no- action alternative. No other sites were considered for the proposed development. Employment associated with the four development alternatives is expressed as "new" employment. In actuality, much of this employment will represent transfer employment, or employment currently at other Boeing activities scheduled for elimination or reduction in scale. Alternative 1: Full Development (The Proposal) BMAC, under the provisions of its 1986 Developmental Center Master Plan for Expansion, proposes to expand its existing facil- ities by developing 1,863,110 gross square feet (GSF) of mixed uses and supporting facilities (parking, internal roads, pedes- trian facilities, and utilities) within the 203.6 -acre Develop- mental Center planning area. Uses proposed for development under Alternative 1 include: o Office: 916,830 GSF o Manufacturing: 586,000 GSF (includes fabrication and assembly spaces) o Laboratory: 289,400 GSF o Support: 80,830 GSF (including facilities, mainten- ance, transportation, material distribution, medical, security, and fire protection services) An additional 30,500 GSF of support uses (material handling and storage) will be eliminated, resulting in a total of 1,832,610 GSF of new development. This represents a 70 percent increase in building area within the planning area and a doubling of total approximate employment from the current 6,000 to a total of 12,000 employees. The Developmental Center planning area is composed of four major planning subareas, or sites (Main, Terminal 128 [T -128], Thompson- Isaacson, and Oxbow) and three smaller sites (FAA, MFC, and PAMCO). The PAMCO site has been exempted by King County for analysis in this study. Most new development will occur within the four major planning sites, primarily at the T -128 and Thompson- Isaacson sites. Development will result in the addition of approximately 16,000 GSF of impermeable surface within the planning area as a result of new structures being constructed where no structures or paved surfaces currently exist. All other construction will occur in areas currently occupied by paved parking lots, paved or covered storage areas, and structures. Additional parking and internal circulation facilities will be developed to accommodate new employment. A pedestrian bridge will be constructed to link the Oxbow site with Main site. Proposed utility improvements include the expansion of e=lectrical, natural gas, domestic water and sanitary sewer, and firemain service within the planning area. New storm sewer facilities with oil /water separators will be developed to accom- modate runoff at Main, T -128, and Oxbow sites. The existing storm sewer interceptor will be relocated at the Thompson - Isaacson site. Alternative 2: Minimum Development Less than optimal business conditions may result in the implementation of substantially reduced levels of development within the Developmental Center planning area. Alternative 2 assumes a sudden and major reduction in commercial and military aircraft production combined with a need to reduce new program development. Under Alternative 2, only that development already funded would be undertaken. Uses to be developed include 218,610 GSF of office, laboratory, and support uses at the Main and T -128 sites. Estimated new employment at the expanded facilities would be 1,033, representing a 20 percent increase over current employ- ment levels at the Developmental Center, as well as 20 percent of the new development and employment occurring under Alternative 1 (The Proposal) . 2 Alternative 3: Intermediate Development Alternative 3 could be implemented if business growth is less than that assumed for Alternative 1, but much better than Alternative 2 conditions. A total of 1,104,110 GSF of office, manufacturing, laboratory, and support uses would be developed under Alternative 3. Selected office and other support uses scheduled for development in 1989, 1990, and 1991 under Alterna- tive 1 (The Proposal) would not be constructed. New development under Alternative 3 would support 3,194 new employees. Alterna- tive 3 represents approximately 60 percent of the development and employment that would occur under Alternative 1 (The Proposal). Alternative 4: Plant 2 Manufacturing Use Under Alternative 4, all manufacturing and directly supporting use scheduled for development in the planning area would be consolidated and developed at Plant 2, located imme- diately to the north of the Jorgenson Steel site, which forms the northern boundary of the Developmental Center planning area. This alternative assumes that sufficient space (696,000 GSF) would become available at Plant 2 due to projected shifts of Boeing activities at Plant 2 to other sites. All other uses proposed under Alternative 1 would be developed at the Develop- mental Center. • Alternative 5: No Action Under this alternative, no expansion of facilities, infra- structure, or new employment would be undertaken in the planning area. Response to market conditions would be limited to internal modification of existing structures and possible retraining and redistribution of existing employment within the Developmental Center. IMPACTS OF THE ALTERNATIVES During scoping, two major areas of impact associated with the proposed expansions were identified -- water quality /quantity and traffic. Only these impact areas are assessed within this document. A summary of impacts associated with each of the alternatives is presented in Table 1. SIGNIFICANT UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE IMPACTS No significant unavoidable adverse water quality /quantity impacts are associated with the proposed project or any of the alternatives. Unavoidable adverse traffic impacts include deter- iorating levels of service at selected major intersections near the Developmental Center during AM and PM peak hours under Alter- natives 1, 2, and 3. 3 Impact Area Surface Hater Runoff Traffic(a) Runoff Volume Runoff Quality Trip Generation Trip Distribu- tion Parking Levels of Service SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE COMPANY DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER EXPANSION ALTERNATIVE 1. lull Development Incremental increase in runoff due to development of 16,888 GSF of impervious surface. Mitigated by infiltration pro- vided by creation of landscaping strips. Some increase in run- off constituents asso- ciated with vehicle operations due to development of new parking surfaces and conversion of paved storage areas to park- ing. Mitigated by installation of oil - water separators. Increase of 6,122 employees, resulting in 13,958 daily trips. Slight changes in trip distribution at access points to E. Marginal May from Developmental Center. 5,175 new parking stalls developed. Deterioration of levels of service at seven nearby major intersections during AM peak and most intersections during PM peak. Level of service F at four major intersections during AM peak and three during PM peak. 2. Minimum Development Virtually no increase in runoff due to con- struction of new uses in areas that are already paved. Same as Alternative 1, but increase in new parking will represent approximately 20 per- cent of that developed In Alternative 1. Increase of 1,833 employees, resulting in 2,848 daily trips. Same as Alternative 1. 861 new perking stalls developed. Deterioration of levels of service at four of seven inter- sections studied during AM peak and two of seven during AM peak. Levels of service F at two intersections during AM peak and at leant one during PM peak. 3. Intermediate Development Some as for Alterna- tive 2. Same as Alternative 1, but increase in new parking will represent approxi- mately 80 percent of that developed in Alternative 1. Increase of 3,194 employees, resulting in 8,889 daily trips. Same as Alternative 1. 2,662 new perking stalls developed Same as Alternative 1, except Level of service F is pro- jected at three major intersections during AM peak and two dur- ing PM peak. 4. Plant 2 Manufacturing Use All growth would be accommodated within existing Plant 2 structures, resulting In no increase in impervious surfaces and no additional runoff. Virtually no change In runoff quality due to no increase in new parking sur- faces; existing perk- ing at Plant 2 will be used to augment existing parking at Developmental Center. Same as Alternative 1. Some new trips generated at Plant 2 instead of Develop- mental Center. Same as Alternative 1. Same as Alternative 1; some parking at Plant 2 converted to Developmental Center use. Same as Alternative 1. 5. No Action Runoff volumes remain the same as existing condition. No change in runoff quality. No additional trips generated by activi- ties at the Develop- mental Center. No changes in trip distribution. No new parking required. Level of service may improve or degrade due to traffic gener- ated by local activi- ties outside the Developmental Center. Traffic generated by Developmental Center activities will not affect levels of service. (a) Traffic impacts assume all additional employment at the Developmental Center is new employment. Therefore, impacts are worst -case. • • SECTION I ALTERNATIVES INCLUDING THE PROPOSED ACTION • • I. ALTERNATIVES, INCLUDING PROPOSAL A. PURPOSE AND NEED The Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC), a wholly owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company (Boeing), has proposed to expand their existing manufacturinc and support uses at the Boeing Developmental Center to meet projected military aircraft business demands through year 2000. The proposed expansion would be guided by the recently completed master plan for the Develop- mental Center. Development :s planned to occur in four phases from 1987 to 1991. Planned expansion and facilities are scaled to reflect an optimal business forecast for the next 15 years and, as such, represent a long -term maximum development scenario over the planning period. B. BACKGROUND 1. General The Boeing Company (Boeing), through a series • of land purchases and leases since the 1950's, has gained control of and consolidated the majority of land in the Developmental Center planning area, located on the Duwamish Waterway in unincorporated King County (see Figure I -1). In late 1985, Boeing contracted with BE &C Engineers, a wholly owned subsidiary, to prepare the Developmental Center Master Plan for Site Expansion (BE &C Engineers, Inc., 1986). The purpose of this effort was to: "Develop a master plan for the future development of Boeing - controlled property within and adjacent to the Developmental Center which achieves Boeing Military Airplane Company facility expansion objec- tives to the maximum extent possible" (BE &C Engi- neers, Inc., 1986). The final plan, which provides for the proposed level of develop- ment described herein under Alternative 1 (Maximum Development Alternative, or the proposal), was issued in September 1986. 2. Site Location, Access, and Employment The proposed develcpment would take place in the Boeing Developmental Center Master Plan area (the planning area) which comprises 203.6 acres located along the Duwamish Waterway between approximately River Mile 5 and 7 (see Figure I -1). The planning area is comprised of four major planning subareas or sites (Main, Terminal 128 (T -128J, Thompson- Isaacson, and Oxbow) and three smaller sites (PAMCO(a), FAA, and MFC). Of the 203.6 acres in the planning area, 169.6 acres (comprising all sites except for Oxbow) are located on the east side of the Duwamish Waterway. The 34 -acre Oxbow site is located on the west side of the Duwamish Waterway (Figure I -2). Table I -1 presents the distribution of land area by site. General use zones within the planning area are depicted on Figure I -3. The current major activities are classified as: Office /Laboratory, Fabrication, Assembly and Test, Flight Opera- tions, and Support. Included in Support are activities that do not relate directly to any particular program or project; these (a) The PAMCO site, an 11.0 -acre site located on the east shore of the Duwamish Waterway immediately south of Main site, has been exempted from evaluation by King County. Since the PAMCO site will provide surplus parking stalls for use by Main site employees, PAMCO will be considered as part of the . planning area to assess parking /traffic conditions only. I -2 • • • -4 • • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER LOCATION b. seiy 6uiuusld 0 0 0 O — O O TABLE I -1 EXISTING LAND AREA SITE DESIGNATION LAND AREA SF ACRES MAIN 2,876,000 66.0 T -128 1,656,000 38.0 THOMPSON - ISAACSON 1.599,000 36.7 OXBOW 1,480,000 34.0 MFC 1,024,000 23.5 FAA 232,000 5.3 TOTAL 8,867,000 203.6 (a) Greater than sum due to rounding. * * * * * * *. (a) are parking, facilities administration and maintenance, material handling, transportation, yard /storage; employee fitness, and employee services. Existing land use within each of the distinct sites comprising the planning area is described in Section II.C.1. Current ownership of parcels within the planning area is depicted on Figure I -4. Primary access to the planning area is from E. Marginal Way S. Vehicular and pedestrian access to Boeing property from E. Marginal Way S. is controlled via a network of gates manned by security guards. Access to the Oxbow site from the Developmental Center is via the S. 102nd Street bridge; the Oxbow site is accessed from the west by S. 102nd. Actual planning area employment (as of September 1985) is 5,990 (BE &C Engineers, Inc., 1986). 1-4 • • • OXBOW • c2 • aL Waterway E. Marginal Way S. 0 0 Z Lo = — ' 'r t^ 3 • •••• 11••• ■•• an • • • o • --� i • • ■ ■ r ■ C o ■■ r • • • • • • • • • 4 0Q r O • gif90814 C23 Ign 1111 ) • • • ■ •••• v• s, y •� FAA MFC • LEGEND: ••••••• SITE BOUNDARY LINE rT` THOMPSON- ISAACSON 500 1000 From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) 1500 r PLANNING SITES I`5 Figure I -2 N O D 1 . 1 w a m i s h Water Way EXISTING GENERAL USE ZONES I -6 Figure 1-3 • �''' `, ' S co 1 Ig.IJy /,W 1/84;11 1 1 ff/ / / / 4/ 1 0, 1 / / / / V els Oft BOEING OWNED �' —� iL LEGEND: PWWWWWIA :d'o't e���1 r,7,1 - - - -, 1 1 — we — — BOEING OWNED BOEING LEASED NON BOEING OWNED OR LEASED ED COUNTY) • 500 1000 1500 • PROPERTY OWNERSHIP IN PLANNING AREA 1-7 Figure I -4 C. DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATIVES Projected development at the Boeing Developmental Center will depend upon the success of Boeing (specifically BMAC) to attract continued business and develop new programs during the planning period. The alternatives addressed in this document reflect development scenarios that can be reasonably expected to occur under various business conditions and space allocation options. Alternatives addressed include four action (or development) alternatives and the no- action alternative. These alternatives are designated: Alternative 1: Alternative 2: Alternative 3: Alternative 4: Alternative 5: Full Development (The Proposal) Minimum Development Intermediate Development Plant 2 Manufacturing Use No Action Alternatives 1 and 4 essentially reflect the full development of mixed uses with the scale and associated employment presented in the Developmental Center Master Plan, with selected development (manufacturing use) being transferred to the adjacent Plant 2 complex under Alternative 4. Reduced development options addressed under Alternatives 2 and 3 represent only two of numerous reduced development possi- bilities that could be implemented in response to future business and other considerations. However, they were selected for assessment because they represent a reasonable lower limit of development (Alternative 2) as well as a reasonable intermediate level of development (Alternative 3) in the planning area. Therefore, in combination with the full development scenarios, these alternatives provide a means for assessing relative impacts along the continuum of possible development options. Descriptions of each of the development alternatives and the No- Action Alternative (Alternative 5) are presented below. 1. Alternative 1: Full Development (The Proposal) General BMAC proposes to expand and improve its existing facilities with the addition of new office, manufacturing, laboratory, and support facilities at the Boeing Developmental Center. The proposed project represents full development of Developmental Center activities and is designed to reflect the maximum expan- sion expected to occur at the Center over the next 5 years. I -8 Therefore, Alternative 1 reflects the most optimal projected future business conditions, and the need to maintain the effi- ciency of projected BMAC operations through consolidation. Expansion proposed under Alternative 1 will include construction and operation of 1,863,110 gross square feet (GSF) of new facilities including office (916,830 GSF), manufacturing (586,000 GSF), laboratory (289,400 GSF), and support (80,880 GSF) uses. The plan includes removal of 30,500 (GSF) of space currently used for support (material handling and storage) uses resulting in a total of 1,832,610 GSF of new facilities to be developed in the Developmental Center planning area. Proposed development also includes pedestrian and traffic circulation facilities, parking, landscaping, and open spaces. The proposed development will accommodate approximately 6,122 new employees requiring 5,175 new parking stalls at full occupancy (including 58 parking stalls required by employees at the PAMCO site). The expansion project will occur over a 5 -year period from 1987 through 1991 at all four major planning sites (Main, T -128, Thompson- Isaacson, and Oxbow). No new facilities or expansion of existing facilities are planned or anticipated at the FAA and MFC sites. A summary of Alternative 1 development by planned date of occupation is provided in Table I -2 and shown on Figure I -5. Development plans have been prepared for each planning site. Site development plans are based on a comprehensive examination of the planning area's capacity to accommodate growth, as well as a functional zoning plan based on current area use. Detailed development plans for each site are discussed individually in Appendix A. Master Plan Components The Developmental Center Master Plan was based on an analysis of growth capacity within the planning area. Future space and facilities requirements were identified and consoli- dated by use characteristics into general use areas designed to be consistent with and enhance existing general use areas. Where feasible, proposed general use areas were consolidated into the individual planning sites. General Use Zones: General use zones proposed in the Master Plan (BE &C Engineers, Inc., 1986) are depicted on Figure I -6 and classified as follows: o Office /Lab: Those activities related to engineering, small - scale testing, research, and data processing. o Fabrication: Those activities related to the shaping and processing of material for parts and components for assembly. • TABLE 1 -2 ALTERNATIVE 1: FULL DEVELOPMENT TOTAL BUILDING BUILDING ADJUSTED PARKING OCCUPANCY BUILDING TYPE OR AREA PER NO. OF PARKING LAND DATE SITE DESIGNATION FUNCTION BUILDING EMPLOYEES STALLS REQUIRED (GSF) (a) (GS?) 1987 MAIN EMPLOYEE SERV. Office 9,000 51 43 12,857 1987 1-128 9 -77 Laboratory 38,900 31 26 7,725 Support 14,880 15 12 3,720 Office 13,830 79 66 19,757 1988 THOMPSON- 14- 0911)(b) Office 30,000 171 143 42,857 ISAACSON Manufacturing 138,008 130 108 32,500 1988 T -128 BUILDING -A Office , 308,088 1,714 1,429 428,571 1988 FAA 7- 127(c) Office 18,080 103 0 0 1988 MAIN 9- 53(11)(b) Office 15,500 +09 74 22,143 Laboratory 110,000 110 92 27,500 1988 THOMPSON- 14 -86 Laboratory 25,000 25 21 6,250 ISAACSON Storage (20,0001(d) 1201 117) 15,880) 1989 T -128 BUILDING -B Office 150,008 057 714 214,286 1989 OXBOW ENGR.LAB Laboratory 10,580 11 9 2,625 Laboratory 18,800 18 15 4,500 1989 MAIN 9 -94 EXPANSION Cafeteria 23,500 24 20 5,875 1989 1-128 BUILDING -C Office 100,000 571 476 142,857 1989 OXBOW BCS SERVICES Office 150,080 857 714 214,286 1989 THOMPSON- 14 -09 Office 45,000 257 214 64,286 ISAACSON Manufacturing 223,000 223 186 55,750 1990 1-128 9 -51 EXPANSION Mtl Hndlng 110,500) 1111 19) 12,625) Shop 10,500 11 9 2,625 Office 10,500 60 50 15,088 1990 1-128 DATA CENTER Laboratory 95,880 95 79 23,750 Office 30,080 171 143 42,857 1990 THOMPSON- 14 -89 Office 45,080 257 214 64,286 ISAACSON Manufacturing 223,008 223 186 55,750 1991 OXBOW BOEING EMPL. Clubrooms 32,000 0 100 30,000 ACTIVITY CTR(II) (b) TOTALS 1,832,610 6,122 5,175(e) 1,534,988 (a) Total adjusted building area equals total gross building area (square feet) minus mechan- ical area, where known. (b) Corresponds to indicate a construction phase. (c) Office use at the FAA site represents space that is now occupied by non - Boeing employment. Assigned parking will convert to Boeing use. (d) Numbera in brackets 11 correspond to buildings or building to be demolished. (e) Includes 58 parking spaces required by employment at PAMCO site o Assembly /Test: Those activities related to large -scale testing and assembly of large components and to production lines. o Support: Those activities which are ancillary or auxiliary to the above functions. These include: facilities, main- tenance, transportation, material distribution, emergency medical service, security, and fire protection services. Also included in this zone would be those activities which serve all Boeing employees, such as the Boeing Employees' Activity Center (BEAC). o Flight Operations: Those activities which relate to aircraft operations at Boeing Field. o Parking: Includes parking for all employees and visitors. Circulation and Parking: Figure I -7 shows the location of control gates to the sites and major internal circulation features. New internal roads are required at both the T -128 and Thompson- Isaacson sites. These improvements are described in the individual site plans below. Figure I -8 shows the general location and capacity of parking facilities required to accommodate existing and proposed development presented in Table I -2. The total amount of parking shown on Figure I -8 is 10,347 parking stalls. As indicated in Table I -3, a total of 5,085 stalls are required to support existing employment in the planning area and an additional 5,175 (or a total of 10,260) stalls are required to support projected development under Alternative 1. Therefore, proposed parking under Alternative 1 will be adequate to support future needs. Parking at FAA has been excluded from the total projected parking since projected parking for offices at the 7 -127 Building is included on the FAA site as a part of the projected lease arrangement (Table I -2). A total of 350 stalls are assumed to be available for Boeing employees. The northern site portion of the MFC will continue to serve as a parking area for Main site. However, the current parking on the airplane position is excluded from the parking supply for the master plan because it is temporary. The amount of parking thus excluded is 387 stalls. A portion (250 stalls) of the parking at the Museum of Flight is included in the parking plan. A joint -use agreement allows use of these stalls during work hours. This agreement expires in 1996. • OXBOW 13 c1 PEDESTRI N BRIDGE 16 00 0 0 3 stag; a3ss „h m / E. Marginal Way S. PAMCO « 4 • UY $ oi DO 0 n 'i " q --.-t, o c �c = =''i 6 =alit = -� �- LEGEND: 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1. BEAC 2. EMPLOYEE SERVICES 3. 9-77 LAB 4. 14-09 FACTORY (I) 5. BUILDING — A 6. 7 -127 OFFICE LEASE 7. 9-53 E PANS I ON 8. 14-06 LAB 9. RECEIVING TERMINAL 10. BUILDING — B 11. ENG I DEER I NG LAB 12. CAFETERIA E<PANSION 13. BCS SERVICES 14.14 -09 FACTORY (II) 15. 9-51 EXPANSION 16. BUILDING — C 17. DATA CENTER 1 8 . 14-09 FACTORY ( III ) 19. BERC (II) Note: The Receiving Terminal at the PAMCO (No.9) is exempted from evaluation in this statement. FAA 1000 1500 ALTERNATIVE 1 DEVELOPMENT-(THE PROPOSAL) Figure I -5 41 /E. Marginal Way S. 0 0 oi z Ca LEGEND: OFFICE / LAB FABRICATION ASSEMBLY /TEST FLIGHT OPERATIONS WON SUPPORT PARKING 500 1000 From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) 1500 I- 1 3 Figure 1-6 DuWamjsh - C=3 MO (-1 1 ATE 9 Qo u0 Waterway E. Marginal Way S • $9:7 OD 0 i - - -J LEGEND: O EXISTING ROAD NEW ROAD BIKE TRAIL GUARD GATE 1000 1500 CIRCULATION PLAN I -1 Figure I -7 OXBOW • PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE a Fig=SES7. --------\ / E. Marginal Way S. > z c:2.17 8 ORIP / ---::: ,----, - ix .% 0 tri _v 0 co ; APOWW1iiiii---* C===3 MFC --7 ' 1111111111111 0 FAA From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) PARKING PLAN T-15 Figure 1-8 • TABLE I -3 Existing and Projected Parking Requirements in Planning Area(a)(b) Existing Proposed Total Parking Proposed New Parking Total Parking Existing Reqmts New Reqmts Proposed Reqmts Site Employment (Stalls) Employment (Stalls) Employment (Stalls) OXBOW 0 100 886 838 886 938 MAIN 4,979 4,144 274 229 5,254 4,373 T -128 218 182 3,593 2,995 3,811 3,177 THOMPSON- 649 540 1,266 1,055 1,915 1,595 `! ISAACSON rn MFC 144 119 0 0 143 119 PAMCO 0 0 70 58 70 58 TOTAL 5,990 5,085 6,019 5,175 12,009 10,260 (a) From: BE &C Engineers, Inc. (1986). (b) The FAA site (322 existing and 103 new employees) has been excluded because onsite parking currently used by non - Boeing lessees will convert to Boeing use. This parking is sufficient to accommodate all proposed Boeing parking at that site with the surplus for use by employees at other sites. Onsite Amenities: Improvements planned for the Develop- mental Center under Alternative 1 include the following features, which are shown on Figure I -9: Landscaping Improvements: o Provide a landscaped strip to screen all new parking areas adjacent to E. Marginal Way S. o Provide landscaping at all new parking areas in accordance with the zoning code. o Provide, as a high priority, landscaping along bank at T -128. Walkway Improvements: o Provide a pedestrian bridge from the Oxbow site to Main site in order to improve employee access to remote parking. When the 14 -01 Building is expanded at the Thompson- Isaacson site, provide a sidewalk and bus shelter. o Provide a covered walkway from the proposed cafeteria expan- sion at Building 9 -94 to T -128. King County Bicycle Trail Improvements: o Provide for a bicycle trail spur from King County's Green River Trail Park through the Oxbow site to the Museum of Flight. Utilities: Some expansion of utilities in the planning area will be required. Proposed improvements to utility systems are generally discussed by site below. Storm sewer improvements proposed at each major site are shown on Figures C -1 through C -4 in Appendix C. • 1 LEGEND: •••••••• i NEW SITE IMPROVEMENTS / LANDSCAPING /BANK STABL IZATION NEW DEVELOPED PARKING LOTS / LANDSCAPINC. CUBS. PAVING COVERED WALK BIKE TRAIL 500 1000 1500 From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) IMMErr F.-LANDSCAPING AND OTHER AMENITIES Fiaure 1-9 • D. ALTERNATIVES TO THE PROPOSED ACTION 1. Introduction Alternative 1 (The Proposal) represents a maximum develop- ment scenario. It is based on Boeing's best estimate of the facilities and staff required to effectively and efficiently accommodate maximum projected business growth over the planning period (1987 -1991) and beyond. This section presents alternative actions for meeting the same growth objectives as the proposed project in addition to development alternatives that reflect the potential for lesser growth in the event that business does not expand to the levels currently projected. No action on the part of the proponent will also be evaluated. 2. Alternative 2: Minimum Development Business conditions could result in the implementation of any one of numerous reduced development alternatives, or alterna- tives reflecting a level of development that is less than that generated by Alternative 1 (The Proposal). Alternative 2 (Minimum Development) could be implemented if a relatively sudden downturn in Boeing's business occurred, particularly in the areas of military and commercial aircraft production, combined with a need to reduce new program development. Under Alternative 2, only those facilities for which specific monies have been allocated will be developed. These uses include the Employee Service Building at Main site and two buildings (Building 9 -77 and Building -B) at the T -128 site (Table I -4). The Employee Service Building (reception, badge room, and other services) and Building 9 -77 (mixed laboratory, support, and office use) are scheduled for completion in 1987. Building -B (combined office and laboratory) is scheduled for completion by the end of 1988. TABLE I -4 ALTERNATIVE 2: MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT TOTAL BUILDING BUILDING ADJUSTED PARKING OCCUPANCY BUILDING TYPE OR AREA PER NO. OF PARKING LAND DATE SITE DESIGNATION FUNCTION BUILDING EMPLOYEES STALLS REQUIRED (GSF)(a) (GSF) 1987' MAIN EMPLOYEE SERV. Office 9,888 51 43 12,857 1987 7-128 9 -77 Laboratory 38,900 31 26 7,725 Support 14,888 15 12 3,720 Office 13,838 79 66 19,757 1988 T -128 BUILDING -B Office 150,000(b) 857 714 214,286 TOTALS: 218,610 1,033 861 258,345 NOTE: (a) Total adjusted building area equals total gross building area minus mechanical area, where known. (b) Includes all of Building -B, which also includes unspecified laboratory square footage. 1-19 These uses would either support existing manufacturing and developmental activity or would support new activities to the extent they could be accommodated within existing development. Development under Alternative 2 represents approximately 12 percent of the development that would occur under Alternative 1 (The Proposal). 3. Alternative 3: Intermediate Development Alternative 3 (Intermediate Development) could be imple- mented if less business occurs and is projected than that identi- fied under Alternative 1 (The Proposal). Table I -5 summarizes phased development occurring under Alternative 3. Under Alternative 3, development in 1987 would be the same as 1987 development for Alternative 1. In 1988, all development scheduled to occur under Alternative 1 in 1988, except for Building -A (office use), would be completed. This reduction in development assumes that the remaining office use scheduled for development in 1987 would be sufficient to accommodate short -term space requirements. In 1989, all development scheduled for completion under Alternative 1 would be developed except for Building -C (office use). Manufacturing and directly associated office use would be developed to support existing programs. In 1990, only the central computing center at the T -128 site would be developed. The Boeing Employee's Activity Center, sche- duled for completion in 1991 under Alternative 1, would not be constructed. Development under Alternative 3 represents approximately 60 percent of the development occurring under Alternative 1. 4. Alternative 4: Plant 2 Manufacturing Use Boeing is currently considering the relocation or termina- tion of activities currently based at the Plant 2 complex located immediately north of the Jorgenson Steel site. Under Alternative 4, all manufacturing and directly supporting uses proposed in the plan (696,000 GSF) would be accommodated within existing Plant 2 facilities instead of at Building 14 -09 at the Thompson- Isaacson site, as proposed under Alternative 1. New or expanded non - manufacturing uses would be developed in the planning area at sites specified in the plan. Table I -6 summa- rizes the schedule and type of development under Alternative 4. Plant 2 development would occur in the identical three phases as manufacturing uses at Building 14 -09 under Alternative 1. The relocation of proposed manufacturing uses would result in the phased employment of 1,261 persons (301 in 1988, 781 in 1989, • • • • TABLE I -5 ALTERNATIVE 3: INTERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT BUILDING OCCUPANCY BUILDING DATE SITE DESIGNATION BUILDING TYPE OR FUNCTION TOTAL ADJUSTED AREA PER BUILDING (GSF)(a) NO. OF PARKING EMPLOYEES STALLS PARKING LAND REQUIRED (GSr) 1987 MAIN EMPLOYEE SERV. Office 1987 T -128 9 -77 Laboratory Support Office 1988 THOMPSON- 14- 09(I)(b) Office ISAACSON Factory 1988 MAIN 9 -53 Office Lab 1988 THOMPSON- 14 -06 Lab ISAACSON Storage 1988 T -128 BUILDING -B Office 1989 OXBOW ENGR.LAB Lab Lab 1989 MAIN 9 -94 EXPANSION Cafeteria 1989 OXBOW BCS SERVICES Office 1989 THOMPSON- 14 -89 Office ISAACSON Factory 1990 T -128 DATA CENTER Lab Office 9,000 30,900 14,880 13,830 30,800 130,000 15,500 110,000 25,000 120,0001(c) 150,008 10,500 18,008 23,500 158,080 45,800 223,080 95,000 30,000 51 43 12,857 31 26 7,725 15 12 3,720 79 66 19,757 171 143 42,857 130 108 32,508 89 74 22,143 110 92 27,500 25 21 6,250 (20) (171 (5,000) 857 714 214,286 11 9 2,625 18 15 4,500 24 20 5,875 857 257 223 714 214,286 214 64,286 186 55,750 95 79 23,750 171 143 42,857 TOTALS 1,184,110 3,194 2,662 798,524 NOTE: (a) Total adjusted building area equals total gross building area minus mechanical area, where known. (b) Indicates construction phase. (c) Numbers in brackets (1 correspond to buildings or building areas to be demolished. TABLE 1 -6 ALTERNATIVE 4: PLANT 2 MANUFACTURING USE BUILDING OCCUPANCY DATE SITE BUILDING DESIGNATION BUILDING TYPE OR FUNCTION TOTAL ADJUSTED AREA PER BUILDING (GSF1(a) NO. OF EMPLOYEES PARKING STALLS PARKING LAND REQUIRED (GSF) 1987 MAIN EMPLOYEE SERV. Office 9,000 51 43 12,857 1987 T -128 9 -77 Laboratory 30,900 3I 26 7,725 Support 14,880 15 12 3,720 Office 13,830 79 66 19,757 1988 PLANT 2 Office 30,000 171 143 42,857 Manufacturing 130,880 130 108 32,500 1988 T -128 BUILDING -A Office 300,080 1714 1429 428,571 1988 FAA 7- 127(b) Office 18,000 103 0 0 1988 MAIN 9- 531E11(c) Office 15,508 89 74 22,143 Laboratory 110,008 118 92 27,508 1988 THOMPSON- 14 -06 Laboratory 25,800 25 21 6,250 ISAACSON Storage 120,0001(d) (201 [17) [5,0081 1989 T -128 BUILDING -B Office 158,080 857 714 214,286 1989 OXBOW ENGR.LAB Laboratory 18,500 11 9 2,625 Laboratory 18,088 18 15 4,508 1989 MAIN 9 -94 EXPANSION Cafeteria 23,500 24 28 5,875 1989 T -128 BUILDING -C Office 100,080 571 476 142,857 1989 OXBOW BCS SERVICES Office 158,000 857 714 214,286 1989 PLANT 2 Office 45,800 257 214 64,286 Manufacturing 223,000 223 186 55,750 1990 T -128 9 -51 EXPANSION Mil Hndlng (18,5801 1111 191 (2,625) Shop 10,500 11 9 2,625 Office 18,508 68 50 15,080 1991 T -128 DATA CENTER Laboratory 95,080 95 79 23,758 Office 38,000 1'1 143 42,857 1998 PLANT 2 Office 45,080 257 214 64,286 Manufacturing 223,000 223 186 55,750 1991 OXBOW BOEING EMPL. Clubrooms 32,808 8 100 30,880 ACTIVITY CTR(111 CTR[I11)(c) TOTALS 1,832,618 6,122 5,175(e) 1,534,988 (a) Total adjusted building area equals total gross building area (square feet) sinus mechanical area, where known. (b) Corresponds to indicate a construction phase. (c) Office use at the FAA site represents space that is now occupied by non - Boeing employment. Assigned parking will convert to Boeing use. (d) Numbers in brackets 11 correspond to buildings or building areas to be demolished. • • • • • and 17 in 1990) and 1,042 parking stalls (251 in 1988, 651 in 1989, and 140 in 1990). 5. Alternative 5: No- Action Under the No- Action Alternative, BMAC would be required to accommodate all growth of Developmental Center activities without expanding existing facilities, infrastructure, and employment in the planning area. Response to business conditions would be limited to external modification of existing structures and retraining and redistribution of existing employment, within the Developmental Center. Current land use and employment at the Developmental Center would remain essentially unchanged. Any expansion of Develop- mental Center activities requiring construction of new facilities would occur at other locations. Thus, no action in the planning area could require significant action at other locations and would not permit the development of the Developmental Center for increased operational and management efficiency. I -23 SECTION II AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES II. AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT, SIGNIFICANT IMPACTS, AND MITIGATING MEASURES A. SCOPING On October 28, 1986, King County issued a Determination of Significance and Scoping Notice for the proposed Developmental Center project. Written comments received in response to the scoping notice are on file at the King County Division of Building and Land Development, File No. C -85 -031. Issues of concern identified during the scoping process included: o The project's potential impact to surface waters (the Duwamish Waterway River system) due to runoff, and o Traffic /transportation impacts. These issues are addressed exclusively in Sections II.C.2 and II.D.2 respectively. B. SITE HISTORY Historic data available for the Developmental Center planning area includes: o Records of dredging and filling activities during develop- ment of the Duwamish Waterway, primarily provided by the U.S. Corps of Engineers (1985) and the Port of Seattle (1973) ; o Aerial photographs of the site taken from 1936 to 1985 provided by Walker and Associates (1985); and o Historic and real estate documents provided by the Port of Seattle (1985). These records and photographs indicate that the general area, including the Developmental Center site, has been modified considerably through dredging, filling, and straightening of the Duwamish River channel since the early 1900s. At the turn of the century, the river flowed east to west through a channel now occupied by Slip No. 6. What is now the planning area was either in crop or pastureland, or had not yet been cleared. In or around 1918, the Duwamish Waterway was created when the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers eliminated the meanders of the Duwamish River by dredging a new, straightened navigation channel. Most of the old river channel was filled with dredged materials obtained from the new, straightened channel. Slip No. 6 at the T -128 site represents one of several old channel reaches adjoining the Duwamish Waterway that were left unfilled for use as shipping berths. The surrounding area was graded in stages, as new uses developed, resulting in the current level topography of the planning area. The planning area transitioned from vacant and wooded land to mixed uses from the turn of the century to the 1930s. A lumberyard occupied the site of what is now T -128 from approxi- mately 1920 to 1940. In 1932, a portion of the Duwamish Waterway was dredged, with dredged material deposited throughout much of the planning area. Several industrial structures were built and demolished in the planning area during the 1930s and 1940s. During the mid -1930s to early 1940s, Boeing developed its Plant 2 complex to the north of the planning area. Other industrial uses were also developed in and around the planning area during this period, including a steel rolling mill at the Jorgenson property just north of what is now the Thompson - Isaacson site and manufacturing uses at what is now the Kenworth Truck Corporation property and along E. Marginal Way S. at what is now Main site ( Figure I -2). The King County International Airport /Boeing Field complex also transitioned from a rural unpaved airstrip with a small II -2 • terminal and two hangars in the mid -1930s to a .major municipal airport by the early 1940s. Development of this area intensified in the 1980s, resulting in the infilling of many of the previous vacant parcels along E. Marginal Way S. By 1960, the planning area and surrounding land had been developed into primarily industrial uses. The large Boeing manufacturing building, now known as Building 9 -101 at the Developmental Center, was constructed along with several auxiliary buildings on the west side of E. Marginal Way S. near what is now the southern portion of the Developmental Center planning area. A taxiway and aircraft parking area serving the King County International Airport /Boeing Field complex had been constructed on the east side of E. Marginal Way S. by 1960. During the 1960's and 1970's, the planning area continued to develop through infilling and redevelopment. Significant dredging was conducted in Slip No. 6 at the T -128 site by the Monsanto Company (now Rhone - Pollenc) in the mid- 1960s. Portions of the Duwamish Waterway adjacent to the planning area were also dredged by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers in the 1960s. These dredging activities resulted in elongation of Slip No. 6 and a widening of the Duwamish Waterway north of the slip, creating the current shoreline configuration. Also in the late 1960's, the Oxbow site was made accessible by the construction of the existing S. 102nd Street bridge across the Duwamish Waterway. The site has since been used, with varying levels of intensity, primarily as a Boeing parking facility. T -128 was developed from 1974 to 1977. The terminal consisted of a dock with six short finger piers extending into Slip No. .6 from the south shore of the slip. Dredging to Eleva- tion -18 was conducted within Slip No. 6 during 1976 and 1977. Paving and grading for the upland portion of the T -128 site occurred during pier construction. These activities involved cuts and fills throughout the entire upland portions of the terminal site. Since the mid- 1970s, the area around the Developmental Center has remained in near - capacity industrial and commercial use. Infilling and redevelopment with similar uses continues on a small scale. Current land use within the planning area (by site) is discussed in Section II -D -1. 11-3 C. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT 1. Introduction The entire planning area currently is devoted to industrial uses. Nearly all natural environmental features have been removed and replaced by industrial uses (office, laboratory, manufacturing, assembly, shop, transportation, and support facil- ities) and parking. The area does not support any significant natural vegetation and does not provide habitat for any important wildlife species. The adjacent Duwamish Waterway is the principal surface water feature in the site area and is the receptor for all site drainage. The waterway, from Elliott Bay upstream to the turning basin located opposite Main site (and including Slip 6 at T -128), is used for navigation of large vessels serving industrial faci- lities along the waterway. The banks of the waterway support only small and discontinuous patches of shrubs, grasses, and forbs, but do not provide important habitat for water - dependent wildlife. Some species of waterfowl may occasionally use the area for resting or feeding activities, but the area is not considered important waterfowl habitat. Salmon and steelhead use the Duwamish Waterway for migration to and from upstream spawning and rearing grounds. The Muckleshoot Indians fish the Duwamish Waterway in the planning area, but there is no important recrea- tional fishery in the immediate vicinity of the proposed develop- ment. As a result of this intensive industrial and fisheries use, the Duwamish Waterway system has been targeted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Washington Department of Ecology (in cooperation with other agencies at the federal, state, and local levels) for comprehensive study and remedial action designed to identify and correct problems associated with toxic contamination from both point and non -point sources. In recognition of this concern, the volume and quality of runoff from newly developed uses at the Developmental Center was identi- fied as a major issue. 2. Runoff /Surface Water Quality General Storm water runoff from the Developmental Center planning area is currently either collected and conveyed through a system of collectors, catch basins, and drains to outfalls along the Duwamish Waterway, or permitted to flow directly into the waterway from impermeable parking and road surfaces. Storm water in that portion of the planning area west of E. Marginal Way S. is discharged directly into the Duwamish Waterway. Storm water in that portion of the planning area east of E. Marginal Way S. is discharged primarily into the King County 11-4 • • storm drainage collectors serving the King County International Airport /Boeing Field complex. These collectors connect to two trunk lines that cross E. Marginal Way S. and discharge into the Duwamish Waterway. One trunk crosses the Rhone - Pollenc property and discharges into the slip at the T -128 site. The other trunk crosses the Thompson - Isaacson site north of Building 14 -01 and discharges into the Duwamish Waterway. Some storm water that discharges into the Duwamish Waterway may be restricted by the number of outfall locations or by flow detention measures. King County has required some storm water flows located east of E. Marginal Way S. and connecting to the Boeing Field storm drains to be detained to pre - development flow rates. One example is the recently completed parking lot adja- cent to the Museum of Flight. Runoff from the planning area is characteristic of runoff that normally occurs in urban or well - developed areas (urban runoff). Principal contaminants associated with urban runoff include: o Polyaromatic hydrocarbon (PAHs) and oil and grease from leaked petroleum products from vehicles operating along onsite parking and roadway facilities. Metals such as lead, cadmium, and zinc released from automobile exhausts. o Organic chemicals from fertilizers, insecticides, and other lawn -care applications used in routine maintenance of newly landscaped areas along the banks of the Duwamish Waterway and associated with parking areas. o Non - biodegradable litter from human use areas adjacent to the Duwamish Waterway. New construction at previously undeveloped sites results in the replacement of natural permeable (soil) with impermeable surfaces (rooftops, parking and pedestrian facilities, other paved areas). These impermeable surfaces prevent the infiltra- tion of precipitation into the soil and entry into natural drainage systems. Runoff from impermeable surfaces can: o Collect in low -lying areas creating flooding when such areas are paved or when underlying permeable soils are saturated; or o Enter surface water systems, potentially contributing substantial increases in flow, potential for erosion and turbidity due to downstream flooding, and contaminant loading. Specific stormwater impacts associated with the project (Alterna- tive 1) and other alternatives are evaluated below. Impacts With few exceptions, all new buildings and parking/ circulation facilities occurring under the development alterna- tives (1 through 4) would be developed in areas that are currently paved or occupied by other structures scheduled to be demolished. Under Alternatives 1 and 4, 16,000 GSF of unpaved or uncovered area would be replaced by impermeable surfaces due to construction of Phase II of the Boeing Employees' Activity Center (BEAC) in 1991. No permeable surfaces will be replaced by new construction under either of the reduced development options (Alternatives 2 and 3). The reduction of permeable surfaces within the planning area by 16,000 GSF will have a negligible impact on runoff and drainage conditions within the planning area. The newly covered area represents less than .002 percent of the total planning area and will be more than replaced by landscaped areas to be incorporated around new buildings at the T -128 and Thompson - Isaacson site and landscaped parking strips at new parking facilities. In addition, some precipitation will be retained incidentally on the rooftop of the expanded BEAC facility at the Oxbow site, as well as the rooftops of other proposed buildings, which comprise nearly 870,000 square feet (BE &C Engineers, Inc., 1986). Incidental rooftop retention will effectively reduce the volume and rate of runoff to the Duwamish Waterway through evaporation and the storage capacity of roof drainage systems. However, expansion of parking to accommodate new employment under the development alternatives will increase the amounts of automobile - related contaminants and litter introduced to runoff. The increase in landscaped areas associated with buildings and parking facilities will also increase the amount of organic chemicals introduced to runoff due to landscaping maintenance. The BEAC would not be constructed under either Alternative 2 or 3; therefore, no currently permeable surfaces would be replaced by new impermeable surfaces. Rooftop drainage would be incorporated into all development under Alternative 2 and 3, with runoff conveyed through existing catch basins and drains. Little or no modifications to existing runoff conditions are expected under either reduced development option. Alternative 4 (Plant 2 Manufacturing Use) would result in the location of new manufacturing employment and parking from the Thompson - Isaacson site to Plant 2 to the north. This would result in a slight redistribution of existing runoff entering the Duwamish Waterway, since Plant 2 runoff also is conveyed to the waterway via a collector system and drains. Runoff conditions under Alternative 5 (No- Action) would be the same as existing conditions, and similar to conditions under all development alternatives. 11-6 • • • Mitigation New storm sewer facilities will be installed to intercept and control runoff from newly developed rooftop, road, and parking surfaces. These new systems will be equipped with catch basins and oil /water separators to permit the collection and removal of contaminants from runoff prior to discharge via outfalls to the Duwamish Waterway. Since runoff volumes are not anticipated to increase (and will likely decrease due to rooftop retention capacity) at Main, T -128, and Thompson- Isaacson sites, no retention /detention facilities are planned at these locations. Runoff from the Oxbow site may increase incrementally due to an increase (by about 1 percent) of impermeable surface at that site. However, this increase is not sufficient to require the construction of reten- tion facilities. Unavoidable Adverse Impacts No unavoidable adverse impacts associated with runoff or surface water quality are anticipated to occur as a result of development proposed under the Developmental Center Master Plan. II -7 D. BUILT ENVIRONMENT 1. Existing Conditions Heavy industrial and commercial uses dominate both the east and west banks of the Duwamish Waterway from Elliott Bay upstream to the Developmental Center planning area and beyond. Several major regional and subregional transportation routes and facilities serve the area. North -south vehicular travel in the area is primarily via E. Marginal Way S. and West (W.) Marginal Way S. (SR 99), located on either side of the Duwamish Waterway. Interstate 5 (I -5), primarily via South Boeing Access Road, provides additional vehicular transportation access to the area. King County International Airport (Boeing Field), and heavy duty railroads are located east of the planning area. As discussed above, the Duwamish Waterway to the west is used for large vessel access to the shipping terminals (operated by the Port of Seattle and private companies) and other water - oriented uses in the area. Land use within the Developmental Center planning area itself is entirely heavy industrial /commercial. The planning area is zoned MH, King County's classification for Heavy Manufacturing. Existing land use conditions within each planning site are described below and are summarized in Table II -1. Existing Use by Planning Site Approximately 80 percent of the available land in the four major planning sites (Table II -1) is currently developed or used for industrial and commercial purposes. This percentage of use is conservative as it includes as unused those portions of the T -128 site that are subleased by Boeing. These areas are completely paved and heavily used for storage and other activi- ties not related to Boeing's activities. Main Site: Main site is almost completely developed. It contains over 2 million GSF of office, laboratory, and fabrica- tion support structures for the Boeing Developmental Center, as well as parking facilities. Current employment at Main site is 4,979. T -128 Site: Development at the T -128 site includes Boeing Building 9 -51, located in the southeast corner of the site, which consists of 87,062 GSF of office, shop, and terminal use. Building 9 -52 has an additional 6,643 GSF of shop use. Most of the T -128 site consists of large, paved areas subleased from Boeing by firms involved in freight forwarding and trucking (Transport International Pool and Dallas & Mavis Forwarding Company, Inc.). Current Boeing employment at T -128 is 218. 410 TABLE II -1 EXISTING LAND USE (a) • Currently Building Parking Other Total Land Total Undeveloped Site Land Use Land Use Uses(b) Utilized Site Area Land Main 1,178,308 895,770 801,922 2,876,000 2,876,000 0 T -128 57,043 67,500 81,400(c) 205,943(c) 1,343,690(d) 1,137,747(d) Thompson- 238,220 440,980 306,800 986,080 1,599,000 613,000 Isaacson Oxbow 34,224 960,000 485,776 1,480,000 1,480,000 0 FAA 26,273 132,000 73,727 232,000 232,000 0 MFC 35,500 336,000 652,500 1,024,000 1,024,000 0 0 J TOTAL 1,569,568 2,832,250 2,402,125(c) 6,803,943 8,554,630 1,750,747 ACRES 36.0 65.0 55.1 156.2 196.4 40.2 PERCENT 18.3 33.1 28.1 79.5 100.0 20.5 (a) From: BEiC Engineers, Inc. (1986). All figures in square feet. PAMCO site not included. (b) Includes land used for vehicular and pedestrian circulation, service areas and landscaping. (c) Does not include 312,500 square feet (7.2 acres) of open water and open area associated with Slip No. 6 (d) Although only 15 perccent of all T -128 site is currently "in use ", the entire site is paved and large areas continue to be used to store trucks and heavy equipment. Thompson- Isaacson Site: That portion of the Thompson - Isaacson site to the west of E. Marginal Way is dominated by Boeing Building 14 -01 and the sparsely utilized Isaacson Steel mill and associated offices, outbuildings, and parking areas. These structures comprise approximately 320,000 GSF. On the east side of E. Marginal Way, the Thompson- Isaacson site is dominated by Boeing Building 14 -06, which is the former Isaacson Steel office building. Building 14 -06 (approximately 20,000 GSF) is currently used by Boeing for office /support activities. Current employment at the Thompson- Isaacson site is 649. Oxbow Site: The Oxbow site is largely devoted to parking for Boeing Developmental Center personnel working at the Main site. The 43,000 -GSF Boeing Employee Activity Center (Phase I) occupies the southern portion of the site. FAA Site: BMAC currently leases the lower two floors of the 3 -story King County Airport Office Center (Building 7 -127). Sufficient onsite parking is provided for the 322 BMAC employees at the FAA site. Aircraft testing is conducted at two hangars located north of the office building. MFC Site: The MFC site is fully developed. Onsite uses include an office building, maintenance building, and aircraft parking positions. The northern portion of the MFC apron is used for Main site employee parking. Current employment at the MFC site is :144. Other Contiguous Properties: The land located on the Duwamish Waterway between the T -128 and Thompson- Isaacson sites (Figure I -2) is used by Rhone - Poulenc and Kenworth for commer- cial chemical and freight truck manufacturing, respectively. 2. Traffic /Transportation Existing Conditions Regional Transportation System: The regional transportation system serving the planning area is shown on Figure II -1. Three regional facilities are in close proximity to the Developmental Center. I -5, located just to the east of the site, is a north - south, limited access facility. Access to I -5 can be attained from the South Boeing Access Road, an east -west facility that lies approximately one -half mile southeast of Main site. The second regional facility near the planning area is State Route 99 (SR -99), which lies to the west of the site, across the Duwamish Waterway. SR -99 (also known as W. Marginal Way) is predominantly • • 0 o_ 0 a 0 0 OMNI Planning Area LOCAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM 917390* International 2630 k: is 27100 10100 21900 ri Planning Area Actual Count 0 2000 4000 1 1 I 1 I Scale in Feet 11986 ESTIMATED AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC VOLUMES TT - iU Firnna TT -� • • • Old Man House !ALISO:: Point Monroe 4. ca \Foy 3oixtbridpe4Y* rfft4 Meadow Point —7-31 J.oIIing Bay lift Point W z .- ....- ....... „:-.. r-N1•'"-->Yeornalt Pt I IL___;,7A„. I-7. Ntrtslow 1 - mg Pciint 1 •t- . . . - • ,\ -r-,f- Fcreosote."4"Oti ,e- ,:_:•' \___.0 i, t. APPeoz- crown° "--........ jomin. •••••••..B ..: t • /(5.,..*-:, :A 1,1, tee ---- ....ILI ...., Si Port Blakely 1 ..." ........."------ 113i " Restoratio>re -..._-• Point ..,,,„. ,- Beans Pt fE 1 4111 Point x. classing Drchard Pt rime 60 nein. 1 Ichester • E2...L;TT :hester Noire / 1 (,, Point to mt • _ . May eV:- • '• • Creek Fl• -% ff""77.13race Vasher:‘,0"7 15 m'n• Pt - ‘-• '=-....--•- I 1-.....: Soupaorth '-••-qashon Heights / i ;:irter-Aol i Dolphin Pt . ', ..., tr / •-•,1‘1,;%:i \ .-4 • c_.,./.„-±rs.--`7,\ , Peter ,,-----•• ''.4. , \ Point. .e,. \ , / / 'HI- i',1'-r-r- fornt c/eals '7: / 1 .... •:: 1 s Vashon, z 4 ., '', 4-.... Center l_r He , ri.:LE161"' C tx, (i& .. Iii.v.• . yer ih sport /Lisa jiltlia_ ..tt tt ? i4jr-,p; vtage rdi 047.1g7r1-1 C.04 s Planning Area Three Tree Point Normandy J. Park 7 .12U • :h •. _ 192ro0 -s• sr _ 3 s? Des Moines Point Zenith Community Sot/weer t.3 S.• 1 ; .(print Redonda* • 7 seTw__Ji LANDAU ASSOCIATES. INC. REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM a north -south multi -lane facility that has limited access in the vicinity of the Boeing site. The third regional facility, SR- 509, runs in a north -south direction to the west of the site and SR -99. W. Marginal Place S. (a limited- access frontage road) extends in a north -south direction and parallels SR -99/W. Marginal Way to the immediate east. W. Marginal Place S. inter- sects with SR -99 approximately 1 mile northwest of Plant 2. Local Transportation System: The local transportation system serving the planning area is shown on Figure II -2. E. Marginal Way S. is a major north -south arterial serving the planning area. Several private access roads serve as the internal circulation roadways for the Developmental Center. E. Marginal Way S. is a five -, six -, and seven -lane roadway with some curb, gutter, and sidewalk installed. Several traffic signals have been installed along this arterial, many of which are at major entrances to Boeing parking lots. These signals are coordinated through the use of a "wireless" interconnect system to assist in providing a more efficient movement of traffic along E. Marginal Way S. South Boeing Access Road is an east -west multi -lane arterial that connects E. Marginal Way S., Airport Way (a north -south arterial located east of the King County International Airport/ Boeing Field complex), and I -5. At the intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road, a spur of Pacific Highway South diagonals off to the southwest and connects to SR -99. S. 102nd Street, owned by Boeing, provides local access to the planning area by connecting W. Marginal Place to the Oxbow parking lot on the west side of the Duwamish Waterway before crossing the waterway (S. 102nd Street bridge) to intersect with E. Marginal Way S. (Figure II -2). S. Norfolk Street extends eastward from E. Marginal Way S. to connect with Airport Way S., The intersection of S. Norfolk Street and E. Marginal Way S. is directly opposite the entrance of the PAMCO site onto E. Marginal Way S. All of these roadways are either under the jurisdiction of King County or maintained by Boeing. Traffic Volumes: Traffic volumes in the vicinity of the planning area are shown on Figure II -3. Two bi- directional traffic counts were conducted for this study; the remaining counts were estimated for 1986 from previous year's counts conducted by King County or the Washington State Department of Transportation. Manual traffic counts for both the AM and PM peak hours were conducted the week of 8 December 1986 (by Traffic count) to determine the existing volumes at the adjacent inter- sections to the site. Existing AM and PM peak hour volumes are shown on Figures II -4 and II -5, respectively. • • •:..%r0. iii %.'l -Eg ;c j��r �. ,....` "#*.;.•�- :.Vr `�;;;�. .', The intersections at which counts were taken included: o E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road. o E. Marginal Way S. and S. Norfolk Street. o E. Marginal Way S. and S. 98th Street (main Developmental Center entrance). o E. Marginal Way S. and 16th Avenue South. o W. Marginal Place and S. 102nd Street. Additionally, traffic volumes were estimated at the intersection of E. Marginal Way S. at both S. 102nd Street and the entrance to the T -128 site (9600 block) and E. Marginal Way S. from manual counts conducted in 1985. These seven intersections were selected for counts and volute estimates because they would be adversely affected by implementation of any of the development alternatives. Manual count data indicate that the AM peak hour runs from about 6 :00 to 7:00 AM, while the PM peak hour runs from 3:00 to 4:00 PM. These peak hours are slightly earlier than normal, and are directly related to Boeing shift changes. A review of the previous years' counts for this area showed that the volumes have been growing at a rate of approximately 0 -1 percent per year over the past ten years. The count history is directly related to Boeing employment at the Developmental Center (i.e., when employment increases or decreases the traffic volumes increase or decrease proportionally). Trip Distribution: A breakdown of the zip codes of current employees was requested frog Boeing to determine trip origin data. Data provided included employees at both Plant 2 and the Developmental Center. A review of the data indicates that the majority of Boeing employees live within the Puget Sound area between Everett and Tacoma. Yhese data, along with the traffic count data, were used to estimate trip distribution along the adjacent roadway system. Figure II -6 shows the estimated existing trip distribution by percentage for the Boeing site. It is reasonable to assume that future expanded employment at the site would result in similar distribution patterns. Parking: Currently, there are 9,329 parking stalls avail- able to support the Developmental Center. As indicated in Table II -2, these include stalls located at individual sites at the Developmental Center, as well as at the adjacent PAMCO parking site, which is leased to Boeing. This represents a surplus of 3,976 stalls over the 5,353 stalls required to support maximum potential employment (including requirements imposed by shift II -17 4.T I-S to Skagit Canty SR 525 .z Edmonds A King 522 Lake Sammamish 1.57 llevue Planning Area 1-405 Renton SR 167 ent SR 516 Issacuan 2.0%, 16.4 to Pierce ° anty SR 169 LANDAU ASSOCIATES, INC. 1 AREA -WIDE TRIP DISTRIBUTION BY PERCENTAGE • TABLE II -2 REQUIRED PARKING FOR THE STUDY AREA (a) Site Designation Potential Employees Required Parking Boeing Standard (Stalls) Existing Parking (Stalls) Parking Surplus/ [Deficit] (Stalls) OXBOW 0 100(b) 3,471 3,371 PAMCO(c) 0 0 1,059 1,059 MAIN 4,979 4,144 1,471 [2,673] T -128 218 182 283 101 MFC 144 119 1,222(d) 1,103(d) THOMPSON- 649 540 1,473 933 ISAACSON FAA 322 268 350 82 TOTAL: 6,312 5,353 9,329(d) 3,976(d) (a) From: BE &C Engineers (1986). (b) The Boeing Employees' Activity Center is expected to recgnire approximately 100 parking stalls during normal working hours. (c) PAMCO site included, although exempted from planning area, as it provides substantial parking for the Developmental Center. (d) Includes 250 parking stalls at Museum of Flight that are available for Developmental Center parking during work hours through 1996. II -19 overlap) and 4,244 over the 5,085 stalls required, to support current employment. Despite this parking surplus, many employees in certain areas of the Developmental Center are not able to park adjacent to their workplace. Field observations by David I. Hamlin and Associates in September 1986 indicated that many employees park along E. Marginal Way S. and connecting streets. Mode Split: The current mode split for employees of the Developmental Center is as follows: Bus 5.6% Carpool 23.7% Vanpool 2.9% Single- occupant vehicle 66.8% Other 1.0% These data are based on surveys of employees conducted by Boeing. Transit /Service Facilities: METRO Transit provides bus service to the planning area. Approximately 15 bus routes serve the Developmental Center from E. Marginal Way S. These routes connect with locations throughout almost the entire Seattle metropolitan area including West Seattle, the University District, Renton, Southcenter, Kent, ,Issaquah, Redmond, Richmond Beach, the Bellevue Transit Center, and the South Kirkland Park'n'Ride. The schedules for these routes vary from operating only during weekday peak hours to essentially hourly service every day of the week. Subscription METRO bus service is supplied for a premium fee for employees from the Kingsgate area (northeast of Kirkland). The route has limited stops and directly serves the Developmental Center. Bus pullouts and shelters have been provided along E. Marginal Way S. at several locations, including the main entrance to the Developmental Center. Pedestrian Facilities: Only limited pedestrian facilities are located along E. Marginal Way S. due to the industrial nature of the area and the lack of any need in the past for pedestrian facilities. Recently, improvements have been made, including sidewalks and covered walkways from the parking lots serving the Developmental Center to E. Marginal Way S. Pedestrian signaliza- tion has been included at the traffic signal to permit crossing E. Marginal Way S. at the main entrance to the Developmental Center. Boeing has built recreational trails adjacent to, and through, the Oxbow site for use by pedestrians and joggers. A 1977 report conducted by CH2M /Hill for King County recommended that eventual improvements to E. Marginal Way S. include the installation of sidewalk along the east side of the roadway (CH2M /Hill, 1977), although the facilities have not yet been installed. Additionally, the Boeing Developmental Center Master II -20 • Plan calls for incorporating the King County bicycle trail within the right -of -way for S. 102nd Street through the Oxbow site. This trail would ultimately connect into E. Marginal Way S. and the Museum of Flight. Traffic Accidents: Traffic accident data for the Develop- mental Center and nearby area for the years 1983 to the present were obtained from King County (1986). The report revealed that several accidents occur each year along E. Marginal Way S. at Developmental Center access points. Unfortunately, the report does not specify at which access point the accidents occurred. (This problem with reporting accidents in this area was also noted in CH2M /Hill, 1977). The intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road appears to have the highest number of accidents over the 4 -year data period. No single type of accident appeared to be prevalent, although several accidents involved lane changes. Table II -3 presents data on accidents at various intersections near the Developmental Center. As indicated in Table II -3, more accidents occur at the intersection of W. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road than any other intersections. A variety of causes were listed for accidents occurring at all intersections, including excessive speed, following too close, improper lane change, and improper left turns. Level of Service: Levels of service (capacities) were calculated for the seven major signalized intersections near the Developmental Center where the proposed development has the greatest potential for imposing severe traffic impacts. As indicated above, these intersections are: o E. Marginal Way S. /S. Boeing Access Road o E. Marginal Way S. /S. 102nd Street o E. Marginal Way S. /S. Norfolk Street o E. Marginal Way S. /S. 98th Street (main entrance to the Developmental Center) o E. Marginal Way S. /T -128 Entrance (9600 block) o E. Marginal Way S./ 16th Avenue S. o W. Marginal Place /S. 102nd Street These intersections essentially represent all major intersections within a one mile radius of the Developmental Center, an area that extends north to the Seattle city limits, west to the SR -99 II -21 TABLE 11-3 ACCIDENT HISTORY INTERSECTIONS NEAR DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER(a) (1983 - present) Location NUMBER OF ACCIDENTS Property Damage Injury Fatality Total 15th Avenue S./ S. 95th Street 1983 0 0 0 0 1984 0 0 0 0 1985 0 1 0 1 1986 0 0 0 0 W. Marginal Place/ 14th Avenue S. 1983 2 0 0 2 1984 0 0 0 0 1985 0 2 0 2 1986 1 1 0 1 W. Marginal Place/ S. 96th Street 1983 0 1 0 1 1984 0 0 0 0 1985 0 0 0 0 1986 0 0 0 0 E. Marginal Way S./ City Limits 1983 1 1 0 2 1984 1 2 0 3 1985 0 0 0 0 1986 0 1 0 1 E. Marginal Way S./ Boeing Entrances 1983 4 4 0 8 1984 3 5 0 8 1985 5 5 0 10 1986 1 1 0 2 E. Marginal Way S./ South Boeing Access Road/ Pacific Highway South 1983 10 2 0 12 1984 7 8 0 15 1985 7 9 0 16 1986 1 5 0 6 (a) From King County (1986). II -22 TABLE II -3 (continued) Pacific Highway South/ S. 112th Street 1983 3 1 0 4 1984 2 2 0 4 1985 1 3 0 4 1986 2 2 0 4 South Boeing Access Road/ Eastbound Access to Northbound Airport Way 1983 5 1 0 6 1984 0 0 0 0 1985 1 0 0 1 1986 0 0 0 0 South Boeing Access Road/ Airport Way South 1983 4 2 0 6 1984 0 1 0 1 1985 1 0 0 1 1986 1 0 0 1 South Boeing Access Road/ Westbound Access to Northbound Airport Way 1983 3 0 0 3 1984 3 0 0 3 1985 1 1 0 2 1986 0 0 0 0 South Boeing Access Road/ I -5 Southbound 1983 0 0 0 0 1984 1 0 0 1 1985 1 1 0 2 1986 1 3 0 4 W. Marginal Place/ S. 102nd Street 1983 1 0 0 1 1984 0 1 0 1 1985 0 0 0 0 1986 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 74 66 0 140 II -23 interchange, change. and south and east to the major I -5 system inter- "Level of service" is defined as a qualitative measure describing operational conditions within a traffic stream, and its perception by motorists and /or passengers. These conditions are usually described in terms of such factors as speed and travel time, freedom to maneuver, traffic interruptions, comfort and convenience, and safety. Six levels of service are designated, ranging from "A" to "F ", with level of service "A" representing the best operating conditions and level of service "F" the worst. Complete descriptions of levels of service desig- nations are presented in Appendix B. Calculations for the level of service were conducted using the computer program CAPCALC '85, by Roger Creigton and Associates, Inc. (1985), wh ch is based on the 1985 Highway Capacity Manual, Special Report 209. The manual traffic counts described earlier were used in these analyses. Table II -4 shows the existing levels of service. TABLE II -4 EXISTING LEVELS OF SERVICE FOR SELECTED INTERSECTIONS NEAR THE DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER LEVEL OF SERVICE LOCATION AM PM E. Marginal Way S. /South Boeing Access Road D E E. Marginal Way S. /S. 102nd Street B C E. Marginal Way S. /S. Norfolk Street E C E. Marginal Way S. /S. 98th Street B -C D -E E. Marginal Way S. /T -128 Entrance A B E. Marginal Way S. /16th Avenue S. C -D D W. Marginal Place /S. 102nd Street D A It should be noted that the intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road was computed at level of service "E ", even though three out of the four legs of the intersection were computed at level of service "F ". The limited delay for southbound vehicles turning off of E. Marginal Way S. to south- bound Pacific Highway South increased the overall intersection delay to the "E" level. It should also be noted that the driving characteristics of the Boeing employees during shift change can be best described as "aggressive." As a result of this, the headways (the gap between successive vehicles) during the peak hours are likely less than 2.0 seconds. The yellow time is utilized extensively and right -turns on red are frequent. The level of service is lower at all locations during the PM peak hour than the AM peak hour with the exception of W. Marginal Place and S. 102nd Street, which is unsignalized. The level of II -24 • • • • service at this location is much higher in the.afternoon due to the lower usage of this intersection by exiting traffic. This reduction in afternoon use can be directly attributed to the lack of southbound on -ramps to SR -99. Southbound traffic is required to use E. Marginal Way S. instead of W. Marginal Place to access SR -99. Field observation of the E. Marginal Way S. corridor during the PM peak hour indicates that traffic moves efficiently through this corridor despite the relatively high volume of traffic. This is due in part to the use of a wireless inter- connect signal system. Future Conditions General: In order to assess the relative traffic impacts imposed by future Developmental Center expansion, future traffic baseline conditions were developed. These conditions assume that no future development and increases in employment would occur in the planning area. This condition equates to traffic conditions under Alternative 5 (the No- Action alternative). As discussed earlier, the traffic volumes in the planning area strongly correlate to employment at the Developmental Center. Traffic volumes recorded in this area by King County show that little overall change in the traffic volumes occurred between 1975 and 1985. Year -to -year fluctuations have occurred, with volumes slowly increasing between 1975 and 1981 before decreasing to approximately 1975 volumes between 1982 and 1985. It is, therefore, reasonable to assume that traffic volumes should remain relatively stable if no employment growth occurs in the future. Since most of the land in the surrounding area has been developed, significant traffic pattern changes would only occur as a result of a major redevelopment of existing sites in the area. Any reductions in Boeing's work force in the area would result in a decrease in local traffic volumes. Potential Improvement Projects: King County has listed two major roadway improvement projects near the Developmental Center in its Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) (Gorcester, 1986). These are: o Widening of E. Marginal Way S. and the Interurban Bridge south of South Boeing Access Road. These improvements will include substantial island and lane reconfigurations at the intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road designed to increase the intersection to maximum capacity given land use and right -of -way constraints. o Reconstruction of E. Marginal Way S. between South Boeing Access Road and the Seattle city limits. These improvements will include the installation of curbs, gutters, and side- walks along those portions of E. Marginal Way S. near the II -25 Developmental Center, where such improvements have not already been constructed by Boeing. The design phase for E. Marginal Way S. north of South Boeing Access Road is scheduled for 1990 with construction scheduled for 1992. The design phase for the section of E. Marginal Way S. south of Boeing Access Road is not scheduled until 1992. Impacts Trip Generation: All four development alternatives (Alter- natives 1 through 4) will generate additional employment and, therefore, traffic at and near the Developmental Center. Trip generation projections were developed on the basis of both gross square footage (GSF) of new development (by use) and numbers of employees. Trip generation values based on both GSF and employ- ment were obtained from the ITE Trip Generation Manual (Institute of Transportation Engineers 1981, as revised). The resultant projections were compared to trip generation projections prepared for Boeing Aerospace Company by David I. Hamlin and Associates (1985) for a similar type of site, the Kent Space Center. The percentage of building space allocated to office and laboratory/ manufacturing uses was within 6 percent for the two sites. The Hamlin (1985) study found that the number of peak hour, peak - direction trips by Boeing employees at the Space Center were higher than the rates provided in the ITE manual. Observed trips generated by known employment at the Space Center correlated closely with projections of trip generation for Alternative 1 at the Developmental Center that were based on GSF by use. The GSF method was selected to project trip generation under the remaining development alternatives in consideration of .this correlation and limitations inherent in the employment method of projection (see Appendix B). Table II -5 presents projected trip generation for each development alternative. Supplemental data and discussion of methods used to develop trip generation projections for the development alternatives are presented in Appendix B. Table B -4 in Appendix B presents a tabulation of the estimated number of trips for full development (Alternatives 1 or 4) by year. 11-26 • • • TABLE II -5 PROJECTED TRIP GENERATION DEVELOPMENT ALTERNATIVES (a) 1 and 4 Alternative 2 2 o Daily 13,950 2,848 8,889 o AM Peak -Enter 2,735 428 1,914 -Exit 329 47 220 -Total 3,064 475 2,134 o PM Peak -Enter 544 86 339 -Exit 2,075 358 1,333 -Total 2,619 444 1,672 (a) Based on ITE Trip Generation Manual values for Gross Square Footage (GSF) by use (office, manufacturing, laboratory, miscellaneous) as discussed in Appendix B. Trip generation under Alternative 5 (No- Action) will essentially be the same as the existing condition, since no development or changes in employment are assumed to occur. In actuality, no action could result in a loss of business by BMAC and a resultant reduction in Developmental Center employment thereby reducing traffic volumes in the planning area. Trip Distribution: The possible development alternatives are not expected to generate a change in overall trip distribu- tion. However, the siting of future manufacturing use at various locations within the Developmental Center under Alternatives 1, 2, and 3 and at Plant 2 under Alternative 4 will create slight differences in volumes of traffic and levels of service at Developmental Center access points along E. Marginal Way S. The effects of traffic redistribution along E. Marginal Way S. will be less severe as traffic is dispersed onto the various sub - regional and regional transportation systems serving the area. While Figure II -6 shows a general distribution encompassing a large area around the Developmental Center planning area, II -27 Figure II -7 shows the localized trip distribution patterns for the adjacent intersections based on the manual traffic counts conducted as part of this study and the 1985 Developmental Center "Traffic and Parking Report" (David I. Hamlin and Associates, 1985). The capacity analyses for the future development scenarios, which are discussed later in the report, used localized trip distributions in determining the various trip assignments. David I. Hamlin and Associates (1985) reported that during the AM peak hour, 74 percent of the traffic destined for the Developmental Center used E. Marginal Way S., and 26 percent used W. Marginal Place. The north /south split on E. Marginal Way S. is approximately 18/82 respectively. During the PM peak hour, it was found that 87 percent of the traffic leaving the Develop- mental Center did so via E. Marginal Way S. Only 13 percent of the traffic exits the site via W. Marginal Way S.. This can be attributed directly to the absence of a southbound on -ramp to SR -99. The north /south split on E. Marginal Way S. is approxi- mately 28/72 respectively (David I. Hamlin and Associates, 1985). Mechanical counts conducted as part of this study indicated that approximately the same splits exist along E. Marginal Way S. A majority of Developmental Center employees travel south on E. Marginal Way S. to access the I -5 freeway ramps and southbound SR -99. Until such time that access to the regional facilities is provided elsewhere, it is not expected that this directional split will change significantly. Parking: In assessing parking requirements in the past, Boeing has used a standard of one parking stall per 1.2 employees, which accounts for shift overlap. Applying this standard to future requirements under Alternatives 1 and 4 results in a total requirement of 10,260 parking stalls (including 100 additional stalls at Oxbow) to accommodate the projected employment levels (see Table I -3). These employment levels have been based on the following ratios: o One person per 175 GSF for office space. o One person per 1000 GSF for manufacturing. o One person per 1000 GSF for research and testing. The redevelopment of the various sites will result in modi- fication of existing parking areas and construction of new parking to accommodate the future employment levels under all development alternatives. The application of standard Boeing ratio of parking stalls per employee at the Developmental Center appears to be more than adequate since approximately 30 percent of the Center employees participate in some type of ridesharing (i.e., carpools, vanpools, or transit). it is reasonable to assume that the percentage of employees involved in ridesharing will continue at • • FA Individual distributions are for entire Developmental Center, including Thompson- Isaacson site. Planning Area 13% AM Peak Hour (24%) PM Peak Hour 0 2000 I 1 1 1 Scale in Feet 4000 1 LOCALIZED TRIP DISTRIBUTION AT DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER this level, and even possibly increase to avoid the congestion expected to occur under the development alternatives. Construction Traffic: The amount of construction traffic generated by the development alternatives cannot be accurately estimated. However, since the Developmental Center is located in an industrial area with good nonresidential arterial access to subregional and regional transportation systems, construction traffic is not expected to cause an adverse impact to adjacent land uses. Heavy trucks and equipment frequently operate in the industrial areas near the Developmental Center. However, such activities should be minimized during peak employee traffic hours to reduce potential conflicts and further restrictions of levels of service. Level of Service: Levels of service under future conditions were calculated for the various development alternatives at the seven critical intersections. The results of these analyses are presented in Tables II -6 through II -8. TABLE II -6 ESTIMATED LEVELS OF SERVICE ALTERNATIVE 1 (FULL DEVELOPMENT) AND ALTERNATIVE 4 (PLANT 2 MANUFACTURING USE)(a) Intersection Level of Service (Existing /Projected) AM Peak PM Peak E. Marginal Way S. /South Boeing Access Road D/F E/F E. Marginal Way S. /S. 102nd Street B/F C/F E. Marginal Way S. /S. Norfolk Street E/F C/C E. Marginal Way S. /S. 98th Street B -C /D D -E /E E. Marginal Way S. /T -128 Entrance A/D B/F E. Marginal Way S. /16th Avenue S. C -D /E D/E W. Marginal Place /S. 102nd Street D /F(b) A/A (a) Refer to Figures II -8 (AM) and II -9 (PM). (b) Southbound only. II -30 • • • • TABLE II -7 ESTIMATED LEVELS OF SERVICE ALTERNATIVE 2 (MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT)(a) Intersection Level of Service (Existing /Projected) AM Peak PM Peak E. Marginal Way S. /South Boeing Access Road E. Marginal Way S. /S. 102nd Street E. Marginal Way S. /S. Norfolk Street E. Marginal Way S. /S. 98th Street E. Marginal Way S. /T -128 Entrance E. Marginal Way S. /16th Avenue S. W. Marginal Place /S. 102nd Street D/F B/B E/F B -C /C A/B C -D /D D/D (a) Refer to Figures II -10 (AM) and II -11 (PM). TABLE II -8 ESTIMATED LEVELS OF SERVICE ALTERNATIVE 3 (INTERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT)(a) E /E -F C/D C/C D -E /E B/C D/D A/A Intersection Level of Service (Existing /Projected) AM Peak PM Peak E. Marginal Way S. /South Boeing Access Road E. Marginal Way S. /S. 102nd Street E. Marginal Way S. /S. Norfolk Street E. Marginal Way S. /S. 98th Street E. Marginal Way S. /T -128 Entrance E. Marginal Way S. /16th Avenue S. W. Marginal Place /S. 102nd Street D/F B/E E/F B -C /D A /B -C C -D /D -E D/F (b) (a) Refer to Figures II -12 (AM) and II -13 (PM). (b) Southbound only. E /E -F C /E -F c/c D -E /E B/C D /D -E A/A Volumes used in these analyses are shown on Figures II -8 through II -13, with the increase in volume for each leg of the inter- section shown in parentheses. It should be noted that in several of these analyses, the saturation flow for the peak direction t..:.,.. f a• II/ • S • FUTURE _(1991) . AM PEAK ".HOUR TRAFFIC .VOL`UM .=-A! TERNAT)VES 1 AND, 4 '' :+��"; "fiEiUREII -B PAGE t 32 w .N..P..'111a..in..'aNgtm,-a +♦ a '°, 1..e ^t•.TY T'1..; -'esa`firT .aS3'a 14t.'/i4`.si' •_ may,,.. ;J ' sF$�, �,X' r ' • • FUTURE'41991).-' =PM., PEAK • HOUR TRAFFJG O UME 14F.A_LTERUATtVES 1 AND , 4, • yr bi< R �- .,r$.a >.fi.L�'a 1�.':+.°°�' `S '.".�^nj.:; ., ^:iii... ".Wiy""►r. " "asaa'�iii`r=�a.. +:t:• s: "a",��, -• .ixiv4s- ':.:..<�r. • • (major movement only) was increased to 2000 vehicles per hour per lane to account for the aggressive driving tendencies exhibited by Boeing employees during peak traffic hours. The level of service analyses reflect the following assumptions: o Future background traffic volumes would remain the existing background conditions (see discussion of volumes above). o Lane configurations would remain the same as configurations. same as traffic existing o Any new development at Main site will require employees to park at either the Oxbow or PAMCO site, thus creating heavy turning movements at the intersections of S. 102nd Street and E. Marginal Way S., and S. Norfolk Street and E. Marginal Way S. No northbound left turns would be allowed at S. Norfolk Street and E. Marginal Way S. o No additional parking other than that provided for on the development alternatives (including parking provided at the PAMCO site) would be developed. o Most of the additional parking required at the T -128 site would be developed onsite, resulting in heavy turning move- ments at the intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and the entrance to the T -128 site. Summary of Traffic Impacts: The development alternatives presented in this report will result in a wide range of traffic impacts. Implementation of development proposed in the master plan (Alternative 1) as well as Alternatives 3 and 4, will substantially increase employment and traffic volumes on adjacent streets. Conversely, Alternative 2 will not cause significant adverse impact to the adjacent street system. The intersection of E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road is currently operating at a low level of service and will only deteriorate with additional traffic. The S. 102nd Street /E. Marginal Way S., S. Norfolk Street/ E. Marginal Way S. and T -128 Entrance /E. Marginal Way S. intersections will become extremely congested under all development alternatives except Alternative 2, partially a result of heavy turning movements. The intersection of S. 102nd Street and W. Marginal Place, which is presently controlled by stop signs in the north /south directions, will operate adequately under all development alter- natives with the exception of the AM peak hour under Alternatives 1, 3, or 4. The only method for improving low levels of service at this intersection is through the installation of a traffic signal to operate during the peak hours. II -38 Mitigation The traffic - related impacts resulting from proposed expan- sion at the Developmental Center will vary greatly depending on the degree of development undertaken. The following proposed mitigation should be phased accordingly to reflect the level of development that will actually occur. In other words, required mitigation should be tied into the building permit review process to permit •appropriate response to the actual impacts each building will have on the roadway system. Boeing could provide the County on request with yearly traffic (intersection volume counts) and employment data for both the Developmental Center and Plant 2 which could be used in assessing the effects of phased development on transportation systems. This would allow the design and implementation of appropriate project- specific mitiga- tion on an "as- needed" basis. Mitigation measures should involve both roadway improvements and Traffic System Management (TSM) measures, such as ridesharing and staggering of workshifts. The mitigation proposed below is conceptual and can be tailored to respond to phased development within the planning area. Roadway and Signal Improvements: Phased roadway and signal improvements will be required as part of the Developmental Center expansion. As mentioned previously, it is not known at this time how many of the employees at the Developmental Center will represent new employees versus employees transferred from Plant 2. Also, it is not certain whether all development proposed will actually be implemented over the next 5 years. As a result, specific mitigation is difficult to define until the building permit process. The following phased roadway and signal improve- ments are suggested as possible mitigation. Mitigation to be undertaken prior to or concurrent with any development resulting in substantial new employment should include modification to E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road to the recommended configuration recently developed for King County by an independent traffic consultant (Chambers, 1987). This reconfiguration essentially represents the ultimate design for this intersection due to right -of -way and land use constraints. The improvements would raise the level of service to "E" under full site development (Alternative 1 and 4). These improvements are currently planned for implementation in 1992 in the King County CIP. Further improvements to this intersection, such as a grade separation, were reviewed as part of King County's feasibility study for this intersection. Conversations with the consulting engineer indicated that a grade separation was not a feasible solution due to the extensive weaving maneu- vers and geometric design problems in constructing such a facility (Chambers, 1987). II -39 • • • • Table II -9 presents possible mitigation for the development alternatives at the selected major intersections. This mitiga- tion is conceptual and will need to be reviewed periodically for its suitability. Additionally, the CIP roadway improvements along E. Marginal Way S. should follow as closely as possible the ultimate design of the street as recommended in the CH2M /Hill (1977) report. The phased improvements include traffic signal upgrades, street widening and sidewalk installations. Like the E. Marginal Way S. and South Boeing Access Road intersection, the ultimate improve- ments along all of E. Marginal Way S. may need to be completed prior to King County's expected construction date of 1992. An additional improvement project which may be considered is the completion of southbound on and off -ramps to SR -99 at S. 102nd Street. This improvement would improve levels of service along E. Marginal Way S. and at its intersection with the South Boeing Access Road. Continued Involvement In Ridesharing Programs: The Boeing Company is currently heavily involved in various ridesharing programs including vanpools, carpools, and METRO transit. The latest survey conducted by Boeing indicated that 30 percent of the employees participate in some type of ridesharing program. Boeing operates a fleet of vanpools and may need to purchase additional vehicles to support the proposed expansion. The .pa number A of vans required will depend on the alternative imple- mented. Boeing currently includes ridesharing information in its "new hire" packets to inform new employees of potential commuting alternatives, and should continue to offer this service. Preferential Parking: Boeing currently offers preferential parking to vanpool participants. Preferential parking should be expanded to include parking for established carpools. This incentive will become more attractive to the commuter as the continued development of Main site forces employees to use the Oxbow site for parking. The parking facility located immediately north of the main entrance to Main site from E. Marginal Way S. (424 spaces) has been identified by Boeing as a potential prefer- ential parking facility. Pedestrian /Transit Improvements: The extensive development that is likely to occur over the next 5 to 6 years under Alterna- tives 1, 3, and 4 will require employees to park further from their work site than in the past. Boeing recently installed curb, gutter, sidewalk, and bus pullouts in the vicinity of the Developmental Center. The additional employees working at the T -128 site under the development alternatives will trigger the need for sidewalk and transit pullouts adjacent to the main entrance. These improvements should tie into the recent improve- ments. The covered pedestrian bridge proposed in the master plan II -40 TABLE II -9 SUGGESTED /CONCEPTUAL MITIGATION MEASURES(a) ALTERNATIVE ALTERNATIVE ALTERNATIVE LOCATION 1 AND 4 2 3 E. Marginal Way S./ S. Boeing Access Rd. E. Marginal Way S./ S. 102nd Street E. Marginal Way S./ S. Norfolk Street. E. Marginal Way S./ S. 98th Street E. Marginal Way S./ T -128 Entrance E. Marginal Way S./ 16th Avenue S. W. Marginal Place/ S. 102nd Street LOS(b) "F" LOS "F" LOS "F" 1, 2, 5(c) 1, 2, 5 1, 2, 5 LOS "F" LOS "D" LOS "E /F" 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4 LOS "F" LOS "F" LOS "F" 4 4 4 LOS "E" LOS "E" LOS "E" NA NA NA LOS "F" LOS "C" LOS "C" 1, 2 NA NA LOS "E" LOS "D" LOS "E" NA NA NA LOS "F" LOS "D" LOS "F" 3 NA 3 (a) Reflects lowest peak hour level of service. (b) LOS = Level of service. (c) Indicates following possible improvements: 1. Add left -turn lane 2. Modify signal 3. Add signal 4. Add through lane 5. Add right -turn lane NA No action • • should enhance the attractiveness of using parking at the Oxbow site and have an overall positive affect on trip distribution and volumes. Work Shift Adjustment: Boeing frequently staggers employee work hours to reduce numbers of employees departing and arriving at work sites at any one time. This practice will need to be expanded if any of the development alternatives are implemented. Staggering of work shifts will extend peak traffic periods over longer times, thereby limiting the heavy loading that would occur at the various intersections at shift breaks. Staggering employee work shifts by 60 to 90 minutes when approximately 50 to 60 percent of full development is achieved (at mid -1989 for Alternatives 1 and 4, and at fill development occurring for Alternative 3) would eliminate the peaking effects and improve levels of service throughout the area. Unavoidable Adverse Impacts Any growth of employment at the Developmental Center will result in continued growth of traffic volumes along nearby local and subregional arterials and intersections. Even with mitiga- tion,.levels of service at certain roadway segments and intersec- tions may operate at low levels of service during peak hours under all development alternatives. 11-42 E. SHORT -TERM USES VS. LONG -TERM PRODUCTIVITY The Developmental Center planning area and surrounding environs are heavily developed with heavy manufacturing, commer- cial, and supporting uses. The Developmental Center does not contain critical habitat or support any significant wildlife or plants. The activities at the Developmental Center are not expected to degrade the adjacent Duwamish Waterway, an- "important salmonid migratory route, either over the short- or long -term. The short -term expansion and use proposed by Boeing is consistent with expectations for long -term productivity in the area. • • • F. IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF RESOURCES Construction, operation, and maintenance of new facilities at the Developmental Center will require the commitment of energy, capital, and manpower. Fossil fuels and electrical energy will be expended during construction for transportation, site preparation, and construction; and during operation and maintenance for transportation and facilities operation and upkeep. Land used for buildings and support uses will be committed for the duration of the improvements. Most materials used during construction will be irretrievably committed. II -44 III. DISTRIBUTION LIST • King County Tim Hill, King County Executive County Council King County Offices Department of Parks, Planning, and Resources Public Works Department, Roads Division Public Works Department, Surface water Management Division Federal Agencies Environmental Protection Agency, Region X Washington State Agencies Governor (Designee: Office of Program Planning & Fiscal Management) Department of Ecology Department of Fisheries Department of Game Department of Natural Resources Department of Transportation Regional Agencies Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Puget Sound Council of Government Seattle -King County Department of Public Health Other Counties Pierce County Public Works Department Snohomish County Public Works Department Cities Renton Seattle Tukwila • • • • IV. REFERENCES BE &C Engineers, Inc. 1986. Developmental Center Master Plan for Site Expansion. August. CH2M Hill. 1977. East Marginal Way Traffic Improvement Volume I, Summary Report. Chambers, D., 1987. Personal communication between Mr. Chambers, Tudor Engineering, and G. Reinart, David I. Hamlin and Associates, March 31. Creigton, Roger and Associates. 1985. CAPALC '85 Computer Model. Gorcester, Stephen. 1986. Personal communication between Mr. Gorcester, King County Department of Planning and Community Development and G. Reinart, David I. Hamlin and Associates. December 22. Hamlin, David I. and Associates. 1985. Traffic Impact Analysis. Building 18-61, Kent Space Center. April. ITE. 1981, as revised. Trip Generation Manual. JD -21 Engineers. 1984. Traffic and Parking Report - Develop- mental Center and Associated Facilities. March. King County. 1986. Accident History Printout. September. Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle. 1983. Water Quality Assessment of the Duwamish Estuary, Washington. Puget Sound Water Quality Authority. 1986. Industrial and Municipal Discharges. Issue Paper. May. U.S. Transportation Research Board. 1985. Highway Capacity Manual. Special Report 209. Washington, D.C. IV -1 appendices • • • APPENDIX A DEVELOPMENT BY PLANNING SUBAREA UNDER ALTERNATIVE 1 (THE PROPOSAL) Introduction This appendix presents the proposed development by planning area (or site) under Alternative 1 (Full Development). This information supplements the description of Alternative 1 in Section I.C.1 of the text. Proposed Development by Site Main Site: Development plans for Main site are summarized in Table A -1 and shown on Figure A -1. Main site is almost completely developed. Two projects are currently under construc- tion and scheduled for completion in late 1986. . The proposed building plan for Main site includes expansion of existing Building 9 -53, expansion of the existing cafeteria (Building 9 -94), construction of an employee services building near the main gate, and expansion of existing parking facilities (by 229 stalls to a total of 4,379 stalls). As discussed above, a pedestrian bridge with a bicycle path connecting King County's proposed Green River bicycle trail with the Museum of Flight is proposed to link Main site with employee parking at the Oxbow site. Roof drainage systems will be developed at Main site to connect with existing storm drainage systems to permit discharge to the Duwamish. No other utility improvements have been proposed. Terminal 128 (T -128) Site: Development plans for the Terminal 128 (T -128 site are summarized in Table A -2 and shown on Figure A -2. Included are three new office buildings (Building A, B, and C), a testing laboratory, a data center, electrical substation and generation buildings, expansion of existing Building 9 -51, and expansion and construction of several parking areas providing a total of 1,902 (including 1,720 new) parking stalls. Since 2,995 parking stalls will be required to support T -128 employment under Alternative 1, 1,093 parking stalls will be provided at adjoining sites. Several alternatives were considered for use and development of Slip No. 6, but current plans are to leave it as it is, pending a decision on future use. Utility improvements will include the extension of full utility services to new buildings at the T -128 site and the A -1 TABLE A -1 DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY FOR MAIN SITE(a) Total Building Building Number Land Number Land Occupancy Building Area of Use of Parking Use Date Designation (GSF) Stories (GSF) Employees Stalls (GSF) 1987 Employee 9,000 Services 1988 9 -53 (II) (b) Office . 15, 500 Laboratory 110,000 1989 . Cafeteria 23,500 1 9,000 51 43 12,857 2 62,750 199 166 49,643 TOTAL: 158,000 23,500 24 20 5,875 95,250 274 229 68,375 (a) From: BE&C Engineers, Inc. (1986). (b) Corresponds to indicated construction phase. OII444191 WITETh4 Y ,.o tom ............................. LEGEND: O PARKING SECLR I TY FENCE BIKE TRAIL GUARD GATE From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) CAFETERIA 0P:M6ION 9-53 002A S10N 9-53 EXPANSION EFFLOYEE SERVICES SOUTH 98TH STREET 100 200 300 400 600 800 MAIN SITE PLAN. TABLE A -2 DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY FOR TERMINAL 128(a) Total Building Building Occupancy Building Area Date Designation (GSF) Number Land Number of Use of Parking Stories (GSF) Employees Stalls Land Use (GSF) 1987 9 -77 Lab 30,900 Support 14,880 Office 13,830 1988 Building A 300,000 1989 Building B 150,000 9 -51 Expansion - - -MTL handling (10,, 5011 Shop 10,500 Office 10,500 1990 Building C 100,000 Data Center Lab 95,000 Office 30,000 TOTAL: 1 3 45,500 3 31 26 7,725 15 12 3,720 79 66 19,757 4 75,000 1,714 1,429 428,571 4 37,500 857 714 214,286 - -1 f11) (9) (2,625j 2 5,250 11 9 2,625 2 5,250 60 50 15,000 4 25,000 571 476 142,857 2 47,500 95 79 23,750 2 15,000 , 171 143 42,857 745,110 (a) From: BE&C Engineers, Inc. (1986). 245,500 3,593 2,995 898,523 °UWAMISM WATERWAY From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) T -128 SITE PLAN development of storm sewer lines and catch basins to drain the site and connect with the existing 36 -inch storm sewer trunk extending along the southern site boundary and Seattle City Light right -of -way to an outfall at the Duwamish Waterway. An addi- tional storm sewer line and catch basin system will collect runoff from the east and northeast portions of the T -128 site and convey it to Slip No. 6. Thompson- Isaacson Site: Development plans for the Thompson - Isaacson site are summarized in Table A -3 and shown on Figure A -3. This site includes several parcels of land on both sides of E. Marginal Way. The former Isaacson Steel Company factory buildings on the west side of E. Marginal Way will be demolished to create space for new assembly and test facilities, office spaces, and room for about a total of 1,900 parking stalls. This will provide a .surplus of 271 stalls for use by employees of other sites. The former Isaacson office building on the east side of E. Marginal Way S. will be modified and expanded to include an office /flight test facility. Development at the Thompson- Isaacson site will include improvements to the natural gas delivery and boiler systems, a new 8 -inch domestic water line, a new 10 -inch firemain loop, expansion of the onsite electrical service system, and augmenta- tion of existing onsite communication systems. Proposed expan- sion of Building 14 -01 will require relocation of the two existing main storm sewer trunks: a 27 -inch trunk that drains the site and a 48 -inch trunk that drains the extensive area between E. Marginal Way S. and Airport Way. Oxbow Site: Development plans for the Oxbow site are summa- rized in Table A -4 and shown on Figure A -4. Currently, this site is used mainly as a parking area for Main site. Development plans include continued use as a parking area with the total number of parking stalls reduced from 3,471 to 3,210 to allow the addition of the Engineering Laboratory, Boeing Computer Services, and Boeing Employee Activities Center (BEAC -Phase II) buildings. Also planned is the covered pedestrian bridge with a bicycle path over the Duwamish Waterway to Main site. Utilities to be developed at the Oxbow site will include electrical, sanitary sewer, water, natural gas, and communication systems. No storm drainage system currently exists at the site; storm water runoff drains directly to the Duwamish Waterway via outfalls. No new storm water collection or detention/ retention facilities are planned. MFC Site: The MFC site currently consists of an office building, maintenance building, and aircraft parking positions. The northern portion of the MFC apron is used for parking, providing 350 stalls for use by employees at Main site. A joint agreement at the adjacent Museum of Flight also provides 250 stalls for use by employees at Main site. A -6 1 TABLE A -3 DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY FOR THOMPSON - ISAACSON SITE(a) Total Building Building Number Land Number Land Occupancy Building Area of Use of Parking Use Date Designation (GSF) Stories (GSF) Employees Stalls (GSF) 1988 14 -09 Office 30,000 2 86,000 171 143 42,857 Factory 130,000 2 130 108 32,500 > 1989 14 -09 �., Office 45,000 2 143,500 257 214 64,286 Factory 223,000 2 223 186 55,750 14 -06 Lab 25,000 1 25,000 25 21 6,250 Storage [20,000] 1 [20,000] [20] [17] [5,000] 1990 14 -09 Office 45,000 2 143,500 257 214 64,286 Factory 223,000 2 223 186 55,750 TOTAL: 701,000 378,000 1,266 1,055 316,679 (a) From BE &C Engineers, Inc. (1986). 4 1 7A DUWAMISH WATERWAY KING MINTY VOIIN ELM THIRD FLOOR LEASED SPACE LEGEND: 111•11■• PARKING - SECURITY FENCE GUARD GATE 14-06 EXPANSION (OFFICE/FLIGHT TEST) 100 200 300 400 600 800 From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) THOMPSON-ISAACSON SITE PLAN • • • TABLE A -4 DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY FOR OXBOW SITE(a) Total Building Building Number Land Number Land Occupancy Building Area of Use of Parking Use Date Designation (GSF) Stories (GSF) Employees Stalls (GSF) 1989 Engineering Lab Lab 10,500 1 10,500 11 9 2,625 Lab 18,000 3 6,000 18 15 4,500 BCS Services 150,000 4 37,500 857 714 214,286 kr 1991 Boeing Employee Activity Center (II)(b) 32,000 2 16,000 0 100 30,000 TOTAL: 210,500 70,000 886 838 251,411 (a) From: BE&C Engineers, Inc. (1986). (b) Corresponds to indicated construction phase. ACCESS AT EXIST. F3RIDGE From BE & C Engineers, Inc. (1986) OXBOW SITE PLAN • • • • No new facilities or expansion of existing facilities are anticipated. However, because there may be a future need for aircraft positions, the master plan does not take into account 387 existing parking stalls (approximately half of the stalls on MFC itself). FAA Site: BMAC now leases the lower two floors of office space in the three -story King County Airport Office Center, Building 7 -127. The building is supported by onsite parking. North of this building are two hangars which have been used for aircraft testing. No new facilities or improvements are planned for the FAA site. BMAC plans to add part or all of the third floor (18,000 GSF) to its lease for use as an executive offices. It is assumed that onsite parking provided to the current occupants will be available to the Boeing employees who replace them. Therefore, parking is considered adequate. A -11 • • • APPENDIX B SUPPLEMENTAL TRAFFIC DATA INTRODUCTION This appendix presents supplemental data and descriptions of methodology used to project traffic volumes and characteristics resulting from implementation of the development alternatives (Alternatives 1, 2, 3, and 4). ALTERNATIVE 1 (FULL DEVELOPMENT) AND ALTERNATIVE 4 (PLANT 2 MANUFACTURING USE) Alternatives 1 and 4 both entail full development of the planning area as proposed in the master plan. Table I -2 in the text presents data on building sizes in gross square feet (GFS), date of occupancy, and number of employees as proposed in the plan. The net effect of full development under both alternatives would be an increase of 6,277 employees. A total area of 1,832,610 GSF would be developed at the Developmental Center (or adjacent Plant 2 in the case of Alternative 4) representing 916,830 GSF of office use, 289,400 GSF of laboratory use, 576,000 GSF of manufacturing use, and a net increase of 18,380 GSF of miscellaneous use. The number of trips generated under Alterna- tive 1 can be estimated by applying ITE manual values for square footage (Table B -1). A comparison of trip generation rates indicates a fairly close correlation between trips projected for the Developmental Center (based on GSF) and data developed for the Kent Space Center (based on employment). Application of the ITE trip rates per employee yield substantially higher trip estimates due to the high rate listed for office use. The ITE Trip Generation Manual noted that a limited sample size (2 cases) had been used to develop this trip rate. As a result, the user was cautioned on its use. Since the ITE trip rates based on GSF produce a conser- vative yet reasonably accurate trip generation rate, this method is applied exclusively below to determine trip generation asso- ciated with Alternatives 2, 3, and 4. ALTERNATIVE 2 (MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT) Under Alternative 2, 218,610 GSF, comprised of 187,710 GSF of office /support use and 30,900 GSF of laboratory use, would be developed at two sites (Main and T -128). All development would be completed by 1988 (Table I -4 in text). B -1 TABLE B -1 TRIP GENERATION ALTERNATIVE 1 (FULL DEVELOPMENT) AND ALTERNATIVE 4 (PLANT 2 MANUFACTURING) OFFICE USE - 5,237 EMPLOYEES (ITE LAND USE CODE 713) Time Period Daily AM Total PM Total ITE Trip Rate /Employees (a) 2.90 0.72 0.68 OFFICE USE - 916,830 GSF (b) (ITE LAND USE CODE 713) Time Period Wiry AM Enter Exit Total PM Enter Exit Total Total Trips 15,187 3,771 3,561 ITE Trip Rate Total /1000 GSF (a,b) Trips 10.90 9,993 1.78 1,632 0.18 165 1.96 1,797 0.23 211 1.70 1,559 1.93 1,770 LABORATORY USE - 290 EMPLOYEES (ITE LAND USE CODE 760) Time Period Daily AM Total PM Total ITE Trip Rate Total /Employee (a) Trips 2.4 1,183 0.5 246 0.5 246 LABORATORY USE - 289,400 GSF(b) (ITE LAND USE CODE 760) Time Period Daily AM Enter Exit Total PM Enter Exit Total ITE Trip Rate Total /1000 GSF(a,b) Trips 5.3 1,534 2.5 724 0.2 58 2.7 782 0.1 29 0.9 260 1.0 289 (a) From ITE Trip Generation Manual, Institute of Transportation Engineers (1976, as revised). (b) GSF = Gross Square Feet. B -2 TABLE B -1 (continued) • MANUFACTURING USE - 576 EMPLOYEES (ITE LAND USE CODE 140) • ITE Trip Rate Total Time Record /Employee (a) Trips Daily 2.01 1,158 AM Enter Exit Total 0.44 253 PM Enter 0.22 127 Exit 0.16 92 Total 0.38 219 MANUFACTURING USE - 576,000 GSF(b) (ITE LAND USE CODE 140) ITE Trip Rate Total Time Period /1000 GSF (a,b) Trips Daily 3.86 2,223 AM Enter 0.60(c) 346 Exit 0.18(c) 103 Total 0.78 449 PM Enter 0.52 300 Exit 0.39 225 Total 0.91 525 - MISCELLANEOUS USE - 19 EMPLOYEES (ITE LAND USE CODE 713)(d) Time Period Daily AM Total PM Total ITE Trip Rate Total /Employee (a) Trips 2.90 55 0.72 14 0.68 13 (c) Trip rate not available for manufacturing; value used was derived from the trip rate for an industrial park (ITE Land Use Code 130). (d) The ITE Land Use Code for office use (713) is applied to the miscellaneous use category since this use generates the highest number of trips, and thus provides the most conser- vative trip generation estimates. GSF of miscellaneous space is considered to be 50,380 (total miscellaneous use) less 32,000 GSF for the activity center. B -3 TABLE B -1 (Continued) MISCELLANEOUS USE - 18,380 GSF (b,d) (ITE LAND USE CODE 713) ITE Trip Rate Total Time Period ./1000 GSF (a,b) Trips Daily 10.90 200 AM Enter 1.78 33 Exit 0.18 3 Total 1.96 36 PM Enter 0.23 4 Exit 1.70 31 Total 1.93 35 COMBINED TRIPS - 6,122 EMPLOYEES Time Period Daily AM Total PM Total Total Trips 17,583 4,284 4,039 COMBINED TRIPS - 1,832,610 GSF (a) Time Period Total Trips Daily 13,950 AM Enter 2,735 Exit 329 Total 3,164 PM Enter 544 Exit 2,075 Total 2,619 TOTAL TRIPS - 6,122 EMPLOYEES (TRIP DATA FROM KENT SPACE CENTER) Trip Rate /Employee(b) Total Trips (e) Time Period Daily AM Enter Exit PM Enter Exit Total .380 .049 .041 .370 .411 (e) Daily trip rate not available. B -4 2,326 300 251 2,265 2,516 The ITE trip generation rates for Alternative 2, based on GSF, are presented in Table B -2. Total new trips generated under Alternative 2 represent approximately 19 percent of the new trips generated under Alternative 1 (Table B -1). The number of combined trips generated by Alternative 2 is considerably less than Alternative 1, and thus would have a less adverse effect on adjacent roadway systems. ALTERNATIVE 3 (INTERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT) Under Alternative 3, approximately 60 percent of development projected under Alternative 1 would occur, with all development occurring by 1990 (Table I -5 in text). Resulting development would include 479,710 GSF of office /support use, 289,400 GSF of laboratory use, and 353,000 GSF of manufacturing use. Estimated trip generation under Alternative 3 is presented in Table B -3. The number of new trips estimated to the generated under this alternative is approximately 58 percent of the number of new trips generated under Alternative 1 (Full Development) (Table B -1). LEVEL OF SERVICE DEFINITIONS The following levels of service definitions are excerpted from the Highway Capacity Manual (U.S. Transportation Research Board 1985). The concept of level of service is defined as a qualitative measure describing operational conditions within a traffic stream, and their perception by motorists and /or passengers. A level -of- service definition generally describes these conditions in terms of such factors as speed and travel time, freedom to maneuver, traffic interruptions, comfort and convenience, and safety. Six levels of service are defined for each type of facility for which analysis procedures are available. They are given letter designations, from A to F, with level -of- service A repre- senting the best operations conditions and level -of- service F the worst. 1. Level -of- service definitions - In general, the various levels of service are defined as follows for uninterrupted flow facilities: TABLE B -2 TRIP GENERATION - ALTERNATIVE 2 (MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT) OFFICE /SUPPORT USE - 187.710 GSF(a) (ITE LAND USE CODE 721) Trip Rate Time Period /1000 GSF(a)(b) Total Trips Daily 14.30 2,684 AM Enter 1.87 351 Exit 0.22 41 Total 2.09 392 PM Enter 0.44 83 Exit 1.76 330 Total 2.20 413 LABORATORY USE - 30,900 GSF (ITE LAND USE CODE 760) Time Period Daily AM Enter Exit Total PM Enter Exit Total COMBINED TRIPS Trip Rate /1000 GSF(a) (b) Total Trips 5.3 164 2.5 77 0.2 6 2.7 83 0.1 3 0.9 28 1.0 31 Time Period Total Trips Daily 1,848 AM Enter 428 Exit 47 Total 475 PM Enter 86 Exit 358 Total 444 (a) GSF = Gross Square Feet. (b) From ITE Trip Generation Manual, Institute of Transportation Engineers (1976, as revised). • • Table B -3 TRIP GENERATION - ALTERNATIVE 3 (INTERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT) OFFICE - 479,710 GSF(a) (ITE LAND USE CODE 712) Trip Rate Time Period /1000 GSF(a)(b) Total Trips Daily 10.90 5,229 AM Enter 1.78 854 Exit 0.18 86 Total 1.96 940 PM Enter 0.23 110 Exit 1.70 816 Total 1.93 925 LABORATORY SPACE - 289,400 GSF (ITE LAND USE CODE 760) Trip Rate Time Period /1000 GSF(a)(b) Total Trips Daily 5.3 1,534 AM Enter 2.5 724 Exit 0.2 58 Total 2.7 782 PM Enter 0.1 29 Exit 0.9 260 Total 1.0 289 FACTORY - 353,000 GFS (ITE LAND USE CODE 140) Trip Rate Time Period /1000 GSF(a)(b) Total Trips Daily 3.86 1,363 AM Enter 0.60(c) 212 Exit 0.18(c) 63 Total 0.78 275 PM Enter 0.52 184 Exit 0.39 138 Total 0.91 322 COMBINED TRIPS Time Period Daily AM Enter Exit Total PM Enter Exit Total Total Trips 8,126 1,790 207 1,997 323 1,214 1,536 (a) GSF = Gross Square Feet. (b) From ITE Trip Generation Manual, Institute of Transportation Engineers (1976, as revised). (c) Trip rate not available for manufacturing; value used was derived from the trip rate for an industrial park (ITE Land Used Code 130). B -7 o Level -of- service A represents free flow. Individual users are virtually unaffected by the presence of others in the traffic stream. Freedom to select desired speeds and to maneuver within the traffic stream is extremely high. The general level of comfort and convenience provided to the motorist, passenger, and pedestrian is excellent. o Level -of- service B is in the range of stable flow, but the presence of other users in the traffic stream begins to be noticeable. Freedom to select desired speeds is relatively unaffected, but there is a slight decline in the freedom to maneuver within the traffic stream from level of service A. The level of comfort and convenience provided is somewhat less than at level of service A, because the presence of others in the . traffic stream begins to affect individual behavior. o Level -of- service C is in the range of stable flow, but marks the beginning of the range of flow in which the operation of individual users becomes significantly affected by interactions with others in the traffic stream. The selection of speed is now affected by the presence of others, and maneuvering within the traffic stream requires substantial vigilance on the part of the user. The general level of comfort and convenience declines noticeably at this level. o Level -of- service D represents high- density, but stable, flow. Speed and freedom to maneuver are severely restricted, and the driver or pedestrian experiences a generally poor level of comfort and convenience. Small increases in traffic flow will generally cause opera- tional problems at this level. o Level -of- service E represents operating conditions at or near the capacity level. All speeds are reduced to a low, but relatively uniform value. Freedom to maneuver within the traffic stream is extremely diffi- cult, and it is generally accomplished by forcing a vehicle or pedestrian to "give way" to accommodate such maneuvers. Comfort and convenience levels are extremely poor, and driver or pedestrian frustration is generally high. Operations at this level are usually unstable, because small increases in flow or minor perturbations within the traffic stream will cause breakdowns. o Level -of- service F is used to define forced or break- down flow. This condition exists wherever the amount of traffic approaching a point exceeds the amount which can traverse the point. Queues form behind such loca- tions. Operations within the queue are characterized by stop- and -go waves, and they are extremely unstable. Vehicles may progress at reasonable speeds for several B -8 • • • hundred feet or more, then be required to stop in a cyclic fashion. Level -of- service F is used to describe the operating conditions within the queue, as well as the point of the breakdown. It should be noted, however, that in many cases operating conditions of vehicles or pedestrians discharged from the queue may be quite good. Nevertheless, it is the point at which arrival flow exceeds discharge flow which causes the queue to form, and level -of- service F is an appropriate designation for such points. These definitions are general and conceptual in nature, and they apply primarily to uninterrupted flow. Levels of service for interrupted flow facilities vary widely in terms of both the user's perception of service quality and the operational vari- ables used to describe them. Each chapter of the manual contains more detailed descriptions of the levels of service as defined for each facility type. PROJECTED TRIP GENERATION BY YEAR Projected trips generated by full project development (Alternatives 1 and 4) by year are shown in Table B -4. Presented trips are not accumulative; that is, total trips attributable to new development can be calculated by adding indicated generated trips. B -9 TABLE B -4 PROJECTED TRIP GENERATION BY YEAR ALTERNATIVES 1 AND 4 Projected Trips Daily AM Peak - Enter - Exit - Total PM Peak Enter Exit Total ; Year 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 418 5301 6417 1814 0 82 1039 j 1258 356 0 10 125 151 43 0 92 1164 1409 399 0 16 207 250 71 0 62 788 955 270 0 78 995 1205 341 0 , ' fi • • • APPENDIX C PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS TO STORM SEWER FACILITIES This appendix presents site plans (Figures C -1 through C -4) depicting storm sewer facilities improvements proposed under Alternative 1 - Full Development (The Proposal). Amplifying information is found in the description of the proposal in Section I of the text. Proposed improvements under each alternative are depicted on the site plans as follows: Alternative 1 - Improvements shown on Figures C -1 through C -4. Alternative 2 - Only storm sewer collector serving Building -B would be developed. The westernmost collector and fire main collector would not be developed. Alternative 3 - Same as Alternative 1. Alternative 4 - Same as Alternative 1 and 3, except relocation of existing collectors at Thompson- Isaacson would not occur. Alternative 5 - No improvements to existing storm sewer system would be implemented. C -1 LEGEND: • EXISTING NEW 100 200 300 400 600 CAFETERIA pCPANS l ON S-53 EXPANSION 9-53 EXPANS ION DCLOYEE SERVICES 800 STORM SEWER FACILITIES MAIN SITE • BUILDING SLIP 140.6 BUILDING-B ELECTRICAL SUB - STATION • LEGEND: • EXISTING NEW OUT FALL STORM SEWER FACILITIES T -128 aJ4WISH I4 TERFWY LEGEND: • EXISTING NEW OUT FALL 100 200 300 400 600 800 STORM SEWER FACILITIES THOMPSON /ISAACSON • • STORM SEWER FACILITIES OXBOW August 1987 Prepared for KING COUNTY Parks, Planning, and Resources Department Division of Building and Land Development. 431 -King County. Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 Prepared in compliance with the State Environmental Policy Act of 1971 Revised Code of Washington 43.21C and King County Code, Chapter.20.44 DATE OF ISSUE: August 18, 1987 COST: $2.00 + .16 tax FACT SHEET A. Nature and Location of Proposal: The proposed project is expansion of The Boeing Company's 203.6 -acre Developmental Center to accommodate projected business growth. The proposed project is just south of the Seattle city limits. The Developmental Center is bounded by the Duwamish Waterway on the west, East Marginal Way South and the King County International Airport on the east, South 102nd Street to the south, and the north boundary of the former Isaacson Steel plant on the north. In addition to the proposed project, the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) evaluated: (1) the no- action alter- native, which is defined as no expansion of uses or employ- ment at the Developmental Center; (2) two lesser development alternatives (minimum development and intermediate develop- ment), which represent a fraction of the development that would 'occur under the proposal; and (3) accommodation of expanded manufacturing uses proposed under the proposal at Boeing's Plant 2 complex, with all expanded office, labora- tory, and support uses proposed under the proposal to be developed within the Developmental Center. B. Proponent and Date of Implementation: The Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC), a wholly -owned subsidiary of The Boeing Company,'is the project proponent. The proposal described in this EIS would be developed in phases from 1987 through 1991. C. Lead Agency, Responsible Official, and Contract Person: Responsible Official: Contact Person: Mr. Ralph Colby King County Building and Land Development Division Mr. Gene Peterson Building and Land Development Division King County Department of Parks, Planning, and Resources 431 King County Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 344 -5299 1 D. Licenses Required: King County Building and Land Development Division Grading Permit Building Permit (including road adequacy determinations for developmental approval) Design approvals for storm drainage and traffic control, plans E. Authors and Principal Contributors: Area of Name Contribution Landau Associates, Inc. Principal Author Water Quality and Quantity David I. Hamlin & Associates Traffic F. Date of Issue of Final EIS: August 18, 1987 G. Nature of Final Action: The final action is a decision by King County to approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the application for various permits associated with proposed buildings and support facilities. H. Type and Timing of SubsequentjEnvironmental Review: Agency and public review will commence on the date of EIS issue until the date specified in Item G above. I. Location of Background Data:. primary technical data used to prepare this EIS are included in the appendices bound into the document. Additional background traffic data and computer analyses are on file at Building and Land Development Division offices. J. Cost: $2.00 + $.16 tax. ii SUMMARY OBJECTIVES OF PROPOSAL The primary objectives of the proposal are to: o Allow the Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC - the proponent) to expand its aircraft development, testing, and manufacturing facilities in King County to respond to projected market conditions. o Relieve existing overcrowded office conditions at the Developmental Center and develop needed laboratory and testing uses for program development. o Consolidate activities at the Developmental Center, resulting in reduced production and employment costs. DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATIVES, INCLUDING THE PROPOSAL The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) evaluates four development alternatives (including the proposal) and the no- action alternative. The four development alternatives reflect varying levels. of facilities expansion that may be undertaken under varying economic conditions. Alternatives selected include only those actions that meet the objectives of the proposal and the no- action alternative. No other sites were considered for the proposed development. Employment associated with the four development alternatives is expressed as "new" employment. In actuality, much of this employment will represent transfer employment, or employment currently at other Boeing activities scheduled for elimination or reduction in scale. Alternative 1: Full Development (The Proposal) BMAC, under the provisions of its 1986 Developmental Center Master Plan for Expansion, proposes to expand its existing facil- ities by developing 1,863,110 gross square feet (GSF) of mixed uses and supporting facilities (parking, internal roads, pedes- trian facilities, and utilities) within the 203.6 -acre Develop- mental Center planning area. Uses proposed for development under Alternative 1 include: • Office: 916,830 GSF o Manufacturing: 586,000 GSF (includes fabrication and assembly spaces) o Laboratory: 289,400 GSF 1 o Support: 80,830 GSF (including facilities, mainten- ance, transportation, material distribution, medical, security, and fire protection services) An additional 30,500 GSF of support uses (material handling and storage) will be eliminated, resulting in a total of 1,832,610 GSF of new development. This represents a 70 percent increase in building area within the planning area and a doubling of total approximate employment from the current 6,000 to a total of 12,000 employees. The Developmental Center planning area is composed of four major planning subareas, or sites (Main, Terminal 128 [T -128], Thompson- Isaacson, and Oxbow) and three smaller sites (FAA, MFC, and PAMCO). The PAMCO site has been exempted by King County for analysis in this study. Most new development will occur within the four major planning sites, primarily at the T -128 and Thompson- Isaacson sites. Development will result in the addition of approximately 16,000 GSF of impermeable surface within the planning area as a result of new structures being constructed where no structures or paved surfaces currently exist. All other construction will occur in areas currently occupied by paved parking lots, paved or covered storage areas, and structures. Additional parking and internal circulation facilities will be developed to accommodate new employment. A pedestrian bridge will be constructed to link the Oxbow site with Main site. Proposed utility improvements include the expansion of electrical, natural gas, domestic water and sanitary sewer, and firemain service within the planning area. New storm sewer 'facilities with oil /water separators will be developed to accom- modate runoff at Main, T -128, and Oxbow sites. The existing storm sewer interceptor will be relocated at the Thompson - Isaacson site. Alternative 2: Minimum Development Less than optimal business conditions may result in the implementation of substantially reduced levels of development within the Developmental Center planning area. Alternative 2 assumes a sudden and major reduction in commercial and military aircraft production combined with a need to reduce new program development. Under Alternative 2, only that development already funded would be undertaken. Uses to be developed include 218,610 GSF of office, laboratory, and support uses at the Main and T -128 sites. Estimated new employment at the expanded facilities would be 1,033, representing a 20 percent increase over current employ- ment levels at the Developmental Center, as well as 20 percent of the new development and employment occurring under Alternative 1 (The Proposal) . 2 Alternative 3: Intermediate Development Alternative 3 could be implemented if business growth is less than that assumed for Alternative 1, but much better than Alternative 2 conditions. A total of 1,104,110 GSF of office, manufacturing, laboratory, and support uses would be developed under Alternative 3. Selected office and other support uses scheduled for development in 1989, 1990, and 1991 under Alterna- tive 1 (The Proposal) would not be constructed. New development under Alternative 3 would support 3,194 new employees. Alterna- tive 3 represents approximately 60 percent of the development and employment that would occur under Alternative 1 (The Proposal). Alternative 4: Plant 2 Manufacturing Use Under Alternative 4, all manufacturing and directly supporting use scheduled for development in the planning area would be consolidated and developed at Plant 2, located imme- diately to the north of the Jorgenson Steel site, which forms the northern boundary of the Developmental Center planning area. This alternative assumes that sufficient space (696,000 GSF) would become available at Plant 2 due to projected shifts of Boeing activities at Plant 2 to other sites. All other uses proposed under Alternative 1 would be developed at the Develop- mental Center. Alternative 5: No Action Under this alternative, no expansion of facilities, infra- structure, or new employment would be undertaken in the planning area. Response to market conditions would be limited to internal modification of existing structures and possible retraining and redistribution of existing employment within the Developmental Center. IMPACTS OF THE ALTERNATIVES During scoping, two major areas of impact associated with the proposed expansions were identified -- water quality /quantity and traffic. Only these impact areas are assessed within this document. A summary of impacts associated with each of the alternatives is presented in Table 1. SIGNIFICANT UNAVOIDABLE ADVERSE IMPACTS No significant unavoidable adverse water quality /quantity impacts are associated with the proposed project or any of the alternatives. Unavoidable adverse traffic impacts include deter- iorating levels' of service at selected major intersections near the Developmental Center during AM and PM peak hours under Alter- natives 1, 2, and 3. 3 TABLE 1 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE COMPANY DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER EXPANSION ALTERNATIVE Impact Area 1. Full Development 2. Minimum Development 3. Intermediate Development" 4. Plant 2 Manufacturing Use 5. No Action Surface Water Runoff Runoff Volume Incremental increase in runoff due to development of 16,000 GSF of impervious surface. Mitigated by infiltration pro- vided by creation of landscaping strips. Virtually no increase in runoff due to con- struction of new uses in areas that are already paved. Runoff Quality . Traffic(a) Some increase in run- off constituents asso- ciated with vehicle operations due to development of new parking surfaces and conversion of paved storage areas to park- ing. Mitigated by installation of oil - water separators. Same as Alternative 1, but increase in new parking will represent approximately 20 per- cent of that developed in Alternative 1. Same as for Alterna- tive 2. All growth would be accommodated within existing Plant 2 structures, resulting in no increase in impervious surfaces and no additional runoff. Runoff volumes remain the same as existing condition. Same as Alternative 1, but increase in new parking will represent approxi; mately 60 percent of that developed in Alternative 1. Virtually no change in runoff quality due to no increase in new parking sur- faces; existing park- ing at Plant 2 will be used to augment existing parking at Developmental Center. No change in runoff quality. Trip Generation Increase of 6,122 employees, resulting in 13,950 daily trips. Increase of 1,033 employees, resulting in 2,848 daily trips. increase of 3,194 employees, resulting in 8,889 daily trips. Same as Alternative 1. Some new trips generated at Plant 2 instead of Develop- mental- Center. No additional trips generated by activi- ties at the Develop- mental Center. Trip • Distribu- tion Slight changes in trip distribution at access points to E. Marginal Nay from Developmental Center. Same as Alternative 1. Same as Alternative 1. Same as Alternative 1. No changes in trip distribution. Parking 5,175 new parking stalls developed. 861 new parking stalls developed. 2,662 new parking stalls developed Same as Alternative 1; some parking at Plant 2 converted to Developmental Center use. No new parking required. Levels of Service Deterioration of levels of service at seven nearby major intersections during AM peak and most intersections during PM peak. Level of service F at four major intersections during AM peak and three during PM peak. a) . Deterioration of • levels of service at four of seven inter- sections studied during AM peak and two of seven during AM peak. Levels of service F at two intersections during AM peak and at least one duriny PM peak. Traffic impacts assume all additional employment Represents correction from Draft EIS. Same as Alternative 1, except Level of service F is pro- jected at three major intersections during AM peak and two dur- ing PM peak. Same as Alternative at the Developmental • Center is net employment. Level of service may improve or degrade due to traffic gener- ated by local activi- ties outside the Developmental Center. Traffic generated by Developmental Center activities will not affect levels of service. Therefore, impacts are worst -case. Comments and Responses COMMENTS AND RESPONSES INTRODUCTION This Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) presents comments from interested parties on the Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC) Developmental Center Expansion Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) dated April 21, 1987 and responses to these comments prepared by the King County Division of Building and Land Development (BALD). Interested parties that submitted written comments on the DEIS are: o Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) o Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency o City of Tukwila, Planning Department o State of Washington Department of Ecology o King County Department of Public Works The comments and responses are presented in the order indicated above. Paragraphs within each set of comments are numbered sequentially and responses are keyed numerically to specific comments to facilitate review. King County appreciates the interest demonstrated by commenting parties. r Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (Metro) Gene Peterson Building and Land Development Division 431 King County Administration Building ATTN: SEPA CENTER Seattle, Washington 98104 Draft Environmental Impact Statement File Name: Boeing Military Airplane Co. Dear Mr. Peterson: • Metro staff has reviewed this proposal and anticipates no significant impacts to its wastewater facilities. Water Quality We anticipate no significant degradation of surface water quality provided that all mitigating measures for erosion and stormwater control. (whether temporary or permanent) are implemented. This includes measures to ensure excavated material will not wash off into the Duwamish River. Additionally, due to the history of contaminated soils in this area, all soils should be tested for priority pollutants to determine appropriate disposal methods. Methods should also be developed and implemented to present toxic materials, petrochemicals and other pollutants associated with this development, from entering surface waters. Stormwater facilities should be inspected and maintained on a regular basis. Public Transportation The proposed Boeing development recognizes that the growth in employment will result in continued growth of traffic volumes along local and subregional arterials and intersections. It is likely that the increased traffic volumes will lower the levels of service at intersections and on roadways during peak hours. It is essential that Boeing develop and implement an appropriate Transportation System Management Plan (TSM) to mitigate traffic impacts. The following mitigating measures should be included: 6 Gene Peterson May 19, 1987 Page Two o Arterial HOV Treatments - Metro recommends that arterial HOV (cont.) treatments, such as, HOV lanes, signalization etc. be provided between South Michigan Street and the South Boeing Access Road on East Marginal Way South; on the South Boeing Access Road (East and West) between East Marginal Way and Martin Luther King Way; and on Pacific Highway South to SR -509 from the Boeing Access Road in both directions. This is justified since transit and ridesharing use at the expanded Development Center should exceed the current figure of 32.2 percent. o Access to Des Moines Way South - Examine the possibility of providing access to Des Moines Way South between 17th Place South and South 110th (possible extension of South 98th Street with a new bridge facility). Transit and Ridesharing Pullouts and Access - The EIS 'recognizes that the proposed development will trigger the need for sidewalk and transit pullouts adjacent to the main entrance. Beyond the main entrance, the development should include improved employee access to transit and HOV parking. Pullouts at each bus zone on East Marginal Way should be provided in conjunction with the HOV lands. Buses should not be required to stop in the traveled portion of any HOV lane. o Parking Supply - The'developnient contemplates the addition of 5,175 new parking stalls when fully completed. The potential for limiting the number of Single Occupant Vehicle (SOV) parking stall should be identified,and preferential parking for HOVs included in the plan. Additionally, the current mode ,split for SOVs is 66.7 percent. Metro would like to see a ;;performance goal in the TSM which reduces SOV to 50 percent and increases ridesharing (carpool /vanpool) and transit use to 49 percent combined. Additionally, a comprehensive parking -management program should be developed which includes monitoring and enforcement. o Adequate Bus Access The design for the proposed expansion should provide for adequate bus access through the facility for subscription routes or future route extensions. o Transportations Management Program] Boeing should develop an appropriate Transportation Management Program which includes the following elements: 7 Gene Peterson May 19, 1987 Page Three 1. (cont.) Performance Goals - Performance goals would establish annual targets for reducing the SOV split and increasing the transit and rideshare mode split as previously described. 2. Programmatic Actions - Specific activities which Boeing should consider are: a. Transportation Coordinators - Establish and identify staff who would act as transportation coordinators for the different buildings in the development. A recommended ratio of coordinators to employees is 1 to 1000. Boeing should allow 20 hours per month of staff time per coordinator for transportation management activities. b. Pass Subsidies - Boeing should promote rideshare and transit pass subsidies for its employees at the development. c. Information and Ridematch Services - A regular, on- going program between Boeing and Metro for computer ridematch services and mailings to the 6,100 employees should be developed. Metro would like an annual listing of employees by shift and zip. This would allow Metro to adjust the routes to meet work shifts. d. Transportation Education Program - Include Commuter Information Centers at all major building sites; develop publications and mailings to employees which support rideshare and transit; conduct presentations on rideshare and transit on a quarterly basis; provide promotional materials about public transportation through information distributions such as pay check enclosures or desk top distributions; provide scheduled television advertisements promoting transit and rideshare. e. Evaluation - Conduct an annual survey of employees to determine their level of participation in rideshare and transit and how programs or activities might be made more effective in attracting them to ridesharing or transit. 8 Gene Peterson May 19, 1987 Page Four For further information, contact Bob Flor, Metro market development planner, 684 - 1611. Thank you for the opportunity to review and comment on this project. Sincerely, Gregory M. Bush, Manager Environmental Planning Division GMB:jmg 9 KING COUNTY BALD RESPONSE TO COMMENTS Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) OWater Quality: Soils sampling and testing methods will be developed on a site -by -site basis in recognition of the history of contaminated soil in the lower Duwamish River area. These methods will be determined based on: (1) review of previous investigations at the Develop- mental Center planning area, and (2) additional studies that have been conducted to characterize contamination at specific sites scheduled for development within the planning area. For sites where past investigations show that contami- nation is likely to exist (e.g. Thompson- Isaacson), developmental plans of action can be prepared for review by Washington Department of Ecology and other agencies as appropriate. These plans would present methods for reducing the impacts of site development on ground water resources and water quality in the Duwamish River. Plan details may include: o Definition of attainable cleanup levels based on levels identified during earlier investigations or negotiations with responsible agencies. A commitment to cover the property by buildings and pavement to reduce water infiltration through the soils. o A plan for placement of new fill to reduce the need for excavation into existing soil for utili- ties. o Precautions to avoid carrydown of materials during installation of pile foundations. o Continued monitoring of wells to detect changes in ground water conditions attributable to construc- tion. o Where excavation is required, an agreement to: - develop a health and safety plan for workers. - test excavated soils and provide appropriate disposal. Excavations will be inspected by qualified personnel at those sites where no previous contamination investiga- tions have been conducted or where historic site use does not suggest presence of contaminated soil or ground water. Evidence of possible contamination that 10 might require further investigation to determine nature, extent, and sources of the contamination will be noted during excavation (e.g. soil color, odor, consistency; oil staining of soil or sheen on ground or surface water). Specific methods for preventing contaminants from entering surface waters will be defined and implemented as appropriate. These methods will be based on the results of contamination investi- gations undertaken at each site. Stormwater facilities will be inspected and maintained on a regular basis. Public Transportation: Please refer to paragraphs 9 through 29 of the King County Department of Public Works' comments (and the corresponding responses), which address roadway, signalization, and access improvements. Regarding programmatic actions, BMAC employees will continue do participate in the Boeing Company's (Boeing's) ridesharing, vanpooling, and other successful programs designed to reduce vehicle trips. In addition, Boeing will continue to consider addi- tional specific activities that will increase employee participation in these programs. Puget Sound _`Air.. Pollution: Control ` Agency [ ER :'ING KONG COJN1 M,•' e' SI R•a^. 2( . !a•'ar 96115.3959 °,.a.:33 over which these vehicles are driven (fugitive dust resus- r• 200 West Mercer Street, Room 205 Seattle, Washington 98119 -3958 Telephone: (206) 344 -7330 Facsimile: (206) 340 -4788 `: �',i : It May 20, 1987 Mr. Ralph Colby Building and Land Development Division King County Department of Parks, Planning & Resources 431 King County Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 Dear Mr. Colby: BMAC Developmental Center Expansion The following comments respond to the draft EIS for the BMAC Developmental Center Expansion which you circulated to us for review. The section titled "Affected Environment" on page II -1 states that only two issues of concern were identified by the scoping process; i.e. surface runoff and traffic /trans- portation. If we had been aware that the recommended alter- native would be adding 13,950 vehicle trips to the area we would have submitted a recommendation for including an air quality analysis of the carbon monoxide impacts that would indirectly result from the proposal. It would be helpful if this parameter (vehicle trip generation) could be used by lead agencies, including King County, during the scoping process, since it is the measure which best identifies the need for a follow -up air quality analysis of motor vehicle emission impacts. Since the Developmental Center Expansion will not affect any known carbon monoxide nonattainment areas the need for making a dispersion model analysis of CO impacts, while desirable, 0 is not mandatory. We will mainly address our comments to the air quality impacts that will result from increased particulate matter emissions. This breaks down into tailpipe emissions (gasoline and diesel powered vehicles, especially the latter) and dust emissions from paved and unpaved areas tiSAO LGUW v •d•J(K-•a"•I'i'1!d pension from roads and parking areas) . These emissions will add a suspended particulate problem to an area now classed as l .n• H111 Amy C..only F ••ctA.rr 12 VICI CHAIRMAN Rat Aareel Commss,rnr• K•Iw( G Gene 1 nM• Mat••. ILrmr•L.r Wnnant E Mo. • Ma.: • E.. .. Ja• Slu.tn.. 4•14•11. (.aunt( F •••■ atrvr l.ntla tan: MrmM•, al laiy• A R Danln,E,.rnIrr An t+oth;in+n C:• ^I•nl n• „•• Mr. Ralph Colby May 20, 1987 Page 2 nonattainment for total suspended particulate (TSP)and which will be classed as nonattainment for failing to meet another health standard expected to be promulgated soon, the inhalable particulate standard (PM10). This Agency will soon be commencing a planning process for meeting the PM10 standard in the Duwamish Valley, which is a federal requirement. We expectithat the process will result in establishing additional requilrements for paving and main - Otaining currently unpaved (or poorly surfaced and maintained) streets, roads, road shoulders, land parking areas. King County and the proponent can expect to budget for additional public works expenditures which are over and above those occurring at present due to the development of the area. For mitigation of the direct air, quality impacts that will result from this development, no driven surfaces should be permitted to be unpaved, unswept, or otherwise in a state of disrepair. Some mitigation of the direct impacts from tail- ®pipe emissions can be expected to result from the planned. 4 transportation improvements to upgrade service levels provided by the road network. The federal motor vehicle emission control program for non - diesels also is a mitigating factor (although it is becoming less effective as time goes on due to failure to implement any new standards, and natural growth in VMT). Diesel trucks are a particulate problem which may entail measures in excess of those provided through federal engine standards. Thank you for submitting the draft for our comments. Sincerely, Jp 1. i' 1 Arthur R. Dammkoehler • Air Pollution Control Officer 13 �: KING COUNTY BALD RESPONSE TO COMMENTS Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency OThe Determination'of Significance and Scoping Notice issued by King County. on October 28, 1986 (contained in File No. C -85 -031 at the King County Division of Building and Land Development) described the proposal as entailing the development of over 1.8 million square feet of mixed use to support approximately 6,100 employees. Therefore, it should have been apparent that the proposal had the potential for imposing signi- ficant increases in vehicle trips. Please note that the projection of 13,950 vehicle trips cited in the DEIS was developed during analysis subsequent to issu- ance of the notice. O Comment acknowledged; thank you for providing this information. 3 Please see response to King County Department of Public Works' comments. All driving surfaces will be paved, swept, and main- tained. City of Tukwila PLANNING DEPARTMENT 6200 Southcenter Boulevard Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 433 -1849 May 20, 1987 Mr. Gene Peterson Building and Land Development Division King County Department of Parks, Planning and Resources 431 King County Administration Building Seattle, WA 98104 SUBJECT: Draft Environmental Impact Statement Boeing Military Airplane Company Development Center Expansion Dear Mr. Peterson: We appreciate the opportunity to comment on the DEIS. The analysis area borders our Planning Area and we are currently processing an annexation petition for a portion of the project area. On page II -25, Future Conditions, an assumption is made that development and therefore traffic volumes, are relatively stable. Our analysis is that the area south of the E. Marginal Way bridge is developing. A major access way for this area is through the S. Boeing Access Road /E. Marginal OWay intersection. We have conservatively projected approximately fifteen acres of vacant industrially zoned land located here. A 400,000 square foot industrial use would generate a traffic volume of 388 trips onto E. Marginal Way. If half the volume were to proceed north along E. Marginal Way, the traffic volumes with Alternative 1, Figure II 8, Page II -32 would be doubled at the Boeing Access intersection. The impact of future development should be incorporated into the analysis so that estimated future volumes, service levels, and impacts is considered. On page II -40, the improvement of all of E. Marginal Way S. prior to King County's expected construction date is suggested. What employment level would trigger these suggested mitigation measure? Building permit review time can be considered relatively quick in comparison to a public road Oproject. An "as- needed" basis does not consider the critical time element of building occupancy and traffic improvement completion. We recommend that the specific development phases and associated employment levels be projected, and then determine adequate levels of service or improvements for each phase so that a sufficient time frame for coordina- tion between permit and public improvement can be anticipated. Thank you again for the opportunity to comment. We hope these points provide you with information and a perspective that facilities review. If you have any questions, please call me at 433 -1848. Sincerely, .4g'/(1e4;2174e61-16/---- Moira Carr Bradshaw Associate Planner 15 • KING COUNTY BALD RESPONSE TO COMMENTS City of Tukwila, Planning Department OFuture development in the area will continue to result in compounding impacts on local transportation facili- ties. The development and traffic assumptions described in the comment would increase peak hour traffic along E. Marginal Way (between the proposed development and the Boeing Access /E. Marginal Way intersection) by 65 percent over existing AM peak hour volumes and 43 percent over existing PM peak hour volumes along the same segment. However, total traffic volumes through the intersection would increase by only 6 percent during AM peak hour and 4 percent during PM peak hour. It is not known how much, if any, this increase would affect critical turning movements within the intersection. In any case, proponents of new projects will be required to pay a fair (pro -rata) share of improvements to project - impacted King County arterials and intersections under existing County ordinances. OPlease see paragraphs 9 through 29 of the King County Department of Public Works' comments and corresponding responses. 16 State of Washington Department , of Ecology [ ! ' ANDRE A Bf ATT\ RI•NIAER STATE OF WASHINGTON . DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY ^ F I? ` 0 Mail Stop PV-11 • Olympia, Washington 98504 -8711 • (206) 459-6000 May 22, 1987 Gene Peterson King County BALD 431 King County Admin. Bldg. Seattle., Washington 98104 Dear Mr. Peterson: Thank you for the opportunity to comment on the Draft Envi- ronmental Impact Statement (DEIS) for the Boeing Military Aircraft Company Developmental Center expansion. We reviewed the (DEIS) and have the following comments. There is insufficient information to determine the compliance of the project with the standards and goals of the King County Shoreline Master Program (KCSMP), particularly in re- gards to parking facilities. The KCSMP requires that all parking areas be located under or landward of the buildings they serve. The bike lane may compensate, in part, for the continued in- accessibility of much of the river bank. Extensive shoreline landscaping and other riparian habitat improvements would also be appropriate in lieu of public access or setbacks of impervious surfaces. If you have any questions, please call Ms. Linda Rankin of the Shorelands Division at (206) 459 -6763. DJB: cc: Linda Rankin Sincerely, Donald J. Bales Environmental Review Section KING COUNTY BALD RESPONSE TO COMMENTS State of Washington Department of Ecology A11'development undertaken as part of this proposal will be reviewed by King County to determine the applicability of and compliance with the standards and goals of the King County Shoreline Master Program (KCSMP). If proposed development is subject to the KCSMP, appropriate shoreline and water quality protec- tion measures will be imposed as part of the Shorelines Management Permit process. Extensive shoreline landscaping of the Duwamish River bank has been completed by Boeing, with more planned. The focus of the improvements along the river bank are directed at increasing human access and use of the area. 18 King .,County Department t of Public Works RE: Boeing Military Airplane Company (BMAC) Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) Thank you for the opportunity to provide review and assessment of the DEIS for this major facility. The DEIS represents a complex facility expansion and has been prepared to pro- vide an accurate documentation of traffic conditions under existing and future development conditions. While the DEIS does not provide a commitment to construct major new road facilities to prevent severe congestion, the County has experience with previous road improvements provided by BMAC at their ini- tiative and expense, and two projects of this type are presently under design or construction on East Marginal Way South. Authority for Review and Developer Responsibilities King County Roads Division is charged with review of road adequacy under the Oprovisions of the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), through the County Road Adequacy Ordinance, and approvals of property access /frontage require- ments at the building permit stage which are subject to King County Road Standards. The SEPA process provides 'a mechanism to restore level of service on roadways which are impacted by development added traffic. This restoration protects the quality of road service which contributes to the economic vitality of the area, and protects the interest of the public. Schedule of BMAC Expansion and Road Construction Mitigation BMAC has identified three principle alternative building construction programs which are contingent upon their need for new facilities. This review responds to the uncertainty in growth rate expressed by BMAC by specifying improvements to area roads based on the following alternatives: 19 Ralph Colby June 11, 1987 Page Two - Minimum Development - Intermediate Development - Full Development King County recognizes that BMAC may be unable to provide road improvements early enough to accommodate expansion in employment and to avoid low levels of 0 service on public roads in the vicinity. In this regard it would be expected that BMAC would provide Transportation Systems Management (TSM) measures such as incentivies to use public transit modes, staggering of work shifts, van pooling and dedicated buses in conjunction with Metro to maintain traffic levels of service (LOS). The success of TSM measures will be dependent upon managing the program by OBMAC. TSM is not expected to be a total solution to accommodate new 4 employment traffic demand but is suggested as a method to give breathing space until adequate roads can be constructed. The cost of the program of TSM measures will be the responsibility of BMAC. King County Road Construction Program King County has a scheduled road construction project for East Marginal Way South from Seattle City Limits to South Boeing Access Road; however, this pro- ject is not scheduled for design until 1990 and construction in 1992. The BMAC DEIS identified building construction between 1987 and 1991. This County road improvement is needed to serve the "Intermediate Development: Alternative 3," proposal of the DEIS. The scope of work includes: Widen existing roadway with a 12 -foot lane, curb and gutter, 8 -foot sidewalks, modify and /or replace the system control for the existing 10 traffic signals, and overlay existing road. OThe justification for this work as a public project without BMAC participation is as follows: Existing roadway has no sidewalks. The new sidewalks will provide for pedestrian safety and access control. The additional traffic lane will improve traffic flow. The roadway serves the Boeing Industrial tract on the west side of King County International Airport, and the improvements will reduce the traffic congestion caused by the large peak -hour traffic volume generated by the industries. OThis project has a length of 1.93 miles and cost is estimated to be $3,399,000. This project does not include the reconstruction of the intersection of East OMarginal Way with Boeing Access Road, and Pacific Highway South. King County has conducted a study of this intersection (Intersection Concept Analysis by: 20 Ralph Colby June 11, 1987 Page Three Tudor Engineering Company, February, 1987) and has selected alternative 1 (modified) as the preferred alternative. BMAC- Building /Employment Expansion Traffic Growth Mitigation Roadway facilities to be provided by BMAC under the alternatives of this sec- tion shall include funding responsibility for the following: Final engineering design and construction engineering services. Engineering services design and construction shall meet the requirements of King County Road Standards. Right -of -way dedication or acquisition if required from BMAC and tem- porary or permanent easements to accommodate public maintained works. BMAC shall acquire right -of -way from others needed to accommodate the road improvements under each alternative. ALTERNATIVE 2 - MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT The following scope of work is required to be provided by BMAC to mitigate traffic growth on local roads: 1. Reconstruction of the intersection of East Marginal Way South with Boeing Access Road and Pacific Highway South to the preferred configuration indicated above and shown in the Tudor Engineering Company, Analysis. This work includes ned channelization, islands, road widening, tapers to existing width, pavement overlay, pavement marking, mast arm mounted signal heads and illumination, overhead sign bridges with illuminated lane use signs on each approach street. 2. Replace existing controller and cabinets at 10 intersections along East Marginal Way. Replace with new, 8 phase, full actuated controllers (Traconex 390) capable of time base coordination, coordination from an arterial master, and count: capability. Provide arterial master capable of time of day coordination, and traffic responsive coordination. Upgrade existing computer shed to house new master controller. Provide interconnect cable from master to all .local controllers,; either aerially or underground. Provide interconnect interface with modems. Provide phone modem access at master for phone hook up from remote PC. Provide interconnect and communications interface to coordinate County system with the new City of Seattle system on East Marginal Way. 21 Ralph Colby June 11, 1987 Page Four Provide local phone system from master controller shed to all local controllers in system. Install any detector loops necessary to operate traffic responsive coor- dination. Loop locations will be determined at a later time by King County. ALTERNATIVE 3 - INTERMEDIATE DEVELOPMENT Mitigation of traffic impact for this alternative includes those required works indicated in alternative 2 plus the planned County road improvement of East Marginal Way South. BMAC would be responsible to provide frontage impro- 12 vement along East Marginal Way South which would accommodate and be consistent with preferred alternatives identified in the "East Marginal Way traffic Improvements Volume 1 Summary Report," prepared by CH2M Hill, December, 1977 for King County. This report while out of print, essentially embodies the County road improvements proposed in the Road Construction Program. The scope of work sponsored by BMAC would include reconstruction of all fron- tage on East Marginal Way of BMAC Manufacturing, Flight Test, office and leased lands including use as parking areas to accommodate the County road project. Facilities included in this areas include: - Sidewalk and landscaping - Pavement widening and curb and gutter - Pavement drainage structures - Pavement overlay to centerline - Channelization and pavement markings - Intersection and signalization control (vehicle and pedestrian detectors, signal faces, signal /illumination poles and relocations) - Illuminated street name signs (span wire mounted) on East Marginal Way to identify the destinations served by cross - streets, and lane usage names to be approved by King County - Relocation of underground and surface utilities to accommodate the road improvements - Street lighting at intersections coordinated with span wire signal supports. - Coordinate with Metro to define design and construct transit stop facilities. 22 [ Ralph Colby June 11, 1987 Page Five Reconstruct and signalize the intersection of West Marginal Place South with South 102nd Street and 14th Avenue South to the satisfaction of the County and WSDOT to restore the existing level of service under the new traffic load. The controller for these locations shall have count capability and phone modem access for hook up from remote PC. Operational improvements are recommended on East Marginal Way South between Norfolk Street and South Boeing Access Road. While the PAMCO parking lot was excluded from this SEPA review of BMAC the facility must be considered as a component providing expanded acess to East Marginal Way to the benefit of BMAC. Access control is needed to improve progressive flow of platoons of vehicles and reduce random vehicle injection into the thru stream by aggressive driver behavior. These improvements can be accomplished by the construction of curbs for driveway entrances and reconfiguration of street access as follows: (a) Closure of South 104th Street (Miller Road) at East Marginal Way South. BMAC will be responsible to design and construct curb, gutter and sidewalk along the east side of South 104th Street to effect closure of this street at East Marginal Way South. (b) Access to South 104th Street shall be provided via a new public roadway to match with Norfolk Street at East Marginal Way South. This street shall be constructed by BMAC to an urban standard with sidewalks. Parking lot connections to this extension of Norfolk Street shall be set back from Each Marginal Way to provide unbroken platoon storage length for that signal phase. Six lanes are required to provide exclusive right and left turn lanes, choice right /thru, left /thru lanes and two lanes entering. East Marginal Way shall be stripped for three thru lanes in each direction, dual left turn lanes into BMAC site and single left turn lane to Norfolk Street from southbound East Marginal Way South. (c) South 102nd Street which is a private road shall be closed from South 104th Street to East Marginal Way South. Implementation of Improvements to East Marginal Way South BMAC would have the option of providing the - frontage improvements' identified 8 in the scope of work or funding these improvements, as part of the County Road Construction Program if Alternative 3 (intermediate development) occurs after the County road project goes to construction. If Alternative 3 improvements are needed due to BMAC growth before the County can provide construction, then BMAC would be responsible to provide interim 17 improvements including restripping and minor widening of East Marginal Way together with their frontage improvements to allow operation of East Marginal Way South with the ultimate lane configuration. 23 Ralph Colby June 11, 1987 Page Six ALTERNATIVES 1 AND 4 - FULL DEVELOPMENT 18 Mitigation of traffic impact for this alternative will include those works required for alternatives 2 and 3 plus improved access to SR 99. The following facility is required to mitigate this capacity constraint: 19 Complete the interchange at SR 99 and South 102nd Street which includes the southbound off and on ramps. The Sabey Corporation which is developing Oxbow Corporate Park has been issued a mitigated determination of nonsignificance with the provision that they pay a pro -rata share of the cost of providing a southbound on ramp from South 20 102nd Street to SR 99 if constructed prior to December 31, 1989 or provide full funding after that date, if the remaining share has not been acquired. The traffic generated by "full development!' in BMAC expansion requires the full completion of this interchange. 21 Access improvements to SR 99 are direct impact and the cost of providing these improvements are the developer's burden. If BMAC is unable to have this facility operational by the time needed for the 22 Full Development, BMAC would need to provide TSM as discussed in the section "Schedule of BMAC Expansion and Road Construction Mitigation." BMAC'is responsible to provide a pro -rata share of development added traffic impact on 1st Avenue South Bridge and interchange construction at Duwamish Waterway. WSDOT have tenatively scheduled construction of this improvement to begin construction in 1992. This project has an estimated cost of $110 23 million year 1992 dollars. Pro -rata share contribution would be based on calculated daily traffic using the bridge as a percentage of'ADT for the year of permit issue for each phase of BMAC development. This contribution shall be applied to engineering design and construction services, right -of -way acquisition and construction. The security of a pro -rata share shall be pro- vided at building permit stage. Future Traffic Analysis and Contingent Construction BMAC will be required to provide traffic analysis_and resolution of off -site 24 congestion which is attributed to BMAC additional peak hour trips. This supplemental traffic analysis will be required prior to'permit issue for each or the next alternative. If you.have any questions concerning this review, please contact Chuck Shields, Senior Engineer, at 344 -4381. LJH:CS:kw cc: John J. Logan, Traffic and Planning Engineer ATTN: Chuck Shields, Senior Engineer BilFHoffman, Manager, Transportation Planning ATTN: Lisa Grote, Transportation Planner 211 KING COUNTY BALD RESPONSE TO COMMENTS King County Department of Public Works Boeing will continue to make ridesharing and vanpooling opportunities and resources available to BMAC employees. Further, BMAC will continue to promote other TSM measures such as flexible working hours, staggering of work shifts, and use of transit to main- tain traffic levels of service. All comments and information presented are appreciated and acknowledged. These comments will be considered by King County (Parks, Planning and Resources Department and Department of Public Works) during review of permit applications submitted by Boeing for individual projects under the proposed expansion. Specific miti- gating measures will be established at the time of application submittal to King County in coordination with the proponent, based on the additional traffic generated by the expanded BMAC Developmental Center facilities. 25 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION CONSTRUCTION SITE REFERENCE # A-8C • • • :• • , ;!!!!'„,• REPORT OF adTiCHNICAL INVESTRIGATION PROPOSED BUILDiNG.9 -101 ANNEX E- BOEING DEVEOPNENTAL'CENTER SEATTLE,'.NASHiNGTON , FOR THE BOEING COMPANY 00695-318-005 August 19, 1985 DAMES & MOORE Dames & Moore The Austin Company 800 Southwest 16th Street Renton, Washington 98055 Attention: Mr. Paul Arnett Gentlemen: 155 N.E. 100th Street P.O. Box C -25901 Suite 500 Seattle, Washington 98125 -0711 (206) 523-0560 TWX: 910 - 444 -2021 Cable address: DAMEMORE August 19, 1985 We are pleased to transmit herewith our "Report of Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension, Boeing Developmental Center, Seattle, Washington ", for The Boeing Company. The scope of services for this investigation is outlined in our pro- posal dated June 11, 1985. Authorization of our services was provided by your Purchase Order No. 85- 5353 -1 dated June 13, 1985. Recommendations regarding support of the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension have been provided during the course of our investigation. Those recommen- dations and other information developed during this investigation are contained in the attached report. We appreciate the opportunity to conduct this investigation, and look forward to working with you during the construction phase of this project. Should you have any questions regarding the contents of our report or require further information, please call. JL:JBS :mf 00695 -318 -005 6 copies submitted Very truly yours, DAMES & MOORE oseph Lamont, Senior Partner REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED BUILDING 9 -101 ANNEX EXTENSION BOEING DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER SEATTLE, WASHINGTON FOR THE BOEING COMPANY INTRODUCTION We present in this report the results of our geotechnical investigation at the site of the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension at the Boeing Developmental Center in Seattle, Washington. The site of the proposed facility is shown relative to existing buildings at the Developmental Center on the Vicinity Map, Plate 1. The proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension will measure 350 by 270 feet in plan, with the longer dimension oriented in the east -west direction. New column-loads will be in the range of 65 to 310 tons. The highest column loads will be along Lines 20 and 23, as shown on the Site Plan, Plate 2, as a result of the planned 270 -foot clear span. We understand that the new structure will be supported in part by existing pile foundations where it abuts the existing Building 9 -101 and 9 -101 Annex. At other locations new pile foundations will be installed. The finished floor grade for the new building will be established at Elevation 15.5 (Mean Sea Level datum). Since existing site grades are at or relatively close to the proposed final floor elevation, very little grading will be required to establish subgrade elevations. Floor loads are expected.to be relatively light. SCOPE The purpose of our geotechnical investigation is to provide recom- mendations regarding 'foundation support and site preparation based on -1- exploration of subsurface conditions for the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension. Specifically the scope of our services includes: 1. Site exploration by means of five borings. 2. A program of laboratory testing to evaluate the pertinent characteristics of the soils encountered. Our testing program included direct shear tests, consolidation tests and moisture - density determinations. 3. Recommendations regarding design and installation, of new 16- inch - diameter augercast piles and a review and evaluation of the capacity of existing piles which support adjoining columns. We include penetration and capacity criteria for new 16 -inch augercast piles, capacity criteria for existing wood and 12 -inch augercast piles, and estimates of pile foundation settlements for both new and existing piles. 4. Recommendations regarding site preparation and support of con- crete floor slabs. We include general gradation and compaction criteria for on -site and imported soils, and a recommended modu- lus of vertical subgrade reaction to be used in the design of concrete floor slabs. 5. An estimate of the site period (Ts) based on published information regarding overburden depth and values of shear wave velocity for normally consolidated alluvial and glacial soil deposits. EXISTING STRUCTURES The existing buildings which abut the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension site were constructed during three phases. Building 9 -101 was constructed about 1957 and is supported by treated wood pile foundations. The wood piles are in groups of 38 at major columns located on Building Line 19 (immediately adjacent to Building Line 20, as shown on Plate 2), between Column Lines S and X. The wood piles penetrate about 20 feet below the pile cap at these locations. Existing total loads on Columns • S -19 through X -19 range from approximately 275 to 430 tons, with the highest load at Column X -19. The Building 9 -101 Annex was constructed in 1966. Columns along the north side of the existing structure, where it abuts Building 9 -101, are supported on wood piles (38 piles per group at each column). The remaining portion of the Building 9 -101 Annex is supported by 12 -inch diameter augercast, piles which extend to approximately Elevation -20. Columns S -21 and S -22 are supported by groups containing 16 and 12 piles per group, respectively. The design capacity of these piles is 40 tons each, including 10 tons of downdrag. Existing structural loads on the piles at Columns S -21 and S -22 are in the range of 15 to 20 tons per pile. The high bay extension at the east end of Building 9 -101 was con- structed in 1967. This portion of the building extends between Building Lines X and Z. It is supported along the west side (Line X) by wood piles installed initially for support of Building 9 -101. The remainder of the addition is supported on 12 -inch diameter augercast piles which extend to Elevation -30. Groups of 12 piles exist at both Columns Y -19 and Z -19. The design capacity for the existing piles is 40 tons each. Existing column loads- at Columns Y -19 and Z -19 are 380 and 210 tons, respectively. SITE CONDITIONS SURFACE CONDITIONS The proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension is currently used for parking. The surface of the site is covered with portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavements. There is a very gentle slope downward to the south to facilitate drainage of the pavement areas. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions beneath the project area were investigated by drilling five borings to depths ranging from approximately 101.5 feet to 111.5 feet below current site grades. The locations of the borings are shown on the Site Plan, Plate 2. Our understanding of subsurface con- ditions as developed from these borings was augmented by explorations completed by Dames & Moore during previous investigations at the Developmental Center. The locations of several previous Dames & Moore borings in the immediate vicinity of the Building 9 -101 Annex Extension are shown also on Plate 2. Logs of our current and nearby previous explorations, along with a description of the field equipment and proce- dures, are presented in the Appendix. In general, the soils which underlie the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension consist of a layer of surface fill which overlies deep alluvial deposits of silt, sand and clay. The alluvial soils in turn overlie a beach deposit of sand and gravel. The fill soils extend to depths in the range of about 6 to 10 feet, based on the results of our current and previous explorations. The fill consists of fine to coarse sand with some graver and a variable silt con- tent. The sand is generally loose to medium dense in place with some dense to very dense zones. The fill contains pieces of brick, concrete rubble and other construction debris at random locations, as indicated by some of our boring logs. Beneath the fill soils our borings encountered former surface de- posits of clayey sandy silt underlain by fine to medium sand. The extent and thickness of the clayey silt varies but is generally on the order of 3 to 5 feet in thickness where it exists. It is soft to medium stiff in place. The sand was encountered in all explorations and is generally medium dense in place with some loose and dense zones. It is charac- terized by moderate to high strength and relatively low compressibility. This sand overlies a deep layer of silty clay and clayey silt which is soft in place. The interface between the sand and the underlying clay and silt varies across the project area. On the west side of the site, the interface its approximately 50 to 60 feet below current site grades. On the east side of the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension, the sand and clay /silt interface is on the order of 60 to 70 feet below site grades. The thickness of the clay /silt deposit is relatively uniform and on the order of 30 feet. This soil layer is characterized by low to moderate strength and moderate compressibility. -4- Beneath the clay /silt deposit our borings encountered fine to coarse sand and gravel with a variable silt content and abundant shell fragments in some zones, indicating that this layer is an old beach deposit. These soils are dense to very dense in place and are characterized by high strength and low compressibility. Ground -water measurements during site exploration were precluded by the use of rotary wash drilling equipment. However, during previous investigations in this area of the Developmental Center, we have observed ground water generally between depths of 5 and 10 feet below the surface. We expect fluctuations will occur due to seasonal changes in precipita- tion and the water level in the nearby Duwamish Waterway. LABORATORY TESTING Samples obtained during our site exploration program were delivered to our Seattle office laboratory for further examination and selection of representative samples for testing. A description of the laboratory test equipment and procedures, and the results of the testing program, are contained in the Appendix. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS GENERAL Based on the results of our site exploration, laboratory testing and engineering analyses, we conclude that the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension may be safely supported on a combination of existing and new pile foundations. Some settlement of existing and new pile groups will occur as a result of application of loads induced by the proposed struc- ture. The settlement will depend on the type and depth of piles at each column location and the magnitude of applied new load. It is expected, however, that differential settlements between column locations will generally be: within tolerable limits. Our recommendations regarding allowable pile capacities and penetrations for existing and new piles, estimates of pile settlements, recommendations for site preparation and floor slab design, and the estimated site period are contained in the following sections. -5- PILE FOUNDATION SUPPORT Existing Wood Piles: An allowable downward capacity of 14 tons per pile was used during design of Building 9 -101 for wood piles on Line 19 be- tween Lines S and X. That allowable capacity includes the total of all dead, live and seismic loads as well as some downdrag which was expected to occur. We have reviewed the original analyses completed by Dames & Moore in 1955 for wood piles. Those calculations provided estimates of the capacity of an individual wood pile which was expected to be driven approximately 20 feet below the planned pile cap. The allowable pile capacities derived during our 1955 analyses included a negligible amount of end bearing and no increase in allowable capacity as a result of the increased efficiency of a group of piles driven into the supporting upper sand deposit. Our revised calculations and recent information in the literature indicate that the existing wood piles along Column Line 19 between Lines S and X can be assumed to support an allowable total downward ca- pacity of 20 tons per pile. The allowable capacity includes the total of all dead, live and seismic loads and includes a safety factor of about 2.0. Allowable material stresses in the wood piles may impose more severe limitations and should be evaluated by the structural engineer. Existing 12 -inch Diameter Augercast Piles, Building 9 -101 Annex: We understand that the loads on existing 12 -inch diameter augercast piles at Column Lines S -21 and S -22 will be increased to approximately 40 tons per pile, including 10 tons of downdrag load. Analyses completed during our previous investigation for the 9 -101 Annex indicate that these piles will satisfactorily support 40 tons. New 16 -Inch Augercast Piles: We recommend that 16- inch - diameter augercast pile foundations be used to support portions of the proposed 9 -101 Annex Extension at locations of new column supports or where existing piles are not capable of supporting additional load. New piles will derive their supporting capacity in the upper sand deposits encoun- tered by our explorations. The capacity and penetration criteria con- tained in the following table should be used for design purposes. -6- ALLOWABLE PILE CAPACITY 16 -INCH DIAMETER AUGERCAST PILES Allowable Downward Pile Capacity (tons) Approximate Recommended Pile Penetration Below Tip Elevation Current Site Grade (feet) (feet) 40 55 40 -25 45 -30 The recommended capacities presented above are based on the strength of the supporting soils for the penetrations indicated. They represent the total of all dead, live and seismic loads and include a factor of safety of about 2.0. Structural characteristics of the pile material and foundation connections may impose more stringent limitations and should be evaluated by the structural engineer. We have assumed that a concrete grout with a 28 -day compressive strength of 3,000 psi will be used for augercast piles. New augercast piles installed for support of the proposed structure should be installed to the recommended penetrations using a continuous flight auger. Concrete grout must be pumped continuously during withdrawal of the auger, the rate of which should not exceed about 7 to 9 feet per minute. Pressures at the pump should be in the range of 150 to 250 psi, depending on the length of the feeder hose used. We recommend that installation of augercast piles be monitored by a representative from our office to check that proper installation proce- dures are followed. Our observations will be used to assess the capabil- ity of each pile to support the design loads. Our field representative will also evaluate the contractor's compliance with the contract specifi- cations and the intent of the recommendations in this report. Any problems which might arise or deviations from the specifications will be considered during our evaluations and approval of each pile installed. Lateral Pile Capacities: The allowable lateral capacities of existing and new piles is dependent upon the type and size of pile foun- dation, spacing of piles within a pile group, soil characteristics and ground -water levels. Allowable capacities for wood piles and augercast piles presented below are based on our findings, analyses and understanding of the design of existing pile groups: ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD CAPACITIES (Tons) Pile Type Lateral Deflection Wood 12 -Inch Diameter 16 -Inch Diameter (inches) Piles Augercast Piles Augercast Piles 0.25 - 0.5 1 6 14 3 7 The allowable lateral capacities noted above have been derived using appropriate reduction for pile group efficiency. No further reduction is appropriate. Allowable lateral capacity can be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the allowable lateral deflection within the limits of 0 to 0.5 inch. Additional resistance to lateral loads will be provided by passive soil pressure adjacent to pile caps. Assuming backfill adjacent to pile caps has been placed and compacted to 95 percent of the maximum dry den- sity, based on the ASTM D -1557 test procedure, an equivalent fluid den- sity of 200 to 300 pounds per cubic foot, based on a horizontal deflection of 0.25 to 0.5 inch, respectively, may be used for design. Pile Settlements: Settlement of existing and new pile foundations will result due to new loads imposed by the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension. Pile settlement will result from elastic compression of the piles and the supporting soils, and consolidation of the silt and clay soils which exist beneath the supporting sand deposits. The elastic settlements will be relatively small, generally less than about 1/4 inch, and will occur rapidly, essentially as the loads are applied. Consolida- tion settlements will occur over a longer period of time, on the order of -8- • 6 months to 1 year, and will be of somewhat greater magnitude. Estimates of consolidation settlements for existing and new piles are contained in the following tabulation: CONSOLIDATION SETTLEMENT FOR EXISTING AND NEW PILES Estimated Settlement Column Location, Pile Type (inches) S -19 Wood T -19 thru X -19 Wood Y -19 thru Z -19, S -23 New 16- inch - diameter Augercast Piles S -21 and S -22 Existing 12 -inch diameter Augercast Piles 1/4 1/4 to 1/2 1/4 to 3/4 1/4 SITE PREPARATION AND FILL PLACEMENT We recommend that all concrete, asphalt and other materials which exist within the limits of the proposed building be removed from the site. The exposed soils should be thoroughly compacted to a minimum depth of 12 inches to at least 95 percent of maximum density, based on the ASTM D -1557 test procedure. Any soils which cannot be compacted to this degree should be removed to a depth of two feet or to firm bearing, whichever is less, and be replaced with clean sand and gravel with less than about 5 percent fines (silt and clay -sized particles passing through a No. 200 seive). Backfill material should be placed in lifts of about 8 inches in loose thickness and compacted to the recommended criteria. Additional fill soils required to establish planned floor subgrade elevations should consist of clean sand and gravel. Fill required to achieve planned subgrade elevations should_be placed and compacted as recommended above. -9- Assuming site preparation is accomplished as outlined in the pre - ceeding paragraphs, ground floor slabs for the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension may be soil - supported. A modulus of vertical subgrade reaction of 250 pounds per cubic inch should be used for design purposes. We recommend, however, that a 4 -inch layer of crushed rock, compacted to the 95 percent compaction criteria described above, be placed immediately beneath the floor slab to provide uniformity of support and a capillary moisture break. Backfilling of utility trenches and other excavations required for construction of the proposed building should be completed using clean sand or sand and gravel. The site soils may be used, provided they are conditioned to the optimum moisture content before compaction. All fill, whether it consists of on -site or imported material, should be placed in layers not exceeding 8 inches and be compacted to the recommended 95 per- cent criteria (ASTM D- 1557). SITE PERIOD We have evaluated the site period (Ts) based on dynamic properties of soil materials similar to those which underlie the project area, and published results of field geophysical data. The site soil conditions consist of fill, normally consolidated alluvial sand, silt and clay de- posits, and dense to very dense sand and gravel soils to the depths explored. Beneath those depths we anticipate that glacially consolidated sands, clays, silts and till extend to bedrock which is estimated to be present at depths in the range of 2,400 to 3,200 feet below current site grades. Based on our understanding of the soil conditions underlying the project area and estimates of shear wave velocity of the site soils, we estimate that the site period is in the range of 1.5 to 1.7 seconds. This range is the result of uncertainties regarding the properties of the soil profile and the computational methods used in arriving at an esti- mated site period. The recommended range of site period should be eval- uated in the structural design with the more restrictive result being utilized. -10- { -o0o The following plates and appendix are attached and complete this report: Plate 1 - Vicinity Map Plate 2 - Site Plan, Building 9 -101 Annex Extension Appendix - Site Explorations and Laboratory Tests r V\ LA ' %= Respectfully submitted, DAMES & MOORE By oseph Lamont, Jr. Senior Partner August 19, 1985 00695 -318 ames B. Harakas, P.E. Senior Engineer 9-99 _9-45 ,\ 9 ; 9 -59 9 -44 - � ; - 9-75 Q Q9-46 4 9 9 -70 ' -694' -y"9 60 - 4 ACS. 9-42 I 9.617 9 -66 , E 9 -35 9-67 9.62 9-96 ri7 -127 9 -120 9 -101 OLIWAMISH WATERWAY 9 -80 9-85 - 9 -102\ 9 -140 9-401 Proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension FLIGHT CENTER 13 -05 6713-02 OXBOW PARKING LOT 9-402 6. NORFOLK Vicinity Map No Scale Dames & Moore :Job No. 00695 -318 Plate 1 44; 9-60 EXISTING BUILDING 9-101 HIGH BAY S V W X 9 II I 111 LH 9-102 EXISTING BUILDING 9-101 ANNEX Key: -a: 67-1 -77-- ...PROPOSED BUILDING 9-101 ANNEX EXTENSION •=z --,- 182-1-7-3-- •=7 ' I 9-140 4- 85 Boring Location and Number. -1 This Investigation *82-1 Boring Location and Number, 1982 Investigation +67-1 Boring Location and Number, 1967 Investigation Boring Location and Number, 1955 Investigation I Column Line Designations 20 1 • Reference: An Undated, Untitled Plan Prepared by The Austin Company. = --- - _85-4. • J. :71 • 7I. - • 85-1 • I '231 85-5 4Z EAST MARGINAL WAY Site Plan Building 9-101 Annex Extension 0 200 400 Scale In Feet Dames & Moore Job No. 695-318 Plate 2 APPENDIX SITE EXPLORATIONS AND LABORATORY TESTS SITE EXPLORATIONS Subsurface conditions underlying the proposed Building 9 -101 Annex Extension were explored by drilling five borings at the locations shown on the Site Plan, Plate 2. Borings were drilled to depths in the range of 101.5 to 111.5 feet below current site grades using truck - mounted, power- operated rotary wash drilling equipment. Logs of the borings are presented on Plates A -1 to A -5. For information purposes, we also pre - sent on Plates A -6 to A -8 the logs of several other borings which were drilled in nearby areas of the Developmental Center Site during previous investigations by our firm. The soils have been classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System' which is described on Plate A -9. A Dames & Moore representative coordinated the site explorations, including location of borings, and classified the soils encountered by visual and textural _examination. Our representative also obtained samples at frequent intervals using the Dames & Moore'Type U Sampler which is illustrated on Page A -3. The sampler was driven into the soil with a 300 -pound hammer falling a distance of approximately 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler for the final foot of penetration or any part thereof, is noted on the boring logs adjacent to the appropriate sample notation. Ground water was not measured during the current site exploration program due to the rotary wash method of drilling. However, measurements made during previous investigations in this area of the Developmental Center Site indicate water between depths of approximately 5 and 10 feet below current site grades. - A -1 LABORATORY TESTING The laboratory testing program included direct shear tests, consolidation tests and moisture density determinations. Direct shear tests were completed in the manner described on Page A -4 to evaluate the strength of the sand soils underlying the project area. Results of the tests are presented on Plate A -10. Consolidation tests of the compressible silt soils encountered by our borings were completed to evaluate their consolidation charac- teristics. The tests were performed as described on Page A -5. Results of the tests are shown on Plate A -11. Moisture density determinations were made in conjunction with the direct shear tests, consolidation tests and on other selected soil samples. Results of these tests are presented on the test summary sheets and on the boring logs adjacent to the appropriate sample notations. -o00- The following plates are attached and complete this Appendix. Plates A -1 to A -8 Plate A -9 Plate A -10 Plate A -11 Log of Borings Unified Soil Classification System Direct Shear Test Data Consolidation Test Data DRIVING OR PUSHING MECHANISM COUPLING WATER OUTLETS NOTCHES FOR ENGAGING FISHING TOOL NEOPRENE GASKET HEAD MOTET °MEAD HMI' CAN ;E INTRODUCED BETWEEN MAD' MID 'SPLIT BARREL' SPLIT BARREL (TO FACILITATE REMOVAL OF CORE BRAWL E) BIT SOIL SAMPLER : TYPE U FOR SOILS DIFFICULT TO RETAIN IN SAMPLER CHECK VALVES VALVE CAGE CORE-RETAINER RINGS Mll• D.D. BT I' LONG) CORE-RETAINING DEVICE RETAINER RING RETAINER ( ITERCNANGE ABLE KITH OTHER A -3 ALTERNATE ATTACHMENTS SPLIT BARRE LOCKING RING SPLIT FERRULE THIN - WALLED SAMPLING TUBE (INTERCHANGE ABLE LENGTHS) COR EA( MINING DEVICE METHOD OF PERFORMING DIRECT SHEAR AND FRICTION TESTS DIRECT SHEAR TESTS ARE PERFORMED TO DETERMINE THE SHEARING STRENGTHS OF SOILS. FRICTION TESTS ARE PERFORMED TO DETERMINE THE FRICTIONAL RE- SISTANCES BETWEEN SOILS AND VARIOUS OTHER MATE- RIALS SUCH AS WOOD, STEEL, OR CONCRETE. THE TESTS ARE PERFORMED IN THE LABORATORY TO SIMULATE ANTICIPATED FIELD CONDITIONS. EACH SAMPLE IS TESTED IN A SPLIT SAMPLE HOLDER, TWO AND ONE -HALF 'INCHES IN DIAMETER AND ONE INCH HIGH. UNDISTURBED SAMPLES OF IN -PLACE SOILS ARE EXTRUDED FROM RINGS TAKEN FROM THE SAM- PLING DEVICE IN WHICH THE SAMPLES WERE OB- TAINED. LOOSE SAMPLES OF SOILS TO BE USED IN CON- STRUCTING EARTH FILLS ARE COMPACTED IN RINGS TO DIRECT SHEAR APPARATUS WITH ELECTRONIC RECORDER PREDETERMINED CONDITIONS AND TESTED. DIRECT SHEAR. TESTS A ONE -INCH LENGTH OF THE SAMPLE IS TESTED IN DIRECT SINGLE SHEAR. A CONSTANT PRESSURE, APPROPRIATE TO THE CONDITIONS OF THE PROBLEM FOR WHICH THE TEST IS BEING PERFORMED, IS APPLIED NORMAL TO THE ENDS OF THE SIMPLE THROUGH POROUS STONES. A SHEARING FAILURE OF THE SAMPLE IS CAUSED BY MOVING THE UPPER SAMPLE HOLDER IN A DIRECTION PERPENDICU- LAR TO THE AXIS OF THE SAMPLE. TRANSVERSE MOVEMENT OF THE LOWER SAMPLE HOLDER IS PREVENTED. THE SHEARING FAILURE IS ACCOMPLISHED BY APPLYING TO THE UPPER SAMPLE HOLDER A CON• STANT RATE OF DEFLECTION. THE SHEARING LOAD AND THE DEFLECTIONS IN BOTH THE AXIAL AND TRANSVERSE DIRECTIONS ARE RECORDED AND PLOTTED. THE SHEARING STRENGTH OF THE SOILS IS DETERMINED FROM THE RESULTING LOAD-DEFLECTION CURVES. FRICTION TESTS IN'ORDER TO DETERMINE THE FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE BETWEEN SOIL AND THE SURFACES OF VARI- OUS MATERIALS, THE LOWER SAMPLE HOLDER IN THE DIRECT SHEAR TEST IS REPLACED BY A DISK OF THE MATERIAL TO BE TESTED. THE TEST IS THEN PERFORMED IN THE SAME MANNER AS THE DIRECT SHEAR TEST BY FORCING THE SOIL OVER THE FRICTION MATERIAL SURFACE. METHOD OF PERFORMING CONSOLIDATION TESTS CONSOLIDATION TESTS ARE PERFORMED TO EVALUATE THE VOLUME CHANGES OF SOILS SUBJECTED TO INCREASED LOADS. TIME - CONSOLIDATION AND PRESSURE - CONSOLIDATION CURVES MAY BE PLOT- TED FROM THE DATA OBTAINED IN THE TESTS. ENGINEERING ANALYSES BASED ON THESE CURVES PERMIT ESTIMATES TO BE MADE OF THE PROBABLE MAGNITUDE AND RATE OF SETTLEMENT OF THE TESTED SOILS UNDER APPLIED LOADS. EACH SAMPLE IS TESTED WITHIN BRASS RINGS TWO AND ONE - HALF INCHES IN DIAMETER AND ONE INCH IN LENGTH. UNDIS- TURBED SAMPLES OF IN -PLACE SOILS ARE TESTED IN RINGS TAKEN FROM THE SAMPLING DEVICE IN WHICH THE SAMPLES WERE OBTAINED. LOOSE SAMPLES OF SOILS TO BE USED IN CONSTRUCTING EARTH FILLS ARE COMPACTED IN RINGS TO PREDETERMINED CONDITIONS AND TESTED. IN TESTING, THE SAMPLE IS RIGIDLY CONFINED LATERALLY DEAD LOAD - PNEUMATIC BY THE BRASS RING. AXIAL LOADS ARE TRANSMITTED TO THE CONSOLIDOMETER ENDS OF THE SAMPLE BY POROUS DISKS. THE DISKS ALLOW DRAINAGE OF THE LOADED SAMPLE. THE AXIAL COMPRESSION OR EXPANSION OF THE SAMPLE IS MEASURED BY A MICROMETER DIAL INDICATOR AT APPROPRIATE TIME INTERVALS AFTER EACH LOAD INCREMENT IS APPLIED. EACH LOAD 1S ORDINARILY TWICE THE PRECEDING LOAD. THE IN- CREMENTS ARE SELECTED TO OBTAIN CONSOLIDATION DATA REPRESENTING THE FIELD LOADING CONDITIONS FOR WHICH THE TEST IS BEING PERFORMED. EACH LOAD INCREMENT IS ALLOW ED TO ACT OVER AN INTERVAL OF TIME DEPENDENT ON THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF THE SOIL IN THE FIELD. A -5 Boring 85 -1 W J 6 DEPTH < SYMBOL IN FEET ap 0 13:8 % -99 10 16 • 21 23.7 % -98 16 • 24.1 % -96 II 35 17� 14 3U40 -91 • . 34.0 % -86 16 13 1 23 38.2 % -81 • Oe Sri 5M SP ML Portland cement concrete p avement Brown slightly silty fine to medium sand with trace of silt (medium dense) (fill?) Dark gray fine sand (loose) Grades to medium dense Dark gray silty very fine to fine sand with trace of organic matter (loose) Grades to medium dense with lenses of clayey silt Dark gray fine sand (medium dense) Dark brownish gray clayey silt with occasional lenses of fine sand (soft) W J 0. DEPTH i IN FEET m 80 Boring 85 -1 (Continued) SYMBOL Gray silty fine to medium sand with occasional shell fragments (loose to medium ense) Gray silty fine to coarse sand with gravel and abun- dant shell fragments (very dense) Boring completed 6/21/85 Groundwater not measured during drilling Key: CISTURE CONTENT 13.8% 99 DRY DENSITY —I. IN PCF BLOWS REQUIRED TO ERNE DIVES & MORE SAMPLER ONE FOOT WITH A HAVER WEIGHT OF 300 LBS. AND A STROKE OF 30 INCHES. INDICATES DEPTH AT WHICH UNDISTURBED DAMES & MORE SAMPLE WAS EXTRACTED. ® INDICATES DEPTH AT WHICH DISTURBED DAZES i KIORE SAMPLE WAS EXTRACTED. ❑ INDICATES SAMPLING ATTEMPT WITH NO RECOVERY Note: THE DISCUSSION IN THE TEXT OF THIS REPORT IS NECESSARY FOR A PROPER UNDERSTANDING OF DE NATURE OF THE SUBSURFACE MATERIALS DESCRIBED ON PLATES A -1 THROUGH A -8. Log Of Borings Dames & Moore Job 'No. 695 -318 Plate A -1 Boring 85 -2 W ¢¢ DEPTH ` SYMBOL 04 FEET w 0 10 36.7% -80 26.0 % -99 GM Boring 85 -2 (Continued) W J DEPTH ! SYMBOL 04 FEET 80 — \As?halt concrete II Dark brown sandy silty fine - 3 to coarse gravel with occasional concrete rubble 38.1 % -81 : N. (medium dense to very dense)(fill) Mottled brown and gray clayey silt with trace of 90 organic matter (medium - stiff) - Gray fine to medium sand with lenses of fine sand - (medium dense) SP 5 SP 42.5 % -72 SM 28.2% -93 ML 70 44.5% -77 Grades with occasional dense layers Gray fine sand (medium dense) Dark gray-silty very fine to fine sand (medium dense) Gray clayey sandy silt (soft) Grades with decreasing sand 100 110 120 4 • 55 74 • 65 • 65 1 Log Of Borings K* NUM GP SP Grades with occasional wood fragnents Gray -sandy fine to coarse gravel with abundant shell fragments (dense to very dense) Gray fine to medium sand with shell fragnents and occasional gravel (dense to very dense) Boring completed 6/24/85 Groundwater not measured during drilling Dam.. 1 Moo. Job No. 695 -318 Plate A -2 0 Boring 85-3 Sal DEPTH ft SYMBOL IN FEET ca 25 21.2%-108 • 10 •33.0%-87 69 20.3%-104 II 3 38.2%-80 32.0%-86 56 22 18 32 1 40 42 11 1 :34 80 30.8%-92 • 35.1%-84 70 • SM shalt concrete Gray silty gravelly sand with pieces of brick and other debris (medium dense) (fill) ML. Mottled brown and gray clayey sandy silt with occasional organic matter and roots (medium stiff) Reddish . brown silty fine to medium sand (very dense) SM SP Ip. SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (dense) Dark gray fine sand (medium dense) Grades to dense with lenses of silt SM Gray silty very fine to fine sand (loose to medium dense) ML Gray sandy silt (soft) Boring 85-3 (Continued) DEPTH SYMBOL IN FEET 80 90 100 110 3 56 • 108 • 98 • 41 Log Of Borings GP Gray sandy fine to coarse gravel with'abundant shell fragments (dense to very dense) Boring completed 6/24/85 Groundwater not measured during drilling Dames OA Moor* Plate A-3 .8%-110 Gm ,4Asphal t concrete Gray silty sandy medium to coarse gravel with pieces of brick and miscellaneous debris (medium dense to very dense) (till) Mottled brown and gray clayey silt ( medi um stiff) Mottled gray and brown silty fine sand (medium dense), Gray sandy fine to coarse gravel with abundant shell fragments (dense) Gray fine to medium sand with abundant shell fragments and some gravel (very dense) Grades with occasional pieces of wood and organic matter Gray fine sand (medium dense) Boring completed 6/24/85 Groundwater not measured during drilling Dark gray silty very fine to fine sand with occa- sional lenses of clayey silt and trace of organic matter (medium dense) iB• Plate A-4 Boring 85 -5 Boring 85 -5 (continued) 75 %=83 DEPTH SYMBOL IN FEET 3 Portland cement concrete 80 ■ pavement Brown fine sand (loose) (fill) 4 Reddish brown silty fine - sand (medium dense) (fill) Gray clayey silt (medium . 2 stiff) 49 2% -55 II Dark gray fine sand (dense) . 4 .SP. Dark gray fine to medium sand (medium dense to ., dense) Dark gray fine sand with some lenses of silty fine sand (medium dense to dense) Gray sandy fine to coarse gravel with abundant shell fragments (dense to very dense) Gray fine to medium sand with abundant shell • fragments (dense to very dense) Boring completed 6/25/85 Groundwater not measured during drilling SU Dark gray silty very fine to fine sand (loose to medium dense) ML Dark gray clayey silt with trace of sand (soft) Log Of Borings of1695 -318 Plate A -5 Boring 82 -1 SM `" concrete pavement Brown silty fine to medium sand with gravel (medium ML dense) (fill) grades with \Mottled some organics at 4' depth SP brown and gray clayey silt with some fine sand (medium stiff) Dark gray fine to medium • sand (medium dense) Gray silt interbedded with lenses of silty sand (medium stiff to medium dense) '"27.71 SM Gray fine sand with thin lenses of sandy silt (medium dense to medium stiff) Gray fine sand (medium dense) 90 133 Gray silty sand (medium dense) Gray green slightly silty fine to coarse sand with gravel (dense) Boring completed 02 -22 -82 Ground water encountered at 10' depth during drilling Blows required to drive Dames 6 Moore sampler 1 foot with a hammer weight • of 320 pounds and a stroke of 13 30 inches ■ Indicates depth at which undisturbed sample was extracted ® Indicates depth at which disturbed sample was extracted REFERENCE: Report No. 00695 -266 dated March 9, 1982 NOTES: 1. The discussion in the text of the report is necessary for a proper understanding of the nature of the subsurface materials. LOG OF BORINGS 95 =318 Plate A -6 BORING 67 -1 BORING 67 -2 ELEr&Tt0A 44.3 COACRLTL *Lae I. SW OROM fIM# TO COARSE 6AAD WITN 10.05_99 • Sp \ 6RATEL (FILL) 1100E %MELT C NPACT)• 10 GROW. F11[ TO N.DIIM SAND (MODERATELY LOOSE TO N)DERATLLT COMPACT) • - (UPPLR PORTIO1 IS PR0bAbLY 1111) 17,15 -9A LLEVATIOA 14.3 coriocTL blA6 %kook F1AE 1v WAha& 10,1.0 ■IT. WAvEI (fill) (MODERATELY COM,ALT) %ROMA 1141 10 MEDIUM sAAL (MWtAA1LI7 100sE 10 My(RATLlt Ci1MIAE1) (IpetR P0171001 1a ehubAbL1 MILL) GRAY 1111 VITN LA7(RL Of GRAY S1lir fIME SAID (1011) MAMA LEVEL 10 -4-67 T FIRE 10 N.OIIPI SAND (0100ERATELV COMPACT 10 COMPACT) 6RAt 011(1 (01017) 41 26.05-91 • 23.0%7100 21.a -9S ".::.2A1.011-102 GNAT SILT! f1AL 041(1 NIT.. LLA.alb MO La7ER0 OF GRAY SILT IMOULRAIELY 1047) 6RAT FtRL TO MWIYM s*M, •11.. Allots Of 6041 011 ►T! 111.1. 0AA0 A1( bhtt 11L1 (MODERATELY CIi1YA11) 71 77.61 -6% • GOAT FIRE TO MEDIUM SAND WITH LEASES AND Lavaes or War 1117! MIL 141+0 MO GNAT 1117 (MODERATELY COMPACT TO COMPACT) JS 30 71.S% -90 • GOAT 51177 FIRE SAA0 W17N OCCASIOAAL LEASES Of GRAY SILT (MODERATELY SOFT TO MODERATELY film) GNAT bill! 1IK 0444 W11N .X1.4410444 TNIA 1L►5ls OT SAA4 01141 (MOI,LRA1LL1 Poem) 71.0% -09 %08116 COMPLE1E0 40 -A-67 0001%6 COMP4LTL0 10 -5-67 REFERENCE Report No. 00695 -166 dated November 2, 1967 eLOVS 4(0114EO 70 DAM SAMPLER Os( 1007 •: I. +.•L �w O MEIwT. 2661es,, STRa(.x 101045. 71. 1 I101C41ES DEPt. 41 W ..IC.. UA01aTUUSEI 0., !!! SANPAE WAS EtTR*C1E0. O1 U 111 PC, LOG OF BORINGS o;-(305-318 Plate A -7 • 7000 11000 SHEARING STRENGTH AND FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE IN Les/S0. FT. 4000 1000 3000 2000 1000 0 BORING 9 to- o , o 10 10 ,0 so 10 70 P0 10 100 ws, - •1 • soo-exot-‘, isi • 1.."4. • ,0 tzfX-1V 1 •1 I lk •i k !Ms • IKR • i= 1= ;= • I= = • I= := I= = •1= = = .at.711G-A1 , Jets-Ar fie1%-a* .aenewx aii-00 • = • 1 .1124/13•1,1 a • / a 4/ REFERENCE: Report No. 00695-F dated December 9, 1955 LOG OF BORINGS 111300,A7A, /16r* 41211111/v3V 004,0 1(14433 E 214 82 manweiwt.,11•11-11• 010016441 W.- 1/17P' LO.4144, mor.rd,r re.v avraww Aid ed.4v 60041, 10AVIAGWAI4rt Of 1/1,0Y fIIFr 144of • aver .aw lIAWJWIN .620AV 011.010414441 411VI.r .,- f AWAPAS,• A6W14/0i 4,00101144 /Mir Armor mow .e./Aofle •14/ IY/7// sAweheormscr mr CIAW' 06W" 00/44 4101 Oen, 4114.W. aaer Aar,- v'r imardow after Au-swe Fr • 4v.4.es4 .4•••; .41.4o mon arm 14,421 014010/1 /Ate 1311112' .046W AP IWO,10AV mow somouerAmir a, 46,44W/0 Adore:v/4v •-• /War 410-06100 Domes IL Moore b No . 695-318 ; • . Plate A-8 MAJOR DIVISIONS GRAPH SYMBOL LETTER SYMBOL TYPICAL DESCRIPTIONS • • Coarse Grained Soils More.than 502 of Material: Is _ LARGER than No. 200 sieve sire. Gravel and Gravelly Soils More than 50$ of coarse fraction RETAINED on No. 4 sieve. Clean Gravels (Little or no fines) _ :::•' �•:.., .�:�•`''•• "%:##::%:: ':•.•;; 4i0::::4; f.� GW Well-graded gravels, gravel- and mixtures, little or no fines. G P • Poorly - graded gravels, gravel- sand mixtures, little or no fines. Gravels with Fines (Appreciable amount of fines) J,I1 1 GM Silty gravels, gravel -sand- silt mixtures. t i4 Al GC Clayey gravels, gravel -sand- clay mixtures. Sand and Sandy Soils More than SO$ of coarse fraction PASSING No. 4 sieve. Clean Sand (Little or no fines) • 0 •a 0 0.0 a• •O.0•• • 9 . O • SW Yell- graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines. SP Poorly- graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines. Sands with Fines (Appreciable amount of fines) '] r %( 1 • M SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures. SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures. Fine Grained Soils More than 502 of Material Is SMALLER than No. 200 sieve sire. Silts and Clays Liquid limit LESS than SO ML Inorganic silts and very fine sands, sock flour, silty or clayey fine sands or clayey slits with slight plasticity. CL Inorganic clays of law to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays. OL Organic silt Ind organic silty clays of low plasticity. Silts and Clays Liquid Limit GREATER than SO MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sand or silty soils. l j / CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. d OH Organic clays of median to high plasticity, organic silts. Highly Organic Soils Peat, humus, swamp soils with high organic contents. PT .. Note: Dual symbols are used to indicate borderline soil classifications. Unified Soil Classification System Dames & Moore Job °No. 695 -318 Plate A -9 2 0 co w - Boring Depth Soil Type Moisture Content % of Dry Weight Density Lbs. /Cu.Ft. Normal Pressure Lbs./Sq. Ft. Peak Shear Strength LbsJSq.Ft. Ultimate Shear Strength Lbs./Sq.Ft. 85 -1 25 1/2' Fine sand 24.1 96 2200 2060 1560 55 1/2' Silty fine sand 34.0 86 3900. 2790 -- - 85 -2 35 1/2' Fine sand 42.5 72 2800 2400 -- 50 1/2' Silty very fine to fine sand 28.2 93 3600 2820 -- 85-3 30 1/2' Fine sand 38.2 80 2500 1990 -- 45 1/2' Fine sand 32.0 86 3300 2760 1980 85 -4 20 1/2' Fine to medium sand 26.2 96 1900 1770 1440 45 1/2' Silty very fine to fine sand 30.0 88 3300 2580 -- 85-5 45 1/2' Fine sand 27.6 93 3500 3360 2700 60 1/2' Silty very fine to fine sand 30.8 90 4000 2640 -- Direct Shear Test Data Dames & Moore .02 .04 .06 .08 .10 .1 .1 .1 .1 .2 .2 Load in Lbs. /Sq. Ft. 000 0 00 p0 00 p0 000 e� s0p►0�00 •.00 eL00p OpfOObO0 ,000 ry00 ' 0 0 p0 Consolidation Test Data ,,v_•o :.13 3'' 107 1-- .J Dames & Moore Plate A -11 .\ N Boring 85 -4 "NN...,,,,,„..,.,...................: Boring 85 -2 3 Boring 85 -1 r Boring Depth Soli Type 1 Content Density in Lbs /Cu Ft Before After 86 -1 86-2 85-4 90 1/2' 70 1/2' 80 1/2' Clayey Silt Clayey, Sandy Silt Clayey. Sandy Silt 64.3% 44.6% 39.0% 39.8% 33.9% 31.7% 71 77 82 Consolidation Test Data ,,v_•o :.13 3'' 107 1-- .J Dames & Moore Plate A -11 PROGRAMMATIC ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT LETTER OF INTENT REFERENCE # A-8D • • • ATISEEZAW • • Frank Shrontz The Boeing Company Chairman P.O. Box 3707 Chief Executive Officer Seattle, WA 98124 -2207 December 7, 1990 The Honorable Tim Hill, Executive, King County The Honorable Norm Rice, Mayor, City of Seattle The Honorable Gary VanDusen, Mayor, City of Tukwila Gentlemen: Since January 1990, representatives of our respective staffs, as well as representatives of the Department of Transportation and METRO, have been meeting periodically to review and comment on comprehensive long- term redevelopment plans of approximately 600 acres of Boeing - occupied land in the Duwamish Valley. This Boeing - occupied land extends from the north end of Boeing Field, along East Marginal Way and the Duwamish river, extending southward through King County jurisdiction, with the majority of it being in the jurisdiction of Tukwila. A comprehensive and accurate assessment of our long -term development plan requires not only inter jurisdictional cooperation, but an application of the regional growth management goals set forth in the new Growth Management Act. As a first step in this plan, the Boeing Company is requesting the assistance of your offices in the development of a Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement in accordance with the State Environmental Policy Act. While there is no statutory requirement to do this, we believe it will demonstrate our joint commitment to the region, its goals, and a safe environment. We understand your respective offices are in the process of formulating a Memorandum of Understanding, or equivalent, to facilitate this process. We request your support of such an inter jurisdictional agreement to facilitate our respective long -term planning. It is our intention to redevelop our properties and replace many . of our older obsolete structures with modern facilities. This will include enhancing those portions of the Duwamish River shoreline we control and changing the character of our property from that of a heavy industrial complex to that of an office, laboratory and manufacturing campus. We believe the long term impact of this development will enhance the surrounding neighborhood and benefit all three involved jurisdictions. Your support in this effort is solicited. Sincerely, rank Shrontz 90-313AG CONSTRUCTION VICINITV HEIGHT RESTRICTION'S REFERENCE # A -10 • • Federal Aviation Agency The Federal. Aviation Agency regulates building heights in areas near airport runways in accordance with Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 77. Portions of the Developmental Center study area are effected by the "Transitional" area which consists of an imaginary side slope extending from the sides of the primary runway surface at a 7:1 slope to a '`' Beyond maximum . height�;;ofA 150 feet over the runway. y d this point, all properties in the Developmental_ enter study area are effected by the Horizontal surface, which places a ceiling height at 150 feet for all structures within 10,000 feet of the runway (see Figure B.11.2, ;Existing Approach and Side Slopes"). a • '14 •Ifb •*54. -.400142K01491,47~' • . . 1 1 1■\\1\ 1 ' 'I',.. • . . - . .. ..... „ 1 litb"it 1 \l'illelii„:111.1)1„1„111,1I. :1'.\'‘,1:1,'Ii\\.\i'lliiIiiiii,cc,11116111111111'.1."tillittitit ca."'' - ..*::':::;: ':-::::.....::;:.....'..".: ... .., .■••••... ................ •■■•'••• = .._:•...______ .... „..,. ...i...i. .---:-: .----;'÷-77'7'-.. i_______:___ ....--■-• ••••',.. - ...2.7,-----•-"-•-"....' . fill \it \Irdnittita ii\oliliall 1 MitaattillialiiiMPHAIANON1111 4.:;-. '''''.-......."......._....1._.-'1......T.........-_____ -,-„-...-.--.■.....-.■- ,.........= ■-■-..■..- 1 \\*ONtal 111111111 1 ittillirt ii ... Ili il 1111U1 1 i 1 111/dilli ir.V. 11 Mk 1 q ;;;;;; TIt iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii i 40.1003 „$,A„ Williggilli0.1.1.11W001e0,11111111111111.1'ailli:FINtlitv volivivii:ilt- 1:::., ii:,,-11', i .; ‘,,,,y,i '1 :1,4y1r,-,-,117,11,KigtiisirmatzertooTtumumium il)F,Itggt,Algilip:iiiikhsli,ti\l9\o\\\\\\\\\\\t\\t\tt\li:\r,\lrlt:gtii\i\\tiilIli\ il;litviior,iiiitiltilig,■11.t.illil..\11 A \\I 1/1/1/111 \\\li\\\\\1\1\\\\\\li\ii\\\\;\\\\\\jl\-\I\\1\\\\\\ '11=;\111f.,11:111111111\litIllvil \ili 7 ..... .\\\\t,A;tti,tt\\;9i,i\\;:\\t\\ttiPi\ii\l,\\\\,\\:i\it\.\\\\\;\\iit\.\:g.%s.1,-rl\\,:tliiit\\\\\\\\t\li\iti\\\Iii,\\\\li\li\i\l1\i\ iiiiiIIIIIirit.1.1\10:111111:1\iiiiicliiiiiiii.\\\1\11\,iiiiiii,1,\„1,111,11.:11.11,,,,,..,,,11.11,041,11;11,41,„_,41:1111,1,1,1,1,A loop \ —1-.:111,11.1.1111, \\1\111,11111.1.1 _=.................._. .-...,,<, ...„...„.... LEGEND 111111111111111111111 •::.1.-:.:.:,...-„( ..:';- .,' .:4': :.... if;fe.iel :47. i...••'..::;::. : 50:1 APPROACH SLOPE AIRCRAFT TURNING HORIZONTAL PLANE 7:1 SIDE SLOPE : s'\ ' • SECI■R IOR `A‘ 250 1000 2000 t7F51101 DEVELOMENTAL CENTER MASTER PLAN EXISTING APPROACH & SIDE SLOPE FIGURE B. 11. 2 1 • LEGAL DESCRIPTION REFERENCE # A -12A • • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER That portion of the abandoned bed of the Duwamish River, that portion of South 98th Street, and the portion of the Timothy Grow Donation Land Claim No. 44 all in Section 4, Township 23 North, Range 4 East, W.M., in King County, Washington, described as follows: Commencing at the intersection of the north line of said Section 4 and the westerly margin of Washington Primary State Highway No. 1 (Fast Marginal Way) from whence the northeast corner of said Section 4 bears South 88'05'05" East, thence South 22 °32' 15" East along said westerly margin 128.16 feet to the centerline of South 98th Street and the True Point of beginning; thence South 37 °32' 14" West along said centerline 132.25 feet thence South 49°23'18" West 131.56 feet; thence South 76°34'14" West 138.91 feet, thence North 635.13 feet; thence South 77 °09'41" West 150.07 feet to the easterly end of slip No. 7i of said Duwamish River; thence South 12 °50' 19" East 50.99 feet; thence South 67°20'40" West 57.39 feet; thence South 78 °18'39" West 105.78 feet' thence South 73 °58'29" West 71.17 feet thence South 59 °06'26 ".West 129.16 feet; thence South 59 °59'51" West 168.24 feet; thence South 48 °32'29" West 42.11 feet; thence South 55 °55'40" West 158.82 feet to the easterly line of the Duwamish Waterway District No. 1 right -of -way; thence South 13 °51'49" Fast along said easterly line 100.99 feet to a point on the shoreline meanders for the right bank of said •river as established by the commissioners of Commercial Waterway District No. 1 of King County, Washington, and approved by the State District Engineer on September 4, 1917; thence continuing South 13 °51'49" East along said easterly line of the Duwamish Waterway District No. 1 a distance of 142.96 feet; thence continuing along said easterly line South 27 °51'49" East 134.60 feet thence continuing along said easterly line South 27 °51'44" East 562.76 feet; thence continuing along said easterline South 41 °51'44" Fast 299.88 feet to the intersection with the U.S. Government meander line for the right bank of the Duwamish River; thence along said meander line North 71 °15' 16" East 489.88 feet; thence continuing along said meander line South 73°21'36" East 466.63 feet to the intersection with the southerly production of the westerly margin of 27th Avenue South (also known as Miller Road and County Road No. 57); thence along said westerly margin and its extension North 1 °22'50" east 368.46 feet to an intersection with a line parallel to and 379.11 feet, measured at right angles, from the south line of the Timothy Grow Donation Claim No. 44; thence along said parallel line South 88 °51'59" East 338.15 feet; thence North 1 °08'01" East 7300 feet; thence South 88 °51'59" East 414.39 feet to the westerly margin of aforesaid Primary State Highway No. 1; thence along said westerly margin North 22°32' 15" West 229.80 feet to a line parallel to and 1576 feet southerly, measured at right angles, from the north line of said Timothy Grow Donation Claim No. 44; thence North 89 °52'39" West 19.51 feet; thence North 22 °32'15" West 230.00 feet; thence South 89 °52'39" East 19.51 feet; thence North 22 °32' 15" West 684.43 feet; thence South 62°26' 15" West 20.08 feet; thence North 22 °32' 15" West 198.91 feet to the True Point of Beginning; said tract containing an area of 2,427,304 square feet, more or less. • ECL -2.DOC Page A -12 • VICINITY SITE PLAN REFERENCE # A -12B __._.LCONSTRUCTION VICINITY. SITE :(300LF CLEAR) PROPOSED EYBANTON . LEGEND 13'- NEW CONTOURS CONTOUR: PLAN 1+ 'RECORD DRAWING EEVEDON 6 RECORD DRAW INC" OIL 6M. 3.20.81 3.0465 BOE7A'6 • FACILITIES DEPARTMENT ❑'AUBURN, WA. 98002..' ❑'EVERETT, WA. 98201 ❑ KENT,' WA. .98031 ❑.PORTLAND, OR: 97220'. ❑ RENTON, WA. 98055' • SEATTLE, ,WA. 98124.' ,, ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN ANOOR, SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED IT My AELID CHECKED- ... ry.R. Mate CHEQjDO APPEwED� SUETITI PAMCO PARKING LOT B.M.A.C: DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER. DCA 632 86041' DWG 109 - 000 - 11301•' a .E. AETs env. TALI . • CITY OF TUKWILA SENSITIVE AREA MAP REFERENCE # A -13 1 • • . .14,4: v, • • . • .." • •LMMLINO.1.1...% \ . \ . \ .%. :•.,... ‘..;•,..‘.\ "ter, 1 • V i-l• ...7 V 1 • ‘ .1.• ‘..1 .:.1\ \ .......1 ,%, 1 .. % • • OM • r • •. .:t` . It • . ; • •.\ , . • ! , , . • • i‘ - \ • • • • REF. A-13 WORK SUE .1, •;., -..,'' '' I; 1 .• .......-477:c!..*-..-1, ..! I . •r.:-...1t-.•:-...••••••••••..., - ....; .•:1; • ----- —..: • .•-• • • . .. , .1---1— K-:,•:•,,....:::. .„ , 1 , • :zz-e• p..., tr -.. -: ...2. ..\ '''-::::::.1"....•7.1......:......i...**:i'l-:; ■:41 _ 1 _ . .604,0•/- l.. , S-- • • _ I i; "1/4\ •.• ) 14 *1 I ceLi. ay. 1 : I ‚4 1 LIL • I : : '1, • :v • ! • • — " - — t 75-07-(7-' •• , /.. .7„e • • - t— f- ■" • I ' • • CITY OF TUKWILA Sensitive Areas SLOPES GREATER THAN 15% WETLANDS /NUMBER DESIGNATION t,. .400 COAL MINE HAZARD AREA tel.-e°..1fAcy-11 • ANNEX TO 9-101 BUILDING BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANE EXPANDED ENVIRONMENTAL CHECK-LIST TECHNICAL APPENDM SEC770N B • WASHINGTON STATE SOILS STUDY MAP REFERENCE # B -1 C1 • • SOIL SURVEY King County Area Washington UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Soil Conservation Service in cooperation with WASHINGTON AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION Issued November 1973 WV01 AGNVS 3NI3 dflT1V) ld = Od WVO 1 AV-10 )J 1 I S 1Jfld = Gd lll -< 3 co 0 r 1952 KING COUNTY SOIL SURVEY • • • SOIL SURVEY King County Area Washington 0 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Soil Conservation Service in cooperation with WASHINGTON AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION Issued November 1973 TABLE 2.-- ESTIMATED PROPERTIES Soil series and map symbols Depth to seasonal high water table Depth from surface Classification Coarse Percentage Passing sieve- - USDA texture Unified AASHO fraction - greater than 3 inches in diameter No. 4 (4.7 mm.) Concrete Feet Inches Inches hr. Inches in. Percent Puget: Pu - 0 -1 0-60 • Dominantly silty MH A -7 0 100 clay loam. 95 -100 - 90 -100 0.06 -0.2 0.20 -0.24 Puyallup: Py - 4 -5 ' 0 -34 Very fine sandy loam- ML • A -4 0 100 0.16 -0.18 6.1 -7.3 34-60 Sand SP or A -3 0 90 -100 6.3 -20.o 0.04 -0.06 6.1 -7.3 Low SP -SM Low to moderate. 85 -100 70-85 "Ragnar: RaC, RaD, RdC, (J) 0-27 Fine sandy loam - SM A-4 0 95 -100 RdE. 15-25 27-60 Loamy sand SM A -2 0 95 -100 For Indianola part of 75-85 40 -50 2.0 -6.3 0.15 -0.17 5.6 -7.3 Low Moderate RdC and RdE, see 85 -100 50-60 0 -5 >20.0 0.04 -0.06 5.1 -6.5 Low Indianola series. Moderate to high. I Renton: Re - 1 -2 0 -16 Very fine sandy loam- SM A-4 0 100 5.1 -6.0 Low 16-60 Sand SP A -3 0 95 -loo Riverwash: Rh. 15.1 -7.3 Low High Low to • Properties are too variable to rate. _ moderate. 95 -100 90 -100 Seasonal high water table is at or near the surface. 0.2 -0.63 0.16 -0.18 6.1 -7.3 Low Moderate to high. Low to moderate. Salal: Sa - 3 -4 0-60 Silt loam OL or ML A-4 0 100 Sammemish: Sh - 1 -2 0 -30 Silt loam ML A-4 0 100 Moderate to high. • 95- 100 30-60 Fine sandy loam and silt loam. ML A-4 .0 95 -100 Seattle: Sk - 0 -1 0-60 Mucky peat Pt 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.6 -6.5 Shalcar: Sm - 0 -1 0 -28 Muck, silt loam, fine sandy loam. Pt 70-85 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 '5.6 -6.0 Moderate 28- 60 Loamy sand SM A -2 0 95 -100 Si: Sn - 2 -4 0-60 Silt loam ML A_4 0 95 -100 Snohomish: So - 0 -1 0 -17 Silt loam, clay loam. OL A-6 0 100 20 -35 2.o -6.3 17 -27 Mucky peat Pt A -8 Moderate. - 100 95 -100 95 -100 27-60 Loamy fine sand SM A-2 0 95 -100 Snohomish, thick surface variant: Sr. 2 -3 0 -29 Silt loam MH A -7 0 100 High. 29-60 Muck Pt A-8 See footnotes at end of table. 40 • • OF THE SOILS -- Continued Percentage passing sieve--Cont. Available water capacity Reaction Shrink -swell potential Corrosivity No. 10 "2.0 mm.) No. 40 (0.42 mm.) No. 200 (0.074 mm.) Permeability Uncoated steel Concrete Inches hr. Inches in. p of soil 100 95 -100 - 90 -100 0.06 -0.2 0.20 -0.24 5.6 -6.5 Moderate High Low to moderate. 100 85 -95 50-65 2.o -6.3 0.16 -0.18 6.1 -7.3 Low Moderate Low. 85 -100 50-60 0 -10 6.3 -20.o 0.04 -0.06 6.1 -7.3 Low Low Low to moderate. 85 -100 70-85 35 -50 2.0 -6.3 0.13 -0.15 5.6 -6.5 Low Moderate Moderate. 85 -95 5o -7o 15-25 6.3 -20.o 0.07 -0.09 6.1 -7.3 Low Low Low to moderate. 95 -100 75-85 40 -50 2.0 -6.3 0.15 -0.17 5.6 -7.3 Low Moderate Low to moderate. 85 -100 50-60 0 -5 >20.0 0.04 -0.06 5.1 -6.5 Low Moderate Moderate to high. I 95 -100 , 90 -100 70-85 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.1 -6.0 Low High Moderate. 95 -100 90 -100 70-85 0.63 -2.0 0.2o -0.24 15.1 -7.3 Low High Low to ' _ moderate. 95 -100 90 -100 70-85 0.2 -0.63 0.16 -0.18 6.1 -7.3 Low Moderate to high. Low to moderate. 0.63 -2.0 0.35_0.40 I4.5 -6.0 High shrink, low swell. High Moderate to high. 0.63 -2.0 0.25 -0.35 !4.0 -6.0 High shrink, low swell. High Moderate to high. • 95- 100 70-85 15 -25 2.0 -20.0 0.08 -0.10 '4.0 -5.0 Low High High. 95 -100 85 -95 65-80 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.6 -6.5 Low High Low to moderate. 100 90 -100 70-85 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 '5.6 -6.0 Moderate High Moderate. I. 0.63 -2.0 0.35 -0.40 5.6 -6.0 High shrink, low swell. High Moderate. 85 -100 6o -75 20 -35 2.o -6.3 0.08 -0.10 5.6 -6.o Low High Moderate. - 100 95 -100 95 -100 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.6 -6.5 Moderate High Low to moderate. 0.63 -2.0 0.35 -0.40 .4.5 -5.0 High shrink, low swell. High High. • • 41 TABLE 2.-- ESTIMATED PROPERTIES Soil series and rap symbols Depth to seasonal high water table Depth from surface Classification USDA texture Unified AASHO Coarse fraction greater than 3. inches in diameter Percentage passing sieve -- No. 4 (4.7 mm.) *Everett: EvB, EvC, EvD, EwC. For Alderwood part of EwC, see Alderwood series. Indianola: InA, InC, InD. Kitsap: KpB, KpC, KpD - -- Klaus: KsC Mixed alluvial Properties variable Seasonal table is surface. Neilton: NeC Newberg: Ng Nook sack : Nk Norma: No Orcas: Or land: Ma. are too to rate. high water at the Oridia: Os Ovall: OvC, OvD, OvF- - -- Pilchuck: Pc, Pk See footnotes at end of table. 33 Feet Inches (J) 0 -17 Gravelly sandy loam -- SM (J) A -1 17 -32 Very gravelly sandy GM A -1 loam. 32 -60 Very gravelly coarse GW or GP A -1 sand. 0 -30 Loamy fine sand 30 -60 Sand SM SP-SM 12 -3 0 -24 Silt loam ta, (J) 24 -60 Silty clay loam MH 0-60 Very gravelly loamy CP -GM sand and very grav- elly sand. (J)• o -18 18-60 3 -4 o -6o A -2 A -3 A -4 A-6 A -1 Very gravelly loamy rP -GM A -1 sand. Very gravelly sand - - -- GW or GP A -1 Very fine sandy loam -- ML 3 -4 o-6o Silt loam ML 0 -1 0 -1 1 -2 0 -60 o -6o 0-64 (J) 0 -36 36 2 -4 0 -38 38 -60 Sandy loam Sphagnum peat Silt loam Gravelly loam Weathered andesite. Loamy fine sand (Fine sandy loam surface layer in Pk) Gravelly sand SM Pt A -4 A -4 A -2 A-8 Percent 0 -10 5 -10 5-20 0 0 -5 0 0 60-90 45 -55 35-45 90 -100 90 -100 95 -100 95 -100 20 -40 40 -50 0 -15 40 -50 5 -15 35-45 0 0 0 ML A-6 or A -7 0 SC or SM SM SP A -4 A -2 A -1 0 -5 0 100 100 95 -10o 100 70-80 85 -100 0 -15 55 -95 • • OF THE SOUS -- Continued Percentage passing sieve - -font. Available water capacity Reaction ' Shrink -swell Potential Corrosivity No. 10 (2.0 am.) No. 40 (0.42 mm.) No. 200 (0.074,) Permeability Uncoated steel Concrete inches/hr. Inches /lnJ DH of soil 50-85 35 -50 15-25 2.o -6.3 0.08 -0.10 5.1 -6.5 Low High Moderate to high. 40 -50 20 -30 10 -15 ' 6.3 -20.0 0.06 -0.08 5.1 -6.5 " Low Low Moderate to high. 20 -35 .5 -15 0 -5 X220.0 0.02 -0.04 5.6 -6.5 Low Low Moderate. 85- 100 60 -75 20 -30 6.3 -20.0 0.09 -0.11 6.1 -6.5 Low Low Moderate. 75 -90 55 -75 5 -10 >20.0 0.04 -0.06 6.1 -6.5 Low Low Moderate. 90- 100 90 -100 85 -95 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.5 -6.5 Low Moderate Low to 95 -100 95 -100 90 -100 <.06 0.04 -0.06 5.1 -6.5 Moderate High moderate. Low to moderate. 30 -40 10 -20 5 -10 6.3 -20.0+ 0.03-0.05 4.0 -6.0 Low Moderate to high. Moderate to high. 30 -40 10 -20 5-10 6.3 -20.0 0.03 -0.05 5.1 -5.0 Low Moderate Moderate to ' 20 -35 5 -15 0 -5 >20.0 0.02 -0.04 5.6 -6.5 Low Low high. Moderate . 100 85 -95 50-60 0.63 -2.0 0.16 -0.18 5.6 -7.3 Low Moderate Low to moderate. .100 95 -100 95- 100 0.63 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 5.6 -6.5 Low Moderate Low to moderate. 85 -100 35 -55 25 -35 2 .0-6.3 0.12 -0.14 5.6 -6.5 Low High Moderate. >20.0 0.30 -0.40 4.0 -5.0 High shrink, low swell. High High. 95 -100 95-100 90- 100 0.2 -2.0 0.20 -0.24 4.5 -7.3 Low High Low to high. 65 -75 50-60 35 -50 6.3 -2.0 0.12 -0.14 5.1 -6.5 Low Moderate Low to moderate. eo -loo 60 -75 20 -30 6.3-20.o 0.08 -0.10 6.1 -7.3 Low Low Low to moderate. 50 -90 30 -40 0 -5 >20.0 0.03-0.05 6.6 -7.3 Low Low Low. • • 39 Oridia Series The Oridia series is made up of somewhat poorly drained soils that formed in alluvium in river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 2 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 55 inches, and the mean annu- aair temperature is about 50° F. The frost -free sellPh is about 200 days. Elevation ranges from about 0 to 85 feet. In a representative profile, the surface layer is dark grayish -brown silt loam about 9 inches thick. The subsoil is grayish - brown, dark grayish - brown, and gray silt loam and silty clay loam that extends to a depth of 60 inches or more. Oridia soils are used for row crops and pasture and for urban development. Oridia silt loam (0s).- -This gently undulating soil is in irregularly shaped areas. Slopes are less than 2 percent. Areas range from 10 to more than 200 acres in size. Representative profile of Oridia silt loam, in pasture, 850 feet north, 620 feet east of the southwest corner of sec. 12, T. 22 N., R. 4 E.: Ap - -O to 9 inches, dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2) heavy silt loam, light brownish gray (2.SY 6/2) dry; few, fine, prominent, strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) mottles, reddish yellow (7.5YR 7/6) dry; moderate, medium, granular struc- ture; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; many roots; medium acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 9 to 11 inches thick. B21g - -9 to 17 inches, grayish -brown (2.5Y 5/2) heavy silt loam, light gray (2.SY 7/2) dry; many, medium, prominent, brown (7.SYR 4/4) mottles, Allkstrong brown (7.5YR 5/6) and very pale brown (10YR 7/3 and 7/4) -dry; moderate, medium and coarse, subangular blocky structure; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; many roots; slightly acid; clear, wavy boundary. 6 to 10 inches thick. 822g - -17 to 42 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/1) silt loam and fine sand, white (2.5Y 8/2) dry; fine sand is light gray (10YR 6/1) dry; mottles are many, large, prominent, brown (7.5YR 4/4) and strong brown (7.5YR 5/6) and medium, prominent, very pale brown (10YR 7/4) and reddish yellow (7.5YR 6/6) dry; silt loam is massive, hard, friable, sticky, plastic; fine sand is single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplastic; common roots; neutral; abrupt, smooth boundary. 23 to 26 inches thick. 323 - -42 to 54 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/2) dry; mottles are many, large, prominent, strong - brown (7.5YR 5/6) and medium, prominent, yellow (10YR 7/6) and brownish yellow (10YR 6/6) dry; a discontinuous strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) and dark -brown (7.5YR 3/4) ortstein layer 1/4 inch thick; massive; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; few roots, neutral; abrupt, wavy boundary. 9 to 15 inches thick. 124g - -S4 to 64 inches, gray (SY 5/1) heavy silt loam, gray (SY 6/1) dry; few, medium, prominent, dark - brown (7.SYR 4/4) mottles; massive; hard, fri- 4able, sticky, plastic; few roots; very strong - y acid. The B horizon is mottled dark gray and dark gray - sh brown to olive gray. It is dominantly silt oam but contains layers of silty clay loam, fine and, loamy fine sand, and very fine sandy loam. The andy lenses commonly occur below a depth of 20 nches. Some areas mapped are up to 10 percent inclusion! of poorly drained Puget and Woodinville soils; and some are up to 10 percent the well- drained Newberg and Puyallup soils. Permeability is moderate to moderately slow in the subsoil. The seasonal high water table is at a depth of 1 to 2 feet. In drained areas, the effec- tive rooting depth is 60 inches or more. In un- drained areas, rooting depth is restricted. Avail- able water capacity is high. Runoff is slow, and the erosion hazard is slight. The flood hazard is moderate. This soil is used for row crops and seeded grass pasture and for urban development. Capability unit IIw -2; woodland group 3w1. Puget Series The Puget series is made up of poorly drained soils that formed in alluvium, under sedges and grass in small depressions of the river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 1 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 55 inches, and the mean annual air temperature i= about S0° F. The frost -free season is about 190 days. Elevations range from 10 to 650 feet. In a representative profile, the soil is domi- nantly mottled dark•grayish -brown and grayish -brown silty clay loam to a depth of about 45 inches. -..The substratum is gray silty clay that extends to a depth of 60 inches or more. Puget soils are used for row crops and pasture. Puget silty clay loam (Pu).- -Puget soils are in nearly; round or elongated tracts that range from 3 to 110 acres in size. Slopes are less than 1 per- cent. Representative profile of Puget silty clay loam, in pasture, 800 feet east of the west quarter corner of sec. 21, T. 25 N., R. 7 E.: A11 - -0 to 1 inch, very dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 3/2) silt loam, grayish brown (10YR 5/2) dry; mod- erate, thin, platy structure; hard, firm, slightly sticky, slightly plastic, many roots; medium acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 1 to 2 inches thick. Al2 - -1 to 7 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y.4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/2) dry; common, fine, prominent, dark -brown (7.5YR 4/4) mottles; moderate, very coarse, prismatic structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; many roots; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 5 to 7 inches thick. B21g - -7 to 17 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry; common, medium, prominent, strong -brown (7.5Y1 5/6, 5/8) mottles; moderate, medium, prismatic structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; many roots; slightly acid; clear, smooth boundary. 5 to 12 inches thick. B22g - -17 to 25 inches, grayish -brown (2.5Y 5/2) silty clay loam, light olive gray (SY 6/2) dry many, medium, prominent, yellowish -red (SYR 5/8, 4/8) mottles; strong, very coarse, pris- matic structure; very hard, firm, sticky, plastic; common roots; slightly acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 6 to 12 inches thick. • B23g - -25 to 26 1/2 inches, dark -gray (SY 4/1) mediut sand, light grayish brown (2.SY 6/2) dry; few, medium, prominent, yellowish -red (SYR 5/8) mottles; single grain; loose, nonsticky, non- Oridia Series The Oridia series is made up of somewhat poorly drained soils that formed in alluvium in river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 2 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 55 inches, and the mean annu- al temperature is about 50° F. The frost -free se is about 200 days. Elevation ranges from about 0 to 85 feet. In a representative profile, the surface layer is dark grayish -brown silt loam about 9 inches thick. The subsoil is grayish- brown, dark grayish - brown, and gray silt loam and silty clay loam that extends to a depth of 60 inches or more. Oridia soils are used for row crops and pasture and for urban development. Oridia silt loam (0s).- -This gently undulating soil is in irregularly shaped areas. Slopes are less than 2 percent. Areas range from 10 to more than 200 acres in size. Representative profile of Oridia silt loam, in pasture, 850 feet north, 620 feet east of the southwest corner of sec. 12, T. 22 N., R. 4.E.: Ap - -0 to 9 inches,.dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2) heavy silt loam, light brownish gray (2.SY 6/2) dry; few, fine, prominent, strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) mottles, reddish yellow (7.SYR 7/6) dry; moderate, medium, granular struc- ture; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; many roots; medium acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 9 to 11 inches thick. B21g - -9 to 17 inches, grayish -brown (2.5Y 5/2) heavy silt loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry; many, medium, prominent, brown (7.5YR 4/4) mottles, Aliftrong brown (7.5YR 5/6) and very pale brown 10YR 7/3 and 7/4) dry; moderate, medium and coarse, subangular blocky structure; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; many roots; slightly acid; clear, wavy boundary. 6 to 10 inches thick. 322g - -17 to 42 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/1) silt loam and fine sand, white (2.5Y 8/2) dry; fine sand is light gray (10YR 6/1) dry; mottles are many, large, prominent, brown (7.5YR 4/4) and strong brown (7.5YR 5/6) and medium, prominent, very pale brown (10YR 7/4) and reddish yellow (7.5YR 6/6) dry; silt loam is massive, hard, friable, sticky, plastic; fine sand is single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplastic; common roots; neutral; abrupt, smooth boundary. 23 to 26 inches thick. 123 - -42 to 54 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/2) dry; mottles are many, large, prominent, strong - brown (7.5YR 5/6) and medium, prominent, yellow (10YR 7/6) and brownish yellow (10YR 6/6) dry; a discontinuous strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) and dark -brown (7.SYR 3/4) ortstein layer 1/4 inch thick; massive; hard, friable, sticky, plastic; few roots, neutral; abrupt, wavy boundary. 9 to 1S inches thick. . 24g - -54 to 64 inches, gray (SY 5/1) heavy silt loam, gray (5Y 6/1) dry; few, medium, prominent, dark - brown (7.SYR 4/4) mottles; massive; hard, fri- ll,le, sticky, plastic; few roots; very strong - acid. The B horizon is mottled dark gray and dark gray - sh brown to olive gray. It is dominantly silt . oam but contains layers of silty clay loam, fine and, loamy fine sand, and very fine sandy loam. The andy lenses commonly occur below a depth of 20 nch es . Some areas mapped are up to 10 percent inclusions of poorly drained Puget and Woodinville soils; and some are up to 10 percent the well - drained Newberg and Puyallup soils. Permeability is moderate to moderately slow in the subsoil. The seasonal high water table is at a depth of 1 to 2 feet. In drained areas, the effec- tive rooting depth is 60 inches or more. In un- drained areas, rooting depth is restricted. Avail- able water capacity is high. Runoff is slow, and the erosion hazard is slight. The flood hazard is moderate. This soil is used for row crops and seeded grass pasture and for urban development. Capability unit IIw -2; woodland group 3w1. Puget Series The Puget series is made up of poorly drained soils that formed in alluvium, under sedges and grass in small depressions of the river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 1 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 55 inches, and the mean annual air temperature is About .50° F. The frost -free season is about 190 days. Elevations range from 10 to 650 feet. In a representative profile, the soil is domi- nantly mottled dark grayish -brown and grayish -brown silty clay loam to a depth of about 45 inches. ..'Ihe substratum is gray silty clay that extends to a depth of 60 inches or more. Puget soils are used for row crops and pasture. Puget silty clay loam (Pu).- -Puget soils are in nearly round or elongated tracts that range from 3 to 110 acres in size. Slopes are less than 1 per- cent. Representative profile of Puget silty clay loam, in pasture, 800 feet east of the west quarter corner of sec. 21, T. 25 N., R. 7 E.: A11 - -0 to 1 inch, very dark grayish -brown (2.SY 3/2) silt loam, grayish brown (10YR 5/2) dry; mod- erate, thin, platy structure; hard, firm, slightly sticky, slightly plastic, many roots; medium acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 1 to 2 inches thick. Al2 - -1 to 7 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y.4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/2) dry; common, fine, prominent, dark -brown (7.5YR 4/4) mottles; moderate, very coarse, prismatic structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; many roots; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 5 to 7 inches thick. B21g - -7 to 17 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) silty clay loam, light gray (2.5Y 7/2) dry; common, medium, prominent, strong -brown (7.5Yr 5/6, 5/8) mottles; moderate, medium, prismatic structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; many roots; slightly acid; clear, smooth boundary. 5 to 12 inches thick. B22g - -17 to 25 inches, grayish -brown (2.SY 5/2) silty clay loam, light olive gray (SY 6/2) dry many, medium, prominent, yellowish -red (5YR 5/8, 4/8) mottles; strong, very coarse, pris- matic structure; very hard, firm, sticky, plastic; common roots; slightly acid; abrupt, smooth boundary. 6 to 12 inches thick. • B23g - -25 to 26 1/2 inches, dark -gray (SY 4/1) mediuc sand, light grayish brown (2.SY 6/2) dry; few, medium, prominent, yellowish -red (5YR 5/8) mottles; single grain; loose, nonsticky, non - .i -.: cam... ..,.� -. ��, a.•i,. ...;A. ahrunt B24g - -26 1/2 to 31 inches, grayish -brown (2.SY 5/2) silty clay loam, light gray (SY 7/2) dry; man) medium, prominent, yellowish -brown (10YR 3/6) mottles; moderate, medium, angular blocky . structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; few roots; medium acid; abrupt, wavy boundary. 3 to 6 inches thick. to 40 inches, grayish -brown (2.5Y 5/2) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/1) dry; com- mon, fine, prominent, yellow, brownish- yellow (10YR 7/6, 6/6)% and strong -brown (7.5YR 5/8) mottles; strong, very coarse, prismatic struc- ture; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; few roots; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 8 to 10 inches thick. Clg - -40 to 45 inches, greenish -gray (SGY 5 /1) silty clay loam, light gray (5Y 7/1) dry; common, fine, prominent, strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) mottles; massive; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 4 to 6 inches thick. C2g - -45 to 60 inches, gray (SY 5/1) silty clay, light gray (SY 7/1) dry; few, medium, promi- nent, yellowish -red (5YR 4/8, 5/8) mottles, yellowish brown (10YR 5/8) dry; and common, medium, distinct, light olive -brown (2.5Y 5/4) mottles, light yellowish brown (2.5Y 6/4) dry; massive; very hard, firm, sticky, plastic; medium acid. • The A horizon ranges from silty clay loam to silt The B horizon is dominantly silty clay loam ilk. • tified with silt loam, silty clay, and fine Some areas mapped are up to 10 percent inclusions of Woodinville and Snohomish soils. Permeability is slow. The seasonal high water table is at or near the surface. In drained areas, roots penetrate with difficulty to a depth of 60 inches or more. In undrained areas the effective rooting depth is restricted. The available water capacity is high. Runoff is slow to ponded, and the erosion hazard is slight. Stream overflow is a se- vere hazard. This soil is used for row crops and pasture. Capability unit IIIw -2; woodland group 3w2. Puyallup Series The Puyallup series is made up of well- drained soils that formed in alluvium, under grass, hard- woods, and conifers. These soils are on the natural levees adjacent to streams in the river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 2 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 60 inches, and the mean annual air temper- ature is about S0° F. The frost -free season ranges from 160 to 200 days. Elevation ranges from 20 to 500 feet. In a representative profile, very dark grayish - brown and dark grayish -brown fine sandy loam and very fine sandy loam extend to a depth of about 34 inches. The substratum, at a depth of 60 inches or Alis very dark grayish -brown, dark grayish - , and dark -brown medium sand, loamy sand, and sand. Puyallup soils are used mostly for row crops and pasture. They are among the soils that are well suited to farming. Urban development is occurring in many areas. Puyallup fine sandy loam (Py).- -This nearly level range from 2 to about 50 acres in size. Slopes are less than 2 percent and are slightly convex. Representative profile of Puyallup fine sandy loam, in pasture, 1,030 feet east and 1,000 feet north of center of sec. 21, T. 21 N., R. 5 E.: A11 - -0 to 8 inches, very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) fine sandy loam, brown (10YR 3/3) dry; weak, fine, granular structure; soft, very friable, nonsticky, nonplastic; many roots; neutral; clear, smooth boundary. 6 to 10 inches thick. Al2 - -8 to 14 inches, very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) very fine sandy loam, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; moderate, medium and coarse, granular structure; soft, very friable, slightly sticky, slightly plastic; many roots; neutral; abrupt, smooth boundary. 4 to 8 inches thick. C1 - -14 to 34 inches, dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2) very fine.sandy loam, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; . weak, medium, platy structure; slightly hard, very friable, slightly sticky, slightly plas- tic; many roots; slightly acid; abrupt, wavy boundary. 18 to 24 inches thick. C2 - -34 to 45 inches, very dark grayish -brown and dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2 and 3/2) medium sand, grayish brown (10YR 5/2) dry; single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplastic; plentiful roots; neutral; gradual, smooth boundary. 9 to 13 inches thick. C3 - -45 to 51 inches, dark -brown (10YR 3/3) loamy sand, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; massive; soft,..., very friable, nonsticky, nonplastic; few _ roots; slightly acid. 4 to 7 inches thick. C4 - -51 to 60 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) sand, dark gray and gray (10YR 4/1 and 6/1) dry; single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplas- tic; few roots; neutral. The A horizon ranges from very dark grayish brown to very dark brown and from fine sandy loam to very fine sandy loam and silt loam. The C horizon ranges from very dark grayish brown to olive brown. The upper part of the C horizon is dominantly very fine sandy loam. Commonly layers of sand, fine sand, and loamy fine sand are in the lower part of the C horizon: Mottles occur below a depth of 30 to 40 inches in places. Some areas are up to 15 percent inclusions of Briscot, Newberg, Nooksack, Oridia, and Renton soils; and some are up to 10 percent the poorly drained Woodinville and Puget soils. Permeability is moderately rapid. The effective rooting depth is 60 inches or more. The seasonal water table is at a depth of 4 to 5 feet. Available water capacity is moderately high. Runoff is slow, and the erosion hazard is slight. Stream overflow is a slight to severe hazard, depending on the amount of flood protection provided. This soil is used for row crops and pasture and for urban development. Capability unit IIw -1; wood- land group 2o1. Urban Land Urban land (Ur) is soil that has been modified by disturbance of the natural layers with additions of fill material several feet thick to accommodate largi industrial and housing installations. In the Green River Valley the fill'ranges from about 3 to more than 12 feet in thickness, and from gravelly sandy loam to gravelly loam in texture. Thn h°earA is clicht to ,nn4Pr2tP_ Nn B24g - -26 1/2 to 31 inches, grayish -brown (2.SY 5/2) silty clay loam, light gray (SY 7/2) dry; man) medium, prominent, yellowish -brown (10YR 3/6) mottles; moderate, medium, angular blocky . structure; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; few roots; medium acid; abrupt, wavy boundary. 3 ilikto 6 inches thick. g - -31 to 40 inches, grayish -brown (2.5Y 5/2) silty clay loam, light gray (SY 7/1) dry; com- mon, fine, prominent, yellow, brownish - yellow (10YR 7/6, 6/6), and strong -brown (7.5YR 5/8) mottles; strong, very coarse, prismatic struc- ture; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; few roots; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 8 to 10 inches thick. Clg - -40 to 45 inches, greenish -gray (SGY 5 /1) silty clay loam, light 'gray (5Y 7/1) dry; common, fine, prominent, strong -brown (7.SYR 5/6) mottles; massive; hard, firm, sticky, plastic; medium acid; clear, smooth boundary. 4 to 6 inches thick. C2g - -45 to 60 inches, gray (SY 5/1) silty clay, light gray (SY 7/1) dry; few, medium, promi- nent, yellowish -red (SYR 4/8, 5/8) mottles, yellowish brown (10YR 5/8) dry; and common, medium, distinct, light olive -brown (2.SY 5/4) mottles, light yellowish brown (2.SY 6/4) dry; massive; very hard, firm, sticky, plastic; medium acid. The A horizon ranges from silty clay loam to silt The B horizon is dominantly silty clay loam tified with silt loam, silty clay, -and fine sand. Some areas mapped are up to 10 percent inclusions of Woodinville and Snohomish soils. Permeability is slow. The seasonal high water table is at or near the surface. In drained areas, roots penetrate with difficulty to a depth of 60 inches or more. In undrained areas the effective rooting depth is restricted. The available water capacity is high. Runoff is slow to ponded, and the erosion hazard is slight. Stream overflow is a se vere hazard. This soil is used for row crops and pasture. Capability unit IIIw -2; woodland group 3w2. Puyallup Series The Puyallup series is made up of well- drained soils that formed in alluvium, under grass, hard- woods, and conifers. These soils are on the natural levees adjacent to streams in the river valleys. Slopes are 0 to 2 percent. The annual precipitation is 35 to 60 inches, and the mean annual air temper- ature is about 50° F. The frost -free season ranges from 160 to 200 days. Elevation ranges from 20 to 500 feet. In a representative profile, very dark grayish - brown and dark grayish -brown fine sandy loam and very fine sandy loam extend to a depth of about 34 inches. The substratum, at a depth of 60 inches or Alk b is very dark grayish - brown, dark grayish - , and dark -brown medium sand, loamy sand, and sand. Puyallup soils are used mostly for row crops and pasture. They are among the soils that are well suited to farming. Urban development is occurring in many areas. Puyallup fine sandy loam (Py). - -This nearly level range from 2 to about 50 acres in size. Slopes are less than 2 percent and are slightly convex. Representative profile of Puyallup fine sandy loam, in pasture, 1,030 feet east and 1,000 feet north of center of sec. 21, T. 21 N., R. 5 E.: A11 - -0 to 8 inches, very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) fine sandy loam, brown (10YR 3/3) dry; weak, fine, granular structure; soft, very friable, nonsticky, nonplastic; many roots; neutral; clear, smooth boundary. 6 to 10 inches thick. Al2 - -8 to 14 inches, very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) very fine sandy loam, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; moderate, medium and coarse, granular structure; soft, very friable, slightly sticky, slightly plastic; many roots; neutral; abrupt, smooth boundary. 4. to 8 inches thick. C1 - -14 to 34 inches, dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2). very fine sandy loam, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; . weak, medium, platy structure; slightly hard, very friable, slightly sticky, slightly plas- tic; many roots; slightly acid; abrupt, wavy boundary. 18 to 24 inches thick. C2 - -34 to 45 inches, very dark grayish -brown and dark grayish -brown (10YR 4/2 and 3/2) medium sand, grayish brown (10YR 5/2) dry; single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplastic; plentiful roots; neutral; gradual, smooth boundary. 9 to 13 inches thick. C3 - -45 to 51 inches, dark -brown (10YR 3/3) loamy sand, brown (10YR 5/3) dry; massive; soft,.._ very friable, nonsticky, nonplastic; few . roots; slightly acid. 4 to 7 inches thick. C4 - -51 to 60 inches, dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) sand, dark gray and gray (10YR 4/1 and 6/1) dry; single grain; loose, nonsticky, nonplas- tic; few roots; neutral. The A horizon ranges from very dark grayish brown to very dark brown and from fine sandy loam to very fine sandy loam and silt loam. The C horizon ranges from very dark grayish brown to olive brown. The upper part of the C horizon is dominantly very fine sandy loam. Commonly layers of sand, fine sand, and loamy fine sand are in the lower part of the C horizon. Mottles occur below a depth of 30 to 40 inches in places. Some areas are up to 15 percent inclusions of Briscot, Newberg, Nooksack, Oridia, and Renton soils; and some are up to 10 percent the poorly drained Woodinville and Puget soils. Permeability is moderately rapid. The effective rooting depth is 60 inches or more. The seasonal water table is at a depth of 4 to 5 feet. Available water capacity is moderately high. Runoff is slow, and the erosion hazard is slight. Stream overflow is a slight to severe hazard, depending on the amount of flood protection provided. This soil is used for row crops and pasture and for urban development. Capability unit IIw -1; wood- land group 201. Urban Land Urban land (Ur) is soil that has been modified by disturbance of the natural layers with additions of fill material several feet thick to accommodate laigr industrial and housing installations. In the Green River Valley the fill ranges from about 3 to more than 12 feet in thickness,. and from gravelly sandy loam to gravelly loam in texture. The e- Uovn,.i ;c c7;aht r., mnAPratP_ Nn ■ 1990 EXISTING VICINITY SITE PLAN REFERENCE # B-1 G 1 • • TABLE B.6 Existing Land Use Inventory • BOEING OWNED LEASED COMBINED S.F. 1 ACRES 1 % _ S.F. 1 ACRES 1 % S.F. 1 ACRES 1 MAIN DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER SITE Area Covered by Buildings 1,243,070 28.54 34.5% 101,213 2.32 8.3% .1,344,283 30.86 27.9% Parking Area 1,198,100 27.50 33.2% 676,600 15.53 55.5% 1,874,700 43.04 38.9% Undeveloped 43,600 1.00 1.2% 0 0.00 0.0% 43,600 1.00 0.9% Open Space 1,120,000 25.71 31.1% 442,134 10.15 36.2% 1,562,134 35.86 32.4% SUBTOTAL 3,604,770 82.75 100.0% 1,219,947 28.01 100.0% 4.824,717 110.76 100.0% iS -07 irrrrrmrrnmrrnilmrmtinrn nuimnnrr'- 13 -01 iii HUk+lllIfitli fly ENNEtIIL�+NJ [J.�"" ii HHIIHIINHHH9 HIHHI1NfHfHHHHHfJ !I AHHIHHHIHHNHIMIIHIHBHIHHHIHI OIHHNHHIHHNIIHNHw 9NHHHHIffHHHIHAHHIMIa r• �� HIHHNHNHAHHfHO i 0lll it f . o•\ s`AIHHfHHHH IIIMIHHIHHHHHU � OHHHHIfa • VICINITY SHORELINE EROSION PROPOSAL REFERENCE # B-1 H • • • • • VICINITY SHORELINE EROSION CONTROL River Characteristics: The Duwamish River is a relatively large, slow- moving river in the area. It ranges in width from about 200 to 400 feet, becoming wider as it flows to the northwest through the vicinity area. Probable maximum river depths near the site are about 15 to 20 feet during peak river flow. The depth variation in the Duwamish River near the site is influenced by both tidal effects and river flow conditions. River flow is known to vary widely in the area, from about 200 cubic feet per second (cfs) to 12,000 cfs. Tidal effects will have little influence on river depths in the area during periods of high river flow and a large influence during periods of low river flow. The maximum high water mark is expected to be around Elevation +7 Mean Sea Level (MSL). The low water mark could conceivably reach near Elevation -8, although this condition could occur only during infrequent periods of low river flow in combination with extreme low tides. The average current velocities are about five feet per second. Soil Conditions: The soils along the river bank in the area consist mainly of fine sand with a variable silt content and sandy silt. Soils within about 0.5 feet of the surface often contain roots and organic matter. The soils appear to be in a loose to medium dense and medium stiff condition. West Bank Conditions: The condition of the west river bank ranges from fairly well protected in most areas to eroded in a few sections. The top of the bank is at about Elevation +13 to +15 (MSL). Upper bank slopes range from two to one to near one half to one in a few isolated areas. Lower bank slopes are much flatter and range from two to one to as much as four to one. The upper bank slopes generally contain heavy brush and blackberry cover. Some bank protection exists below the high water mark, consisting of concrete rubble and riprap. • Page 2 • East Bank Conditions: Upper bank slopes of the east bank range from one to one to about two and one -half to one. Lower bank slopes vary from two to one to four to one. The top of the bank is generally about Elevation +13 to +15 (MSL). Bank slopes are relatively flat and generally protected by rock riprap, concrete rubble, vegetative cover or timber piling. Erosion Control: The shoreline has been and will continue to be stabilized on an ongoing basis. Emergency stabilization will be done as required. At present there are a few areas on the west bank, south of the Oxbow bridge that will require stabilization which will be done in fiscal year 1992. The remaining river bank areas are presently stable and do not represent a high risk of erosion, slumping, or failures. However, all river banks throughout the areas will be monitored periodically to identify other portions of the bank that may require stabilization in the future. Impact: The addition of an annex to the 9 -101 Building will not result in a significant impact to shoreline erosion. • AREA MATERIAL LIST / DESCRIPTIONS REFERENCE # B -2A • • • • LIST OF PRODUCTS: The following is a list of chemicals and graphite composite materials currently used in the 9 -101 Annex (including Debag and Layup areas). The manufacturers and exact chemical types may vary depending on the supplier used and exact nature of the work performed. • COMPANY Olin Company Acetone Great Western Kop -Coat Great Western Fisher Scientific Dexter Corp Videojet Systems Videojet Systems Videojet Systems Toray Industries Fiberite Fiberite Fiberite Fiberite Hexcel Corp. Hexcel Corp. Hexcel Corp. Hexcel Corp. CHEMICAL Isopropanol (Isopropyl alcohol) T -825 Pre - Sealing Cleaning Solvent (BMS 11 -7) 50/50 Methyl Ethyl Ketone / Toluene mix Frekote 700 16 -3800 Cleaning Solution - White Ink 16 -2100 INK 16 -2105 White Make Up Ink 3900 -2 Prepreg 934 /Carbon or Graphite Fibers Epoxy /Carbon Prepreg (2351/34 Broadgoods) (2380/34 Broadgoods) (2390D/34 Broadgoods) 937A /Carbon or Graphite Fibers Epoxy /Carbon Prepreg (2453/37 A HM) HMF 322D/34C Broadgoods Epoxy /Carbon Prepreg HMF 322D/34C IV TCLS Epoxy Carbon Prepreg F164 Prepreg (used as substitute for Fiberite) F593 Prepreg (used as substitute for Fiberite) F161 -108 (used as substitute for Fiberite) F161 -138 Fabric (BMS 8 -154) • (used as substitute for Fiberite) To: C. BACH • • From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGS4 020823 REV: 01/02/90 (PURE CHEMICALS 2 -1 -91 9:41am p.2 OCEAN NETWORK EMERGENCY PHONE 1- 800 -OLIN -911 Li THIS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET '(IiSDS) HAS BEEN PREPARED FEDERAL OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD,29 CFR 19 PRODUCT WITH MAY THE CONSIDERED TO BE A HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL UNDER THAT STANDARD.(REFER TO THE OSHA CLASSIFICATION IN SEC.I.)THIS INFORMATION IS REQUIRED TO BE DISCLOSED FOR SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE.THE EXPOSURE TO THE COMMUNITY,IF ANY,IS QUITE DIFFERENT. I. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION REVISION NO : 2 REVISION DATE : 1/Q2J90 PRODUCT CODE ; HPE880022 FILE NUMBER : HPE00191.0010 PRODUCT NAME: 3VETO SYNONYMS: Dimethyl ketone, 2- propanone, beta -keto- propane, propanone, dimethylformaldehyde, dimethylketal, ketone propane, methyl ketone, pyroacetic acid CHEMICAL FAMILY: Ketone FORMULA; CH3COCH1 DESCRIPTION: Organic solvent OSHA HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: Flammable liquid; irritant; eye and skin hazard; nervous system toxin II. COMPONENT DATA PRODUCT COMPOSITION CAS or CHEMICAL NAME: Acetone CAS NUMBER: 67 -64 -1 PERCENTAGE RANGE: 98 -100% HAZARDOUS PER 29 CFR 1910.1200: Yes EXPOSURE STANDARDS: OSHA(PEL) ACGIH (TLV) TWA: ppm mg/cubic -meter 750 1800 ppm m8 /cubit -meter CEILING: None 750 5780 STEL: 1000 2400 None loo0 2300 II1 " "PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND STORAGE DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN, EYES AND CLOTHING. UPON CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES, WASH OFF WITH WATER. o3 - a2OL23 7-141,-1/- To: C. BACH • • • From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGSU 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:41am STORAGE CONDITIONS: Store in a cool, dry, well- ventilated place, away from all sources of ignition. Outside or detached storage is preferable. Inside storage should be in a standard flammable liquids storage room or cabinet. DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURES ABOVE: 25 Deg.0 (80 Deg.F) PRODUCT STABILITY AND COMPATIBILITY SHELF LIFE LIMITATIONS: 1 Year INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS FOR PACKAGING: Most • plastics INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS FOR• STORAGE OR TRANSPORT: Strong oxidizing agents, organic peroxidis, aliphatic amines IV. PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE: Colorless liquid FREEZING POINT: -95.3 Deg.0 ( -139.5 Deg.F) BOILING POINT 56.1 Deg.0 (133 Deg.F) DECOMPOSITION TEMPERATURE: > 100 Deg.0 (> 212 Deg.F) SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.79 020 Deg.0 BULK DENSITY: 0.79 (g /cc @ 20 DEG.0 pH @ 25 DEG.C: Not Applicable VAPOR PRESSURE @ 25 DEG.C: 226 mm Hg SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Complete VOLATILES, PERCENT BY VOLUME: 100% EVAPORATION RATE: 7.7 (Butyl acetate -1)• VAPOR DENSITY: 2 MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 58.08 ODOR: Mint -like, sweet COEFFICIENT OF OIL /WATER DISTRIBUTION: No Data V. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS PERSONAL PROTECTION FOR ROUTINE USE OF PRODUCT: RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Wear a NIOSH/MSHA approved respirator if any exposure occurs. VENTILATION: Use local exhaust ventilation to maintain levels to below the TLV. SKIN PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Impermeable gloves. OTHER: Chemical goggles EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS (WHEN APPLICABLE); RESPIRATOR TYPE: NIOSH /MSHA approved organic.vapor respirator. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING TYPE (This includes: gloves, boots, apron, protective suit): Butyl PAGE 2 OF 11 HPE880022 p.3 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSDSa 020823 REV: 01/02/90 (PURE CHEMICALS 2 -1 -91 9:41am p.4 • • ,VI. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD INFORMATION FLAMMABILITY DATA: FLAMMABLE: Yee COMBUSTIBLE: No PYROPHORIC: No FLASH POINT: - 20 Deg. C (-.4 Deg. F)' _ AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: 465 Deg.0 (869 Deg.F) FLAMMABLE LIMITS AT NORMAL ATMOSPHERIC TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (PERCENT VOLUME IN AIR): LEL - 2.15% UEL - 13% NFPA RATINGS: Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Reactivity: 0 HMIS RATINGS: Health: 2 Flammability: 4 Reactivity: 0 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, water fog FIRE FIGHTING TECHNIQUES AND COMMENTS: Use water to cool; containers exposed to fire. See Section XI for protective equi'ment for fire fighting. OTHER: Heated containers may rupture violently from excessive heat. - -- VII. REACTIVITY INFORMATION CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THIS PRODUCT MAY BE UNSTABLE: TEMPERATURES ABOVE: Stable under normal temperatures and pressure conditions MECHANICAL SHOCK OR IMPACT: No ELECTRICAL (STATIC) DISCHARGE: Yes HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur OC 932 PAGE 3 OF 11 HPE880022 'To: C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGS* 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:42am p.5 INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS: Oxidizing agents, organic peroxides, chromium trioxide, chromic acid solution, potassium ter - butoxide, hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid and its mixture with sulfuric acid, per monosulfuric acid, chromyl chloride, nitrosyl perchlorate and chloride, bromine, bromine trifluoride, hypobromitea, sulfur . dichloride, dioxygen difluoride, aliphatic amines HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide OTHER CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Ignition sources of any kind; may react vigorously with chloroform in the presence of a base.. SUMMARY OF REACTIVITY: OXIDIZER: No PYROPHORIC: No ORGANIC PEROXIDE: No WATER REACTIVE: No VIII. FIRST AID EYES: Immediately flush with large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper and lower eyelids. If eye irritation develops, call a physician. SKIN: immediately flush with water for 15 minutes. Wash the contaminated skin with soap and water. If irritation develops, call a physician. If clothing comes in contact with the product, the clothing should be laundered before re -use. INGESTION: Immediately drink water to dilute. Consult a phyaicia.n if symptoms develop. INHALATION: If person experiences nausea, headache ok dizziness, person should atop work immediately and move to fresh air until these symptoms disappear. If breathing it difficult, administer oxygen, keep the person warm and at rest. Call a physician.... In the event that an individual inhales enough vapor to lose consciousness, person should be moved to fresh air at once and a physician should be called immediately. If breathing has stopped, artificial respiration should be given immediately. In all cases, ensure adequate ventilation and provide respiratory protection before the person returns to work. IX. TOXICOLOGY AND HEALTH INFORMATION ROUTES OF ABSORPTION Inhalation, skin and eye contact, ingestion WARNING STATEMENTS AND WARNING PROPERTIES DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. EYE AND MUCOUS MEMBRANE IRRITANT. MILD SKIN IRRITANT. HARMFUL IF.INHALED. PAGE 4 OF 11 HPE880422. To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSDS# 020623 REV: 01/02/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:42am p.6 • • HUMAN. THRESHOLD RESPONSE DATA ODOR THRESHOLD: The odor threshold for acetone is reported to be approximately 20 ppm in air. IRRITATION THRESHOLD: The irritation threshold from exposure to acetone has been reported to be between 250 and 1000 ppm. IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH: The IDLH level for acetone is 20000 ppm. SIGNS, SYMPTOMS, AND EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE: INHALATION ACUTE: Exposure may cause mucous membrane irritation, headache, dizziness, incoordination, drowsiness and other symptoms related to central nervous system depression and a narcotic effect. Inhalation of high concentration may cause light— headedness, shortness of breath, possible unconsciousness and other narcotic aymptoms. CHRONIC: Repeated exposure would cause similar effects to that observed from acute exposure. SKIN ACUTE: Exposure may cause drying of the skin with mild irritation: CHRONIC: Repeated contact may cause defatting of the skin leading to dermatitis. EYE Direct contact of the liquid will cause irritation withayzptome of tearing, redness, and perhaps some swelling. High vapor concentrations may be irritating with tearing and discomfort. At uncomfortably high concentrations, acetone can cause impairment of vision, corneal damage and conjunctival injury. INGESTION ACUTE: Exposure may cause narcosis, gastroenteritis with any or all of the following symptoms: nausea, vomiting, . lethargy and diarrhea, and in- extreme situations may dotage the liver and kidneys. a 832 PAGE 5 OF 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSOS4 020823 REV: 01/02/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:42am p.7 CHRONIC: There is no data available on the chronic ingestion of acetone. It is expected to cause similar effects as that from acute exposure if it is repeatedly ingested. MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Persons with chronic respiratory or skin diseases may be at increased risk from exposure. INTERACTIONS WITH OTHER CHEMICALS WHICH ENHANCE TOXICITY: Pretreatment or preexposure with acetone may increase the hepatotoxic potential of chlorinated hydrocarbons such as chloroform and 1,1,2 trichloroethane. ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY ACUTE TOXICITY: Inhalation LC Lo: 16000 ppm /4 hour (rat) Dermal LD 50: 20 g /kg (rabbit) Oral LD 50: 5800 mg /kg (rat) Irritation: Eye and mucous membrane irritant. Mild skin irritant. CHRONIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY: The target organs affected by high concentrations of acetone in experimental animals are slight narcotic effects (central nervous system), due to narcotic and respiratory irritation. REPRODUCTIVE AND DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Acetone has not been reported or known to cause effects on reproduction or on the developing fetus. CARCINOGENICITY: Acetone is not known or reported to be carcinogenic by any reference source including IARC,. OSHA, NTP, or EPA. MUTAGENICITY: Acetone has been shown not to be mutagenic in the Ames/Salmonella gene mutation assay. AQUATIC TOXICOLOGY The following data are available on the aquatic toxicity of acetone: A concentration of 792 mg /1 had no effect on minnows after 24 hours; bluegill were killed in tap water with an acetone concentration of 14,250 mg /1. The TLm values for mosquito fish inturbid water were 13,000 mg /1. The threshold values for immobilization of several aquatic invertebrates including Daphnia in Lake Erie water were greater than 5000 mg /1. PAGE 6 '0F 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSDS# 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL] 2 -1-91 9:43am p.8 • • B . TRANS PORTAT I ON I NFOREtAT I ON THIS MATERIAL IS REGULATED AS.A DOT HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. DOT DESCRIPTION FROM THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE 49 CFR 172.101: ACETONE FLAMMABLE LIQUID UN 1090 REPORTABLE QUANTITY: 5000 lbs. (Per 49 CFR 172.101, Appendix) The material described above is subject to the U.S. DOT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS via the modes and packaging quantities indicated below with the letter "x ": MODE 0 PACKAGING QUANTITIES _x_ Rail x Bulk _x Non -Bulk x Motor x Bulk _x Non-Bulk x Water x_ Bulk _x_ Nor, -Bulk x_ Air x_ Bulk _x_ Non-Bulk The applicable packaging sections in 49 CFR are 173.118 and 173.119. 8I. SPILL AND LEAKAGE PROCEDURES FOR ALL TRANSPORTATION ACCIDENTS, CALL CHEMTREC AT 80p-424 -9300. REPORTABLE QUANTITY: Par 40 CFR 302.4 as acetone (5000 1•bs.) SPILL MITIGATION PROCEDURES: Hazardous concentrations in air may be found in-local spill area and immediately downwind. This product may represent an explosion hazard. Remove all sources of ignition. Stop source of spill or leak as soon as possible and notify appropriate personnel. OC 932 AIR RELEASE; Vapors may be suppressed by the use -of a-water fog. Vapors will be heavier-than air and will be concentrated. Allow all vapors to dissipate prior to entry. Run -off water, from fog suppression, will contain acetone and must be accumulated for proper treatment. PAGE 7 OF 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGS* 020823 REV: 01/02/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:44am p.9 WATER RELEASE: This material is soluble in water. Stop or divert water flow. Dike contaminated water and remove for disposal and /or treatment. Notify all downstream users of possible contamination. LAND SPILL: Dike spill as soon as possible. Assure proper ventilation is available. .Begin to absorb in sand or a non-flammable absorbent. Containerize using non - sparking tools made of plastics. Label properly and do not seal containers tightly until ready for disposal. If s large pool of product has spilled use a vacuum system or pumping equipment to remove as a liquid. Be sure pumps are compatible to flammable liquids prior to use. SPILL RESIDUES: Dispose of per guidelines under Section XII, WASTE DISPOSAL. PERSONAL PROTECTION FOR EMERGENCY SPILL AND FIRE - FIGHTING SITUATIONS: In case of fire, use normal fire fighting equipment. Response to this material requires the use of a self- contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) . Additional protective clothing must be worn to prevent personal contact with this material. Those items include but are not limited to: boots, gloves (neoprene, chlorinated polyethylene, butyl rubber), hard hat, splash -proof goggles and impervious clothing, i.e., chemically impermeable suit. XII. WASTE DISPOSAL If this product becomes a'waste, it meets the criteria of .a hazardous waste as defined under 40 CFR 261 and would have the following EPA hazardous waste number: U002. If this product becomes a waste, it will be a hazardous waste which is subject to the Land Dispoaal Restrictions under 40 CFR 268 and must be managed accordingly. As a hazardous liquid waste, it must be disposed of-in accordance with local, state and federal regulations in a permitted hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facility by incineration. CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PREVENT ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL. THE USER OF THIS MATERIAL HAS THE RESPONSIBILITY TO DISPOSE OF UNUSED MATERIAL, RESIDUES AND CONTAINERS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL RELEVANT LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDING TREATMENT, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL FOR HAZARDOUS. AND. NONHAZARDOUS WASTES. PAGE 8 OF 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGS4 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:44am p.10 • • IIII. ADDITIONAL REGULATORY STATUS INFORMATION TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT:• This substance is listed on the Toxic Substances Control Act inventory.. SUPERFUND AMENDMENTS AND. REAUTHORIZATION ACT TITLE III: HAZARD CATEGORIES, PER 40 CFR 370.2: HEALTH: Immediate (Acute) Delayed (Chronic) PHYSICAL: Fire EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY RIGHT TO KNOW, PER 40 CFR 355, APF.A: EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE - THRESHOLD PLANNING QUANTITY: None Established SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, PER 40 CFR 372.45: This mixture or tradename product contains .a toxic chemical or chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 and 40 CFR 372. OC 932 CHEMICALS LISTED ARE: Acetone KIV. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION No Additional Information $V. MAJOR REFERENCES 1. ACGIE Guide to Protective Clothing. Cincinnati, OH; American Conference of Government Induttrial"Hygienists, 1987. 2. ANSI Z88.2. Recommended Practice for Respiratory Protection. American National Standards- Institute, New York, NY. 3. Baker, C. J., The Fire Fighter's Handbook of Hazardous Materials, 4th Ed., Indiana: Maltese Enterprises, Inc., 1984. 4. Bretherick, L., Handbook of Reactive Chemical Razards•;•3rd Ed., Boston, MA: Butterworths, 1985. 5. Casarett, L. and J. Doul1, Eds., Toxicology: /he Basic Science of Poisons, 3rd Ed., New York: Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.•.1986. 6. CERIS (Chemical Emergency Response Information System) On Line Database. Association of American Railroads. PAGE 9-OF 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSGS* 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:45am p.11 7. Chemical Degradation and Permeation Database and'Selection Guide for Resistant Protective Materials. Austin, TX. 8. Clayton, G. and F. Clayton, Eds., Patty's Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, Vol. 2A -C 3rd Ed., New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1981 -1982. 9. Code of Federal Regulations, Titles 21, 29, 40 and 49. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. 10. Fire Protection Guide on Hazardous Materials, 9th Ed., National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy., MA, 1986. 11. Gosselin, R., et al.,'Gosselin- Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products, 5th Ed., Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1984. 12. Grant, W. Morton, M.D., Toxicology of the Eye, 2nd Ed., Springficld, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1974.... 13. Hazardline, Occupational Health Services Inc., New York, NY. 14. IARC Monogram on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man., Geneva: World Health Organization_, International Agency for Research on Cancer. 15. Lsnga, R., The Sigma-Aldrich Library of Chemical Safety Data, 1st Ed., Milwaukee, WI: Sigma- Aldrich Corporation, 1985. 16. Lewis, R. and D. Sweet, Eds., Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, 1985 -1986, Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1987. 17. Hedline,.U.S. National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, MD. 18. McKee, Jack E. and Harold W. Wolf, Eds., Water Quality Criteria, NTIS PB Report; (PB -82- 188244), 2nd Ed., Springfield, VA: National Technical Information Services, 1963. 19. NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1985. 20. Olin Respiratory. Protection•Manual. 21. Sax, N. Irving, Dangerous Properties of Hazardous Materials 6th Ed., New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company,, 1984. 22. Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure: Indices for 1988 -89. Cincinnati, OH: American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists, 1987.. ` "23. Toxic Substances Control Act Inventory, Washington, DC: U.S. - -- Government Printing Office, 1986. 24. Traiger, George J., and Gabriel L. Plaa, Chlorinated.Hydrocarbon Toxicity, Archives of Environmental Health, Vol. 28, pp. 276 -278, May 1974. 25. Mccann, Joyce, et al. Detection of Carcinogens as Mutagens in the Salmonella /Microsome teat: Assay of 300 Chemicals, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol. 72, No. 12, pp: 5135 -5139, December 1975. 26. Kubinski, H.,'et al.; DNA -Cell- Binding (DCB) Assay for Suspected Carcinogens and Mutagens, Mutation Research, Vol. 89, pp. 95 -136, 1981. 27. Effects of Toxic Chemicals on the Reproductive System, American Medical Association, Chicago, Illinois, 1985. PAGE 10 OF 11 HPE880022 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 11 PAGES MSDSU 020823 REV: 01/02/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:46am p.12 THE INFORMATION IN THIS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET SHOULD BE PROVIDED TO ALL WHO WILL USE, HANDLE, STORE, TRANSPORT, OR OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED TO THIS PRODUCT. THIS INFORMATION HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR THE GUIDANCE OF PLANT ENGINEERING,, OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT AND FOR PERSONS WORKING WITH OR HANDLING THIS PRODUCT. OLIN BELIEVES THIS INFORMATION TO BE RELIABLE AND UP TO DATE AS OF THE DATE OF PUBLICATION, BUT MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT IT IS. ADDITIONALLY, IF THIS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET IS MORE THAN THREE YEARS OLD, YOU SHOULD CONTACT OLIN AT THE PHONE NUMBER LISTED BELOW TO MAKE CERTAIN THAT THIS SHEET IS CURRENT. OLIN MSDS CONTROL GROUP Olin Corporation 120 Long Ridge Road Stamford, CT 06904 Phone Number; (203) 356 -3449 OLIN CORPORATION SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATED ENTITIES. ASAHI.OLIN LTD., BRIDGEPORT BRASS CORPORATION, INOY • ELECTRONICS. INC., OLIN CHLORATE CORPORATION, OLIN FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INC., OLIN HUNT SPECIALTY PRODUCTS INC.. OLIN ELECTRONICS TECHNOLOGY, OLIN MESA CORP., OLIN SPECIALTY METALS CORPORATION, PACIFIC ELECTRO DYNAMICS, INC., PHYSICS INTERNATIONAL COMPANY, ROCKET RESEARCH COMPANY. • PAGE 11 OF 11 HPE880022 To C. EACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSOS4 021313 REV: 04/16/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 10:26am p.2 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Great Western Chemical Co. PRODUCT NAME: ISOPROPANOL ANHYDROUS • CHEMICAL NAME :. I so p ro pano l FORMULA! CH1CHOHCH3. DO.T. SHIPPING CLASSIFICATION: 801LING POINT 760mm, Hg SPECIFIC GRAVITY i ('r':AiER . TER 1) PERCENT VOLA1ILE ORGANICS BY VOLUME NFPA 704 DESIGNATION 453 HAZARD RATING _ e„, r. 4 + Extreme 0 + High 2 ti Moderate 1 - Slight 0 • Insignificant CHEMICAL FAMILY: Alcohol swci MOLECULAR WEIGHT 60.11 Isopropanol Flammable Liquid UN 1219 I. PHYSICAL DATA 180.5 °F. FREEZING POINT 0.7854 @ 20 °C. I00 APPEARANCE ANO 00CR MATERIAL • Isopropano.l; CAS 1/67 -61 -0 pH of 1% (vv /v) SOLUTION SOLUBILITY IN WATER poacm ay -127.1°F. N/A Complete Clear, colorless liquid with a strong alcohol odor. 11. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS T — HA ZAPO Flammable/ Irritant as 99+ ACGIH TLV (Units) OSHA PEL Air: 400 ppm STEL: 500 ppm Air: TWA 400 ppm STEL: 500 ppm EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS Great Western Chemical Company Portland. S.W. Oregon Avenue �� �p4/424.9300 Portland, 503) 2 97205 i Phune: 003) 228 -2900 ` ?'U' 4Ynr. To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS* 021313 REV: 04/16/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 10:26am p.3 PROOUCT FAME ISOPROPANOL. ANHYDROUS PAGE 2 or a III. EIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT • AUf•OIGNITION tteltmelhodfalt ��_ F.,;._ Cag CJase.d Clap_ TEMPERATURE 852 °F. FLAMMABLE UMIT9 IN AIR, % by volums EXTINGUISHING MEDIA UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS LOWER 2.5 12.0 Foam, carbon dioxide and dry chemicals. A water og" may -ge used or firefighting. A water spray should be used to cool container only. May produce hazardous fumes or hazardous decomposition products. Vapors from this product . may concentrate in confined spaces and form an explosive mixture. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES When fire fighting, wear full protective equipment, including self-contained breathing apparatus.. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE ROUTE OF EXPOSURE IV. HEALTH HAZARD DATA Air:. 400 :ppm. EVE CONTACT SKIN CONTACT "Warning" Irritant ' "Warning" Irritant INHALATION Harmful if inhaled. SKIN ABSORPTION May be harmful when absorbed by the skin. INGESTION Harmful if swallowed. EFFECTS OF . OVEREXPOSURE EMERGENCY AND FIRST AIO PROCEDURES Causes eye and skin irritation Harmful if swallowed or inhaled. EYES: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of clean running water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower Lids occasionally. Call a physician immediately. EXTERNAL: En case of•contact, imulediaceiy flush skin with plenty of clean running water for at least 15 minutes, while removing contaminated clothing and ,hoes. If irritation occurs, get medical attention. INTERNAL: If swallowed, do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately drink a large quantity of milk or water and call a physician. Never g.ive.anything by mouth to an unconscious parson. LNHALATION -If inhaled, immediately move•to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respirator, preferably mouth -co- mouth. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call a physician. To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSOSa 021313 REV: 04/16/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 10:26am p.4 PRL10UCT N:1ME . YSOPR.OPANOL ANHYDROUS , PACE 3 of 4 CHRONIC EXPOSURE EFFECTS Repeated exposure may lead to dermatitis with possible CNS vo n • otherwise same as for overexposure. V. REACTIVITY DATA STAWUTY UNSTABLE STABLE. 6COMPATIBIUTY (materials to•avvoidl � J HAZARDOI W N - • DECOMPOSITIFIN PRODUCTS CONDITIONS TO AVOID HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION MAY OCCUR, I WILL NOT OCCUR' X STEPS TO BE TAKEN ;F MATERIAL'S FELEASEO OR SPILLED WASTE DISPOSAL !.IETHOO Hot Storage. Oxidizers, Oleum (fuming sulfuric acid). and some aldehydes. M - - Carbon monoxide and carbon, dioxide. CONDITIONS TO AVOID' NONE VI. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES Remove all ignition sources and contain spilled liquid. (For small spills, add dry material to contain.) Wearing recommended protective equipment, and using explosion -proof equipment, remove bulk of liquid; add dry material to absorb remaining liquid; pick up and containerize for product recovery or disposal. Flush area with water; collect rinsaces for disposal or sewer, as appropriate. This product, if disposed as shipped, meets EPA criteria of a hazardous waste as specified in,40 CFiR Mt on the basis of its ignitability. Dispose of product „in a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility in accordance with all applicable laws. When empty, thoroughly rinse container with water before disposal, return to manufacturer or any other industrial use. To: C. BACH PPQOUCT NAME From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDSs 021313 REV: 04/16/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 10:26am p.5 ISOPROPANOL ANHYDROUS PAGE 4of4 VII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION .. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (i.P cify MA) • Not required Unless the OSHA -PEL is exceeded, then a NIOSH- approved respirator with art organic vapor cartridge or supplied air is required. • • VENTILAT10Pi LOCAL EXHAUST Required SPECIAL None MECHANICAL (general) As a supplement to the local exhaust system. OTHER . N/A PROTECTIVE GLOVES Rubber or synthetic rubber. EYE PROTECTION Chemical goggles (recommended by ANSI 287.1- 1979), 0tF!tp PROTECTIVE EOUIPMENr • • Rubber apron, rubber boots, eyewash. and safety shower. VIII. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS rPECauc►ONARY LABELING • . • - FOR INOUSTRIU USE ONLY. Keep out of reach of children. . Protect eyes, skin and clothing from contact with product. Use only with adequate ventilation. Keep container tightly closed when not in use. �• Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling. WARNING: Isopropartol Anhydrous is flammable. This product Ls not manufactured to contain a known carcinogen or reproductive toxin. WARNt : Hot organic chemical vapors or mists are susceptible to sudden spontaneous combustion when mixed with air. Ignition may occur at temperatures below those published in the literature as "autoignition" or "ignition" temperatures. Ignition temperatures decrease with increasing vapor volute and vapor /air contact time and are influenced by pressure changes. Ignition may occur at typical elevated-temperature pro.ess conditions, especially in process operating under vacuum if subjected to sudden, ingress of air,., or outside process equient operating under elevated pressure if sudden escape of vapors or mists to the atmosphere occurs. Any proposed use of this product in elevated - temperature processes should be thoroughly evaluated to assure that safe operating conditions are established and maintained. CT> -:ER HANGLIN ANC 3roRAGE :;G1■0I1';ONS • Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from heat, sparks and open flame. • Empty container is hazardous. It can contain flammable residues and highly flammable /explosive vapors. Do not cut, puncture or weld on or near this container. Always ground and `pond container before transferring. PAEPAREO BY EDWARD DOHENY 0221 16 APRIL 1990 1 This Material Safety Oata Sheet rs provided as an information resource only. It should not be taken as a warranty cr representation for which Great Western Chemical Company assumes Legal responsibility. While Great Western Che rng:al Company behaves the information contained herein is accurate and compiled from sources belie?ved to be rel ante, it is the responsioltity et the user to imrestrg lte and verily its validity. The buyer To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET KOP -COAT, INC. •KOP -COAT INC. 436 SEVEATH AVENUE PITTSBURGH, PA 15219 MSDS# 018036 REV: 11/01/88 (TRADE NAME) FIB .9 MO 24 HOUR PRODUCT EMERGENCY NUMBER: OUTSIDE U.S.A.: PRODUCT INFORMATION: 2 -1 -91 1:45pm p.2 800 - 548 -0489 412- 227 -2700 800- 547 -2468 CHEMTREC ASSISTANCE: $00- 424 -930Q CANUTEC: 613 -996 -6666 SECTION I - PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT NAME: T825 Pre-Sealing Cleaning Solvent COMMODITY NUMBER:` SYNONYM: none CAGE CODE: 00297 PRODUCT USE: CHEMICAL FAMILY: organic solvent FORMULA: mixture CAS NUMBER: none DOT INFORMATION APPLICABLE REGULATION : 49 CFR 171 - 179 U.S. POSTAL REGULATIONS : Not Shippable DOT PROPER SHIPPING NAME: compound cleaning liquid DOT HAZARD CLASS: Flammable liquid LABEL: UN /NA NUMBER: NA 1993 • LIMITED QUANTITY: Yes SECTION II - HEALTH /SAFETY ALERT WARNING: HAZARDOUS MATERIAL FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED MAY CAUSE EYE INJURY MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION USE WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION AVOID PROLONGED .AND 1OR REPEATED CONTACT OBSERVE GOOD HYGIENE AND SAFETY PRRAACTICES WHEN HANDLING THIS PRODUCT DO, NOT USE THIS PRODUCT UNTIL MSDS HAS BEEN READ AND UNDERSTOOD SECTION III HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION EYE: Contact with the eye may cause irritation and /or reversible corneal injury. rolonged exposure to high concentrations of vapor may cause eye irritation. SKIN: Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause drying, irritation and /or dermatitis. INHALATION: High concentrations of vapor may irritate the nose and throat. Prolonged overexposure to high concentrations of vapor may cause nausea, dizziness, headache, weakness, loss of coordination and possible unconsciousness. INGESTION: Ingestion may cause nausea, vomiting and /or diarrhea. Aspiration of material into the lungs can cause chemical pneumonitis which can be fatal. DATE: 11 CODE NUMBER: CTG03109N08801 •7PECIFI A •� • NUMBER: 53992200100000000100 REPLACES SHEET: CTG03109JA8800 2OMMODITY NUMBER: SUPPLIER INFORMATION: Same as manufacturer. -o5,2 - 1 C \( �`(Z To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDSU 018036 REV: 11/01/88 CTRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 1:45pm p.3 PRODUCT NAME: T825 Pre - Sealing Cleaning Solvent PAGE 2 SECTION IV - EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush with large amounts of water for 15 minutes. Seek • medical aid.. • SKIN CONTACT: Wash thoroughly with soap and water. Wash contaminated clothing before reuse. If persistent irritation occurs, seek medical aid. INHALATION: Remove from exposure. If breathing has stopped or is difficult, administer artificial respiration or oxygen as indicated. Seek medical aid. INGESTION: Do not induce vomiting. Give 1 glass of milk or 1 t 2 oz {{30 to 60g) of activated charcoal in water .to victim as tolerated. Immediately seek medical aid. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON. NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: There is no specific antidote for effects from overexposure to this material. Treatment should be directed at the control of symptoms and the clinical condition. SECTION V - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD INFORMATION FLASH PT. & METHOD: -5 AUTOIGNITION TEMP: No information found FLAMMABLE LIMITS (% BY VOLUME /AIR : LOWER: No information fund UPPER: No information found EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Water may be ineffective. Use carbon dioxide, dr chemical, water spray, alcohol or universal type foams as per manufacturer's recommendations. FIR -FIGHT NG PROCEDURES: Wear complete fie service protective equipment, including full -face MSHA /NIOSH approved self-contained breathing ppratus. Use water to cool fire - exposed container /structure /protect personnel. FIRE AND XPLQSION HAZARDS: Heat /fire conditions: vapors form flammable/explosive mixtures in air.Vapors heav, , may travel(ground, pit, sewer to ignition source- flash.Open /cllosed containers may contain bee /e plosive vapors. Under fire conditions, may emit irritant /toxic gas and/or fumes. Closed ciantainers may explode when exposed to extreme heat(fire). SENSITIVITY TO MECHANICAL IMPACT.: No information found SENSITIVITY TO STATIC DISCHARGE: No information found SECTION'VI - SPILL, LEAK AND DISPOSAL INFORMATION SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES (PRODUCT).: Stop leak if no.'risk involved. Stay upwind. Small spills: Take up with sand or other noncombustible absorbent material. Flush area with.water. Ventilate area at least 24 hr.. or until area has been declared safe. This product may -react with oxidizing agents. Large Spills.: Dike for later. disposal. Contain runoff from fire controi and dilution._wa er. This product released into the environment must be reported to the National Response i Center (1 801- 424 - 8802). The reportable quantity (RQ) s triggered when any amount Is re eased frog+ a package of 5441 or more pounds. DOT REPORTABLE QUANTITIES 10 lbs Toluene 5000 lbs Ethyl Acetate 5000 lbs Methyl Ehtyl Ketone WASTE DISPOSAL: This material when wet is a USF�PA defined ignitable hazardous waste.(see Section V for flash point l. Dispose of as such in accordance with local/state/federal regulations.Avoid storing material next to or near oxidizing materials. When released as a waste, this material has a RQ value of 100 pounds'.. EPA Ignitable. • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS* 018036 REV: 11/01/88 (TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 1:45pm p.4 PRODUCT NAME: T825 Pre - Sealing Cleaning Solvent PAGE 3 SECTION VII - RECOMMENDED EXPOSURE LIMIT /HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS EXPOSURE LIMIT (PRODUCT): *ceiling 300 ppm 10 min peak 500 ppm NIOSH 10 Hr TWA • 100 m 10min cell 200 pp m ppm 10 Hx TWA 5�0 mg /m3 * * *NIOSH 10 Hr TWA 400 ppm 15 min ceiling 800 ppm * ** *NIOSH 10 Hr TWA 350 mg /m3 15 min ceiling 1800 mg /m3 • HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CAS NUMBER % BY WT. EXPOSURE LIMIT (PPM;MG /M3) Toluene* Ethyl Acetate Methyl Ethyl Ketone ** Isopropanol * ** Light Aliphatic Solvent Naphtha * * ** 108 -88 -3 10 -25 141 -78 -6 10 -25 78 -93 -3 10 -25 67 -63 -0 <10 64742 - 89--8. <40 ACGIH -TLV 100 375 ACGIH -STEL 150 560 OSHA -PEL 200 ACGIH -TLV 400 1400 OSHA -PEL 400 1400 ACGIH -TLV 00 590 ACGIH -STEL 300 885 OSHA-PEL 2 590 ACGIH -TLV 400 ACGIH -STEL 500' 1225 OSHA -PEL 400 980 OSHA -PEL 500 2000 SARA TITLE III SECTION 313 CHEMICALS (SEE SECTION VII FOR CAS NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES) Tolue e Methyl Ethyl Ketone SECTION VIII - PERSONAL PROTECTION INFORMATION EYE PROTECTION: Industrial safety glasses, minimum.• When needed for 29 CFR 1910.133 (work area conditions), use side shields, goggles and /or faceshield. Chemical goggles; face shield (if splashing is possible). SKIN PROTECTION: As re uired, industrial resistant flexible - type.gloves (rubber, neoprene, but 1 or equal - See Section XII). Wear industrial- ype work clothing and safety foorwear. Depending on working conditions, i.e., contact potential, wear resistant protective garments such as aprons,. jackets, pants, coveralls, boots, etc. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: If ventilation does not maintain inhalation exposures below TLV(PEL), Use MSHALNI.OSH. approved units as per current 29 CFR1910.134 and. manufacturers "Instructions" and. "Warnings ". If wihin OSHA protection factor, air purifying OV filter units OK.. • VENTILATION: Provide suffficient eneral /local exhaust. ventilation in pattern/volume to control inhalation exposures below current exposure limits and areas below flammable vapor concentrations. Local exhaust is necessary for use in enclosed or confined spaces. See OSHA Requirement / NIOSH Pub. 80 -105 "Working in a Confined Space'.... SECTION IX - PERSONAL HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS HANDLING: Avoid prolonged or repeated breathing of vapors, mists or fumes. Avoid prolonged or repeated-contact with skin. or eyes. Handle and use in accordance with OSHA 29CFR1910.106/local codes. STORAGE: Store in areas /buildings designed to comply with OSHA 1910.106. Keep in a closed, labeled container within a cool (well shadedl, dry - ventilated area. Protect from physical damage. Keep containers closea when material is not in use. Maintain good housekeeping. OTHER: Not for use or storage in.or around the home. Ground and bond' drums. Do not use pressure to empty drums. Do not wear contaminated clothing. Discard contaminated footwear. To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDSa 018036 REV: 11/01/88 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -61 1:46pm p.5 PRODUCT NAME: T825 Pre - Sealing Cleaning Solvent PAGE 4 SECTION X - REACTIVITY DATA CONDITIONS CONTRIBUTING TO INSTABILITY: Avoid high temperatures, open flame. • INCOMPATABILITY: none known HAZARDOUS. REACTIONtiS /DECOMPOSITION /COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: Carbon monoxide on incomplete combustion. CONDITIONS CONTRIBUTING TO HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: none SECTION XI - PHYSICAL DATA BOILING POINT: No information found SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 6..8 lbs /gal MELTING POINT: Not applicable % VOLATILE BY VOL: 100 VAPOR PRESSURE: No information found EVAPORATION RATE(ETHER =1): faster* VAPOR DENSITY(AIR =1): >1- VISCOSITY: No information found SOLUBILITY (WATER): negligible pH: No information found VOC: No information found COEFFICIENT OF WATER /OIL DISTRIBUTIQN: No information found • APPEARANCE /ODOR: clear viscous liquid with a typical solvent odor... *(n- Butyl Acetate = 1) SECTION XII - COMMENTS Individuals with pre - existing disease in or a history of ailments involving the skin, a es, respiratory systam, liver, kidney or central nervous system area at a greater than normal risk of developing adverse Effects when exposed to this material. Airborne particulate may be generated during removal operations including abrasive blasting/ sanding or grinding. See SECTION `III and VII. EMPTY CONTAINERS may retain product residue including flammable or explosive vapors. Do not cut, drill, grind or weld on or near.fuli., partially full or empty product containers. No known ngredients which occur at greater than 0.1% are listed as �a carcinogen in the IARC Mono raphs on the Evaluation of the Carcino enic Risk of Chemicals to Humans, the NTP Annual Report on Carcinogens .or OSHA- 9 CFR 1910.1001 -1047 subpart'Z Toxic and HazArdous Substances (Specifically Regulated Substances). SKIN PROTECTION (( t rotective material): Permeation /degradation values of chemical mixtures oannc� be predicted from ure components or chemical classes. Thus, these materials are normally best estimates based on available pure component data. A-signific nt difference in chemical breakthrough time has been reported for generically similar gloves from different manufacturers-(AIHA J., 48 941 -947 1987. Do not use until manufacturer's precautions located on the label and material safety data sheet MSDSg have been read /understood. Wash exposed areas promptl and thoroughly after skin contact from working with this product and before eating/ drinking, using tobacco products or rest rooms. Do not wear contact lens without proper eye protection when using this product. Prepared ay: Occupational Health and Product Safety Department - C.A.Hope •NOTICE: While the information and recommendations set forth herein are believed to be accurate as of the date hereof Kop -Coat Inc. makes no warranty with respect thereto and .. disclaims all liability from reliance thereon. ItQT . To: C BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS* 020833 REV: 04/16/90 [PURE CHEMICAL] 2 -1 -91 8:13am p.2 MATERIAL SAFETY NFPA 704 DATA SHEET HAZARO RATING DESIGNATION gas Western C1±grnjcal Co. PRODUCT NAME: CHEMICAL NAME: FORMULA: METHYL ETHYL KETONE 2- BUTANONE Fos 01702 ,p 4 • Extreme ��� O Ceo 3 - Hign wain Pasemy 2 • Modafat• 1 y Slight • 0 • Insogruflcant CHEMICAL. FAMILY: KETONE CH COCH,CH MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 72.1 CO.r. SHIPPING CLASSIFICATION: METHYL. ETHYL KETONE, FLAMMABLE LIQUID UN 1193 2QIL1NG POINT 160mm, Hg SPECIFIC GRAVITY (WATER * 1) r �rir�r PERCENT VOLATILE ORGANICS BY VOLUME APPEARANCE AND ODOR 175.2 °F. I. PHYSICAL DATA FREEZING POINT —122 . 6 ° F . 0.80615 @ 20°C. 100 pH of 1% (w /v) SOLUTION SOLUBIUTY IN WATER N/A MODERATE Clear, colorless liquid with a strong ketone odor. MATERIAL * 2- SUTANNONE; CAS/A.78-93-3 II. HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS HAZARD *Chemicals subject to SARA Tic must not be detached from thi notification. Great W. tern Chemical Company 808 S.W. ISth Aveni Portland, Oregon 97205 7e Flammable/ Irritant 100 e III, Section 313 reporti MSDS and any copies of th AA EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS ACGIH TLV (Units) OSHA PEL :Air: 200ppm ,STEL: 300ppm lg. This notif Is MSDS must in a0f33 Air: TWA 200ppm SUL:..300 ppn.. cation Lude this 800/424 -9300 To: C BACH 'POOUCT NAME: From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS# 020833 REV: 04/16/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 8:13am METHYL ETHYL KETONE PAGE 2 of 4 P.3 111. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT ._ . to t m Mods -• __ FLAMMAOL$ UMIT9 IN AIR % by votums . 2 ZZ • . . C 1 o S e d 0 u . AUTGIGNIT TEMPERATUR E 960'f. - LOWEA 1. $ UPPER . 11.3 EXTINGUISHING MEGA' Foam. carbon dioxide and dry chemicals. A water "fog" may be used for fire fiQhtihe. A water spray should be used to cool concainers,onty. May product hazardous fumes or hazardous decompositL t product s. Vapors from this product >rayoconcen.crate in confined spaces and for an explosive mixture. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS SPECIAL FIRE IGHTING PROCEDURES • When fire fighting, wear full protective equipment including self - contained breathing apparatus. • IV. HEALTH HAZARD DATA THRESHOLD LIMIT VALU E, Air: 200 m pp ROUTE OF E.XPOSURE EYE CONTACT "Warning" Irritant SKIN CONTACT "Warning" Irritant SKIN ABSORPTION No data published. INHALATION Harmful if inhaled. INGESTION , liarmfuL if swallowed. EFFECTS OF ovERExrosuRe • Causes Bye and skin irritation. Harmful if swallowed or inhaled. ""` EMERGENCY AND • FIRST AIO PROCEDURES . • EYES: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of cleanrunning water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower lids occasionally. Call a .physician immediately. .EXTERNAL: In case of. contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of clean running water for at tease 15 minutes, while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. If irritation occurs, get medical attention. INTERNAL: If swallowed, do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately drink a large quantity of milk or water and call a physician. Never zive anything by mouth to an unrnnsciot.s person-. INHALATYON-If inhaled, immediately move to fresh air. If noc breathing, give artificial respiration, preferably mouth -to- mouth. If breaching is difficult, give oxygen. Call a physician. To C BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES )3P000CT NAIN4. METHYL ETHYL. KETONt? MSDS4 020833 REV: 04/16/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 8:13am p.4 PAGE 3 of 4 .:HRONCCExPOSURQ :FFECT9 _ .Repeated exposure may lead to dermatitis with possible oj1heral nervoj system or CNS effects. V. REACTIVITY DATA mum. ccNomcNs TO AVOID Hot Storage. UNSTAeI.$ .. ST718La x NCOMPATISIUiY ;materials to midi Oxidizers an4 oleutn. . HEZAR00U$ DECVMPOSmaN PRODUCTS Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZAT1ON CONOMONS 10 AwOID NONE' • .wY'000UR WILL NOT OCCUR X Vi. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO SE TAKEN F`.1ATERIALIB RELEASEO OR SPILLED Remove all ignition sources and contain spilled liquid. (For small spills, add dry material to contain.) Wearing recommended protective equipment; and using explosion - proof equipment, remove bulk of liquid; add dry material to absorb remaining liquid; pick up and containerize for product recovery or disposal. Flush area with water; collect rinsates for disposal or sewer, as appropriate. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD . This product, if disposed as shipped,.. meets EPA criteria of a hazardous waste as specified in 40 CFR 261 on the basis of its ignicability. Dispose of product in a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility in accordance with all applicable laws. When empty, container should be thoroughly cleaned before disposal, return to manufacturer or any ocher industrial use. • i To: C BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSGSts 020833 REV: 04/16/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 8:13am p.5 '1VtAyV 1 h..Ma METHYL ETHYL KETONE •� PAGE 4 01 4 VII. SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ('Peals rypei Not required unless the OSHA: -FEL is exceeded, then a NIQSi -approved LOCAL s r respirator with an organic vapor cartridge or supplied air i — —.-- _- squired. EXHAUST - Required SPt?"" VENT11.AT10N • MECHANICAL MECMANICA As a supplt:menc Co the (genera,) • local exhaust system. OTHER NONE ~" PROTECTIVE t3tQVE9 " Rubber or synthetic rubber. EYE PROTECTIONOT — �� Chemical• gogg:es (recommended by ANSI E87.1- 1979). OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Rubber apron, rubber boots, eyewash, safety shower. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS . FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY. Keep our of reach of children. Protect eyes, skin and clothing from contact with product. Use only with adequate ventilation. Keep container, tightly closed when not in use. Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling. WARNING: METHYL ETHYL KETONE IS FLAMMABLE. This product is hoe manufactured to contain a known carcinogen or reproductive toxin. PRECAUTIOWIAY LABEUNG OTHER HANOUNG ANO STORAGE - CONDITIONS WARNING: He organic chemical vapors or mists are susceptible: to sudden spontaneous ccbbustion r. len mixed with air. Ignition may occur at temperatures below chose published in the literature as "autoignicion ' or "ignition" teaperacures. Ignition temperatures decrease with increasing vapor valuate and vapor /air concact time and are influenced by pressure changes. Ignition may occur at typical elevated- teatperacure process conditions, especially in process operating under vactaat, if subjected to sudden itigsess of air, or outside process equipment operating under elevated pressure if sudden escape of vapors or mists to the atmosphere occurs. Any proposed use of. this' prta&cc in elevated - temperature processes-should be thoroughly evaluated to assure that sa=e operating conditions are 'established and ua.incaiaed'. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from heat, sparks and open flame. Empty container is hazardous.. It can contain flammable residues and highly flammable /explosive vapors. Do not cut, puncture or weld on or near this container. Always ground and bond container before transferring. 'AEPAREO SY OATS 1 ARM 1990 s accurate nil y While Great Western CherrnCal Company I a ca tla ce applicable federal state. antl IOCa) regular EDWARD DOHENY This Material Safety Oata Sheet is provided as an Information resource only It should not be taken as a warranty or reoresentation for which Great western Chemical CoMoa n assumes legal responsibility. ' 'and cbmpfled from sources believed to be retiable, it iq the rescansibiht at the st Neves the information t5 contained herein assumes all responsibility of using and handling the product in c r n 'Nan y User t investigate oca and verily its validity. The buyer • ions. To: C. BACH DATE: INDEX, IIIRIOJJANSAE E RTOLUENESA S *ToLUENEX2 From: SHA - HMIS 06 PAGES MSGS* 020831 REV: 04/12/90 (PURE CHEMICAL/ 2 -1 -91 9:18am p.2 ACCT, 086150 -0'. CAT. NO, T32'.1K'. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET PAGE: 1 FO NSR: N/A !" 21F- 11TFTr CM 'CAL DIVISION 1 REAGENT LANE FAIR LAWN NJ 07 +10 (Z01) 796 -7100 EMERGENCY CONTACTS, GASTON L. PILLORI, (201) 735.7100 AFTER ■uSINESO HOURS; HOLIDAYS, (201) 796 -7823 CHEMTREC ASSISTANCE, (S00) '1,24,.9300 THE INFORMATION MELON IS BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO U$, HOWEVER. WE MAKE W E NO WARRANTY OF MIRCHANTABILXTY OTHER WARRANTY, . AND WE S LIABILITY RESULTING FROM SUCH ITS USE.. USERS SHOULD MAKE THEIR OWN INVESTIGATIONS TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INFORMATION FOR THEIR PARTICULAR PURPOSE$, SUBSTANCE IDENTIFICATION SUBSTANCE: *WTOLUENEY* TRADE NAMES /SYNONYMS, ■ENZENE• MEtHYL -; METHYLBENZEWE; TOLUO(.tt METHYLBENZOL; PHENYLMETHANE; METHACIDE; STCC 4.109305; RCRA U220; UN 129'FI T290; T289; T330; T32'1; T32+.0 •T32t.$K; T323; T232 -5; 7313; C7H8; ACC23190 CHEMICAL FAMILY, HYDROCARBON, AROMATIC MOLECULAR FORMULA, CG015 -C +1.43 MOLECULAR WEIGHT, 3$.14. CERCLA RATINGS (SCALE 0 -3)1 HEALTH:3 FIRE :3 REACTIVITY :0 PERSISTENCE:1 NFPA RATING, (SCALE 0 -Y), HEALTH :2 FIRE :3 REACTIVITY :0 CAS - NUMBER 108.88 -3 COMPONENTS AND CONTAMINANTS COMPONENT, TOLUENE PERCENT; 100.0 CASA 108 -88 -3 OTHER CONTAMINANTS, NONE EXPOSURE LIMITS, TOLUENE, 10,0 PPM (37S MG /M3) OSHA TWA; 150 PPM (560 MG /M3) OSHA SIEL 100 PPM 1IOSHMRECOMMENDED TWA: 200 PPM 141011IMRECOMMENDED 10 MINUTE CEILING 1000 cersoN BUMJECTUT0s8ARACSECTION 3131ANNUALOTOXICECHEMICAL .RELEASE}REPORTING PHYSICAL DATA DESCRIPTION, CLEAR. COLORLESS LIQUID WITH AN AROMATIC ODOR. S OILING POINT, 231 F (111 C) MELTING POINT, -139 F ( -95 0) SPECIFIC GRAVITY, c. !669 VOLATILITY, 100% VAPOR PRESSURE, 22 MKMHG • 20'4 EVAPORATION RATE, (BUTYL ACEYATE:1) 2.24. SOLUBILITY IN WATER, 0. 05% • 20 C ODOR THRESHOLD, 10 -13 PPM VAPOR DENSITY, 3,1i• S OLVENT SOLUBILITY, SOLUBLE IN ALCOHOL, ETHER, BENZENE. LIGROIN,ACETONS, CHLOROFORM. GLACIAL ACETIC ACID.. CARBON DISULFIDE. FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD, DANGEROUS FIRE HAZARD WHEN EXPOSED TO HEAT OR FLAME. VAPORS ARE HEAVIER THAN A2R AND MAY TRAVEL A CONSIDERABLE DISTANCE TO A SOURCE OF IGNITION AND FLASH MACK. VAPOR -AIR MIXTURES ARE EXPLOSIVE. DUE TO OF THE ELECTROSTATIC ELECTROCONDUCTIVITY RESULT INGM2NASPARKSLWITHRPOSSIBLE 20142T2ON, FLASH POINT, 'F0 F ('3' 0) (CC) UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT, 7.1% LOWER EXPLOSIVE L T,•17R __. ! UTOIGNZTION TEMP., 8!6 F C'.80 C) 4,26 3 -a2 4r3 �/ To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 06 PAGES MSDS0 020831 REV: 04/12/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:18am DATE. 07/44/50 ACCTS 086180.0* INDEX: 4.'500530070 CAT NO: T32PBK* PAGE. R PO NOR: N/A FLAMMABILITY CLAESCO =MA):, IS FIREFIGHTING MEDIA, DRY CHEMICAL, CARSON DIOXIDE. HALON, WATER SPRAY OR STANDARD FOAM 01581 EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK, DOT P 5800.*), FOR LARGER FIEFS, USE WATER SPRAY. FOG OR STANDARD FOAM (1967 EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK, DoT 6800,'), FIREFIGHTING. MOVE CONTAINER FROM FIRE AREA.IF PO "TILE, COOL FIRE.EXPOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FROM SIDE UNTIL WELL AFTER FIRE IS OUT. STAY AWAY FROM STORAGE TANK ENDS, FOR MASSIVE FIRE IN STORAGE AREA. USE UNMANNED HOSE HOLDER OR MONITOR NOZZLES, ELSE WITHDRAW PROM AREA AND LET FIRE BURN. WITHDRAW IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF RISING SOUND FROM VENTING SAFETY DEVICE OR ANY DISCOLORATION OF STORAGE TANK DUE To FIRE (1967 EMERGENCY RESPONSE GUIDEBOOK. DOT P GUIDE PAGE t7). EXTINGUISH ONLY IF FLOW CAN ME STOPPED; USE WATER IN FLOODING QUANTITIES AS FOG. SOLID STREAMS MAY SPREAD FIRE. COOL CONTAINERS WITH FLOODING AMOUNTS OF WATER. APPLY FROM AS FAR A DISTANCE AS POSSIBLE. AVOID 'BREATHING TOXIC VAPORS. KEEP UPWIND. WATER MAY•*E INEFFECTIVE (NFPA !ESM, FIRE HAZARD PROPERTIES OF FLAMMABLE LIIuXDU, GASES, AND VOLATILE SOLIDS, 191 *) TRANSPORTATION DATA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FLAMMABLE LISUID DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SUBPART Es FLAMMA6LE.LIQUID • DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION EXCEPTIONS: RS CFR 173,11e HAZARD CLASSIFICATION TS CFR 172.101: LABELING REQUIREMENTS TS CFR 174.101 AND PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS: '9 CFR 173.119 TOXICITY TOLUENE: IRRITATION DATA: 300 PPM•EYE- HUMAN: 670 UG EYE- RAS 'BIT MILD; 4 MG /S' HOURS EVE - RABBIT SEVERE: 100 MG/ 30 SECONDS RINSED EYE.RABBIT MILD; 435 MG SKIN - RABBIT MILD; S00 MG SKIN. RABBIT MODERATE: 80 MG /2* HOURS SKIN- RASAIT MODERATE. TOXICITY DATA: 200 PPM INHALATION -HUMAN TCLO: 100 PPM INHALATION -MAN TCLO: *000 PPM /* HOURS INHALATION -RAT LCLO: 5340 PPM /6 HOURB.INHALATION.MOU$E LC60; 1600 PPM INHALATION.GUINEA PIG LCLO: 1212* MG /KGiSKIN- RABBIT LD50: SO MG /KG ORAL.HUMAN LOLO: 5000 MG /KG ORAL -RAT LDSO: *250.• MG /KG SUBCUTANEOUS -MOUSE LDSO: 1960 MG /KG INTRAVENOUS -RAT LOBO': 1334 MG /KG INTRAPERITONEAL -RAT L030: '112B MG /KG INTRAP2RITONEAL..MOUSt LD5b 6900 MG /KG UNREPORTED -RAT LDSO: 8000 MG /KG UNREPORTED- MOt!$E LD50: REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS DATA,CRTECS)'. MUTAGENIC DATA CRTEC8). CARCINOGEN STATUS, NONE. - "' LOCAL EFFECTS: IRRITANT- SKIN, EYE, INHALATION. ACUTE TOXICITY LEVEL: MODERATELY TOXIC MY INHALATION. INGESTION: SLIGHTLY TOXIC BY DERMAL ABSORPTION. TARGET EFFECTS: CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSANT! NEUROTOXIN. POISONING MAY ALSO AFFECT THE HEART, LIVER, KIDNEYS, AND BLOOD. AT INCREASED RISK FROM EXPOSURE: ASTHMATICS AND PERSONS WITH OTI4 R RESPIRATORY. DIFFICULTIES OR CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE, SMOKERS, AND CHRONIC ALCOHOL DRINKERS. ADDITIONAL DATA: STIMULANTS SUCH AO EPINEPHRINE MAY INDUCE VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION. TOLUENE INHIBITS- M!TOCHONDRIAL OXIDATIVE PHO8PHORYLATION, ALCOHOL MAY ENHANCE -TWE TOXIC EFFECTS, HEALTH EFFECTS AND FIRST AID INHALATION: TOLUENE: IRRITANT /NARCOTIC /NEUROTOXIN. 4000 PPM IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH. ACUTE EXPOSURE- THE LEVEL REQUIRED TO PRODUCE NARCOSIS CAN EXIST WITHOUT ASSOCIATED RESPIRATORY TAROT IRRITATION. ODOR. DETECTION IS INAUFFICIENT- FOR WARNING DUE TO OLFACTORY FATIGUE. 4004000 PPM FOR up TO 6 HOURS CAUSED MILD UPPER RESPIRATORY TRACT IRRITATION, FATIGUE, WEAKNESS, CONFUSION. HEADACHE,.NAUSEA, IMPAIRED COORDINATION AND REACTION' TIME. PAREBTHEUTAS OF THE SKIN, EUPHORIA. DIZZINESS, AND DILATED PUPILS, 500 PPM CAUSED RAPID IRRITATION, NASAL MUCOUS SECRETION, METALLIC TASTE. DROWSINESS, AND IMPAIRED 'BALANCE. AFTEREFFECTS INCLUDING NERVOUSNESS, MUSCULAR FATZ5uB, ANO*INSOMNIA LASTED FOR SEVERAL DAYS. A WORKER FOUND UNCONSCIOUS AFTER EXPOSURE TO HIGH VAPOR CONCENTRATIONS FOR 18 HOURS DEVELOPED•HEFATIC AND RENAL DAMAGE WITH MYOGLOSINURIA. RECOVERY WAS COMPLETE WITHIN 6 MONTHS. HEMATOLOGIC EFFECTS OCCUR RARELY WITH EXPOSURE TO HIGH .CONCENTRATIONS. RECOVERY USUALLY FOLLOW$ REMOVAL FROM EXPOSURE, EXTREME INHALATION MAY CAUSE DEATH BY PARALYSIS OF THE RESPIRATORY CENTER. p.3 1 1' To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 06 PAGES MSOS# 020831 REV: 04/12/90 [PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:18am p.4 • PAGE, 3 DATE: D7 /!M /y0 ACCT, 0861.50 -DM� INDEX, Sw900330070 CAT NO, T314-sKt PO NSRs N/A CHRONIC EXPOSURE- REPEATED OR PROLONGED EXPOSURE MAY CRUSE MUCOUS MEMWRANE IRRITATION, VOMITING, INSOMNIA, NOSEQLEEDS. cHEBT PAIN, EUPHORIA. HEADACHE, VERTIGO, NAUSEA, ANOREXIA, BAD TASTE. MOMENTARY 'LOBS OF =MORY. PALPITATIONS. EXTREME WEAKNESS, LOSS OF COORDINATION ANO IMPAIRMENT OF REACTION TIME, TINNITUS, ALCOHOL INTOLERANCE. PETECHIAE AND ABNORMAL BLEEDING. SYSTEMIC OCULAR•.DISTUREANCES, SUCH AS "REDDENING- OF THE VISION HAVE OCCURRED. $0P3E,MARROS HYPOPLASIA AND LEUKOPENIA HAVE SEEN REPORTED OCCASIONALLY. ■UT MAY BE DUE TO BENZENE CONTAMINATION, EXAMINATION OF WORKERS EXPOSED TO 100 -3100 PPM REVEALED HEPATOMEGALY, MILD MACROCYTOSXS, MODERATE ERYTHROPENIA, AND ABSOLUTE LYMPHOCYTosIS, BUT No LEUKOPENIA. OTHER WORKERS EXPOSED TO TOLUENE FUMES DEVELOPED LEUKOPENIA AND ESPECIALLY NEUTROPENIA. WITHIN 6 MONTHS, THEY SHOWED DECREASED PROTHROMBIN LEVEL AND INCREASED COAGULATION TIME. PERIODONTAL EFFECTS WERE ALSO NOTED. CARDIAC SENSITIZATION MAY OCCUR AND MAY RESULT IN CARDIAC ARREST DUE TO VENTRICULAR FIBRILLATION. REPEATED INHALATION OF TOLUENE TO THE POINT OF EUPHORIA HAS CAUSED IRREVERSIBLE ENCEPHALOPATHY WITH CEREBELLAR ATAXIA, RHYTHMIC LIMB MOVEMENTS. UNSTEADINESS, BIZARRE BEHAVIOR, EMOTIONAL LABILITY, • OPTIC ATROPHY, AND DIFFUSE CEREBRAL *TROPHY, OTHER NEUROPSYCHIATRIC EFFECTS MAY INCLUDE DIZZINESS, SYNCOPE, PAREBTHEEIAC, PERIPHERAL NEUROPATHY, HALLUCINATIONS. LETHARGY. AND COMA. INTENTIONAL SNIFFING CAN PRODUCE RENAL TUBULAR DEFECTS WITH METABOLIC ACIDOSIS, ELECTROLYTE ABNORMALITIES AND POTASSIUM LOSS. REVERE MUSCLE WEAKNESS LEADING TO LIMB PARALYSIS 'AND CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIAS MAY RESULT FROM THE•HYPOKALEMIA, HOVEVER. SENSORY FUNCTION AND TENDON REFLEXES ARE NOT IMPAIRED. GASTROINTESTINAL EFFECTS MAY INCLUDE ABDOMINAL PAIN, NAUSEA, VOMITING, ANO HEMATEMESIS. CHROMOSOME CHANGES WERE DESERVED IN SOME WORKERS UP TO TWO YEARS AFTER CESSATION OF EXPOSURE TO TOLUENE. WOMEN OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO TOLUENE AND OTHER VARNISH SOLVENTS HAVE REPORTED MENSTRUAL DISORDERS, UNDERWEIGHT OFFSPRING WHO DID NOT NURSE WELL, AND FETAL ASPHYXIA.. DYBMENORRHEA HAS BEEN REPORTED IN WOMEN OCCUPATIONALLY EXPOSED TO TOLUENE LEVELS OF 6Q -100 PPM. REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS HAVE BEEN REPORTED IN ANIMALS. FIRST AID. REMOVE FROM EXPOSURE AREA TO FRESH AIR IMMEDIATELY. IF BREATHING HAS STOPPED. PERFORM ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. KEEP PERSON WARM AND AT REST. TREAT SYMPTOMATICALLY AND SUPPORTIVELY. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION) IMMEDIATELY. SKIN CONTACT, TOLUENE, IRRITANT. ACUTE EXPOSURE - CONTACT WITH THE LIQUID MAY CAUSE IRRITATION, SCALING, CRACKING ANO DERMATITIS. SKIN ASBORPTION DOES OCCUR, ■UT IT IS GENERALLY TOO SLOW TO PRGDUCE SIGNS OF ACUTE SYSTEMIC TOXICITY. PAREBTHESIAS OF THE SKIN MAY OCCUR FROM VAPOR EXPOSURE. CHRONIC EXPOSURE- REPEATED OR PROLONGEO CONTACT WITH THE LIQUID MAY CAUSE DEFATTING OF THE SKIN, RESULTING IN A DAY. FISSURED DERMATITIS. TEN 70 TWENTY APPLICATIONS TO "RASSIT SKIN PRODUCED BLIGHT TO MODERATE IRRITATION AND SLIGHT NECROSIS. FIRST AID- REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND SHOES IMMEDIAlTELY. WASH AFFECTED AREA WITH SOAP OR MILD DETERGENT AND LARGE AMOUNTS OF WRYER UNTIL NO EVIDENCE OF CHEMICAL REMAINS (APPROXIMATELY 1S -20 MINUTE•6 . GET MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY. EVE CONTACT, TOLUENE, IRRITANT. ACUTE EXPOSURE- CONTACT WITH THE LIQUID MAY.CRUBE CORNEAL BURNB.IF NOT PROMPTLY REMOVED, VAPORS MAY CAUSE NOTICEABLE IRRITATION AND LACRIMATION A 300 -800 PPM, AND EXTREMELY HIGH CONCENTRATIONS MAY CAUSE SLURRING OF VISION. CORNEAL LESIONS AND VERY FINE VACUOLES HAVE BEEN REPORTED IN YORKERS EXPOSED TO A SOLVENT MIXTURE CONTAINING TOLUENE. THE LESIONS SUBSIDED FOLLOWING SEVERAL DAYS OF NON - EXPOSURE. SIMILAR LESIONS HAVE SEEN PRODUCED IN CATS FOLLOWING EXPOSURE TO TOLUENE. CHRONIC EXPOSURE- REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT MAY CAUSE CONJUNCTIVITIS. FIRST AID- WASH EYES IMMEDIATELY WITH LARGE AMOUNTS OF WATER OR NORMAL SALINE, OCCASIONALLY LIFTING UPPER AND LOWER LIDS, UNTIL NO EVIDENCE OF CHEMICAL REMAINS (APPROXIMATELY 13.80 MINUTES). GET MEQICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY. INGESTION, TOLUENE: NARCOTIC. ACUTE EXPOSURE- MAY CAUSE NAUSEA, VOMITING. COLIC, DIARRHEA, 'WANING SENBATION IN THE EPIGRSTRIUM, HEADACHE. TINNITU$, DIZZINESS, WEAKNESS, EUPHORIA. DROWSINESS AND INCOORDINATION. IF LARGE AMOUNT* ARE INGESTED, SYMPTOMS MAY PROGRESS TO INCLUDE SHALLOW. RAPID RESPIRATION, TREMORS, VENTRICULAR IRREGULARITIES WITH FIBRILLATION. CONVULSIONS, STUPOR AND UNCONSCIQUSNtss. METABOLIC ACZDO$18 AND LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE MAY OCCUR. APPROXIMATELY 1.5.30 MILLILITERS IS THE HUMAN LETHAL DOSE. ASPIRATION OF• THE LIQUID INTO THE LUNGS MAY CAUSE COUGHING. GAGGING, ACUTE HEMORRHAGIC PNEUMQNITIS AND RAPIDLY DEVELOPING PULMONARY EDEMA, CHRONIC EXPOSURE- NO EP ECTB WERE REPORTED IN RATS FEb UP TO SO0•MG /KG /DAY FOR 193 DAYS. REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS HAVE SEEN REPORTED IN ANIMALS. FIRST AID- EXTREME CARE MUST SE USED TO PREVENT ASPIRATION. GASTRIC LAVAIE WITH A CUFFED ENDOTRACHERL TUBE IN PLACE TO PREVENT FURTHER ASPIR ATION SHOULD SE DONE WITHIN 15 MINUTES, IN THE ABSENCE OF DEPRESAION OR • CONVULSIONS 0* IMPAIRED GAG REFLEX, EMts=B CAN ALSO RE INDUCED USING SdRuP To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 06 PAGES MSDS4 020631 REV: 04/12/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:19am p.5 PAGE: * DATE: 07 /a * /9O ACCT: 086150 -0'h INDEX: **500S30070 CAT NO: T3a*SK'r PO NOR: k/A OF IPECAC WITHOUT INCREASING THE HAZARD OF ASPIRATION (DREISBACH. MANDSOOK OF POISONING, 18TH EO,.). TREAT SYMPTOMATICALLY AND SUPPORTIvELY. GASTRIC LAVAGE SHOULD SE PERFORMED OY QUALIFIED MEDICAL PERSONNEL. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY. ANTIDOTE: NO SPECIFIC ANTIDOTE, TREAT SYMPTOMATICALLY AND SUPPORTIVELY. REACTIVITY REACTIVITY: STABLE UNDER NORMAL TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES. INCOMPATIBILITIES: TOLUENE: ALLYL CHLORIDE • DICHLOROETHYL ALUM/NUM OR ETHYLALUMINUM SESQUICHLORIDE: PossmE ExPL09i0N. BROMINE TRIFLUORIOE (SOLID), VIOLENT REACTION. 1,7- DICNLORO. S, S- DIMETHYL.2, *- IMIDAZOLIDIDIONE:• EXPLOSIVE REACTION. DINITROGEN TETRAFLUORIDE: FORMS [XPLOSIvE MIXTURE. NITRIC ACID: VIGOROUS REACTION, NITRIC ACID • SULFURIC ACID, VIOLENT DECOMPOSITION POISISLE. NITROGEN TETROXIDE: EXPLOSIVE REACTION. OXIDIZERS (STRONG): FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD. PLASTICS, RUBBER, AND COATINGS: MAY BE ATTACKED, SILVER PERCHLORATE: FORMS SHOCK - SENSITIVE MIXTURE. SULFUR DICHLORIDE: VIOLENT ,REACTION, GREATLY ACCELERATED IN THE PRESENCE OF IRON OR FERRIC CHLORIDE. SULFURIC ACID: EXOTHERMIC REACTION. TETRANITROMETHANET FORMS EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE. URANIUM HEXAFLUORIDE: VIOLENT REACTION. DECOMPOSITION: THERMAL DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS MAY INCLUDE TOXIC OXIDES OF CARSON. POLYMERIZATION: HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION HAS NOT SEEN REPORTED TO OCCUR UNDER NORMAL TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES, STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OBSERVE ALL FEDERAL. STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS WHEN STORING OR DISPOSING OF THIS SUBSTANCE, FOR ASSISTANCE, CONTACT THE DISTRICT DIRECTOR OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY. *!STORAGE ** STORE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ES CFR 1510.106. PROTECT A1AINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE. OUTSIDE OR DETACHED STORAICL` IS PREFERABLE. INSIDE STORAGE SHOULD SE IN A STANDARD FLAMMAULE LIQUIDS STORAGE ROOM OR CABINET. SEPARATE FROM OXIDIZING MATERIALS (NFPA *9, HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS __..._._DATA, ..7S), ■ ONDXNG AND GROUNDING: SUBSTANCES WITH LOW ELECTROCONDUCTIVITY, WHICH MAY BE IGNITED BY ELECTROSTATIC SPARKS, SHOULD SE STORED IN CONTAINERS WHICH MEET THE BONDING AND GROUNDING GUIDELINES SPECIFIED IN NFPA 77 -ISBE, RECOMMENDED PRACTICE ON STATIC ELECTRICITY. STORE AWAY FROM INCOMPATIBLE SUBSTANCES, $ADISPOSALSR DISPOSAL MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE =TN STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO GENERATORS OF HAZARDOUS WAITE, *OCFR 262. EPA HAZARDOUS WASTE NUMBER UM. E SISSE** sss*s ssssss* ssssssssssssss ssE asssssASS mssESS Airssssssssssssssssss * * *ss CONDITIONS TO AVOIO AVOID CONTACT WITH HEAT, SPARKS, FLAMES. OR OTHER SOURCES OF IGNITION. VAPORS MAY SE EXPLOSIVE. AVOID OVERHEATING Of CONTAINERS, CONTAINERS MAY VIOLENTLY RUPTURE IN HEAT OF FIRE. AVOID CONTAMINATION OF WATER SOURCES. EAi***s**sEIRSAA***s**SESSSA ***SBEESA ****sESIESSAGESSESSS**ASEASSR *A** *s*isE SPILL AND LEAK PROCEDURES S OIL SPILL: D IG HOLDING AREA SUCH AS LAGOON, POND OR PIT FOR CONTAINMENT. DIKE FLOW OF SPILLED MATERIAL USING BOIL OR SANDBAGS OR 'OAMED BARRIERS SUCH AB POLYURETHANE OR CONCRETE. USE CEMENT POWDER OR FLY ASH. TO ABSORS'LIQUID MASS. 1 1. To C. BACH From SHA - HMIS 06 PAGES MSGS4 020831 REV: 04/12/90 CPURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:20am p.6 DATE! OT/E4/00 PAGE: 6 ACCTI 04 INDEX, *4.900530070 CAT.NO: Til*SK4 PO NOR: N/A IMMOBILIZE SPILL WITH UNIVERSAL GELLING AGENT. REDUCE VAPOR AND FIRE HAZARD WITH APPROPRIATE FOAM, AIR SPILL: KNOCK DOWN VAPORS WITH WATER SPRAY. KEEP UPWIND, WATER SPILL! LIMIT SPILL MOTION AND DISPERSION WITH NATURAL ■ARRIERS OR OIL *PILL CONTROL BOOMS. APPLY DETERGENTS, SOAPS, ALCOHOLS OR ANOTHER SURFACE ACTIVE AGENT. APPLY UNIVERSAL GELLING AGENT TO IMMOBILIZE TRAPPED SPILL AND INCREASE EFFICIENCY OF REMOVAL. IF DISSOLVED; AT A CONCENTRATION bF 10 PPM OR GREATER. APPLY.ACTIVATED CARSON AT TEN TIMES THE AMOUNT THAT HAS SEEN SPILLED. UBE SUCTION HOSES TO REMOVE TRAPPED SPILL MATERIAL, USE MECHANICAL DREDGES OR LIFTS TO EXTRACT IMMOBILIZED MASSES OF POLLUTION AND PRECIPITATES. OCCUPATIONAL SPILL, SHUT OFF IGNITION SOURCES. STOP LEAK ZF YOU CAN DO XT WITHOUT RISK. USE WATER MATERIAL AND REDUCE CONTAINERSSPORLLATERKDISPOSAL, FORDLARGERHSPILLS, DIKE FAR AHEAD OF SPILL FOR LATER DISPOSAL. NO SMOKING, FLAMES OR FLARES IN HAZARD AREA, KEEP UNNECESSARY PEOPLE AWAYI ISOLATE HAZARD AREA AND RESTRICT ENTRY. REPORTABLE QUANTITY CR0)! 1000 POUNDS THE BUPERFUND AMENDMENTS AND REAUTHORIZATION ACT (SARA) SECTION 3C4 REQUIRES THAT A RELEASE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE REPORTABLE QUANTITY FOR THIS SU$STANCE BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED 70 THE LOCAL EMERGENCY PLANNING COMMITTEE AND THE'STATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE COMMISSION (40 CFR 355,40). IF THE RELEASE OF THIS SUBSTANCE IS REPORTABLE UNDER CERCLA SECTION 103, THE NATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER MUST BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY AT (S00) 444 -4S02 OR Cl047 4E6.2fr7$ IN THE METROPOLITAN WASHINGTON. D.C. AREA (40 CFR 504.6), PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT VENTILATION! PROVIDE LOCAL EXHAUST OR GENERAL DILUTION VENTILATION TO MEET PUELIRHED EXPOSURE LIMITS. VENTILATION EQUIPMENT MUST NE EXPLOSION - PROOF; RESPIRATOR: THE FOLLOWING RESPIRATORS AND MAXIMUM USE CONCENTRATIONS ARE:RECOMMENDATIONS BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES, NIoSH POCKET GUIDE TO CHEMICAL HAZARDS; NIOSH CRITERIA DOCUMENTS OR EY THE U.S. .DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, ES CFR 1910 SUBPART Z. THE SPECIFIC * ESPIRATOR SELECTED MUST SE RASED ON CONTAMNATI ON LEVELS FOUND IN THE WORK PLACE. MUST N07 EXCEED THE WORKING LIMITS OF. THE RZPPIRAtOR AND RE JOINTLY APPROVED BY TIME NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH AND XHE MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (.NZO$H- MSHA), TOLUENE, • 1000 PPM- ANY CHEMICAL CARTRIDGE RESPIRATOR WITH ORGANIC VAPOR CARTRIDGE(B), ANY SUPPLIED.AIR RESPIRATOR. ANY POWERED'AIR- PURIFYING RESPIRATOR WITH ORGANIC VAPOR CARTRIQGE(S). ANY SELF - CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS. 4000 PPM. ANY SUPPLIED -AIR RESPIRATOR OPERATED IN A CONTINUOUS FLOW MODE. ANY SELF- CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS WITH A PULL FACEPIECE. ANY SUPPLIED -AIR RESPIRATOR WITH A FULL FACEPIECE. ANY AIR- PURIFyiNO FULL FACEPIECE RESPIRATOR (CAB MASK) WITH A CHIN -STYLE OR FRONT OR BACK - MOUNTED ORGANIC VAPOR CANISTER. E SCAPE- ANY AIR - PURIFYING FULL FACEPIECE RESPIRATOR (GAB MARK) WITH A ANY APPROPRIATE £$ CAPE- TYPECRELF- CONTAINEDNBREATHINGC APPARATUS. FOR FIREFIGHTING AND OTHER IMMEDIATELY DANREROUB TO LIFE OR HEALTH coNDITIoNS, S ELF - CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS WITH PULL FACEPIECE OPERATED IN PRESSURE.DEMAND OR OTHER POSITIVE PRESSURE MODE. SUPPLIED.AIR RESPIRATOR WITH FULL FACEPIECE AND OPERATED IN PRESSURE - DEMAND OR OTHER POSITIVE PRESBURE MODE IN COMBINATION WITH AN AUXILIARY CELF- CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS OPERATED IN PRESSURE - DEMAND OR OTHER POSITIVE PRESSURE MODE, CLOTHING: EMPLOYEE MUST WEAR APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE CIMPERVIOuS) CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT REPEATED OR PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT WITH THIS SUBSTANCE, GLOVES: EMPLOYEE MUST WEAR APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE CLOVES TO PREVENT CONTACT WITH THIS 1' • • To: C. 8ACH From: SHA — HMIS 06 PAGES MSGS* 020831 REV: 04/12/90 (PURE CHEMICAL) 2 -1 -91 9:20am DATE, 07 /24. /,0 INDEX, '*900530070 CAT NO, T3l4-SK4, SUBSTANCE. ACCT, Oa61S0.04. PAGE, S PO NER, N/A EYE PROTECTION, EMPLOYEE MUST WEAR SPLASH -PROOF OR DUST - RESISTANT SAFETY GOGGLES TO PREVENT EVE CONTACT WITH 'THIS SUBSTANCE. E MERGENCY EYE WASH, WHERE THERE IS ANY POSSIBILITY THAT AN EMPLOYEE'S EYES MAY SE EXPOSED, TO THIS SUBSTANCE. THE EMPLOYER SHOULD PROVIDE AN EVE WASH FOUNTAIN WITHIN THE IMMEDIATE YORK AREA FOR EMERGENCY USE, AUTHORIZED - FISHER SCIENTIFIC GROUP. INC. CREATION DATE; 10/2E/A+ . REVISION' BATE 04 /34/. THE INFORMATION BELOW INFORMATION CURRENTLY MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY SUCH INFORMATION, AND S HOULD MRKE THEIR OWN INFORMATION FOR THEIR .ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I8 ■ELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE VEST AVAILABLE TO US. HOWEVER, WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OF OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO WE ASSUME NO LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. USERS INVESTIGATIONS TO DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE PARTICULAR PURPOSES. p.7 1 1' • • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS# 034203 REV: 07/19/90 [TRADE NAME] MATERIAL SAFETY DATA ADHESIVES & STRUCTURAL MATERIALS THE DEXTER CORPORATION r''E DEXTER DRIVE ABROOK, NH 03874 W1802AA WASHINGTON COLOR $i CHEM PRODUCT CODE: FK0700"-AEROSOL DESCRIPTION 700 700 - SHEET 2 -1 -91 9:37am p.2 4`VW L9/5 DIVISION TELEPHONE 603 - 474-5541 7/19/90 EMERGENCY 603- 926 -0910 "-- WASHINGTON COLOR & CHEMICAL CO. 401 EVANS BLACK DRIVE SEATTLE, WA 98188 (206) 433.8080 * N. A. = NOT, APPLICABLE SECTION I - NOMENCLATURE . CHEMICAL NAME AND SYNONYMS Proprietary -- Resin Solution TRADE NAME AND SYNONYMS FREKOTE 700 AEROSOL CHEMICAL FAMILY Polymeric Resin FORMULA Proprietary REVISION NBR: O1 12/19/88 N.E. = NOT ESTABLISHED SECTION ' II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS & SECTION 313 SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION If a hazardous ingredient is identified as being a toxic chemical via hazard code "A ", that chemical is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right -To -Know Act of 1986 and of 40CFR372. HAZARD CODES(HAZD): C= Carcinogen (OSHA, NTP, IARC) H= Hazardous(OSHA) P= California Prop 65(carcinogen) A=Superfund amendments and reauthorization act(SARA) HAZARDOUS MATERIAL % by Wt. TLV MEAS. PEL MEAS. Chlorodifluoromethane 14.9 Trichlorotrifluoroethane 19.8 Iioparaffinic Hydrocarbon 52.9 (Boiling Point 206 -224 F) Dibutyl Ether 11.6 CAS NBR HAZD 1000 ppm 1000 ppm 75- -45 -6 1000 ppm 1000 ppm 76-13 -1 NE 300 ppm* 64742 -48 -9 NE 100 ppm* 142 -96 -1 *As per manufacturer's recommendation SECTION III - PHYSICAL DATA BOILING PT (DEG. F) Compressed gas VAPOR PRESSURE (MM HG). It 23 C (PSI) 40 VAPOR DENSITY (AIR =1) SOLUBILITY IN WATER APPEARANCE AND ODOR- FIC GRAVITY =1) PCT VOLATILE BY VOL (Y.) Unk. E(APOORATION1RATE Slight 00 ` `6k 3 T� 0. 865 99. 20 Unk. H" A. H H H • • • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES SECTION III - PHYSICAL DATA Colorless, mild MSDS# 034203 REV: 07/19/90 (TRADE NAME) .CTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT (DEG. F) Flammable LOWER EXPLO. LEVEL 2 -1 -91 9:37am FK0700A CONTINUED... METHOD USED Unknown UPPER EXPLO. p.3 ASTM D 3065 -72 LEVEL Unknown EXTINGUISHING MEDIA - Powder, foam, ` CO2, dry-chemical recommended SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES- - Self-- contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing worn in fighting fires involving chemicals. UNUSUAL FIRE AND. EXPLOSION HAZARDS - None should be SECTION V - HEALTH HAZARD DATA THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE - SEE SECTION II for exposure limits and carcinogencity. EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE- - May irritate eyes, skin and mucous membrane of the respiratory tract: Contact of liquid or aerosol spray with skin or eyes may cause frostbite. Exposure to very high concentrations may-cause sensitization of the myocardium and may aggravate impaired cardiovascular functions. Excessive exposure may damage kidneys and liver. Over exposure to the vapors by inhalation may produce effects including shortness of breath and temporary nervous system depression with anaesthetic effects such as dizziness, headache, giddiness, lightheaded- ness confusion and incoordination, and may lead to narcosis, cardiac irregularities loss of consciousness or death. Higher exposures to the vapors may cause temporary alteration of the hearts electrical activity with irregular pulse, palpitations or inadequate circulation; or fatality from gross overexposure. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES - INHALATION: Remove to fresh air, and call a'physician. If not breathing give artificial respiration, preferably mouth- -to- mouth. if breathing is difficult, give oxygen. DO NOT give epinephrine or similar drugs. NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: Because of a possible increased risk Or eliciting cardiac dysrhythmias, administration of catecholamine hugs -such Is epinephrine- should be considered only as a last resort in life- threatening emergencies for emergency life support. EYES: In case of liquid or aerosol contact,. immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.- Call a physician immediately. SKIN: Wash area of contact thoroughy; with soap and water, and rinse well with water. Treat for frostbite if necessary. INGESTION: Call a physician immediately. DO NOT induce vomiting except on advice of physician. DO NOT give epinephrine or similar drugs (See "Note to Physician" above) -. Do not allow vigorous exercise for 24 hours following potentially toxic exposures. Irregularity (see description in Effects of Overexposure above "); Systemic Toxicity from hydrocarbons and.other components. HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION PRINCIPLE HEALTH HAZARDS INHALATION: Inhalation of high concentrations of vapor is harmful, and may cause hearing irregularities, unconsciousness or death. Intentional misuse can be fatal. Vapor is heavier than air, reduces oxygen availability for breathing, and . may cause suffocation. Central nervous system depression and related s mptoms,.and cardiac irregularity (see description. in "Effects of Overexposure above "); Systemic Toxicity from hydrocarbons and other components. OTHER HEALTH HAZARDS: Contact of liquid or aerosol spray with skin or eye may-produce frostbite CHLORODIFLUOROMETHANE (comp•onent)•is not listed'as a carcinnoog.en by /ARC, To: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS# 034203 REV: 07/19/90 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:30am p.4 SECTION V -- HEALTH HAZARD DATA- FK0700A CONTINUED... • NTP,OSHA or ACGIH. • Based on animal studies and human experiences summarized below. This fluorocarbon may possibly be hazardous to man in terms of systemic toxicity,. carcinogenicity, mutogenicity or teratogenicity at occupational exposure levels below its TLV. INHALATION 4 —hour LC 50 220,000 ppm in rats The compound is untested for skin and eye irritancy and is untested for animal sensitization. Toxicity described in. animals . exposed by inhalation to concentrations ranging from 5% to 70% include effects on on the central nervous system, liver, lungs, kidneys, spleen; cardiac sensitization; decreased body weight gain; and partial anesthesia. In chronic inhalation studies, FC-22 produced a small, but statistically significant, increase of tumors in male rats, but not female rats or mile or female mice, at a concentration of 50,000 ppm (v /v). In the same studies, no carcinogenic effects were seen in either species at concentrations of 10,000 ppm or 1000 ppm (v /v). FC -22 was mutagenic in bacterial cell cultures but not mammalian cell cultures, and was not mutagenic in whole animal assays. A slight, but significant, increase in developmental•toxicity (eye malformations, • decreased fetal weights) has been observed in the offspring of rats exposed to high concentrations (50,000 pm) of FC -22, a concentration which was also maternally toxic; no effects on the fetus or the maternal rats were seen at 1000 or 100 ppm. Developmental toxicity tudies in rabbits at 50,000, 1000 and 100 ppm FC-22 were negative. Studies of the effects of FC -22 on male reproductive performance have been negative. Specific studies to evaluate the effect on female reproductive performance- have not been conducted, however, limited information obtained from studies on developmental toxicity do not indicate adverse effects on female reproductive performance at concentrations up to 50,000 ppm (v /v). MEDICAL CONDITIONS POSSIBLY AGGRAVATED BY'EXPOSURE— Individuals with preexisting diseases of the central nervous. system or cardiovascular system may have increased susceptibility to the toxicity of excessive exposures. See "Principle Health Hazards" and "Effects of Overexposure" • portions of this Section (V): pulmonary conditions involving reduced oxygenation or ventilation, capacity. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS— Avoid breathing vapors or spray, and liquid or spray contact with skin or eyes. Do not ingest. Use only n well - ventilated area. Vapor may be heavier than air and may collect in low areas, restricting availability of air for breathing. Do not use near sources of ignition. • SECTION VI — REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID — Open flame and high temperatures. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID) — Alkali or alkaline —earth metals— powdered A1, Zn, Be, etc. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS — Phosgene, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen fluoride HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION— Will not occur CONDITIONS TO AVOID— None SECTION VII — SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED. OR SPILLED— Ventilate area using mechanical ventilation where available. Actively ventilate low places where heavy vapors tend to collect. Heavy vapors may. restrict availability of'air for breathing with large spill or release, evacuate area and use self — contained breathing apparatus during cleanup. Mop, wipe or soak up. Bind •with absorbing material such as sawdust. Remove.all potential ignition sources. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD — Cans under pressure. Do not puncture or incinerate. Dispose of according to Federal, State and.•local laws. SECTION VIII — SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS4 034203 REV: 07/19/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:38am g.ECTIQN.VIII - SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (SPECIFY TYPE) - If use conditions generate contamination, use NIOSH recommended respirators appropriate for the airborne levels generated. VENTILATION- As required to control airborne contamination. PROTECTIVE GLOVES - Solvent resistant, EYE PROTECTION - Chemical splash goggles OTHER PROTECTIVE EGUIPMENT- Use impervious clothing if necessary to avoid skin contact. PK0700A CONTINUED... p.5 SECTION IX - SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN STORAGE AND HANDLING- Store away from heat and flame. Use with adequate ventilation. Storage should be in compliance with NFPA.and OSHA 29CFR1910 106 and 107. OTHER PRECAUTIONS - Avoid contact with skin and breathing of vapors. NAME: Ken DeCosta DATE 7/14/90 PAGE 4 OF 4. • • 7a: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 02 PAGES • MSDS4 031319 REV: 10/11/85 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 9:35am p.2 VIDEQJET MATERIAL pP SAFETY DATA SHEET Vicieofet EA/sterna eiternotloreI, hc. 2.200 Ardjr Avenue EU Grove YAega, Ilinbis 60007 :a 12/59 3-6EXoo Emergency Phone 24 Hours 312 /E347 -9900 PRODUCT NUMBER AND NAME L6 -3800 Videoj et Cleaning Solut ion-White Ink For latest data, con. suit manufacturer. DATE THIS FORM PREPARED 10/11/85 (2 -498) - - — ' _. AZARDOUS .CNAIUREOF E- FYINOCOMPANYOFFIcIAL 9._ _� INGREDIENTS CASN oo TLV (units).... (sopropanol d73y ^ �� . 67 -63 -0 25 400 Ammonium Hydroxide (28 -30 %)049 1336 -21 -6 : 5 50 2-Butoxy Ethanol 05-14 - D I 111— 76 -2 25 50 N- Butano1 oe'fl 71 -36 -3 • 15 100 rhis product contains no additional materials known to be listed as lazardous at this time, per DOT -CFR 49, EPA -CFR 40, OSHA -CFR 29: L910.1000 thru 1910.3.500 (Z List), or Ill. P.A. 83 -240. PHYSICAL DATA : BOILING RANGE (CI 70 -170 SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20 : 1) . 892 VAPOR PRESSURE (mmHg at 20 °C) Average 9.5 % VOLATILE BY WEIGHT 100 VAPORDENSITY(alr =1) >2.0 Average COLOR AND ODOR Clear - Alcohol SOLUBILITY IN WATER . Soluble PHYSICAL STATE Liquid _ _.. FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA , - FLAMMABLE LIMITS (STP) U.N. OR N.A. NUMBER; FLASH POINT (AND METHOD USED) 83°F. T.C.C. LOWER: UPPER: UN 1993 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA E El ALCOHOL FOAM ® CO2 x� DRY CHEMICAL WATER FOG 1 FOAM OTHER SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROTECTNE EQUIPMENT None UNUSUAL. FIRE AND. EXPLOSION HAZARDS None _ -Pt EAC�`IVIf DATA STABILITY NORMAL• CONDITIONS x CON tITIONSTOAVOID Concentration of vapor. FIRE CONDITIONS INCOMPATIBILITY A+.telal.to.wl4 .. WATER OTHER Alcohols. may react vigorously with oxidizing material HAZARDOUS With insufficient oxygen during burning, carbon monoxide might DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS form. CONDITIONS TO AVOID HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION MAY OCCUR None ' WILL NOT x OCCUR 03,q - ,\3\ 5. 1(0-3c600 C\e.Cut r\ SO\ \ To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES Material Safety Data Sheet • (continued) MSOS# 031319 REV: 10/11/85 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:35am p.3 . ORAL INGESTION EYE CONTACT HEALTH HAZARD DATA .' EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE FIRST AID PROCEDURES Mildly toxic causing drowsiness, headache, G.I. disturbances and nausea. Mildly irritating to the eye . • Call medical and cause vomiting. Flush with water for at least 15 minutes. SKIN CONTACT Can cause drying of the skin. Wash with soap and water. SKIN ABSORPTION Provide fresh air and rest. INHALATION Can irritate nose and throat & cause drowziness. EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE STEPSTO BETAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED Can cause irritation to eyes, nose and throat . Drowsiness and headache & G.I. disturbances. SPILL OR LEAK. PROCEDURES Wipe . with absorbent material. ' - • • . • • DISPOSAL METHOD: VENTILATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL water soluble waste . SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION- LOCAL EXHAUST Preferable REGULATIONS for flammable SPECIAL MECHANICAL(Oenerat) Acceptable OTHER 1 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (Specify Type) • Not normally required. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING None -- EYE PROTECTION a NOT NORMALLY NECESSARY A SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS OTHER OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT HANDLING AND STORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS OR OTHER COMMENTS . • materials. Store in area suitable for flammable PRECAUTIONARY LABELING D.O.T. flammable liquid label. OTHER COMMENTS • The Information herein is siren In good faith but no warranty, exprrased or knotted. Is mad.. • • • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES VIEIEEIJET' ,,,de,)et Sy,ter„,n,,,,,tio,,,, MATERIAL -1(4c/1)1 MSOS# 031317 REV: 10/14/86 [TRADE NAME) 12000 Arthur Amvue Ek Grove VBege. Made BOOO7 212693 -9900 PRODUCT NUMBER AND NAME LI 16-2100 INK SAFETY DATA SHEET For latest data, con- 1DATE THIS FORM PREPARED cult manufacturer. 10-.14-B6 2 -1 -91 9:26am p.2 Customer Service 318/593 -8800 Phone: uHoure Pdandex 303/823 -5716 2 - Propanol (PEL: 400 ppm, TWA; STET. 500 ppm) 0135 Morpboline (SKri1: PEI. 20 ppin, WA f. STE[, 30 ppm) or4 a Titanium Dioxide (dust) NO This material contains no OSHA regulated carcinogens and no carcinogens reported by NTP or IARC. .PHYSICAL - OATA 67 -63 -0 110 -91 -8 13463-67-7 PPM, TVA 400 • 20 10dtg /m3 BOILING RANGE (CI SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20 a 1) VAPOR PRESSURE (mmHg el 40°C) % VOLATILE BY WEIGHT VAPOR DENSITY (sir as 1) SOLUBILITY IN WATER COLOR AND ODOR White alcohol _, liquid FLASH POINT (AND METHOD USED) 76 °F. (TCC) FLAMMABLE UMITS (SIP) LOWER: NE UPPER: NE U.N. OR N.A. NUMBER: UN 1210 EXTINGUISHING; MEDIA: SPECIALFIRE FIGHTING PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT • UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS ® WATER FOG ® FOAM ® ALCOHOL FOAM ® CO Z DRY CHEMICAL OTHER ar approved self contained breathing apparatus and protective mpeTvi.oue clothing. ontainers may melt and rupture in heat of fire. •ra RIACTIVI T Y DATA Cool with STABILITY NORMAL CONDITIONS FIRE CONDITIONS INCOMPATIBILITY ss.c«ialstowaU4 HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION CONDITIONS TO AVOID Stable under normal- conditions of use. 0 WATER [] OTHER Avoid exposure to oxidizing agents. . •During combustion any of the following may form: carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. MAY OCCUR OCCURT CONDITIONS TO AVOID None (F RC To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES Material Safety Dote Sheet • (continued) MSDS4 031317 REV: 10/14/86 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:27am p.3 The Mfetmatlen basin Is Olsen ht seed faith but no warranty. exprsssee os ImoNad_ Is made. - HEALTH HAZARD DATA _ FIRST. AID PROCEDURES Call a physician or POISINDBX (303 -263 -5716) EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE ORALINGESTION Gastric upset. Vomiting possible nausea, dizziness ,' headache , blurred vision . CNS may be affected EYECONTACT Burning and irritation. Red- ness and blurring of vision possible. severe exposure may •Fivah eyes with plenty of water for 15 minutes. See a physician SKIN CONTACT -• Irritation, redness, burning. • _ Remove clothing. Wash area thoroo with eoao and water _ X-Kai£ ee>! . irritation or burning develops or SKIN ABSORPTION Absorption is possible. • tNHALATtON Headache, dizziness, nausea Remove to fresh air. If breath - narcosis may result. ing is difficult, give oxygen. EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE Existing respiratory, skin and eye conditiona may be aggravated.' In severe exposure, points of attack are skin, eyes and respiratory system. Treatment should be directed at the control of symptoms STEPS TO BETAKEN M CASE ASED OR SPILLED t8 RELEASED OR SPILLED .44 . • h... 01: SPILLOR LEAK PROCEDURES -. of ignition. Contain Scoop into an approved area with soap and water. Do Ventilate the area. Remove all sources the spill absorb with an inert material. container for disposal. Clean the not flush' down severa, sinks or drains. DISPOSAL METHOD: VENTILATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL Incineration recommended SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION REGULATIONS _ SPECIAL • Not usually needed LOCAL EXHAUST Required MECHANICAL (General) OTHER RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ( fyTYPe) None usually needed, An approved £disposable ).- organic vapor reap PROTECTIVECLOTHING Rubber (Butyl) gloves and apron EYE PROTECTION -0 NOT NORMALLY NECESSARY Q SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS OTHER OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT None usually needed. • • HANDLINGANDSTORINQ REQUIREMENTS _ . - SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS OA OTHER COMMENTS wash thoroughly after handling. Avoid contact with eyes, akin, and clothing. For external use only; do not ingest. Use with adequate ventilation. store in a cool dry place. Keep away.frem. heat, sparks, .or flame. Keep container closed. PRECAUTIONARY LABEUNG See bottle label. OTHER COMMENTS None ..• The Mfetmatlen basin Is Olsen ht seed faith but no warranty. exprsssee os ImoNad_ Is made. To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES VIDEOJET Viideoiet Systeme Internetionet. krc. 2200 Arthur Avenue ek Grump VYlege. NHnoia 50007 312/693 -8e00 MSDS# 031318 REV: 10/10/85 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 9:32am p.2 MATERIAL (C`Gt"./ SAFETY DATA SHEE Emergency Pho 24 Hours 312/B47-8800 PntRinAex 4C VA 1 —c 16 PRODUCT NUMBER AND NAME 16 -2105 Videojet White Make Up Ink (2-392) For latest data, coo. suit manufacturer. DATE THIS FORM PREPARED 10/10/85 - Isopropyl Alcohol 0739 -b4 Ammonium Hydroxide (28 -30X) This product contains no additional hazardous at this time, per 1910.1000 thru 1910.1500 (Z BOILING RANGE (C1 003 DOT List), 76 _ HAZARDOUS • -NATURE OFCERi1/ , ..4:4 Lim INGREDIENTS . known to be listed 40, OSHA -CFR 83-240. DATA SPECIFIC GRAVITY COMPANY OFFICIAL S-- 3 -, CAS # o -Fk _ - i, 70 42 .855 TLV(units) PPm 400 50 . materials -CFR 49,-EPA -CFR or I11. P.A. PHYSICAL -108 67 -63 -0 1336 -21 -6 as 29: = 1) VAPOR PRESSURE (mmHg at 20•C) • Average 25 % VOLATILE BY WEIGHT 100% VAPOR DENSITY (alr = 1) Average 2.25 COLOR AND ODOR Clear- Alcohol SOLUBILITY IN WATER FLASH POINT (AND METHOD USED) _ Soluble - FIRE AND EXPLOSION- - 661PF. T.C.C. PHYSICAL STATE HAZARD DATA FLAMMABLE LIMITS (STP) LOWER: UPPER: Liquid U.N. OR N.A. NUMBER: UN 1993 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: d ALCOHOL FOAM Q Wz CHEMICAL P WATER FOG Q FOAM r DRY A OTHER SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT • None . UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS None STABILITY NORMAL CONDITIONS x REACTIVITY DATA CONDITIONS TO AVOID Concentration of vapors. FIRS CONDITIONS INCOMPATIBILITY pam,,rl,k,,,, ,rowl . .0 WATER - CO OTHER Alcohols may react_yiorously with oxidizing material DAARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS MAY OCCUR With insufficient o xyg en during burning, carbon monoxide may firm. - CONDITIONS TO AVOID xne HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION WILL NOT OCCUR \I 03aiq 3\31'2 $ (FNON' To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES Material Safety Data Sheet • (continued) MSDSa 031318 REV: 10/10/85 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:32am P.3 EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE FIRST AID PROCEDURES ORAL INGESTION Mildly toxic causing drowsiness, headache, G.I. disturbances and nausea. Call medical and cause vomiting. Mildly irritating to the eye. EYE CONTACT Flush with water for at least 15 minutes. SKIN CONTACT Wash with soap and water. SKIN ABSORPTION INHALATION Provide fresh air and rest. EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE Can cause irritation to eyes, nose and throat. Drowsiness and headache, & G.I. disturbances. STEPS TO BETAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED Wipe with absorbent material. DISPOSAL METHOD: VENTILATION RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (SPeclfyType) Not normally required. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING None IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS water soluble waste. LOCAL EXHAUST Preferable SPECIAL MECHANICAL (Genera Acceptable OTHER EYE PROTECTION NOT NORMALLY NECESSARY _ OTHER OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ® SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS HANDLING AND STORING REQUIREMENTS PRECAUTIONARY LABELING OTHER COMMENTS Store in area suitable for flammable materials D.O.T. flammable liquid label The information herein Is given In good faith but no warranty, expressed or Implied, Is made. ve; To C. BACH NOV 14 1 3 From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDS4 033186 REV: 09/19/89 [TRADE NAME] 10Et 11:46 i C' ? iQFa:, '- J i_U INC 4175+ F02 Section I MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 2 -1 -91 9:23am p.2 'TORAY° Dated 19 /aL . > Page l of 3 • Manufacturer : Toray Industr ea Inc. Address : on ashiu-Huromac i 2 chome, Chuo -ku, Tokyo 103, Japan Phone Number. (Japan). 3- 245 -5750 Product-Name 3900-2 prepreg Chemical Family: Formulated epoxy :resin impregnated material with Carbon Fiber (PAN based) or Glass Fiber Section II Hazardous Ingredient Fiber Carbon Fiber (PAN based) 5O7( or Glass Fiber T);aG Formulated Resin (Proprietary) Epoxy Rosin Plicis or . Catalyst Section III Physical Data Boiling Point Vapor Pressure (mmHg) Vapor Density (,air =1) Solubility in Water Specific Gravity (H201). Percent Volatile = Evaporation Rate Appearance and Odor • N/A N/A = N/A N/A N/A <2% N/A (N /A = w�$ 50-70% 30-514; not eetab1 iehed Black, resin impregnated material, practically odorless not applicable) L3/755-,..33/ - To: C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDSs 033186 REV: 09/19/89 [TRADE NAME) _r,LT -t � -1 -' 0 ^9 WED 11:4E l D: NORWEST CO INC U175 PO:i Section IV Fire and Explosion Hazard Data Flash Point Flammable Limit Extinguishing Media Special Fire Fighting Procedures 2 -1 -91 9:24am 'TORAIr Is N/A .' NSA Water, Dry Chemical, Foam Carbon Dioxide Self - contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing should ba worn in case of fires. None Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazard w Section V Health Hazard Data Threshold Limit Value m Not established !or this product Effect of overexposure = Prolonged or repeated contact may cause skin irritation or allergic reaction.. Emergency and First Aid Procedure a Remove contaminated clothing in the case of contact. Wash affected skin area with soap and plenty of water. Section VI Reactivity Data S'tabi1 ity Conditions to Avoid Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid) - Hazardous Decomposition Products = Hazardous Polymerization Conditions -to Avoid = Section VII Spill or.Leak Procedure Stable but has react v ty Avoid excess: heat Strong acid, bases, oxidizing agent May form toxic materials, avoid inhalation Will not occur Not anticipat.d Steps to be taken in ma et rial is released or spilled w N/A waste Disposal Method - ,Bury in designated ground in accordance with local and national regulations. Do not incinarats it. Incineration may generate airborne fibers which may cause slectrioal malfunctions in oase of carbon fiber is used. p.3 To: C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDS# 033186 REV: 09/19/89 [TRADE NAME) 11;4? U 175 PO-1 Section VII/ Special. Protection Information Respiratory' Protection Ventilation Protection Gloves while Lye Protection 2 -1 -91 9:24am p.4 'TORAY' other Protective Equipment ■ Vapor respirator is recommended when heated to 120 F or above. ■ Adequate ventilation is recommended while machining cured product. Rubber or plastic gloves •should be worn at all times handling this material. Safety glasses and /or goggles should be worn while machining cured product. Eyewash fountains, creams for epoxy resin. Section IX Special precautions Precaution should be tak� n handling and Storage: en Materials sealed against contamination from dirt and moisture. Store below 37 F. Carbon fiber is •lectricall Other precautions conductive. It may cause hort circuits of electric apparatus, especially when airborne fibers are drifting,in the circumference. This. material safety data sheet does not anticipate all the situations in which the material is used or all the individuals who use it. Though we believe the information j,s correct, it may not be perfect. Users are obliged to test this material and to use it safely in accordance with every related regulation and law. We assume no warranty upon the result of users using information of this sheet. Prepared By: Mr. A. Takeo Manager of ACM Department Tokyo Office . I To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSDS4 030479 REV: 03/15/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:58am p.2 Advanced ,,iv fir c • Materials T E • ' TE: 05-31-90 IYm a 02390 Z /v_£GaOS Soein 3uppoi t Su-T ./ices - P.O. Box 3707 M/S 7E -35 Seattle, WA 98124 • • 501 West Third Street Winona, Minnesota 55987 507)454.3611 Attn : Dana Moore Tax: (507) 54 2270 This cover page is intended to be an integral part of the attached MSDS and is not to be detached. Enclosed is the material safety data sheet for the product(s) listed immediately below. PRODUCT NAME(S) : HYE 3034K Taps, HYE 1034K Tape, HMF. 5-1.33/34 - 111 Broadgoods, HMF 5- 322 /34C -IV Broadgoods, HYE 3034E Tape, FX 30E34 FP, FX 30E34 FP, HMF 5- 133/34 Broadgoods, HMF 5- 322/34C -II Broadgoods, HMF 5- 322D/34C Broadgoods, HYE GM 0.7/34 Mat, HMI' 322D/34C -III Broadgoods, HMF 322D/34C -IV Broadgoods, HMF 5- 322D/34C -III Broadgoods, HIM 2351/34 Broadgoods, IMF 2380/340 Broadgoods, HN+' 2390D 34 Broad cods PX /PW -34, HYE 1634N Tape, HYE 2134B Tape, HYE 1034C Tape, HYE 204D Tape, HYE 2134A Tape Please forward the MSDS to your Safety Officer or other individuals in your organization responsible for implementing • safety and handling regulations. The ICI FIBERITE, INC generated MSDS should not, and cannot, be taken as the sum total of all protective measures to be taken. State and local work -- standards on ventilation, toxicology,• and fire prevention should be consulted and utilized to compliment the.. data contained in the MSDS. i The conditions of the use of the product; arid the suitability of product for your particular purposes, are beyond the control of ICI FIBERITE, INC. Thus, all risks of the use of this product are assumed by the user. If you resell the product, you are responsible for supplying your customer with the information contained on the MSDS, along with any appropriate warnings and safety instructions. It is a pleasure supplying your company with our products, and we look' forward to our continued business relationship. I€ you have any questions or require additional information on the handling, storage, usage or disposal of our products, please contact Fiberite. Sincerely, ICI FIBERITE, Brad Dieringer, Chemical Safety Specialist 30971 riberiie is a business unit al ICI Composites Inc. Tu./ I To: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 05 PAGES MSOSU 030479 REV: 03/15/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:59am ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET • COMPANY NAME: ICI FIBERITE ADDRESS : 501 WEST THIRD ST. CITY ST ZIP : WINONA, MN 55987 • • EFFECTIVE DATE: 03 / 15 PRINT DATE 03 31 / 90 CONTACT: PHONE : FAX TELEX : p.3 BRAD DIERINGER 507 - 454 - 3611 507 - 454 - 5105 507 - 454 - 5105 PRODUCT SHORT NAME:. 934 /CARBON PART NUMBER : PRODUCT NAME: 934 /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS EPDXY /CARBON PREPREG MSDS NUMBER: 85060209 REV: SECTION 1 HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS' HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS C.A.S. NO. 1 Carbon /graphite fiber 2 Epoxy resins 3 4,4,- Sulfonyl dianiline 4 Acetone * Composition withheld as a trade secret 7440 -44 -0 (DDS) 80 -08 -0 67 -64-1 $ PEL 55 -75 15-40 - -- * 0 -2 750 ppm TLV 750 ppm SECTION 2 PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE AND ODOR: Black impregnated tape/ no odor. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.2 -1.8 % VOLATILE BY WEIGHT: C 2% ' FLAMMABLE LIMITS: Lel NA Uel - NA VAPOR PRESSURE,@ DEG. F: NA VAPOR DENSITY: NA CONSTANT•TEMPERATURE STABILITY (CTS) VALUE: >200 deg F SECTION 3 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS FLASH POINT: NA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, water SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND HAZARDS: Use self- contained breathing apparatus. Exothermic polymerization may occur. Incineration can generate airborne carbon fibers which may cause electrical malfunction. PAGE 1 To: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 05 PAGES MSGS* 030479 REV: 03/15/90 CTRAGE NAME) 2 -1 -91 9:59am p.4 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 934 /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS SECTION 4 REACTIVITY DATA INCOMPATIBILITY: Strong oxidizers, strong acids, strong bases. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: COX, NOx, SOx, amines, BF3, phenols, incompletely burned hydrocarbons POLYMERZATION HAZARD: Exothermic polymerization can occur with rapid or excessive heat. When heated to decomposition toxic emissions may be released. EXOTHERM FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Dissipate heat by spreading material apart and dousing with water. Contain emissions using local exhaust. SECTION 5 SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE: Pick up and use uncontaminated material. Contaminated material should be picked up and disposed of properly. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Dispose of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations, which may vary by location. Questions concerning disposal should be directed to Fiberite's Safety, Health, & Environmental Affairs Department for evaulation on a case by case basis. SECTION 6 HEALTH HAZARD DATA SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: Epoxy .resins cause irritation of-skin and eyes, and possible dermatitis or allergy/sensitization. Vapors coming off heated material may cause irritation. Existing allergies may be aggravated. Epoxies are commonly mutagenic to bacteria. DDS causes severe skin sensitiztion, minor body ailments, blood disorders, and may aggravate existing allergies (to sulfonamides) or enzyme (glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase) deficiency. DDS has been assayed by NCI for carcinogenesis with mixed positive and negative results. Fibers cause mechanical skin irritation and possible respiratory irritation. PRIMARY /POTENTIAL ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: Dermal, inhalation (at high temperatures) . POTENTIAL CARCINOGENS PRESENT (NTP, tARC, or OSHA): none • SECTION 7 PAGE • 2 FIRST AID To: C. BACH From SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSDS4 030479 REV: 03/15/90 [TRADE NAME) ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL 'SAFETY DATA SHEET 934 /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS 2 -1 -91 9:59am p.5 EYES: Flush with water for 15 minutes, consult a physician. SKIN: Wash with soap and water. Remove fiber splinters with tweezers or a sterile needle. INHALATION: Move to fresh air. INGESTION: Unlikely to be a problem. SECTION 8 SPECIAL HANDLING INFORMATION VENTILATION:. Good general ventilation and local .exhaust recommended, particularly where grinding or heating operations occur. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:. Usually not needed. Use NIOSH /MSHA approved respirators if TLV's are exceeded. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING: Impervious rubber gloves, clean body- coveing clothing. • EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses STORAGE:A Store at or below 10 deg F SECTION 9 REGULATORY INFORMATION SARA TITLE III INFORMATION NO. It • EHS'RQ (lbs) EHS TP,Q (lbs) Sec 313 313 Category 4 ( *1) ( *2) (*3) ( *4) 5000 X NO. Corresponds to the numbered ingredient on page one. *1 ir Reportable Quantity of Extremely Hazardous Substances, Sec. 302 *2 a Threshhold Planning Quantity, Extremely Hazardous Substances, Sec 302 *3 Toxic Chemical, Sec 313 *4 - Category Sec 313 (40 CFR 372.65), used on Toxic Release Inventory Form TSCA (TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL ACT) REGULATIONS (4.0 CFR 710) : All components are listed in compliance with the Toxic Substances Control Act. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION; U. 0. T.: Not regulated • I. A. T. A.: Not regulated PAGE 3 To C. BACH • 934 /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS From: SHA — HMIS 05 PAGES MSDSa 030479 REV: 03/15/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:00am p.6 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET • SECTION 10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Protect electrical equipment against infiltration by highly conductive carbon fibers. Nuisance materials may be released as dusts when machining cured products. In accordance with ood industrial g practice, handle with care and avoid unnecessary personal contact. The information contained herein is based on the data available to us and is given in good faith, however, Fiberite makes no warranty, expressed or im- plied regarding the accuracy of this data. PAGE 4 LAST To C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES • 4300 JACKSON ST. GREENVILLE, TX 75401 PHONE (214) 454 -2004 MSDS# 028073 REV: 89/15/87 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:07am p.2 FIBERi7'E' zz • 501 WEST SRO ST. WINONA, MN 55897 • PHONE (507) 454 -3811 646 NORTH CYPRESS ORANGE, CA 92966 PHONE (714) 539.2050 MATEF I /�L . SAF'ETY DATA SHEET' EFFECTIVE DATE: 09 -15 -87 DATE PRINTED: 09 -23 -87 PRODUCT NAME: HMF 322D/34C Broadgoods PRODUCT CODE: 13- 4091 -3 Epoxy /carbon prepreg MSDS # 85060209 rev.8 HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS C.A.S.# Carbon /graphite fiber - 7440 -44 -0 55 -75 Epoxy resins 353-' II 15 -30 4,4'- 5ulfonyl dianilinelDDS 80 -06 -0 * Acetone 01U I 67 -64 -1 D.O.T.- Not regulated PEL TLV < 2 1000 ppm 750 ppm * Composition withheld as a trade secret. SECTION • 1 • PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE AND ODOR: Black impregnated fabric/ no odor. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.2 -1.8 VOLATILE BY WEIGHT: 27. FLAMMABLE LIMITS; Lel = NA 1Jel = NA VAPOR PRESSURE 8 DEG. F: NA VAPOR DENSITY: NA CONSTANT TEMPERATURE STABILITY (CTS) VALUE: 200 deg F SECTION : 2. FLASH POINT: NA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:. Carbon dioxide, dry chemica4 foam, water FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS SPECIAL FIFE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND HAZARDS: Use self - contained breathing apparatus. Exothermic polymerization may occur. Incineration can generate airborne carbon fibers which may cause ele.ctrical malfunrtiun. • SECTION 3 REACTIVITY DATA INCOMPATIBILITY: Strong oxidizers, strong acids, .strong bases. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS; Cox, NOx, SOx, amines, BF3, phenols, carbon fibers POLYMERIZATION HAZARD; rapid or excessive heat. emissions are released., Er'otharmic polymerization can occur with When heated to decomposition toxic EXOTHERM FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Dissipate heat by spreading material apart and dousing with water. Contain emissions using local exhaust. 'f0Qs`f% *.,25707 page 1 of 3 i' NA = Not applicable NMF- R z z n Ayet. &/d To C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES 4300 JACKSON ST. GREENVILLE, TX 75401 PHONE (214) 454 -2004 MSDS# 028073 REV: 09/15/87 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:07am p.3 Fl. BERITE 501 WEST 9RD ST. 645 NORTH CYPRESS WINONA, MN 55987 ORANGE, CA 02666 PHONE (507) 454 -3611 .. PHONE (714) 639 -2060 MAT.EFZ I AL 9 F'ETY Deal-Fs SHEET HMF 322D /34C'aroadgoods SECTION 4 SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL SPILL nR LEAK PROCEDURE: Pick up and use.4ncontami,nated material. Contaminated material should be picked. up and disposed of properly. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: This material, if discarded, may be considered a hazardous waste as defined in 40 CFR 261 because it contains hazardous constituents and because of its. reactivity. Landfill in accordance with local, state, and federal regula- tions. Do not incinerate. SECTION. S HEALTH HAZARD DATA SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS CF EXPOSURE: Epoxy resins cause irritation of skin and eyes, and possible dermatitis or allergy /sensitization. Vapors coming off heated material may cause irritation. Existing allergies may be aggravated. Epoxies are commonly mutayenic to bacteria. DOS causes severe skin 'sensitization, minor body ailments, blood disorders, and may aggravate' existing allergies (to sulfonamides) or enzyme (glucose -6- phosphate dehydrogenase) deficiency. DDS has been assayed by NCI for.carcinogenesi -.with mi::eri positive and negative results. Fibers cause mechanical skin irritation and possible respiratory irritation. PRIMAPY /POTENTIAL ROUTES OF- EXPOSURE: Dermal, inhalation (At high temperatures) FOTFNTIAL CARCINOGENS PRESENT (NIP, IARC, or OSHA): none To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES 4300 JACKSON ST. GREENVILLE, TX 75401 PHONE (214) 454 -2004 MSDS* 028073 REV: 09/15/87 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:08am p.4 FIBERITE" 501 WEST 3RD ST. WINONA,•MN 55987 PHONE (507) 454 -3811 • 845 NORTH CYPRESS ORANGE, CA 92548 PHONE (714) 439.2050 MATEF� I AL_ SAFETY DATA SHEET HMF 322D/34C Broadgoods SECTION 6 FIRST AID EYES :• Flush with water for 15 minutes, consult a physician. SKIN: Wash with soap and water. Remove fiber splinters with tweezers or a sterile needle. INHALATION: Move to fresh air. • INGESTION: Unlikely to be a problem. SECTION 7 SPECIAL HANDLING INFORMATION • VEJTILATION: Good general ventilation. • RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Not required. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING: Butyl rubber gloves, clean body- covering clothing. EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses STORAGE: Store at or below 10 deg F. SECTION $ ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Protect electrical equipment against infiltration by highly conductive carbon fibers. Hazardous or nuisance materials may be released as dusts when machining cured products. In accordance with good industrial practice, handle with avoid unnecessary personal contact. Prepared by: Lori Falkner, Chemical.Safety Specialist 507-454-3611 are and page 3 of 3 File: 0209 - 1340913 From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDS# 029982 REV: 05/12/86 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:10am p.2 FIBERITE® 4300 JACKSON ST. GREENVILLE, TX 75401 PHONE (214) 454 -2004 MATER I A L 501 WEST 3RD ST. WINONA, MN 55987 PHONE (507) 454 -3611 SAFETY DATA 645 NORTH CYPRESS ORANGE, CA 92666 PHONE (714) 639-2050 S H EE T EFFECTIVE DATE: 05 -12 -86 DATE PRINTED: 2 -2 -87 PRODUCT NAME: HMF 322D/34C IV TCLS PRODUCT CODE: 13- 4097 =3 poxy /carbon prepreg MSDS 4 85060209 rev.7 • D.O.T.- Not regulated HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS C.A.S.* X. PEL . TLV Carbon or graphite fiber 035.--o I 55 -75 (suggested) 5 fibers /cm3. Epoxy resinsc533\ -c1 15 -30 4,4'- Sulfonyl dianiline(DDS)80 -08 -0 * Acetone 3I5v 67 -64 -1 < 2 1000 ppm 750 ppm * Composition withheld as a trade secret. SECTION 1 PHYSICAL DATA APPEARANCE AND ODOR: Black impregnated fabric/ no odor. SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.2 -1.8 Y. VOLATILE BY WEIGHT: < 2% FLAMMABLE LIMITS: Lel = NA Uel = NA VAPOR PRESSURE @ DEG. F: NA VAPOR DENSITY: NA CONSTANT TEMPERATURE STABILITY (CTS) VALUE: > 200 deg F SECTION 2 FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS FLASH POINT: NA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, water SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND HAZARDS: Use self- contained breathing apparatus. Exothermic polymerization may occur. Incineration can generate airborne carbon fibers which may cause electrical malfunction. SECTION 3 REACTIVITY DATA. INCOMPATIBILITY: Strong-oxidizers, strong acids, strong bases. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: COx, NOx, Sax, amines, BF3, phenols, carbon fibers POLYMERIZATION HAZARD: Exothermic polymerization can occur with rapid or excessive heat. When heated to decomposition toxic emissions are released. EXOTHERM .FIGHTING PROCEDURES: .Dissipate heat by spreading material apart and dousing with water. Contain emissions using local exhaust. page i of 3 i/dC25'.544-29fa NA = Not applicable EACH • • From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDS# 029982 REV: 05/12/86 (TRADE NAME) FIBERITE" 4300 JACKSON ST, 501 WEST 3R0 ST, GREENVILLE, TX 75401 WINONA, MN 55967 PHONE (214) 454 -2004 PHONE (507) 454 -5611 MATER Z AL aAF ETY DATA HMF 322D/34C IV TCLS 2 -1 -91 10:10am p.3 845 NORTH CYPRESS ORANGE, CA 92668 PHONE (714) 639 -2050 S H E E T SECTION 4 SPILL. LEAK. AND DISPOSAL SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE: Pick up and use uncontaminated material. Contaminated material should be picked up and disposed of properly. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: This material, if discarded, may be considered a hazardous waste as defined in 40 CFR 261 because it contains hazardous constituents and because of its reactivity. Landfill in accordance with local, state, and federal regula- tions. Do not incinerate. SECTION 5 HEALTH HAZARD DATA SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: Epoxy resins cause irritation of skin and eyes,..and possible dermatitis or allergy /sensitization. Vapors coming off heated material may cause irritation. Existing allergies may be aggravated. Epoxies are commonly mutagenic to bacteria. DDS causes severe skin sensitization, minor body ailments, blood disorders, and may aggravate existing allergies (to sulfonamides) or enzyme (glucose-- 6- phosphSte dehydrogenase) deficiency. DDS has been assayed by NCI for carcinogenesis with mixed positive and negative results. ,.Fibers cause mechanical skin irritation and possible respiratory irritation. PRIMARY /POTENTIAL ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: Dermal, inhalation (at high temperatures) POTENTIAL CARCINOGENS PRESENT (NTP, IARC, or OSHA): none page 2 of 3 • From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDStt 029982 REV: 05/12/88 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:11am p.4 FIBERITE° 4300 JACKSON ST, 501 WEST 3RD ST. 645 NORTH CYPRESS GREENVILLE, TX 75401 WINONA, MN 55987 ORANGE, CA 02888 PHONE (214) 454_2004 PHONE (507) 4544811 • PHONE (714) 639 -2050 MATERIAL :SAFETY DATA SWEET HMF 322D/34C IV TCLS SECTION 6 FIRST AID EYES: Flush with water for 15 minutes,' consult a physician. SKIN: Wash with soap and water. Remove fiber splinters with tweezers or a sterile needle. INHALATION: Move to fresh air. INGESTION: Unlikely to be a problem. SECTION 7 SPECIAL HANDLING INFORMATION VENTILATION: Good general ventilation. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: Not required. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING: Butyl rubber gloves, clean body - covering clothing. EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses STORAGE: Store at or below 10 deg F. SECTION 0 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Protect electrical equipment against infiltration by highly conductive carbon fibers. Hazardous or nuisance materials may be released as dusts when machining cured products. In accordance with good industrial practice, handle with care and avoid unnecessary personal contact. Prepared by: Lori.Falkner, Chemical Safety Specialist 507- 454 -3611 page 3 of 3 File: 0209 - 1340973 I To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSDS* 038418 REV: 05/02/90 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:03am p.2 Advanced MEM* Materials NM r a y53/3 7 A Nm DATE: 05-31-90 Attn: Dana Moore 501 West Third Street Winona. Minnesota 55987 (507) 454 3611 Fax: (507) 454.5105 Telex: 910.5652270 This cover page is intended to be an integral part of the attached MSDS and is not to be detached. Enclosed is the material safety data sheet for the product(s) listed immediately below. PRODUCT NAMES): HYE 1337AM Tape, HMF 2453/A H.M , HMF 2454/37A H.M. ^' Please forward the MSDS to your Safety Officer or other individuals in your organization responsible for implementing safety and handling regulations. The ICI FIBERITE, INC generated MSDS should not, and cannot, be taken as the sum total of all protective measures to be taken. State and local work standards on ventilation, toxicology, and fire prevention should be consulted and utilized to compliment the data contained in the•MSDS. The conditions of the use of the product, and the suitability of product for your particular purposes, are beyond the control of ICI FIBERITE, INC. Thus, all risks of the use of this product are assumed by the user. If you resell the product, you are respons[ble for supplying your customer with the information contained on .the MSDS, along with any appropriate warnings and ,sa.fety instructions. It is a pleasure supplying your company with our products, and we look forward --to our continued business relationship. If you have any questions or require additional information on the handling, storage, usage or disposal of our products, please contact Fiberite. Sincerely, ICI FIBERITE, INC Brad Dieringer Chemical Safety Specialist FiDerite is a business unit of ICI Composites tnc. 7lel Ft/ J To: C. BACH i From: SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSGS4 038418 REV: 05/02/90 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:03am p.3 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET COMPANY NAME: TCI FIBERITE CONTACT: BRAD DIERINGER ADDRESS : 501 WEST THIRD ST PHONE : 507 - 454 - 3611 CITY ST ZIP : WINONA,.MN 55987 FAX :.507 - 454 - 5105 TELEX : 507 - 454 - 5105 EFFECTIVE DATE: 05 /'02 / 90 PRODUCT SHORT NAME: 937A, /CARBON PRINT DATE " 5 / 31'/ 90 PART NUMBER : PRODUCT NAME: 937A /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS EPDXY /CARBON PREPREG MSDS NUMBER: 85120316A REV: SECTION 1 HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS C.A.S. NO. PEL TLV 1 Carbon /graphite fiber 55 -75 2 Epoxy resins 20-35 3 4,4'- Sulfonyl dianiline (DDS) 80 -08 -0 * 4 Acetone 67 -64 -1 0 =2 * DDS composition withheld as a trade secret. . SECTION 2 PHYSICAL DATA • 750 ppm. 750 ppm APPEARANCE AND ODOR: Black impregnated fibers/ no odor SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.2-1.8 $ VOLATILE BY WEIG'1 < 2 FLAMMABLE LIMITS: Lel = NA Uel = NA i. VAPOR PRESSURE @ DEG. F :. NA VAPOR DENSITY: NA CONSTANT TEMPERATURE STABILITY (CTS) VALUE: no data SECTION 3 FIRE. AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS FLASH POINT: NA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, water SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND HAZARDS: Use self- contained breathing apparatus. Exothermic polymerization may occur. Incineration can generate airborne carbon fibers which may cause electrical malfunction. PAGE 1 To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSDS* 038418 REV: 05/02/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:03am p.4 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL.SAFETY DATA SHEET • 937A /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS • SECTION 4 REACTIVITY DATA INCOMPATIBILITY: Strong oxidizers, strong acids, strong bases. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: COx, NOx, SOx, amines,.BF3, phenols, incompletely burned hydrocarbons. POLYMERZATION HAZARD: Exothermic polymerization can occur with rapid or excessive heat. When heated to decomposition toxic emissions may be released. EXOTHERM FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Dissipate heat by spreading material apart and dousing with water. Contain emissions using local exhaust. SECTION 5 SPILL, LEAK, AND DISPOSAL SPILL OR. LEAK .PROCEDURE: Pick up and use uncontaminated material. contaminated material should be picked up and disposed of properly. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Dispose of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations, which may vary by location. Questions concerning disposal should be directed to Fiberite's Safety, Health, & Environmental Affairs Department for evaluation on a case by case basis. SECTION. 6 HEALTH HAZARD DATA SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: Epoxy resins cause irritation of- skin and eyes, and possible dermatitisd or allergy / sensitizaiton.. Vapors coming off heated material may cause irritation. Existing allergies may be aggravated. Epoxies are commonly mutagenic to bacteria. DDS causes severe skin sensitization, minor body ailments, blooddisorders, and may aggravate existing allergies (to sulfonamides) or enzyme (glucose -6- phosphate dehydrogenase) deficiency. DDS has been assayed by NCI for carcinogenesis with mixed positive and negative results. Excessive inhalation of solvent vapors can cause nasal and respiratory irritation, headache, CNS depression and narcosis. Fibers cease mechanical skin irritation and possible respiratory .irritation. PRIMARY /POTENTIAL ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: Dermal, inhalation (at high temperature) POTENTIAL CARCINOGENS PRESENT:(NTP, IARC, or OSHA): none SECTION 7 FIRST AID PAGE 2 To: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 05 PAGES MSDSa 038418 REV: 05/02/90 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:03am p.5 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET D. 0. T.: Not regulated PAGE 3 • • To: C. OACH From: SHA - HMIS 05 PAGES MSOS# 038418 REV: 05/02/90 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:04am p.6 ICI COMPOSITES INC. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 937A /CARBON OR GRAPHITE FIBERS I. A. T. A.: Not regulated SECTION 10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Nuisance materials may be released as dusts when machining cured products. Protect electrical equipment against infiltration by highly conductive carbon fibers. in accordance with good industrial practice, handle with care and avoid unnecessary personal contact. The information contained. herein is based on the data available to us and is given in good faith, however, Fiberite makes no warranty, expressed or im- plied regarding the accuracy of this data. PAGE 4 LAST To C. BACH From SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES • v y • urn' 07 , • . MSOSU 021488 REV: 10/01/87 (TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:13am p.2 M A T E R I A L . . S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T a N/A t Not Applicable N/E = Not Established SECTION I: MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER: Hexcel Corp rati anon 11711 Dublin 'Blvd. Dublin, ' CA 94568 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS: (800) 433 --5072 (Except California) (800) 367 -7527 (California Only) INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBER: (415) 828- 4200 TRADE NAME AND SYNONYMS: F164 Preprel CHEMICAL FAMILY: Epoxy Resin Impregnated Material: Fiberglass, Aluminum Coated Fiberglass (Thorstrand), Quartz, Graphite, Aramid (K;evlar(9) or Ceramic (Nexte10), SECTION II: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CAS * 14808-60 -7 14808- 60 -7.. • 7782 -42 -5 7429 -90 -5 MATERIAL OR COMPONENT Fiberglass, Quartz, Graphite, >36 Aramid, Ceramic cloth or yarn: (Which may contain the following) Fiberglass and Ceramic Quartz e' 0( Graphite (Synthetic) OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV 10m2 /.mz 7.910+2 (as (as respi r ab.l a dust) Aluminum <28 (Only for aluminum coated fabric; based• do total fabric weight.) 10mg /m? .1mg /m= 10mg /m= 10mg /m' 67 -64 -1 . Acetone 7637 -07 -2 Boron Fluoride Monoethylamine Complex 76.31 -86 -9 28064 -14 -4 Hydrophobic.8ilicon Dioxide, Amorphous d-0(. • Epoxy Novolac Resin As possible. sensitizer) . <1.5 100Q PPM .. 2 ' 1 :PPM (ceiling) •x:1.5 • 80m2 /m7 -XSin� <45 N/E 750 PPM 1 PPM e (ceiling)= 10mg /m3 , N/E 1 li' NOTE TLV's expressed for dust are for potential exposures during machining of cured product. ki( 4C -a/448 • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 03 PAGES MSDS* 021488 REV: 10/01/87 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:13am p.3 Page ;/ F164 Prepreg SECTION.III: PHYSICAL DATA Boiling Point OT) N/A Vapor PressurR .(mm Hg.) N/E Vapor Density (Airal) . N/E Solubility in Water N/E Appearance and Odor Resin impregnated material with no distinctive odor. Specific Gravity (Wateral) N/E Percent Volatile by Weight (R) < 2 Evaporation Rate ( al) N/E Melting Point N/A SECTION IV: FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA Flash Point (Method Used): N/A�.. Flammable Limits: • N/A LEL: UEL: mIr MO Extinguishing Media: CO2, Dry Chemical, Water, Foam. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Self- contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing should be worn in all fires involving chemicals. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Dust generated from machining aluminum coated fiberglass should not be exposed to moisture. as it may liberate hydrogen gas and form explosive air mixtures. SECTION V: HEALTH HAZARD D iTA Threshojd Limit Value: None established for this product. Probable Routes of Entry /Effects of Overexposures: Prolonged or repeated contact may cause skin irritations. Vapors released during product cure may. cause irritation to the eyes and /or respiratory system. Dust from'machining operations of the cured product may cause eye irritation. .Direct contact-with the eyes could cause eye irritation. Emergency and First'Aid Procedures: • In the event of skin problems, thoroug.hly.wash the affected areas with saap and. water. If eyes are affected, flush • with water for. at 1 east • 1S • minutes and obtain*med :ical assistance.if the irritation persists: 'Provide oxygen and obtain medical assistance :if there are any adverse effects from the inhalation of curing vapors.. • • • Carcinogenicity NTP: . No.. IARC: No. OSHA: No. i To: C. BACH From: SHA — HMIS 03 PAGES MSGSO 021488 REV: 10/01/87 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:14am p.4 Page 1/ F164 Prepreg • SECTION VI: REACTIVITY DATA Stability: Stable. Conditions To Avoid: None anticipated. Incompatibility (Materials To Avoid): Strong acids, bases, oxidizing agents. Hazardous Decomposition Products: May.form toxic materials, avoid inhalation. • Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur. Conditions To Avoid: None anticipated. SECTION VII: SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES Steps To Be Taken In Case Material Is Released or Spilled: N/A Waste Disposal Method; Consult a certified waste .disposal contractor for disposal in accordance with all Federal. State, and local regulations. SECTION VIII: SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION Respiratory Protection: NIOSH approved organic vapor respirator recommended when heated to 120 °F or above. NIOSH approved dust masts worn when machining cured - product. Ventilation: Local exhaust - sufficient toicoritrol vapors or dust generated, Mechanical (General) - Local preferred. Protective Gloves: Impervious gloves should be worn At all times while, handling the product. . Eye Protection: Safety glasses and /or goggles worn while machining and etc. cured product. Other Protective Equipment: Eyewash fountains. Barrier creams. SECTION IX: SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS Precautions To Be Taken In Handling.and Storing: Maintain sealed against contamination from dirt and moisture. Store below 32°F. Handling . practices for ,aluminum coated fiberglass. must be in accordance with NFPA 65,, Chapters 1 -5. • Other Precautions: Airborne .graphite fibers and /or dust can create a severe electrical. short hazard.- Prepay . '1lcan��Ifi`Lti sa .,Cros, Corporate Safety .�. -Health Manager Date: eer 1, , 1987 ) • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES • • 1 tf\) MSDS# 033190 REV: 10/01/87 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:16am p.2 No- Utt; 2 2.6e0TERIAL S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T N/A 0 Not Applicable N/E = Not Established SECTION I: MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER:. Hexcel Corporation 11711 Dub in v . Dublin, CA ,94568 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS: (800) 433 -5072 (Except California) (800) 367 -7527 (California Only) INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBER: (415) 828 -4200 TRADE NAME AND SYNONYMS: F593.Prepreg CHEMICAL FAMILY: Epoxy Resin Impregnated Material: Fiberglass, Aluminum Coated Fiberglass (Thorstrand'") , .Quartz, Graphite, Aramid (Fevlare) or Ceramic (Ne >:te10). SECTION II: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS CAS # MATERIAL.QR COMPONENT % OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV Fiberglass, Quartz, Graphite, >32 Aramid, Ceramic cloth or yarn: (Which may contain the following) 01 14808 -60 -7 Fiberglass and Ceramic 14808 -60 -7' Quartz 7782 -42 -5 7429 -90 -5 Graphite (Synthetic) Aluminum. (only for aluminum coated fabric; based an .total fabric weight.) 10m2/m3 "/.S 0s +2 (as respirable <28 10mg /m . ling /rn dust) 10mg /m"-' 10mg /m=" 78 --93 -3 Methyl Ethyl-Ketone c‘cON, 109 -84-4 . Ethanol, 2 Methoxy vo .75 -09 -22 71 Dichloromethane '0( 28390-91-2 • Polyfunctional.Liquid Epoxy-019 Resin tqs. possible sensitizer) 5026 -74 -4 Multifunctional Epoxy .(As sensitizer) 95 -06-9 Diglycidyl Amiline. 304-. (As skin sensitizer and irritant) q3 ► .v, < 4 206 PPM 200. PPM < 2 25 F'PM 5 PPM —(1.5 500 PPM .100 PPM <41 N E.. < 6 N/E N/E ' <. 2 N/E N/E .` To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS* 033190 REV: 10/01/87 [TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:17am p.3 Page 2/ F593 Frs+preg • CAS a .MATERIAL OR COMPONENT iC OSHA PEL ACOIH TLV 7631 -86 -9 .Hydrophobic Silicon Dioxide, <1.5 60mg /mom 10mg /m�' Amorphous - %S102 63 64-17-6 43057 -68 -7 738`8 -2O-5 • No single product will contain more, than 13/ of any. combination of the following chemicals: . Aliphatic Secondary Naphalene • Amine 75bO • • Aliphatic Secondary Naphalene Amine. /sot- Tetra Functional Secondary Aromatic Amine 75bt' <7.5 N/E _ N/E <6.5 N/E N/E < 9 . N/E N/E NOTE: TLV's expressed for dust, are for potential' exposures during machining of cured product. • SECTION III: PHYSICAL DATA • Boiling Point (F) N/A Vapor Pressure (mm Hg.) N/E Vapor Density (Aire1) N/E Solubility in Water ' N/E Appearance and Odor Resin impregnated material with no distinctive ,odor. Specific Gravity (Water•1) .N/E Percent•Volatile by Weight (%). < 6 Evaporation Rate ( =1) N/E Melting Point N/A • SECTION IV: FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD) DATA Flas h Point (Method- Used): N/A Flammable Limits: • N /A • LEL: - -- UEL: - -- Extinguishing Media:. COQ, •Dry Chemical, Water, Foam. Special Fire Fighting. Procedures: Self- containad•breathing apparatus and protective clothing should be worn in all fires involving chemicals. Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards: Dust generated from machining aluminum coated fiberglass should not be exposed to moisture as it-may liberate hydrogen gas and f orm.explosive air mixtures. • • • • To C. BACH • From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSDS# 033190 REV: 10/01/87 (TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:17am p.4 .Page T,/ F593 Prepreg SECTION V: HEALTH HAZARD DATA Threshold Limit Value: None established for this product. Probable Routes of Entry /Effects of Overexposure: Prolonged car repeated contact may cause skin irritations. Vapors released during product cure may cause irritation to the eyes and /or respiratory. System. Dust from machining operations of the cured product may cause eys irritation. ,Direct contact with .the eyes could cause eye .irritation. • Emergency and First Aid Procedures:' In the event. of skin problems, thoroughly wash the affected areas with soap and water. ' If eyes are affected, flush with water for. at least 15 • minutes and obtain medical assistance if the irritation persists. .Provide oxygen and' obtain medical ' assistance if there are any adverse affects from the inhalation of curing vapors. . Carcinogenicity: NTP: No. • IARC: No. OSHA: No. SECTION VI: REACTIVITY DATA Stability: Stable. Conditions To Avoid: None anticipated. Incompatibility.(Materials To Avoid): Strong acids, bases,.oxidizi.ng agents. Hazardous Decomposition Products: May'form toxiC materials, avoid inhalation. Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occur.• Conditions To Avoid: Nora anticipated. SECTION VII. :.,SP/LL OR LEAK PROCEDURES Steps To 5g, Taken In Case Material Is Released or Spilled: N/A Waste Disposal Method: Consult a'certified waste disposal..contractor. -for disposal .in accordance with all Federal, State, andlocal regulations. To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 04 PAGES MSOS* 033190 REV: 10/01/87 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:17am p.5 Page 4/ PS93 Prepreg - SECTION VIII: SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION Respiratory Protection: NIDSH. approved organic vapor respirator recommended when heated to 124 °F or above. NIOSH approved dust mask worn when machining cured product. Ventilation: Local exhaust - sufficient to control vapors or dust . generated.`. Mechanical (General) - Local preferred. Protective Gloves: Impervious gloves should.be worn at all times while handling the product. Eye Protection: Safety glasses.and /or goggles worn while machining and etc. cured product.. Other Protective Equipment: Eyewash. fountains. Barrier creams. SECTION IX: SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS Precautions To Be Taken In Handling and Storing: Maintain sealed against contamination from dirt and moisture. Store below 32 °F.' Handling • practices for aluminum coated. fiberglass must be in accordance with NFF'A 65, Chapters 1-S. Other Precautions: Airborne graphite.fibers and /or dust can create a severe electrical short hazard. . Prepared may: Donald L. Cross, Corporate. Safety & Health Manager. Date: October 1, 1987 / • To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES MSDSe 003690 REV: 01/01/01 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:29am p.2 DATA SHEET FOR TOXICOLOGICAL Aitp SAFE HANDLING INFORMATION (i use Complete Applicable Sections) Product name, number, synonym: F161 -138 Fabric (BMS 8-154) 2. Manufacturer's name: Hexcel Corporation 3. Manufacturer's address: 400 - 108th Avenue N.B. Room 306 Bellevue, WA 98004 4. Procedure in Case of breakage or Leakage; _ No special safety precautions; rewrap (reseal) in polyethylene or similar plastic film. 5. Transportation and Storage Requirements: • No special requirements as regards safety. Product should be protected against moisture and stored at approx. 400 F to insure optimum performance: 6. First Aid Treatment: o. Skin contact: Rinse with MEK, then wash with soap and water. b. Eye contact: N/A c. Inhalation: N/A d. Antidote in case of swallowing: N/A 7. Physiological Properties: a. Acute oral toxicity: b. Local effects upon eyes: N/A N/A c. Local effects upon skin: Primary slsi n irritant. d. Estimate of acute hazard by inhalation (volatile materials): e. Warning Properties (Odor, irritation to eyes, nose, or throat): N/A N/A f.. Estimated threshold limit value (if not on current list by American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists): N/A Chemical and Physical Properties: a. Specific gravity (water =l) approx. 1.7 b. Vapor density (air —1) N/A c. Vapor pressure mm Hg of 25 °C. Negl: d. PH Neutral (7) V004943- 03(0.40 F-. /4 /- /3&' To: C. OACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES MSOSe 003690 REV: 01/01/01 (TRADE NAME) 2 -1 -91 10:29am p.3 Page 2 e, Corrosive action on aircraft materials 'such as aluminum; magnesium; plexigiass; rubber; lacquers; enamels; fabrics: Non - corrosive f. Does the material decompose violently when exposed to air? Water? Heot? Strong oxidizers'' No g. For mixtures give the percentage composition of ingredients Compound Percent Glass Fabric (E- Gass) 50 - 70% F161 Resin, constituents as follows: 30 - 50% Gpvxid;zeJ Nrrvolac Resin _�...- ...- ... ........... g7a�..._. Boron Trifluoride (BF3) _3% Note: For example, generalizations such as petroleum hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, chlorinated hydrocarbons, etc. are not adequate for toxicological evaluation. Proper chemical 'names must be known. Moderate, exothe rm during h. Does the material generate heat t rough polymerization or condensation ?_•_ polymerization cures @ 250- 3250F). 9. Precautions for Normal Conditions of Use: Avoid direct skin contact. ,0. Recommended Protective Equipment; Gloves recommended. 11. a. Flosh point °F: Closed cup N/A ; Open cup N/A ; If F.P, changes during evaporation, give data: b. Explosive limits (% vol. air)' Lower N/A •; Upper N/A c. Susceptibility to Spontaneous Heating; Yes .-- ..,. - -_,_; • No No d. Fire point ° F - ; Auto ignition- temperature 'F e. Vapor density f. What products might be formed in the event of fire or abnormal temperatures ?r -imari ly CO2, CO, H2O ve ry_sma l l quantity HF. g. Suitable extinguishing agents: CO2, dry chemical. 12. Information Furnished By Title: Research Di rector HEXCEL CORPORATION Company: 11711 Dublin • B l vd. Address: Dublin, California 94566 Dote: NOTE: Information in regard to a material's composition will be treated as confidential and used for the purpose. of protecting the health and safety of Boeing employees and the safeguarding of its property. It will also • be used for the purpose of complying with local, stote and federol ordinances, laws and codes and require- , ments of our prime contracts with the Government and subcontracts under Government contracts. The completed form should be moiled to industrial Hygiene, .The Boeing Company, Seattle, Washington 98124. Disregard if previously accnmplished. To: C. BACH •• MANUFACTURER'S NAME From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES MSDSs 003681 REV: 03/25/75 [TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:32am p.2 U.S. DEPARTn' ENT OF LABOR") WORKPLACE STANV ARDS ADMINISTRATION ../ BUREAU OF LABOR STANDARDS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET SECTION 1: MAT ADDRESS (NUMBER, STREET, CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE) CHEMICAL NAME AND SYNONYMS CHEMICAL FAMILY FORMULA • D MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION rAEI:GE E NCY TELEPHONE N0. ,ar +Mien (415) 828 -4200 • D,�htin, Ci. 74556 .n..-rrn rmom roRM No osM -76 MAOO1nrt MAY It/ ' TRADE NAME AND SYNONYMS .F 161 -108 — EOOXV Res i n /Fi bez,L.��a SECS ON 11: HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS' .. PAINTS, PRESERVATIVES /SOLVENTS TLV Nom) RE 1 (UNITS) PIGMENTS CATALYST Boron Trifluoride (OF )'e •ale VEIUCL� r poxldized(govolac Resin (Uncured) SOLVENTS Acetone, Water ADDITIVES S102 Filler— 1.' 35.0 .ALLOYS AND METALLIC COATINGS BASE METAL ALLOYS METALLIC COATINGS TLV (UNITS) OTHERS • ..) Woven Fiberglass 1.0 1.0 FILLER METAL PLUS COATING OR CORE FLUX OTHERS S2.0 HAZARDOUS MIXTURES OF OTHER LIQUIDS, SOLIDS, OR GASES' BOILING POINT ( °F) SECTION 111: PHYSICAL DATA N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2 1) VAPOR PRESSURE (mm Hg.) . VAPOR DENSITY (AIR = 1) SOLUBILITY IN WATER N/A N/A PERCENT VOLATILE BY VOLUME (•.o) EVAPORATION- RATE ( = 1) TLV (UNITS) - c 1.] <1.5 N/A Neg1. APPEARANCE AND DOOR Whitish, no distinctive odor S E C T I O N iv: FIRE AND EXPLOSION N/A EXTINGUISHING MEDIA . - FLASH POINT (METHOD USElmw Water, CO20 Chemical SPACIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES- UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS None Nohe •PLEASE 00 NOT USE GENERALIZATIONS, SUCH AS PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS, ALCOHOL, KETONES. USE SPECIFIC CHEMICAL NAMES, SUCH AS METHANOL. BENZENE, PERCHLOROFTHYLENE. j� /� /� SPECIAL OTHER EYE" PROTECTION To: C. BACH From: SHA - HMIS 02 PAGES MSDSU 003681 REV: 03/25/75 (TRADE NAME] 2 -1 -91 10:32am p.3 SEC HON V: HEi.IH HAZARD DATA THRESnota s1MIT•VALUE (', •" ) EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE Dermititis possible through handling. EMERGENCY ANO FIRST AID PROCEDURES flash irritated skin areas with methyl ethyl ketone (MEI:) first, then soap and water. Seek medical aid if Irritation persists. Alr STABILITY UNSTABLE'. •SF.C1ID11 VI; REACTIVITY ()Aril _ — �CONDITIQNS TO AV010 STABLE INCOMPATIBIUTY (MATERIALS TO AVOID) • None, in particular. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS 400 °F no decomposition; 400°F decomposes generally into harmless materials such as CO2, CONDITIONS TO AVOID 112U but sma amoun s o ma er I a such as fluorine aromatic hydro - carLOns an Can a 0 e roduced. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION MAY OCCUR W1LL NOT OCCUR •SECTION VII: SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED N/A • WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD Conventional solid.waste disposal. MESPIRA1ORY PRUTECTI• (SPECIFY YPE) Not required during normal -handling and processing. SECTION VIII: SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION VENTILATION LOCAL EXHAUST X MECHANICAL (GENERAL] PROTECTIVE GLOVES Cotton or similar during handling. OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Oust mask during-subsequent machining or sanding operations. Goggles during subsequent machining or sanding SECTION IX: SPECIAL PRECAU f I NS PR CAUTIONS TO @E AKEN•IN HANDLI G AND 'RIN Maintain seale. against moisture and dirt and Improper handling. :i 0 HER PRECAUTIONS None R. B. Goodrich, Research Director 3 -25 -75 PREPARED BY OAT PUGET SOUND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY AIR STUDY REFERENCE # B-2A6 • • • UN (KILOMETERS NORTH) 5330.0 5325.0 5320.0 5315.0 5310.0 5305.0 5300.0 5285.0 5290.0 5285.0 5280.0 5275.0 5270.0 5265.0 5280.0 5255.0 5250.0 5245.0 5240.0 5235.0 5230.0 5225.0 5220.0 5215.0 5210.0 5205.0 90 MARYSVILLE SUSPENDED PARTICULATES (Total)_ 1986 ANNUAL GEOMETRIC MEAN (Micrograms /Std Cu Meter) EVERETT 20 i SNOHOMISH MONROE 20 SN_OHOMISH CO___ KING CO TOLT MATER RES BREMERTON SNOOUALMIE RENTON 1 30 1 THURSTON CO 7, PIERCE Co 510.0 515.0 520.0 525.0 530.0 535.0 KING CO PIERCE CO • KM o 8 10 1.5 20 27 ) i 1 i i i 0 5 16 MILES SO 540.0 545.0 550.0 555.0 580.0 585.0 570.0 575.0 580.0 585.0 590.0 595.0 800.0 805.0 UTM (KILOMETERS EAST) • FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY AREA FLOOD MAP REFERENCE # B -3A5 1 • • J30I0 PANELOIBO ME II n n' ' "le "' ogwary r ' in'� E i ,� goo MI �-- ,� .1 .WAS. NOTON STREET LEGEND ®SPECIAL HOOD HAZARD AREAS INUNDATEO • BY MIDYEAR F10 D EONEA Mewl 'WNW. wwtw. - RONSAE ON. II*ow. worso4.d. PONE AN F*wtd.Ns M I se I N l...a set awA.k to newton*. wow.. EON! AO FbM ens. M I w t low 00. Fa rweltl*. tinewt• • N.wt•AIn.N she*. • EON! AM 1. N wt Aw wow. 0..d N ZONE v Co* W..d Nth...env wise fen. • sd..11 _ Nos ow wNow eem. w*wt 'ON! Y! Waal Rod .n w*6, n:rd'I.N newt .I..u1.1 sesnd.. FLOODWAY A REAS IN ZONE AE . • OTHER FL000 AREAS EONS N Meal N 000.,w Rood; asa N • I00yea flood with awes. &tons • of ba w.. 1 Inn a olt NAN end to less Wan 1 Noise 0e; ad wa IuwteW (, 40... Ilan IUD OTHER AREAS . IONS Si Awn MNr0M1 to N WNW, SOD ,ee Rood 011.. ZONED Area N. rl*I 0.od Weida o. u.ese.mloed. • - flood Boundary . 15 ism FNEV • - L CITY OF SEATTLE i EfIL_ NOTE:. MAP AREA SHOWN ON THIS PANEL 18 LOCATED WITHIN ® TOWNSHIPS 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST AND TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH. RANGE 4 EAST. LI IIIEro\ \� �' \\� 8 I Floe/INN Boo.ary • • • Zoos D n Bounde Bw.dat ONNM SWAN Fb.W band Saw. w Rowelanr W NW. Area N Different ntlons WORM Spatial �EbNewel B ase Flood Meadow. Llnel EN. bn4Feet*. ' Crap SoddenLow , 1E10371 NRaw flood Eb Uo N Fat • WN Uniform WINN Earl RM7N - ElintIon Relswee Mark - •R In.o..d t IA NtWaN 0esd. k V twN Oatu 11929 • • NG7LS Task NNW. use In ... oate.ONNebel fsodlost..Plopsou It den not necessarily WWII. M assn 0.1101 t noosing. 0INdaN S�bcd1Nm1S taecs. N well as 4...' arlo.M.erdarm Lana.on.. .d NNW DM-ow I OOYRb Zoo.. A. A1.30 ,AL ..�.. AN AO. A99.11.VI.S0 ANOVE ' • Cwan Naas not m%socI* flood Mar . .pus WeNF.aat. Re flood tow Nola • bhp] aNMN Who bnsNn0N IIOe0000.en 1x0 m InNaNk unudsr4lom was .Sad to IFaiwrcm. N Be f.nS EmeIne0 ' Wnapnrn 04.10,. iwede0/ .ION in now Naos NW N mo 0001 lo .1N: to out. Roo.. widths YS a0dds& N UN Wool Impel. SW&, Report , - Cnnbl bas Mod OMNbm NNW ad, IN.Od N IN U.oiebr. • flMUl Maas• awls An a.0Nad N Be EWA 0* 1arc. Sbdl Racal. Caw. N.E..Nw as arr. n e Ws dated WO man. TN ea dowel contact maroon..con.N0.NI oRk1aIIlodMnd_ R cow*, Wets how 000{1* tbasmrni bole boaRSd d. out_ Ea nn 014M0 0000l0Atlo.. Nato, once N lv4w.ids WNW . t_ ANON CON IN NNW Knew. SW, RworL Oa ado... ma> gen. s_ttl.aele OCe&M tl9* • - • MAP REPOSITORY • Rely M Rowels/1,1.180m014040., Ms0 -- EFFECTIVE OAT( Of. COUNTYWIDE 01000 INSURANCE RATE MAP. • El9ECTNE DATE MI Of REVISION ISI TO THIS PANEL ZONE X R.I.. to the 01000 INSURANCE RATE NAP Es OSCINE 0... .N.. _ to Ane.wb..Nn .a NNW to onotores N the sows oter..N.woes a d.Pne ndn bee wm Wed To wt.e.4e o shed Nang. • 1.11101.. seesaw N Na.u. Neon a all a. Malone Ploed Inwood 0r.e00 II 11001 1314,70. APPRORIMA It KALI IN f EL T CITY OF SEATTLE 530089 . ION▪ E A REF B -3A5 . FIRM FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP KING COUNTY; • WASHINGTON AND INCORPORATED, AREAS PANEL 110 OF 650 T.20N T 2211 INI-1 RO%OUP 1 RING COUNTY UNINCORPORATED AREAS. • MI Ct- COMM CONMMEN ■11AETA PANEL SUNK annum re LIOW1 GIN•' 0 . YYeementoAW DWI. MN • MAP NUMBER 53033C0110 0 1 EFFECTIVE DATE: SEPTEMBER 29. 1989 • PARELLOCAIMIM PANE10E10 recital Emergency Management Agency BOEING PROCEEDURE FOR TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF DEWATERING MATERIAL REFERENCE # B-3A6 • PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF DEWATERING: - A SEPA (State Environmental Policy Act) review must be conducted by the Tukwila City Planning Department. This is usually conducted when an Environmental Checklist or Environmental Impact Statement is submitted. Approval must be sent to the Department of Ecology before a dewatering permit is issued. - A dewatering permit (Temporary Modification of Water Quality Standards) must be obtained from the Department of Ecology. This specifies discharge limits and sampling criteria. (A copy of a previous dewatering permit is attached) - The SEPA review and request for dewatering permit should be submitted at least two months before construction begins to avoid possible delays. - Sampling should be conducted by an independent contractor experienced with collecting dewatering samples and performing specific on -site testing required for the dewatering permit. - The boat and labor to transport sampling personnel to sampling locations on the Duwamish River will be provided by Environmental Services (L- 6520). - Environmental Engineering will assist in obtaining any Environmental related permits. • DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY IN THE MATTER OF THE REQUEST BY The Boeing Company (Developmental Center) FOR TEMPORARY MODIFICATION OF WATER QUALITY STANDARDS DRAFT ORDER No. DE 90 -N222 TO: The Boeing Company P.O. Box 3707 Mailstop 46 -89 Seattle, WA 98124-2207 Attention: Mr. J.T. Johnstone, Manager Environmental Affairs on September 5, 1990, the Boeing Company submitted a request for temporary modification of the water quality criteria of the Duwamish River (King County) for the purpose of the installation of a precast oil /water separator in the storm sewer system on the Boeing Developmental Center property. In view of the foregoing and in accordance with RCW 90.48.1.20(2): IT Is ORDERED that the water quality criteria specified in WAC 173 - 201- 045(3)(c)(vi) is hereby modified for a distance of 300 feet upstream or downstream depending upon the tidal stage, for a period of seven (7) consecutive days beginning upon the receipt of this Order and terminating at midnight, November 31, 1990. The department retains continuing hereto through supplemental order, of it oa ears necessary to further � appears modification period, protect the public interest during the Any person who fails to comply with any provision of this Order shall be liable for a penalty of up to ten thousand dollars for each day of continuing noncompliance. • Order No.-90-N222 Page 2 • DRAFT Or, in lieu of the above, any person feeling aggrieved by this order may obtain review thereof by application, within thirty (30) days of receipt of this order, to the Washington Pollution Control Hearings Board, Mail Stop PY 21, Olympia, Washington 98504 -8921. Concurrently, a copy of the application must be sent to the Department of Ecology, Mail Stop PV -11, Olympia, Washington 98504- 8711. These procedures are consistent with the provisions of Chapter 43.21E RCW and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder. HATED at Redmond, Washington John Glynn, Water Quality Supervisor Northwest Regional Office Department of Ecology State of Washington • • • • • DRAFT CONDITIONS Order Docket No. DE 90 -N222 Water Quality Modification Boeing Development Center Oil /Water Separator Duwamish River A) Construction Activities. The construction contractor shall use all reasonable measures to minimize the impacts of construction activity on waters of the state. Water quality constituents of particular concern are turbidity, suspended sediment, settleable solids, oil and grease, and pH. Required mitigation measures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) The turbidity standards are modified from the dewatering system outfall for a distance of 300 feet upstream or downstream depending on the tidal stage. 2) A time limitation of seven (7) days. 3) Dewatering water that is not turbid may be discharged directly to the Duwamish River. The discharge outfall shall be designed and operated so as to not cause erosion or scour in the strean channel. 4) Turbid water generated from construction activities, including turbid dewatering water, shall not be discharged directly to the Duwar„ish River. Temporary sediment traps shall be used to allow the turbid water to settle for a minimum of two hours before discharge. The supernatant or decant water may be discharged to the Duwamish river. J Temporary sediment traps shall be cleaned out and the settled sediments removed. Settled sediments shall not be allowed to enter the Duwamish River due to water or runoff flows that may occur after construction is completed. 6) Proper erosion and sediment control practices shall be used on the construction site and adjacent areas to prevent upland sediments from entering the stream channel. • Conditions Water Quality Modification Order No. DE 90 -N222 Page 2 DRAFT 7) All areas disturbed or newly created by the project construction will be seeded, riprapped with clean, durable riprap, or given some other equivalent type of protection against erosion. 8) All planned sediment and erosion control measures shall be adjusted to meet field conditions at the time of construction. 9) Periodic inspection and maintenance of all sediment control structures must be provided. Sediment control measures shall be in working condition at the end of each working day. 10) After any significant rainfall, sediment control structures shall be inspected for integrity. Any damaged devices shall be repaired immediately. 11) Work in or near the waterway shall be done so as to minimize turbidity, erosion, or other water quality impacts. 12) A separate area shall be set aside, which does not have any possibility of draining to surface waters, for the wash out of concrete delivery trucks, pumping equipment, and tools. 13) Extreme care shall be taken to prevent any petroleum products, fresh cement, lime, or concrete, chemicals, or other toxic or deleterious materials from entering the water in any manner. B) Water Ouality. All water discharged from sedimentation ponds shall meet the following criteria: 1) Turbidity levels in the receiving stream at all points outside the specified area shall comply with wAC 173 -201, Water Quality Standards. Settleable solids in the Duwamish River waters, as measured by a 60 minute Imhoff Cone test (APHJ , Standard Methods, 1989, method 2540 F), shall not be allowed to increase more than 0.1 ml. per liter over background conditions. • 3) Dissolved oxygen in the discharge shall not be below 6.5 mg /1. Conditions Water Quality Modification Order No. DE 90 -N222 Page 3 DRAF 4) Oil and grease in sedimentation pond effluent, as measured by the partition- gravimetric method (APHA, $tandArd Methods., 1989, method 5520 B), shall not exceed 10 mg. per liter. 5) The pH of sedimentation pond effluent must be between 6.5 and 8.5, and must not cause a change of more than 0.2 pH units from Duwamish River background conditions. C) Monitoring. The following water quality monitoring program shall be implemented: 1) A daily grab sample shall be taken from the Duwamish River at a point upstream (dependent upon tidal flow direction) of the dewatering discharge outfall. This sample shall be analyzed for turbidity, settleable solids and pH to determine Duwamish river background conditions. 2) A daily grab sample shall be taken from the Duwamish River at a point downstream (dependent upon the tidal flow direction) of the construction site and the turbid water discharge. The sample location shall be representative of Duwamish River water quality after complete mixing of any turbid water discharge. This sample shall be analyzed for turbidity, settleable solids, oil and grease, and pH to determine the effectiveness and adequacy of the mitigation measures described in section A above. 3) All flows of turbid water discharged to the Duwamish River shall be measured. A record of turbid water discharges shall be kept containing_ the following information: date, flow rate of turbid water discharge, time period of discharge. 4 A report summarizing the results of turbidity, settleable solids, oil and grease, pH, and turbid, water discharge shall be submitted at the completion of the project to the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office. • r Conditions water Quality Modification Order No. DE 90 -N222 Page 4 DRAFT 5) Daily values for settleable solids that are more than 0.1 ml. per liter above Duwamish River background conditions shall be reported to the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional office as soon as possible within normal office hours. 6) Daily values for oil and grease that are more than 10 mg. per liter shall be reported to the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office as soon as possible within normal office hours. No visible sheen shall be allowed. 7) Daily values for pH that are outside the range 6.5 to 8.5 shall be reported to the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office as soon as possible within normal office hours. The Department may require further sampling and analysis at any time for other constituents. D) Spill Prevention and C ntrp1. 1) Any discharge of oil, fuel or chemicals into.state waters, or onto land with a potential for entry into state waters, is prohibited. 2) All oil, fuel or chemical storage tanks shall be diked and located on impervious surfaces so as to prevent spills from escaping to surface waters or ground waters of the state. Fuel hoses, oil drums, oil or fuel transfer valves and fittings, etc., shall be checked regularly for drips or leaks, and shall be maintained and stored properly to prevent spills into state waters. Proper security shall be maintained to prevent vandalism. 4) In the event of a discharge of oil, fuel or chemicals into state waters, or onto land with a potential for entry into state waters, cortalnmen: and clean -up efforts shall begin immediately and be completed as soon as possible, taking precedence over normal work. Clean -up shall include proper disposal of any spilled naterial and used clean -up materials. • Conditions water Quality Modification Order Nth. DE 90 -N222 Page 5 R 5) No emulsifiers or dispersants are to be Used in waters of the state without approval from the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office. 6) Spills into state waters, spills onto land with a potential for entry into state waters, or other significant water quality impacts, shall be reported immediately to the Department of Ecology Northwest Regional Office at 867 -7000 (24 hour phone number). F) Other Requirements. Copies of this Order shall be kept on the job site and readily available for reference by Boeing Company personnel, the construction superintendent, construction managers and foremen, and state and local government inspectors. This approval does not relieve the applicant from the responsibility of meeting applicable regulations of other agencies. BOEING SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTINGENCY PLAN REFERENCE # B-3B2 • ROUT UMENT OR TEST REPORT BEFORE RELEASING TO: RELEft ORDER FOR NEW OR REVISED DOCUMENTS. SPECIFICATIONS OR TEST REPORTS DOCUMENI OR TEST REPORT NUMBER D650 -10069 UNCLASSIFIED (TILE L o c a t i o n Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures /Contigency Plan - Puget Sound CONTRACT NUMBER CONTRACT ARTICLE NO. CONTRACT ITEM NUMBER CONTRACT REQUIREMENT ❑ YES ® NO RESTRICTED DATA ATOMIC ENERGY ACT ❑ YES ® NO DATA CLASSIFIED ❑ YES ® NO ISSUE TO THE FOLLOWING: KEEP UP TO DATE © YES ❑ NO ORGN NO. TYPE OF RELEASE. ❑ ORIG 1 REV MODEL MAIL STOP OTY RESERVED DTN NO. OR TEL. EXT. SHEETS ADDED SHEETS REVISED ❑ ALL ACTIVE HOLDERS 7 ENGINEERING LIBRARY CAG Facilities Engineering Libra J. Oliver ry L -605 46 -87 1' 544 -2949 L -7001 1A -11 767 -1141 BAS CM. Reference Library L -1050 4H -28 1 655 -9867 L. Tibbels L -6410 46 -86 1 544 -2917 B. Healy L -6414 T8 -00 1 762 -2705 C. Bach L -6510 4H -26 8 544 -1225 DOCUMENT RELEASE J. Peterson L -6520 4H -26 1 544 -6931 SHIPPING ORGN ATTENTION Eng. File 9H -05 Micro ACCOMPANYING LETTER 10 BE PROVIDED ® YES ❑ NO File 2.0.0 15 -47 MIcro ❑ DTA El LTR NO. REPRO ORGN ATTENTION DATE ORDERED: ay: TYPE OF PRINT NO. OF COPIES B&W REPRO MICRO -CARD ORIG TO: DATE ISSUED: DO- 6000 -2060 REV.4 /87 1 have verified that all persons or organizations listed, above, to ❑ receive copies of this new or completely revised data have a need to know. ❑Please remove the above name(s) or organizations) from the above distribution list. RELEASE AUTHORIZED BY ROUTING: WHITE - RELEASE UNIT CANARY - ORIGINATING ORGN. ORGN NO. L -6050 POOL /SWA MAIL STOP 46 -84 TEL EXT. 544 -2949 DATE 11/13/90 REMARKS • • • A E /NG CAGE CODE 81205 THIS DOCUMENT IS: CONTROLLED BY BOEING MILITARY AIRPLANES FACILITIES ALL REVISIONS TO THIS DOCUMENT SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ABOVE ORGANIZATION PRIOR TO RELEASE. PREPARED UNDER PREPARED ON IBM -AT ❑ CONTRACT NO. ❑ IR &D ❑ OTHER FILED UNDER SPCC BMA DOCUMENT NO. D650 -10069 MODEL TITLE SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURES /CONTINGENCY PLAN - PUGET SOUND LOCATIONS THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS NOT PROPRIETARY. • ❑ THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PROPRIETARY TO THE BOEING COMPANY AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USED FOR ANY DESIGN OR MANUFACTURE EXCEPT WHEN SUCH USER POSSESSES DIRECT, WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE BOEING COMPANY. ISSUE NO. ORIGINAL RELEASE DATE f'9-/O- �'aZ TO DATE ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS IMPOSED ON THIS DOCUMENT WILL BE FOUND ON A SEPARATE LIMITATIONS PAGE. PREPARED BY C. Bach CHECKED BY L. Fricke A. Whitson SUPERVISED BY J . Joh APPROVED BY R. Ru k• <ki • • '• L -6050 l° - 5 -8.9 CONCURRENCE • I .- LaF• d.e-2-‘ �� L -6050 / '4' S 6e ' / SIGNATURE ORGN DATE L -6510 9 "23 -S? L -6510 /e-r7 L -6510 9/,20'� L -6510 /C- 3' 8 7 DO- 6000 -4540 ORIG. 12/87 • • AN E/AW ABSTRACT This document is designed to be used for the following purposes: 1) Responding to releases of hazardous materials, hazardous waste or oil, or emergencies involving these materials. 2) Compliance with the requirements of: Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 40 CFR Part 112 "Oil Pollution Prevention" Interim Status for Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities 40 CFR Part 265 "Hazardous Waste Management" Contingency Plan for Dangerous Waste WAC 173 - 303 -350 "Contingency Plan and Emergency Procedures" WAC 173 - 303 -360 "Emergencies" OSHA - Emergency Response for Hazardous Substances 29 CFR 1910.120 "Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response" KEY WORDS chemicals petroleum contingency release emergencies reportable quantity environmental spill prevention evacuation spill response hazardous materials spills oil tanks A 00-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 2 • TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION 2 LOCATIONS 6 3 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 7 3.1 Abbreviations 7 3.2 Definitions 7 4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN 8 4.1 Spill Response Procedures 8 4.2 Responding to Releases of Hazardous Waste 9 4.2.1 Emergency Coordinator 9 4.2.2 Emergency Procedures 9 4.3 Organization Responsibilities 12 4.3.1 Facilities Environmental Affairs 12 4.3.2 Facilities Plant Services 13 4.3.3 Security /Fire Protection 13 4.4 Communication 13 4.5 Pre - emergency Planning 13. 4.6 Arrangements with Outside Agencies 13 4.7 Emergency Recognition and Prevention 14 4.8 PPE and Emergency Equipment 14 4.9 Emergency Evacuation 15 4.10 Safe Distances and Places of Refuge 16 4.11 Decontamination Procedures 16 4.12 Site Plans and Prevailing Weather Conditions 16 4.13 Emergency Medical Treatment and First Aid 16 4.14 Critique of Response and follow -up 16 5 SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURES 17 5.1 Previous Spills 17 5.2 Equipment Failure Potential 17 5.3 Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment 17 5.4 Impracticality of Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment 18 5.5 Other Spill Prevention Procedures 18 5.5.1 Facility Drainage for Containment Areas 18 5.5.2 Bulk Storage Tanks 19 5.5.3 Facility Transfer Operations and In -Plant Process 19 5.5.4 Tank Truck Unloading 20 5.5.5 Inspections and Records 20 5.5.6 Security 20 5.5.7 Personnel, Training, and Spill Prevention 21 5.5.8 Preventive Maintenance 21 A 00.8000.4625 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 3 • • • TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page 6 SITE SPECIFICS 22 6.1 Developmental Center 22 6.1.1 Location 22 6.1.2 Oil Spill History 22 6.1.3 Evacuation Plan 22 6.1.4 Potential Spill Areas 23 6.1.5 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators 26 6.2 Military Flight Center 27 6.2.1 Location 27 6.2.2 Potential Spill Areas 27 6.2.3 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators 27 6.3 Thompson Site 28 6.3.1 Location 28 6.3.2 Potential Spill Areas 28 6.3.3 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators 29 6.4 East Marginal Way Corporate Park 30 6.4.1 Location 30 6.4.2 Potential Spill Areas 30 6.5 Oxbow Corporate Park 31 6.5.1 Location 31 6.5.2 Potential Spill Areas 31 6.5.3 Spill Control - Oil Water Separators 32 6.6 King County Airport Office Center (FAA) 33 6.6.1 Location 33 6.6.2 Potential Spill Areas 33 7 REFERENCES 34 7.1 Authority References 34 7.2 Cross References 34 ACTIVE PAGE RECORD A D06000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 4 • • • BOEFA/G 1. CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION Federal regulations require the SPCC Plan to be reviewed and evaluated at least once every three years, with each amendment certified by a Professional Engineer (part 5(a) of Reference 7.2 s.). Modification and updating of the Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures /Contingency Plan (SPCC) will be the responsibility of the Military Airplanes Facilities Environmental Affairs group, organization L -6500. A copy of the Plan is to be maintained at the following locations: Facilities Environmental Affairs 544 -2965, M/S 4H -26 Facilities Plant Services Focal Point: General Maintenance Supervisor 544 -2864, M/S 46 -86 Boeing Fire Department Focal Point: Fire Chief 655 -7705, M/S 26 -77 Tukwila Fire Department Assistant Chief /Fire Marshal 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, WA 98188 -7661 King County Office of Emergency Management EA -46, King County Courthouse Seattle, WA 98104 Chempro Environmental Services 3400 East Marginal Way South Seattle, WA 98134 A D650 -10069 DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 • • BOE/AW 2. LOCATIONS This Plan applies to the following Seattle /Tukwila area facilities: A 1) Developmental Center (DC) Street Address:- 9725 East Marginal Way South Tukwila, WA 98108 2) Military Flight Center (MFC) Street Address: 10008 East Marginal Way South Tukwila, WA 98108 3) Thompson Site Street Address: 8701 East Marginal Way South Tukwila, WA 98108 4) East Marginal Way Corporate Park (Berkley Site) Street Address: 3417 South 120th Place Tukwila, WA 98108 5) Oxbow Site Street Address: 10700 West Marginal Way South Seattle, WA 98108 6) King County Airport Office Center (FAA) Street Address: 8642 East Marginal Way South Tukwila, WA 98108 00-90064925 ORIG. 12/97 D650 -10069 6 • BOE/NG 3 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 Abbreviations CFR Code of Federal Regulations SPCC Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures WAC Washington Administrative Code PPE Personal Protective Equipment 3.2 Definitions Accumulation Area: The location where small quantities are gathered into larger quantities as a collection station or a satellite accumulation area. Disposal: For the purpose of this document means removal of a waste from the generation site. Drum: A cylindrical shaped container, closed on the bottom and capable of being closed on the top, typically of 55 gallon capacity. Hazardous Material: Material which has the potential for becoming a hazardous waste. Substances or mixtures of substances which are toxic, corrosive, an irritant, a strong sensitizer, flammable, combustible, or have other special characteristics which could cause harm to personnel, structures, or the environment if used or stored improperly. Hazardous Waste: Discarded or spent hazardous material that is corrosive, poisonous, oxidizing, toxic, flammable, combustible, irritating, or otherwise regulated by hazardous waste agencies. It includes acids, caustics, solvents, oils, paints, and other organic and inorganic chemicals and /or materials which contain these agents. Incident Commander: A member of the hazardous material response team who assumes control of a hazardous material (or waste) spill response and clean -up operation. Petroleum: Oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil. Release: Includes but is not limited to, any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, or dumping of hazardous material or oil. Reportable Quantity: The quantity of a substance which when released to the environment must be reported to the National Response Center, per 40 CFR Part 302. Spill: An unintentional or accidental flow from a container or tank of hazardous material or hazardous waste. A 00.6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 7 BI E/NG 4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY PLAN 4.1 Spill Response Procedures Immediate action IF NO PERSONAL DANGER EXISTS: a. Close off the source of the spill. b. Contain the spilled material with Speedy -Dry absorbent, rags, etc. and block off any drains in the area. c. Do not flush with water. d. Report the spill immediately as described below. IF AN UNKNOWN MATERIAL IS SPILLED, A REACTION IS OBSERVED, OR KNOWN DANGER EXISTS: a. Evacuate the hazard area and prevent entry. b. Stay upwind; keep out of low areas. c. Report the spill immediately as described below. REPORTING: a. Call the emergency dispatcher at 655 -2222. b. IF THERE IS INJURY, FIRE, OR SERIOUS FACILITY DAMAGE: At East Marginal Way Corporate Park, 7 -211 Building (Plant I) and 7 -188 Building (Provisioning), call 911 first, then call the emergency dispatcher at 655 -2222. At the Developmental Center, Oxbow Site and Military Flight Center just call 655 -2222. c. Dispatch will contact the emergency response organization. The emergency coordinator will be notified for spills or releases of hazardous waste. It is the emergency coordinator's responsibility to notify the Director of Facilities. d. The emergency coordinator will assure that emergency procedures are implemented when appropriate. NOTE: All communication with the news media is the responsibility of the Public Relations organization. This includes coordination of news releases, interviews, and similar activities. Individuals are to refer any media inquiries to Public Relations. A DO -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 8 • • • BOE /AEG 4.2 Responding to Releases of Hazardous Waste 4.2.1 Emergency Coordinator Washington Administrative Code states the following: "At all times, there must be at least one employee either on the facility premises or on call with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures. This emergency coordinator must be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility's contingency plan as required by WAC 173 - 303 - 350(2), all operations and activities at the facility, the location and properties of all wastes handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout. In addition, this person must have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan." (Reference 7.2 v.). The designated primary and secondary emergency coordinators are - listed on the Emergency Coordinator List (Appendix A -3). 4.2.2 Emergency Procedures An emergency involving dangerous waste is defined as "a fire, explosion, or unplanned sudden or nonsudden release of dangerous waste or dangerous waste constituents to air, soil, surface water, or ground water by a facility." The following paragraphs describe the procedures to be followed in a dangerous waste emergency in accordance with Washington Administrative Code (Reference 7.2 w.). These procedures are to be carried out by the emergency coordinator, assisted as necessary by others - for example the Boeing Fire Department and Environmental Affairs. Emergency procedures: a. Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency situation, the emergency coordinator (or his designee when the emergency coordinator is on call) must immediately: (1) Activate internal facility alarms or communication systems, where applicable, to notify all facility personnel. (2) Notify appropriate state or local agencies with designated response roles if their help is needed. This notification is provided by the emergency dispatcher upon request by the emergency coordinator or emergency response personnel. See Appendix A -2 for the list of phone numbers for outside agencies. b. Whenever there is a release, fire, or explosion, the emergency coordinator must immediately identify the character, exact source, amount, and areal extent of any released waste. A D650 -10069 DO -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 • BOE /A/G 4.2.2 Emergency Procedures (continued) c. Concurrently, the emergency coordinator shall assess possible hazards to human health and the environment (considering direct, indirect, immediate, and long -term effects) that may result from the release, fire, or explosion. d. If the emergency coordinator determines that the facility has had a release, fire, or explosion which could threaten human health or the environment outside the facility, he must report his findings as follows: (1) If his assessment indicates that evacuation of local areas may be advisable, he must immediately notify local authorities. He must be available to help officials decide whether local areas should be evacuated. Phone numbers for state and local agencies are listed in Appendix A -2. (2) He must immediately notify the Department of Ecology and either the government official designated as the on -scene coordinator, or the National Response Center (using their 24 -hour toll free number (800) 424 - 8802). e. His assessment report must include: (1) Name and telephone number of reporter. (2) Name and address of facility. (3) Time and type of incident (e.g. release, fire). (4) Name and quantity of material(s) involved, to the extent known. (5) The extent of injuries, if any. (6) The possible hazards to human health or the environment outside the facility. f. During an emergency, the emergency coordinator must take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other dangerous waste at the facility. These measures must include, where applicable, stopping processes and operation, collecting and containing released waste, and removing or isolating containers. g• A If the facility stops operations in response to a fire, explosion, or release, the emergency coordinator must monitor for leaks, pressure build -up, gas generation, or ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment, wherever this is appropriate. DO. 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 10 • • AWE /NG 4.2.2 Emergency Procedures (continued) h. Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator must provide for treating, storing, or disposing of recovered waste, contaminated soil or surface water, or any other material that results from a release, fire, or explosion at the facility. i. The emergency coordinator must ensure that, in the affected area(s) of the facility: J. (1) No waste that may be incompatible with the released material is treated, stored, or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed. (2) All emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed. The owner or operator must notify the Department of Ecology, and appropriate local authorities, that the facility is in compliance with procedure (i) above, before operations are resumed in the affected area(s) of the facility. k. The owner or operator must note in the operating record the time, date, and details of any incident that requires implementing the contingency plan. Within fifteen days after the incident, he must submit a written report on the incident to the Department of Ecology. The report must include: (1) Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator; (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the facility; (3) Date, time, and type of incident (e.g. fire, explosion); (4) Name and quantity of material(s) involved; (5) The extent of injuries, if any; (6) An assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, where this is applicable; (7) Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident; (8) Cause of incident; and (9) Description of corrective action taken to prevent recurrence of the incident. A 00. 6000 -4625 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 11 • • • BOE /A G' 4.3 Organization Responsibilities 4.3.1 Facilities Environmental Affairs Environmental Affairs is the primary spill response organization. The emergency dispatcher will contact Environmental Affairs personnel upon notice of a hazardous material spill. Environmental Affairs personnel will notify the emergency coordinator for spills requiring implementation of the Emergency Procedures (Section 4.2). The Environmental Affairs group consists of the Environmental Manager, Environmental Engineering, and Environmental Services. The Environmental Manager is the designated emergency coordinator and will be responsible for implementing the Emergency-Procedures when required. The Environmental Manager will notify the Director of Facilities regarding any spills and corrective measures taken to control the spills. This person will also assure that all appropriate local authorities have been notified and informed of reportable spills. Environmental Engineering will assist Environmental Services and supporting Plant Services personnel by providing any engineering assistance necessary. This will include knowledge of the sewer systems, facilities layout and researching the hazards of chemicals as required during spills. They will also assist in the design of facilities to lessen or prevent spills of hazardous materials or oil. Environmental Engineering will also be respon- sible for providing and maintaining the spill prevention control and countermeasures documents. Environmental Engineering will make any spill reports to be submitted to government authorities. Environmental Services shall assume primary responsibility for containing and cleaning up any spills during all shifts. Environmental Services will maintain all portable spill carts and sea vans containing spill control equipment. All primary responders to spills of hazardous materials are required to have documented spill response training and annual retraining. These employees are trained in techniques for responding to, controlling, cleaning up, and documentation of spills of hazardous materials. These employees are also required to have annual medical examinations, (see Reference 7.2 j.). Upon arriving at the scene of a spill, the incident commander may request assistance in determining the hazards to personnel and take appropriate action to avoid injury or illness incidents. Primary effort will be made to prevent entry of the spilled materials into storm or sanitary sewer systems. A DO6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 12 • • BOE ~G 4.3.1 Facilities Environmental Affairs (continued) The spill response organization will provide equipment and materials for use in containing and cleaning up spills. Such equipment and materials are kept in portable spill carts and sea vans. The organization responsible for the spill clean up effort will assure the proper disposal of all spilled waste material. The spill response will be documented with the following forms: Site Spill Record, Spill /Incident Evaluation Checklist, and Emergency Response Training Record (Appendix C -2 through C -5). 4.3.2 Facilities Plant Services Plant Services will provide equipment and manpower to support spill response personnel when required. Plant Services will also provide adequate portable lighting during hours of darkness to conduct operations in unlighted areas. 4.3.3 Security /Fire Protection Security /Fire Protection Personnel will proceed immediately to the location of any large or uncontrolled spills to secure the area, assist spill response personnel during containment of the spill, determining the danger of fire, smoke, explosion, or chemical hazards and taking appropriate action. 4.4 Communication Spill response personnel have pagers and hand held radios for communicating during emergencies. When a spill or emergency occurs, spill response personnel are alerted through the pager system by the emergency dispatcher and use the hand held radios to communicate during the spill. 4.5 Pre - emergency Planning This document is designed to provide for pre- emergency planning. In addition, a risk area analysis was performed to provide estimations for off -site migration of selected hazardous materials for potential releases. A copy of this analysis is kept within the Environmental Affairs organization. 4.6 Arrangements With Outside Agencies The Boeing Fire, Medical, Spill Response and Security organizations will be the primary responders to any emergency situation at Military Airplanes locations. The Boeing fire station located one mile north of the Developmental Center is manned 24 hours a day. A 00-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 13 • • BOE /NG 4.6 Arrangements With Outside Agencies (continued) Due to the limited types and quantities of waste handled at Military Airplanes facilities and since the Boeing Company maintains Fire, Medical, Spill Response and Security organizations to respond to emergencies, no formal arrangements have been made with organizations outside of the company. According to WAC 173 - 303 -340 (4), arrangements are required "as appropriate for the type of waste handled at his facility and the potential need for the services of these organizations, unless the hazards posed by wastes handled at the facility would not require these arrangements." The community fire department for all Seattle /Tukwila Military Airplanes facilities is the Tukwila Fire Department, which maintains a copy of this plan. Copies of this plan are also kept with the King County Office of Emergency Management and Chempro Environmental Services, a contracted supplier of spill response manpower and equipment. 4.7 Emergency Recognition and Prevention A "Chemical Safety and Health Awareness" course is provided to employees for jobs which involve the use of hazardous materials. The course explains the use of Material Safety Data Sheets for managing hazardous materials, determining health hazards and determining proper selection of the required protective' equipment. The course also outlines the role of the first responder awareness individual for emergency response. This course is described in the Hazardous Waste Management Plan (Reference 7.2 n.). 4.8 PPE and Emergency Equipment Environmental Services maintains personal protective equipment including self contained breathing apparatuses, respirators, and protective clothing. This equipment is located in areas readily accessible by the spill response personnel. Environmental Services stocks and inspects portable spill carts located at the following locations: Developmental Center Oxbow Site Thompson Site East Marginal Way Corporate Park 9 -51 Bldg., Canopy Hazardous Waste Storage Sheds Hazardous Waste Storage Sheds 21 -03 Bldg., Northeast Corner The contents of the spill carts are listed in Appendix B. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 14 • • • BOE/NG 4.8 PPE and Emergency Equipment (continued) An "Equipment Location Log" is located in the Developmental Center 9 -51 building Dispatch office. This log includes equipment types and location of equipment. Equipment which is logged includes a backhoe, lift, boom, spill cart, emergency kit, mobile crane, and various hand powered, electrical, and combustion powered equipment. If needed, this equipment can be located and utilized during spill responses. 4.9 Emergency Evacuation Each organization in Military Airplanes is required to develop and publish an emergency evacuation plan and train employees in its use. Evacuation route layouts, plot plans, emergency placards and alarm systems will be provided for each organization where appropriate. Requirements for emergency evacuation plans are discussed in the Military Airplanes Directive (Reference 7.2 1.). The following is general plan for the evacuation of any Boeing Military Airplanes buildings in the event such an evacuation is necessary. The following procedures will be followed for the corresponding emergencies : Spills The area shall be immediately evacuated upon notification by employees of the affected building. This notification will consist of verbal communication to all personnel in the vicinity. The employees will then follow the spill response procedures outlined in Section 4.1 of this document. Physical Damage Due To Fire, Explosion, Spill, Etc. The area shall be immediately evacuated by the operator of affec- ted building. Notification of evacuation will consist of verbal communication to all personnel in the vicinity. The employees will then follow the spill response procedures described in Section 4.1 of this document. The Fire Department and emergency response team will respond following the above procedures. Evacuation Routes The primary routes to be used for evacuation of the area consist of exiting the buildings through designated emergency exits and regular access doors. Evacuation shall be to an area out of danger as determined by the emergency personnel on scene. Alternate Evacuation Routes If one or more of the primary evacuation routes are not accessible, then an alternate route will be used. This will generally consist of utilizing one of the designated emergency exits for the specific building. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 15 BOE/NG 4.10 Safe Distances and Places of Refuge The emergency response team will determine the extent of release and will evacuate those areas that may be affected. Employees not involved with the remediation and clean -up of the spill will remain outside of the controlled area (in the cold zone). 4.11 Decontamination Procedures The emergency response team will provide equipment and manpower necessary for decontamination of spill response personnel and personal protective equipment (PPE). The incident commander will determine when decontamination will be performed. When required, personnel and equipment will be decontaminated after leaving the immediate spill area (hot zone) and before leaving the controlled area (warm zone). 4.12 Site Plans and Prevailing Weather Conditions The location of each site is described in Section 6 (Site Specifics). Site maps with building locations and site layout is included in Appendix E. Prevailing winds are generally from the south to southwest. 4.13 Emergency Medical Treatment and First Aid Medical assistance will be provided by Boeing Medical. If medical assistance is required, the emergency dispatcher will be notified by radio or by phone and Boeing Medical will respond. 4.14 Critique of Response and follow -up After the emergency is over, the incident commander will complete a "Site Spill Record ", "Spill /Incident Evaluation Checklist ", and "Emergency Response Training Record" form. The purpose of the form is to document the emergency response event. The spill response team members will meet to discuss events of the emergency, problems, actions taken and possible improvements for future responses. A 00- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 16 • • • BOA /A/G 5 SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURES 40 CFR 112.7 requires the SPCC plan to follow an outlined sequence, and include a discussion of the facility's conformance with the appropriate guidelines listed. This section is designed to comply with these requirements. 5.1 Previous Spills The Developmental Center is the only Puget Sound Military Airplanes facility which has experienced significant petroleum product spills. These spills are described in Section 6.1.2 "Oil Spill History ". 5.2 Equipment Failure Potential Areas were there is a potential for equipment failure (tanks, drum storage areas, etc.) have been provided with some type of containment capability such as curbing, integral secondary containment or trenching to contain spills. There are many locations where unforeseen events may cause a hazardous material or petroleum spill. Leaks in equipment piping, leaks from employee and plant vehicles or spills resulting from in -plant transportation of containers may occur. Spills or leaks of this nature generally drain towards the storm sewer inlets. The largest possible failure, although unlikely, could be 5000 gallons from vendor tank trucks which provide fuel for storage tanks. A catastrophic failure of a loaded tank truck could cause the entire contents (5000 gallons) to drain towards storm sewer inlets. Oil /water separators used to prevent petroleum from entering the Duwamish river via the storm sewer are discussed in Section 5.3, "Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment ". 5.3 Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment Appropriate containment and /or diversionary structures or equipment to prevent discharged oil from reaching the Duwamish River is discussed below and in the Site Specifics (Section 6). All major storm sewer lines with outfalls to the river are equipped with oil /water separators. Oil /water separator and storm sewer details are shown on drawings kept within the Plant Engineering library and Environmental Affairs organization. These separators will prevent petroleum spills from reaching the Duwamish river. The separators are inspected and cleaned under the Preventive Maintenance Program. Separators are also equipped with manual shutoff devices to contain possible spills of materials which may not be contained in the separators (e.g. glycols, cooling tower treatment chemicals, etc.) A 00- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 17 BOE /NG 5.3 Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment (continued) All above ground hazardous material and petroleum storage tanks have secondary containment to contain spills in the event of tank failure. Above ground tanks which are manually filled (i.e. do not have closed piping for filling) have overfill berm, curbs, or trenches to contain spills. See Site Specifics (Section 6) for secondary and spill /overfill containment. 5.4 Impracticality of Oil Discharge Prevention Equipment, Oil Discharge prevention equipment such as curbs, berms, integral secondary containment, and trenches is provided for all areas and equipment which may reasonably expect to have spills. Oil /water separators are provided on major storm sewer lines. Oil /water separator and storm sewer details are shown on drawings kept within the Plant Engineering library and Environmental Affairs organization. Some of the smaller storm sewer lines do not have oil /water separators due to the size of the storm sewer line and /or small chance of having spills in those areas. Any spills that might occur in those areas will be reported by the employees working in those areas according to the instructions outlined in Section 4. The spill response organization will then immediately respond with equipment and supplies to contain and clean up the spill. 5.5 Other Spill Prevention Procedures In addition to the prevention standards explained. in Section 5.3, the following outlines additional conformance with other effective spill prevention and containment procedures. 5.5.1 Facility Drainage for Containment Areas Drainage from diked, bermed and curbed fill /overfill containment areas is restrained through the use of manual valves and plugs. Before filling any above or below ground storage tank having diked, bermed or curbed fill /overfill containment, the operator will assure that the appropriate plug is installed or valve is closed. If any product is spilled during filling, then appropriate clean up procedures will be followed before removal of drain plugs or opening of valves. If a containment area does not have any drainage design built in, then the area will be visually inspected for the presence of oil before being pumped out. Sumps, berms and containment with standing water which appears to be contaminated will be either tested to determine whether the water is actually contaminated or will be disposed of as hazardous waste. Potentially contaminated water will be discharged to the sanitary sewer if the water meets Metro limits. A DD -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650- 10069 18 • • • BOE/NG 5.5.2 Bulk Storage Tanks All above ground storage tanks are installed with secon. containment provided to contain at least 110% of the content6 the tank. In addition to this, many of these tanks have overf, curbing to contain any product spilled during the fillii process. Rain water is prevented from entering dikes serving as secondary containment by tank design and installation. The majority of tanks located outside of buildings have integral secondary containment that is completely sealed to prevent rain water from entering between the primary and secondary containment. Tanks without this design have curbing or trenches for containment and are located under roofs to prevent rainwater from entering the containment. All underground petroleum storage tanks will be upgraded with leak detection and corrosion protection by 1993. Specific underground storage tank management procedures are outlined in Boeing Support Services BEMP Program Directive No. 3 (Reference 7.2 f.). Monthly inspections are performed for above ground tanks using the Petroleum Storage Tank Inspection Log (Appendix C -1) The following items are checked during these inspections: 1. Tank supports and foundations. 2. Deterioration of the tank. 3. Leaks in the tank or piping. 4. Accumulation of oil inside diked areas. 5. Condition of valves, joints, piping, piping support, sumps and berms. 6. Rain water in containment. 7. Other. Any event, problem or corrective action is noted in the space provided on the form. 5.5.3 Facility Transfer Operations and In -Plant Process All piping for above ground petroleum storage tanks is located above ground and is installed in such a manner as to provide for visual inspection for leaks. The tanks are generally located next to the associated equipment or on the outside of a building with the piping penetrating through the building wall to connect with the required equipment. Above ground petroleum storage tanks are generally used to provide diesel fuel for emergency generators. Above ground ,piping is inspected during the inspections described in Section 5.5.2. The majority of piping for below ground tanks is located under ground. The underground petroleum tanks generally supply fuel to boilers, emergency generators and vehicle refueling pumps. A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 19 • • AWE /A/G 5.5.4 Tank Truck Unloading All fuel used by Military Airplanes is supplied through vendor services. The tank trucks are owned, operated and serviced by these independent vendors. All tank truck operators are responsible for assuring compliance with Department of Transportation regulations. Upon arrival of the loaded tank truck at the designated Military Airplanes facility, the guard will issue a temporary pass for delivery of the product. When fuel is being transferred from the truck to the storage tank, the operator of the tank truck will monitor the transfer operation at all times. Before fuel transfer begins, the operator will check the level of fuel to ensure that the volume available in the tank is greater than the volume of the product to be transferred to the tank. A Boeing employee receiving the product will be available for monitoring the delivery process and to facilitate the clean up of any spills. Spill control supplies (speedy -dry, absorbent pads) should be maintained on the truck and the site's spill response cart will be readily available. 5.5.5 Inspections and Records Container Inspections: At Hazardous Waste Collection Stations, the supervisor or the hazardous waste monitor must conduct weekly inspections using Form X25054. At Satellite Accumulation Areas, container inspections using Form X25054 are conducted at least monthly when liquid wastes are accumulated in containers larger than five gallons capacity. For details consult the Hazardous Waste Management Plan (Reference 7.2 n.). Tank Inspections: Monthly inspections are performed on above ground petroleum storage tanks as described in Section 5.5.2. Spill Cart Inspections: Spill carts for the Developmental Cen- ter, Thompson Site and East Marginal Way Corporate Park (Berkley Site) will be inspected weekly by Environmental Services. Inspections will include quantities and types of equipment listed on the Spill Response Cart Inventory (see Appendix B). All records of inspections will be maintained by Environmental Engineering for a minimum of three years. 5.5.6 Security The Developmental Center, Military Flight Center, Thompson Site, East Marginal Way Corporate Park and Oxbow areas are enclosed by eight foot chain -link fencing. Access to all Military Airplanes facilities is strictly controlled by an armed security force. Admittance is restricted to Boeing employees, those having special admittance badges such as contractor personnel, and visitors when escorted by Boeing personnel. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 20 • • 5.5.6 Security (continued) Storage tanks used to supply fuel to equipment such as emergency generators and boilers are designed to prohibit direct outward flow of the tank's contents. The only tanks which allow direct flow of fuel are the 9 -52 building fueling facility (See Appendix D -4, D -5). The fuel pumps at this facility are of the typical service station type and remain in the off position when the dispensing nozzles are secured on the fuel pump. Adequate lighting is provided for the fuel dispensing facility for use during hours of darkness. Other tanks are generally not provided with lighting due to the direct feed, non - dispensing usage. These tanks are filled during daylight hours. Drum storage areas operating during hours of darkness are also provided with adequate lighting. 5.5.7 Personnel, Training and Spill Prevention To comply with state and federal regulations, Boeing provides the following hazardous waste management training for employees whose duties and responsibilities involve hazardous waste. - Formal classroom instruction, courses numbered 6372.1 through 6372.8. Each course applies to a specific job description. These courses are described in the Hazardous Waste Management Plan (Reference 7.2 n.). - On -job- training (OJT). OJT is an annual requirement and is recorded as course number 6373.2. Personnel involved with hazardous material spill response duties are trained in methods and equipment to be used in controlling, recovering, cleaning up and disposing of spilled materials. Training includes precautions to be taken in handling the various types of materials, methods of containment and government regulations. The Environmental Affairs Organization under direction from the Environmental Affairs Manager (See Section 4.3.1) is designated to be accountable for spill prevention. 5.5.8 Preventive Maintenance Equipment at Military Airplanes facilities is subject to the Preventive Maintenance System. Maintenance records are kept as part of the Facilities Services system and are available within that organization. All areas of the facilities are in daily operation and the material storage and usage areas are therefore monitored daily by operating and maintenance personnel. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 21 • BOE /A/G 6 SITE SPECIFICS 6.1 Developmental Center 6.1.1 Location The Developmental Center includes all buildings and yards within the following boundaries. To the east side lies East Marginal Way South. The north side borders a Duwamish River slip as well as the Rhone Poulenc Company. The west and south boundary of the Developmental Center is the Duwamish River. A map of the Developmental Center is included in Appendix E. 6.1.2 Oil Spill History In September 1986, a steam to oil heat exchanger burst a tube, which allowed PS 300 fuel oil to enter the storm sewer. It was estimated that a maximum of 20 to 30 gallons reached the Duwamish River. An independent contractor was called in to contain and clean -up the spilled oil. The heat exchanger was rebuilt and its discharge routed away from the storm sewer. On December 24, 1986, a spill of approximately 80 gallons of PS 300 fuel oil occurred during a transfer from a tank truck to underground storage tank at the 9 -72 building. The oil entered a storm drain catch basin which ultimately emptied to the Duwamish River. An independent contractor was immediately acquired to contain and clean up the spilled oil. At the time of the spill, no overflow containment was provided for these tanks. To prevent future spills from reaching the river, curbing was installed around the fill pipes to the tanks, and oil -water separators were installed in main storm sewer lines leading to the Duwamish River. 6.1.3 Evacuation Plan The following plan is for the evacuation of the 9 -60, 9 -69 and 9 -70 buildings. The procedures outlined below will be followed for the specified emergencies: Spills The area shall be immediately evacuated upon notification by employees of the affected building. This notification will consist of verbal communication to all personnel in the vicinity. The employees will then follow the spill response procedures outlined in Section 4.1 of this document. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 22 • • AWE /AVG 6.1.3 Evacuation Plan (continued) Physical Damage Due To Fire, Explosion, Spill, Etc. The area shall be immediately evacuated by the operator of affec- ted building. Notification of evacuation will consist of verbal communication to all personnel in the vicinity. The employees will then follow the spill response procedures described in Section 4.1 of this document. The Fire Department and Emergency Coordinator will respond following the above procedures. Evacuation Routes The primary routes to be used for evacuation of the area consists of exiting the covered storage areas through the openings at either end or middle of each structure. Evacuation shall be to an area out of danger as determined by the emergency personnel on scene. Alternate Evacuation Routes If one or more of the primary evacuation routes are not accessible, then an alternate route will be used. An alternate evacuation route would be to exit the facility from the opposite end away from the blocked exit. Evacuation of these buildings can occur quickly since the buildings are relatively small, have multiple exits and are on ground level. 6.1.4 Potential Spill Areas This section describes the majority of areas where hazardous materials and wastes are stored. Due to changes in manufacturing operations and shop locations, not all areas may be identified here. Contact Environmental Engineering for current potential spill area information. 9 -07 Building Six above ground tanks with capacities from 60 to 280 gallons are used to store diesel fuel for an emergency generator and fire pumps. Secondary containment is provided by a closed sump system within the building. 9 -50 Building One 300 gallon and one 1000 gallon storage tank on the north side of the building supply stoddard solvent for test equipment. Any potential spills are contained within blind sumps. 9 -51 Building Automotive Maintenance There are approximately 10 drums of hazardous materials in the steam clean room for dispensing purposes. Additional drums of material are also stored in the maintenance shop next door. A sump has been provided to collect steam cleaning waste water and to contain spills if they occur. A DO- 6000.4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 23 • • BOE /NG 6.1.4 Potential Spill Areas (continued) 9 -51 Building Steam Clean Tank, West Canopy This is an above ground tank with diked secondary containment and level indicator with a capacity of 3000 gallons. The tank contains steam -clean waste water pumped from a collection sump in the steam clean room. 9 -52 Building Water Wash Spray Booth, N.W. Corner This spray booth contains about 1500 gallons of circulating water and paint sludge. A separate room in this building has been designated for storage of flammable paints and solvents. Curbs and blind sumps prevent spills from reaching the sewer system. Fuel Dispensing Area, North Yard This area supplies gasoline, diesel and propane for company vehicles. Any potential spills from the supplying pumps will drain to a catch basin and flow to an oil -water separator. This separator is inspected monthly and cleaned as required through the preventive maintenance system. 9 -60, 9 -69, 9 -70 Building Hazardous Material Storage These buildings and adjacent yard areas are the primary location for the storage and distribution of chemicals and oils to the Developmental Center. Approximately 100 to 200 drums of various chemicals are stored here along with several hundred one - gallon containers. Spills and leaks are contained within blind sumps. Hazardous Waste Collection This area is the central receiving and consolidation area for hazardous waste collected at the Developmental Center. Up to 80 drums may be stored here prior to shipment off site for treatment and disposal. The area provides covered storage with blind sumps to contain spills and leaks. Incompatible materials are stored in separate areas. Curbs and sumps provide containment for potential spills. Environmental Services personnel are on duty at the 9 -60 building during operating hours. They are responsible for monitoring the area and incoming material, and taking appropriate action if a container is damaged or leaking. 9 -64 BUILDING A 675 gallon outside above ground tank stores fuel for an emergency generator located in this building. The tank has "diked secondary containment. A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 24 • • 9 -72 BUILDING Boiler Room Two underground storage tanks supply fuel oil for boilers and one above ground tank stores diesel for an emergency generator. Various drums of corrosion control chemicals are also stored in this building. Spills from the corrosion control chemicals are contained inside the building. Overflow spills resulting from filling the fuel oil tanks are contained within a curbed containment area around the fill pipes. The above ground tank has diked secondary containment and curbing to contain overfill spills. 9 -99 Building Hydraulic Test Lab Several hydraulic pumps are stored outside on the north end of the building. They are enclosed in a covered area with a curb and sump. Approximately 20 drums of hydraulic fluid and oil are stored in various locations inside the building. There are no sanitary sewer drains in the floor of this building. Emergency Generator A 350 gallon above ground tank is located on the south side of the building. The tank has diked secondary containment and a concrete berm to contain possible overfills. 9 -101 Building Water Wash Spray Booth - 1st Floor, Column C -2 Approximately 3000 gallons of water and paint sludge is present in this system. Several gallons of paints and solvents are used here each day. Fatigue Lab - 1st Floor, Column D -11 Approximately eight drums of hydraulic fluid and oil are stored in this area. Sumps have been provided to capture any hazardous chemicals spilled during operations. Tooling Hazardous Materials Room - 1st Floor, Column K -17 This area has drums and small containers of hazardous materials. Hazardous waste drums containing hardeners, resins, solvents and paints are also stored in this area. Chemistry Lab - 1st Floor, Column R -11 This area uses small quantities of various chemicals, including nitric and sulfuric acids. A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 25 • • BOE/A/G 6.1.4 Potential Spill Areas (continued) 9 -101 BUILDING (continued) Degreaser - 2nd Floor, Column R -11 Approximately 4000 gallons of 1,1,1 - Trichloroethane (Methyl Chloroform) are used in this degreaser. The degreaser is contained within a large bermed area. There are no sanitary sewer drains from the floor of the 9 -101 building where hazardous . materials, are used or stored. 9 -102 Building Autoclave Support Drums of oil and cooling tower chemicals are used in this building. A 7500 gallon underground storage tank located on the south side of the building supplies diesel fuel to a 120 gallon tank located on the second floor balcony inside the building. This tank gravity drains to diesel motors and into a 500 gallon diked tank located on the east side of the building. 9 -120 Building Maintenance Room, Inside Door N -3 A mechanical room for the 9 -120, this area is storage for several drums of material used for cooling tower treatment and boiler corrosion control. 9 -140 Building Photography Lab This building stores miscellaneous types of photographic chemicals used for microfilm processing. Chemicals include developers, fixers, bleaches and an acidic system cleaner. 6.1.5 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators All major storm sewer lines with outfalls to the river are equipped with oil /water separators. These separators will contain any oil resulting from possible spills before reaching the river. These storm sewer lines are inspected and cleaned under the Preventive Maintenance Program. A -. 00- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650. -10069 26 • • BOE/AVG 6.2 Military Flight Center 6.2.1 Location The Military Flight Line is located to the east of the Developmental Center. The Museum of Flight is located to the north of this site, Boeing Field bounds the east side, South Norfolk Street lies to the south, and East Marginal Way South bounds the west side of the site. A map of the Military Flight is included with the Developmental Center map, Appendix E. 6.2.2 Potential Spill Areas Building 13 -02 Maintenance Area /Dispensing Room There are approximately 10 drums of hazardous material and two drums of hazardous waste stored in this building. There is a separate dispensing room for materials. Liquids are contained by drip pans. Flightline, Stall 75 This is an airplane wash stall which is curbed off and equipped with a sump to pump waste water to storage tanks prior to disposal. The curb provides for the collection of rinse water and containment for soaps used in the cleaning process. Rainwater is allowed to pass through the containment curbing through drains with manual valves. Flightline, Stall 74, 78 and 79 These stalls are used for the staging of airplanes during maintenance operations. The stalls have storage sheds which contain drums to store waste jet fuel and oil. 6.2.3 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators Two storm sewer lines with outfalls to the river are equipped with oil /water separators. Storm water from the field drains to either one of these storm sewer lines. The separators will contain any oil resulting from possible spills before reaching the river. These storm sewer lines are inspected and cleaned under the Preventive Maintenance Program. A 00-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 27 • AWE/ W 6.3 Thompson Site 6.3.1 Location The Thompson Site is located approximately one mile to the north of the Developmental Center. The Duwamish River bounds the west side of the site, Jorgenson Steel Corporation occupies the property to the north of the site, Kenworth Truck Corporation occupies the property to the south of the site, and East Marginal Way South borders the east side of the site. A map of the Thompson Site is included in Appendix E. 6.3.2 Potential Spill Areas 14 -01 Building Hazardous Material Storage, West Yard Less than 20 drums of hazardous material are stored in a curbed and covered storage area at any one time. Freon, solvents, and oils are the main materials. Waste Storage Tanks, West Yard There are two rinse water holding tanks and one hazardous waste storage tank. Tanks A and B each have capacities of 10,000 gallons for storage of rinse water. Tank C is a hazardous waste storage tank with a 5000 gallon storage capacity for copper brush plating solution. All three tanks are contained within 3.5 foot high concrete walls. Tanks.A and B are separated from tank C. Brush Plating Area, 1st Floor, Column D -6 This area stores two tanks (about 40 gallons each) of ammonia, drums of Methyl Ethyl Ketone and solvents, and less than 500 gallons of other chemicals. The entire area drains to a sump which can hold up to 375 gallons of used brush plating solution. This waste is pumped outside the building to waste tank C. Spray Booth, 1st Floor, Column E -8 This spray booth contains approximately 1000 gallons of circulating paint booth water. Flammable Storage Room, 1st Floor There are several hundred gallons of flammable liquid stored in this room. A blind sump has been provided to contain spills, if necessary. 14 -02 Building Maintenance Boiler Room A few drums of oil and corrosion control chemicals are stored in this building. Absorbent pads, containment pans and speedy -dry have been provided to contain spills. DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650. -10069 28 • • • BOE //VG 6.3.2 Potential Spill Areas (continued) 14 -03 Building Maintenance Room This room has been provided with sumps to collect hydraulic and engine oil residue which occur from daily operation of machinery in the area. This building contains less than 10 drums of oil and cooling tower treatment chemicals. Absorbent, pads and speedy -dry have been provided to clean up oil residue and spilled oil. 14 -03 South Yard, Hazardous Waste Sheds Hazardous Waste Storage Room Drums of hazardous waste from various buildings are stored here prior to being picked up by a disposal contractor. Up to 60 drums may accumulate here at . one time. The sheds have separate containment and are equipped with a sprinkler system, lights and an emergency eye wash station. 14 -14 Building Maintenance Room Approximately 8 drums of hazardous material are stored here. Absorbent material and a containment pan have been provided to contain any spills which may occur. 6.3.3 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators Two storm sewer lines with outfalls to the river are equipped with oil /water separators. These separators will contain any oil resulting from possible spills before reaching the river. The storm sewer lines are inspected and cleaned under the preventive maintenance system. 00- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 .D650- 10069 29 • BOEAWG 6.4 East Marginal Way Corporate Park 6.4.1 Location East Marginal Way Corporate Park is located approximately two miles south of the Developmental Center. The site is located on the west side of East Marginal Way South and is surrounded by undeveloped land, Metro bus parking lots and a tire store. A map of East Marginal Way Corporate Park is included in Appendix E. 6.4.2 Potential Spill Areas 21 -01 Building Vapor Degreaser, Avionics, East Half - There is one freon vapor degreaser and one isopropyl alcohol cleaning bath in this area. Several small cans of solvent and two drums of hazardous materials are also stored here. Absorbent material is readily accessible in case of a spill. Fabrication Shop, Southwest Corner Drums of oils, coolants and hazardous waste are stored in this area. These drums are used for dispensing on a daily basis and are contained within drip pans and absorbents. Spray Booth, Column E/7 -8 Several solvent cans are dispensed from this location each day. Absorbent material is stored nearby in case of a spill. Hazardous Waste Accumulation Area, Column C -D /4 This is a hazardous waste staging area for the entire site. The maximum amount of waste accumulated before disposal is approximately 10 drums. Portable containment grates are used underneath the liquid waste for containment of potential spills. 21 -03 Building Spray Booth, 1st Floor, L -M /1 -2 Spray Booth, 2nd Floor, S/4 Drums of oil and cooling tower treatment chemicals and small containers of hazardous materials are used inside this building. 21 -05 Building Developmental Operations, East End A hazardous waste accumulation area with less than five drums is located at column F/6.5. A DO- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650- 10069 30 • • BOEIAW 6.5 Oxbow Corporate Park 6.5.1 Location The Oxbow Site is located across the Duwamish River, to the southwest of the Developmental Center. The Duwamish River flows around the east and south sides of the site. West Marginal Way South bounds the west side of the site and a marine salvage yard is located to the north of the site. A map of the Oxbow Site is included in Appendix E. 6.5.2 Potential Spill Areas 7 -250 Building Plaster and Plastics, Column A -10 Less than 10 drums and numerous small containers of hazardous material are stored here. A room with blind sumps is used for hazardous material dispensing. Flammable and corrosive materials are used in this shop. Silkscreen Decal Room, Column H -11 Waste rinse water and developer is generated in this shop. One 55 gallon drum stored on containment is used to accumulate the waste. The rinse water and waste chemicals are pumped from the inside of this room to a 55 gallon drum on the outside of the room. Sub - Assembly Hazardous Waste Accumulation Area, Column K -2 This area is the staging area for the entire sub - assembly shop. Approximately 10 to 15 drums of hazardous waste are stored here. 7 -252 Building ATF Paint Booth, Column E -8 Several solvent and paint cans are stored, dispensed from and used in this area. B1B Mockup Shop and Paint Booth, Column A/4.5 Small quantities of solvent, paint and various hazardous material are used in this area. Building 7 -253 Maintenance Rooms Approximately ten drums of hazardous materials are used in these rooms. There is one open drain near storage of the materials, however, containment pans have been provided to prevent release of possible spills. A DD- 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 31 • • • BOE/A/G 6.5.2 Potential Spill Areas (Continued) West Yard, Hazardous Waste Storage Sheds These sheds are used to store hazardous waste from various locations throughout the site prior to being removed by a disposal contractor. Up to 20 drums may accumulate here at any one time. These sheds are equipped with secondary containment, lights, sprinkler system and an emergency eye wash station. 6.5.3 Spill Control - Oil /Water Separators Two storm sewer lines with outfalls to the river are equipped with oil /water separators. These separators will contain any oil resulting from possible spills before reaching the river. These storm sewer lines are inspected and cleaned under the Preventive Maintenance Program. A DO.6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 32 • BOE//VG 6.6 King County Airport Office Center (FAA) 6.6.1 Location This building complex is located approximately one mile north of the Developmental Center across from the Thompson Site. It is located between Boeing Field and East Marginal Way South. 6.6.2 Potential Spill Areas Building 7 -142 Hazardous Material Storage This is a special project building with an attached airplane maintenance area which utilizes an exterior storage shed containing oil and solvents. Containment has been provided for the majority of chemicals which are stored inside. Additional absorbent materials have been supplied for further clean -up, if necessary. A 046000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 33 • BOE/A/G 7 REFERENCES 7.1 Authority References a. Corporate Policy 1B5, "Environmental Affairs" b. Boeing Military Airplanes Directive L1 -OF -001, "Environ- mental Affairs" c. FR No. 7, "Boeing Military Airplanes Operations Functional Responsibility" 7.2 Cross References a. Corporate Policy 1B7, "Safety and Health in the Work Environment" b. Corporate Policy 8H1, "Occupational Health, Safety and Accident Prevention" c. Corporate Policy 10A1, "Security and Fire Protection" d. Corporate Policy 10B1, Defense" e. "Emergency Planning and Civil Boeing Support Services Program Directive No. 1, "Boeing Environmental Management Plan (BEMP)" f. Boeing Support Services BEMP Program Directive No. 3, "Underground Storage Tank (UST) Management for Petroleum and Chemicals" g. Boeing Support Services BEMP Program Directive No. 5, "Hazardous Waste Management (Exclusive of Radioactive and explosive materials)" h. Boeing Support Services BEMP Program Directive No. 8, "Emergency Response Incident Management" (Draft) i. Administrative Procedure BA 560, "Employee Training and Development" j Administrative Procedure BA 630, "Occupational Health Examinations" k. Administrative Procedure BA 743, "Emergencies and Major Accidents" 1. Boeing Military Airplanes Directive L1 -HR -004, Evacuation Plan" m. A Boeing Military Airplanes Directive L1 -HR -632, Safety and Occupational Health" DO.6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 Emergency "Employee 34 1 • BOE/A/G 7.2 Cross References (continued) n. D650- 10066, "Boeing Military Airplanes Hazardous Waste Management Plan" o. D650- 10070, "Boeing Military Airplanes Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures /Contingency Plan - Moses Lake" P• q. r. D650- 10071, "Boeing Military Airplanes Environmental Affairs Manual" D650- 10076, "Facilities Disaster Plan" 29 CFR 1910.120 "Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response" s. 40 CFR 112, "Oil Pollution Prevention" t. 40 CFR 265, "Hazardous Waste Management" u. WAC 173 - 303 -340 "Preparedness and Prevention" v. WAC 173 - 303 -350 "Contingency Plan and Emergency Procedures" w. WAC 173 - 303 -360 "Emergencies" A DO -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 35 • BOE/AW Important Phone Numbers - Boeing Work Environmental Affairs 544 -2965 Manager Jim Johnstone 544 -2861 Services John Peterson 544 -1228 Doug Whybark 554 -1228 Engineering Art Whitson 544 -1224 Dave Kim (Chemist) 544 -1223 Carl Bach 544 -1225 Neva Welch 544 -1224 Chem Lab / D.C. 655 -4696 Facilities Maintenance Dispatcher 655 -0408 Boeing Fire Department 655 -7705 Hazardous Waste Management (Corporate) 393 -8199 Guard Gates J -26 (D.C. Main Gate) 655 -1300 J -28 (D.C. North Gate) 655 -6005 MFC 655 -8148 Thompson Site 655 -9580 EMWCP 248 -5805 Safety, Health and Environmental Affairs (SHEA) Safety Tom Gosseen 662 -0833 Ken Young 662 -0830 Industrial Hygiene Robin Ekroot 662 -0831 Bill Hoychuck 662 -0832 A 00-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 Home 598 -3678 869 -2749 373 -4427 842 -4287 941 -0854 643 -1787 838 -2430 D650 -10069 A -1 • • BOE//VG Important Phone Numbers - Outside Agencies Chempro Environmental Services (24 hr) (for spills to the river) 3400 East Marginal Way South Seattle, WA 98134 682 -4898 ARI Chemical Laboratory 621 -6490 Metro West Point Plant (call if spill has reached sanitary sewer) National Response Center (for hazardous spills exceeding reportable quantities) Poison Center Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency - Spill Reporting Washington Department of Ecology (24 hr) Tukwila Fire Department 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, WA 98188 -7661 King County Office of Emergency Management EA -46, King County Courthouse Seattle, WA 98104 A 00 -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 684 -1800 800 - 424 -8802 1- 800 - 572 -5824 344 -7330 867 -7000 575 -4404 296 -3830 D650 -10069 A -2 • • BOE /A/G Emergency Coordinator List Emergency Coordinator: Primary James T. Johnstone 6380 Jones N.E. Suquamish Wa. 98392 Home Phone Number: 598 -3678 Secondary John E. Peterson 14606 NE 51 st. #C -3 Bellevue Wa. 98007 Home Phone Number: 869 -2749 Secondary Arthur E. Whitson 11986 Arrow Pt. Dr. Bainbridge Is. Wa. 98110 Home Phone Number: 842 -4287 A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 A -3 • • • BOE/AVG SPILL RESPONSE CART INVENTORY DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER, THOMPSON SITE EAST MARGINAL WAY CORPORATE PARK, OXBOW SITE DESCRIPTION QUANTITY SUPPLY Coveralls - Acid and Hydrocarbon, X -Large 8 Resistant (Disposable) Boot Covers - PVC Overboots 10 Gloves - Nitrile Rubber 20 Face Shields with clear lens 6 Dust Masks 50 Safety Harness - Full Body Harness 1 with nylon webbing Absorbent Pads 200 Sorb -all -- Speedy Dry, 50# Bag 6 Squeegees - 18' wide 1 - 12' wide 1 Open Top Barrels 1 85 Gallon Overpack Drum 1 Plastic Drum Liners 50 Sample Bottles - glass 3 Barricade Supplies - Barricades 2 - Flag Line 200' - Traffic Cones 6 - Spill Area Signs 3 Anti -Spark Shovels - Flat Nosed 2 - Pointed Nosed 2 Plug and Dike - Pail 1 A Do -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 B -1 BOE/AW DESCRIPTION QUANTITY SUPPLY Brooms - Straight corn type 3 - 18' Push type 3 Manhole Cover hooks 2 First Aid Kit 1 Sodium Bicarbonate 100# drum 1 Wet /Dry electric Vacuum 1 Electrical Extension cord - 100' 2 Plastic buckets 3 Funnels 2 Bung wrench 1 Hand pump 1 Duct tape 2 3/4 inch siphon hose 10' Sorb -all blankets 1 rl. Decon supplies - Drum • 1 - Pools 2 - 5 Gal. buckets 2 - Soap 1 qt. - Sprayers 2 - Brushes 2 Site: Printed Name: Signature: Date: Time: A Do -6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 B -2 BOE/AW PETROLEUM STORAGE TANK INSPECTION T /,y' g /i 1, ti LOG LOG REY. 4-90 INSTRUCTIONS, This log Rut be filled out earthly for above =lpetrolou atorogo Lanka. Dock the itaea Bated each category. Any event or prabloi• and corrective oction should ba recorded an the probloa Baaaiption Section, below. TANK TANK DESCRIPTION ground � /4/. • / / t % t� ' j •t��{77 4i/v1~ ! of / / k i ti? / / /W /� , / q / /,Zt.p'i O� ' ,a4/ ti4` :49:4 -0`/* / 47 4 $~ /aa• Z � �' , '�►' i `OC` /4\ ' PROBLEM DESCRIPTION AND CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN, EVENTS OR RECORDS PRINTED SIGNATURE: NAME: DATE: A 00. 6000 -4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 c -1 • • • lint7EZAW IRMA SPILL LOG I r`990 A. SITE DESCRIPTION DATE: SITE* POINT OF CONTACT' — HAZARD' WEATHER CONDITIONS' DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT' B. ENTRY OBJECTIVES; BLDG. TIMES TIME OF "42" ARRIVE AT SCENE SPILL CONTAINED CLEANUP COMPLETE C. ORGANIZATION: Incident Commander Chemist__ Incident Security Leader Boeing Fire Dept Leader Tukwila Fire Dept Leader Entry Leader Entry team Back-up entry team Decontamination Team Leader Decontamination team Safety Industrial Hygiene Other D. ONSITE CONTROL HOT ZONE' as Incident Commander has established the followings WARM ZONE' DECONTAMINATION SITEI. E. HAZARD EVALUATION Substances involved Concentration Primary Hazard The following additional hazards may be encountered' A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650-10069 C-2 • BOE/AW BMA SPILL /INCIOENT EVALUATION CHECKLIST GATE: T I MEi— CHEMIST: LOCATION: PLANT: BUILDING: DOOR /COLUMN: EVALUATION Material involved (trade name) Chemical name Natural Physical State(at ambient temperature) ( ) liquid ( ) solid ( ) gas I. PHYSICAL /CHEMICAL PROPERTIES SOURCE Molecular weight _ 9/9 Density gg/ml Specific gravity _deg F Solubility. water @deg F Boiling Point deg F Malting Point deg F Vapor Pressure — __—ldeg F Vapor Density edeg F Flash Pont i- dag R- ather II. HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS A. TOXICOLOGICAL HAZARD HAZARD? CONCENTRATION SOURCE (PEL. TLV. OTHER) 1 ERT -CK -1 REV. 5 -90 Inhalation yes no Ingestion yes no Skin /aye absorbtlon yes no Skin /eye contact yes no Carcinogenic yes no Teratogenic yes no Mutagenic yes no Aquatic yes no Other: yes no B.COMBUSTIBILITY HAZARD HAZARD? CONCENTRATION SOURCE Ignitability (FP < 140F)yas no Toxic byproduct(s) yes no Flammability yes no LFL UFL Explosivity yes no LEL UEL C. REACTIVITY HAZARD Raactivities 0.CORROSIVITY HAZARD pH Neutralizing agent HAZARD? CONCENTRATION SOURCE yes no HAZARD? CONCENTRATION SOURCE yes no A 006000 -4525 ORIG. 12/67 D650 -10069 C -3 BOE/A/G BMA SPILL /INCIDENT EVALUATION CHECKLIST III. DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT: - PAGE 2 - ERT -CK -2 REV. 5 -90 Quantity involved' Quantity recovered' Release information Monitoring /sampling recommended, IV. RECOMMENDED PROTECTION: ENTRY /BACK -UP Class A B C Q.__ NONE TEAM ELSA yes no SCBA yes no Respirator Cartridge Type yes no acid ammonia hydrocarbon dust other DECONTAMINATION Class A B C r1-- NONE TEAM ELSA yes no SCBA yes no Respirator Cartridge Type yes no acid ammonia hydrocarbon dust other V. RECOMMENDED SITE CONTROL: Hot Zone Warm Zone (Oecon Line) Command Post Location V I. REFERENCES FOR SOURCES: NPG NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards OPIM Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials EAG Emergency Response Guide 1987 HCO8 Hazardous Chemical Data Book SSH Solvent Safety Handbook NFPA National Fire Protective Guide 80 Boeing Documentation MSDA Material Safety Data Sheets OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1017 A 006000.4825 ORIG. 12187 D650 -10069 C -4 • • BOE/AW BMA EMERGENCY RESPONSE TRAINING — O.J.T. THE PURPOSE OF THIS RECORD IS TO DOCUMENT TRAINING RECEIVED BY E -TEAM MEMBERS IN EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND RELATED SUBJECTS Training Dote: Instructor! ( )Meeting ( )Drill ( )Response SUBJECT: (list topics discussed or description of drill or incident) PART I C I PANTS: HOURS • NAME SIGNATURE SOCIAL SECURITY NO. Pleaas sand copies to: Environmental Affairs M/S4H-26 BMA Training 4H -25 544 -2965 655 -05B1 ERT -OJT REV. 5 -25 -90 A 00. 6000 -4525 0 R1G. 12/87 D650 -10069 C -5 0 0 • 69001 -0596 1 TANK 1 1 SITE I I NUMBER I I 1 1* TRAP LIST f BELOW GRADE SEP DM BMA003 SEP 6 SEP2 SEP C SEP B SEP A SEP SEI SEP SEP77 SEPT SEP KFC SEPP SEP 0 SEP 04 SEP N SEP S • OIL /WATER SEPARATORS FOR DUWAMISH RIVER STORM SEWERS DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER MILITARY FLIGHT CNTR MILITARY FLIGHT CNTR MILITARY FLIGHT CNTR OXBOW CORPORATE PARK. OXBOW CORPORATE PARK THOMPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE 1 1 1 , 1 BUILDINB 1 I LOCATION I i 1 1 9 -06 9 -60 9 -120 T -128 9 -96 9-99 9 -99 T -128 T -128 STALL FIELD FIELD LOT LOT 14 -03 14 -01 14-03 EAST YARD NORTH YARD SOUTH YARD NW CORNER OF YARD WEST YARD SW CORNER YARD MCI CORNER OF YARD SW CORER OF YARD ME CORNER OF YARD 77 WASH STALL SW PARKINS LOT SE CCRNER OF YARD SE GINNER OF PKG LOT NE CSR OF PARKING EAST YARD SW YARD NORTH END 1 PURPOSE I I I OIL FUEL SPILLS STORAGE YARD SPILL TRAP PARKING LOT /AUTOCLAVE 01L TRAP FOR PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKIN6 LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT DIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT AIRPLANE WASH WATER 01L TRAP FOR PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR FLIGHT LINE OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT HYDRAULICS & PARKING LOT OIL TRAP FOR PARKING LOT O1L TRAP FOR PARKING LOT 1 , 1 ---- -, , , , , I CONTENTS I IS1ZE I 1 CONSTR- 111NSTi I I 1(SAL)I I UCTION 1 I YR 1 OIL /FUEL/WATER SPILLAGE STORM WATER /OIL STS( iAATERiOIL STORM WATER /DIL STORM WATER /OIL STORM WATER/OIL STORM WATER /OIL STORM WATER /OIL OIL /WATER /SOAP ST09( WATER /OIL STORM WATER /OIL STORM WATER /OIL STS( WATERiOIL STORM LITER /OIL STORM WATER /OIL STORM WATER /OIL CONCRETE 1000 CONCRETE 1961 CONCRETE 1990 COTE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CITE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1989 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 1981 CONCRETE 1987 CONCRETE 1987 • • • 6900T -0S9Q C7 N coosi OIL /WATER SEPARATORS FOR DUWAMISH RIVER STORM SEWERS OLYLLOflVII� -Cuing �((1 li • �,J 9g' -moo • SEP -P SEP -0 SEP -T SEF -C SEP-B SEP -DM SEP -2 SEP -MFC SEP —G BMA003 SEP -A SEP -1 SEP -3 SEP -N SEP -S SEP -04 0 9 Ecs 0 9 6900T -0596 U.) 1 1 1 TAN( 1 1 NUMBS 1 '* TAN( LIST • • STORAGE TANK LIST 1 1 1 1 1 BUILDING 1 1 LOCATION 1 1 B # ABOVE GRADE B031 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-007 X32 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-007 BMA033 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -007 BMA034 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-007 NIA035 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -007 fM A036 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-007 iMA065 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-08 BMA1027 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -72 1MA037 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -50 BMA038 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-50 BMA030 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -51 BMA029 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -52 BPA039 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-53 BMA040 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -64 BMVU012 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -75 BMA041 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9-99 BMA055 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -99 BMA048 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -101 iMMA1049 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -101 B1 054 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -101.2 1A059 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 -102 INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILDING EAST SIDE NORTH SIDE MIRTH SIDE -NORTH SIDE WEST CANOPY NORTH YARD INSIDE BUILDING EAST SIDE SOUTH YARD SOUTH SIDE PORTABLE UNITS W. HIGH BAY,COL D-10 W. HIG;FH BAY,COL 8-13 COL P -11, TUBE SHOP EAST SIDE 1 1 I PURPOSE I I EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FUEL EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FUEL EMERGENCY FIRE PLOP FUEL EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FUEL EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FUEL BACKUP GENERATOR FUEL EMERGENCY GENERATOR BACKUP GENERATOR STORAGE FOR FUEL SYS TEST WASTE HOLDING TANK: STEAM CLEAN WASTE HOLDING DISPENSING FOR VEHICLES BACKUP GENERATOR FUEL EMERGENCY GENERATOR EMERGEIEY FIRE PUMP FUEL EMERGENCY GENERATOR HYDRAULIC TESTING FATIGUE TEST LAB HYDRAUL. PIPE LEAK: COLLECTION DEGREASER CLAVE 5 BACKUP GENERATOR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTENTS 1 ISIME 1 1 CONSTR— 1 IINSTI 1 SECONDARY 1 1 1 t6AL11 1 UCTION 1 1 YR 1 1 CONTAINIENT 1 DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL STODDARD SOLVNT STODDARD SOLVNT WASTE OIL/WATER PROPANE DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL HYDRAULIC FLUID HYDRAULIC OIL WASTE HYDRAULIC 1,1,1 TRICH. DIESEL 280 STEEL 1 180 STEEL 1988 180 STEEL 1 180 STEEL 1 180 STEEL 1988 60 STEEL 1988 1000 STEEL 1990 1000 STEEL 1987 1000 STEEL 1986 300 STEEL 1986 3000 STEEL 1987 1000 STEEL 1963 275 STEEL 1987 675 STEEL 1987 180 STEEL 1957 350 STEEL 1987 180 STEEL 2000 STAINLESS 250 STEEL 4300 STEEL 500 STEEL BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS DIKED STEEL DUD STEEL FLOOR TRENCHES/MP FLOOR TRENCHES/ROOF DIKED STEEL NIA BUILDING DIKED STEEL CONCRETE CURB /ROOF DIKED STEEL INSIDE BUILDING 1910 BUILDING TRENCHES 1980 FLOOR— INSIDE 1985 CURBING 1987 DIKED STEEL 1 1 1 OVERFILL 1 1 CONTAINMENT 1 BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS BUILDING SUMPS CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CUB FLOOR TRENCHES FLOOR TRENCHES ALARM N/A BUILDING 1IE CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CURBING INSIDE BUILDING BUILDING TRENCHES FLOOR CURBING SHUTOFF VALVES • • 6900T -0S9Q , I TAN W 1 NUMBER 1 BMA058 BMA056 BMA043 BMA044 BMA045 BMA062 BMA014 BMA015 81WW021 BKA064 BMR057 IMA025 I SITE I 1 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER E. MARGINAL CORP PK MILITARY FLIGHT CNTR MILITARY FLIO/IT CNTR OXBOW CORPORATE PARK THONPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE THOMPSON SITE THOIPSON SITE + BELOW GRADE DC 15 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DC 18 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DC 19 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DC 03 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DC 04 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DC 16 DEVELOPIENTAL CENTER DC 06 DEVELCfMENTAL CENTER TS 01 TWOWPSON SITE TS 04 THOMPSON SITE STORAGE TANK LIST 1 1 1 , I BUILDING I I LOCATION I 9-102.2 9 -140 7 -217 STALL 77 STALL 77 7 -252 14 -01 14 -01 14 -01 14-01 14 -02 14 -13 2ND FLOOR MEZZANINE COL. 8-5, PHOTO LAB SOUTH YARD WASH STALL WASH STALL WEST YARD WEST YARD WEST YARD WEST YARD WEST SIDE NEST SIDE NORTH SIDE 9-52 WEST YARD 9-52 NORTH YARD 9 -52 NORTH YARD 9-72 WEST YARD 9 -72 WEST YARD 9 -101 SOUTH SIDE 9 -102 SOUTH YARD 14 -02 WEST YARD 14 -03 EAST YARD I PURPOSE 1 , 1 1 , 1 1 1 , , , 1 CONTENTS I ISM I I CONSTR- I I HNET I I SECONDARY I i I IOW I I UCTION 1 I YR 1 I CONTAINMENT I FUEL DISTRIBUTION DIESEL 1111 & STORE CHEMICALS PHOTO CHEMICALS FUELING VEHICLES PROPANE AIRPLANE WASH WATER STORE DIL /WATER /SOAP AIRPLANE WASH WATER STORE OIL /WATER /SOAP VEHICLE FUELING PROPANE ACCCUMULATION FOR DISPOSAL PAINT BOOTH WTR ACCUMULATION FOR DISPOSAL PAINT BOOTH WTR ACCUMULATION FOR DISPOSAL COPPER PLATING FUELING VEHICLES FROPANE EMERGENCY GENERATOR FUEL DIESEL BACK UP FIRE Pik FUEL DIESEL HOLDING FOR OIL TRAP DISPENSSING DISPENSING BOILER FUEL BOILER FUEL ENERGY GENERATOR F1EL EMERGENCY GENERATOR FUEL RESERVE BOILER FUEL GOLD TANK FOR OIL TRAP STDFM WATER/OIL DIESEL GASOLINE FUEL OIL PS 300 FUEL OIL PS 300 DIESEL DIESEL DIESEL STEM WATER /OIL 120 < 150 500 1600 1600 500 10000 10000 5000 500 500 200 STEEL 1987 PLASTIC 1984 STEEL 1982 STEEL STEEL STEEL 1981 STEEL 1985 STEEL 1985 FIBERGLASS 1985 STEEL 1981 STEEL 1985 STEEL 1965 3(00 CONCRETE 550 STEEL 1100 STEEL 200110 STEEL 20000 STEEL 1000 STEEL BOW. STEEL /61AS 20000 STEEL 4000 STEEL INSIDE BUILDING INSIDE BUILD1I N/A CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CURB N/A CONCRETE CURB/ROOF CONCRETE CURB /ROOF CITE CURB /RODE N/A COTE CURB /ROOF (METE CURB /ROOF 1 OVERFILL 1 I CONTAIMENT 1 INSIDE BUILDIN6 INSIDE BUILDING N/A £T» BETE CURB CONCRETE CURB N/A CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CURB CITE CURB N/A CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CURB 1985 N/A N/A 1990 DOUBLE WALLED ALARM, CATCHMENT 1990 DOUBLE WALLED ALARM, CATCHMENT 1957 NONE CONCRETE CURB 1957 NONE CONCRETE CURB 1985 N/A N/A 1984 NONE NONE 1965 NONE NONE 1981 N/A N/A 0 9 N 0 6900T -OS9G BMA062 STORAGE TANK LOCATION BMA058 DC 06 BMA027 BMA040 B4 0 055 BMA065 • B4214 025 BMA057 BMA042 B A 044 054g�� 7q 030 p� g 111 BMA056 'A 83 012 38 MO DC l9 BMA064 TS 01 BMA021 • BOE/A/G GDEDG` 2EFia t o ZF CG GFrOUF DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER TUKWILA, WA 600 FT SCALE ACRES: 94.5 OWNED 69.9 LEASED DUWAMISH RIVER " 9 -103 I �I l I Ili 9.59 11 _ - 9 75 EXPANSION UNDER / CONSTRUCTION • 9-47 TOWER HELISTOP. 9 -101 9.70 9 -69 963 (' 9 -411 TRAILERS 9 -439 THRU 9-443 9 -403 71 9 -05 9 -110 PARKING TRAILERS 9 -424 THRU 9-429 CHEMICA STORAGE PARKING EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH 13-05 AOA 7.380 3 -07 MILITARY FLIGHT CENTER MUSEUM OF FLIGHT NON - BOEING OWNED JOINT USE PR SEUM PARKING SOUTH BOEING FIELD A D650 -10069 00. 6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 E -1 t • BOE /WC OLEIILk 21? EF hrS CAC O, OL'F THOMPSON SITE TUKWILA, WA ACRES: 30.37 OWNED 2.50 LEASED (FAA AND T HANGARS) 0 500 FT 1 1 1 1 1 1 SCALE JORGENSEN CORP 0 4 0 a 4 A 00. 6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 D650 -10069 • BOE/A/G RGINAL WAY SOUTH OXBOW CORPORATE PARK 31.41 ACRES • GMs 7 -252 EMPLOYEE ACTIVITY CENTER OXBOW BRIDGE DUWAMISH RIVER A DO-6000-4525 ORIG. 12/87 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH D650 -10069 E -3 • • OLEi7M EFLEMSE o SPACE Or OUG EAST MARGINAL WAY CORPORATE PARK, (BERKLEY) TUKWILA, WA 49.15 ACRES OWNED 2.09 ACRES LEASED 0 SOOFT 1 I I 1 SCALE 0 (— -- m 21 -02 21 -01 J-- 21 -11-0 n n' 21 -03 BOEING LAND LEASE METRO BUS BASE PRIVATE PROPERTY SOUTH 124TH STREET 21-05 PRIVATE PROPERTY r 7� BOEING BOEING A SOUTH 126TH STREET D650 -10069 E -4 6900T -OS9G w rn • DO.6000 -4535 ORIG. 12/87 • • nC)()C)W to a a >wwwwwwNNNNNNNNNNF F. F. F" F. F h'I- -h.1 -' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 .P w N F. O lO CO J O> 01 .P w NJ F. O VD CO J C\ 01 01:h. w NJ F. O \D CO J O) U1 4, w Ni F-' 1P LA) NF.NF.wNF. PAGE NO. ACTIVE PAGE RECORD aaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaya REVLTR PAGE NO. ADDED PAGES REV LTR PAGE NO. REV LTR tltiit4b7CJCJOC7C)C) Low I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 J Ch .P w N F. U7 41. w N N U1 D G) m z 2 aaaaaaaaaaaa REV LTR `�. PAGE NO. ADDED PAGES •4\ ■ REV LTR 1 PAGE NO. REV LTR D0.6000 -4530 ORIG. 12/87 BOE/AW REVISIONS LTR DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVAL A Complete revision to: - Change Boeing Advanced Systems to Boeing Military Airplanes. Y P - Include OSHA "Emergency Response for Hazardous Substances" regulation requirements. - Revise "Spill Prevention Control and Counter- measures" section to include more comprehensive information organized according to regulatory requirements. - Update descriptions of potential spill areas. - Change procedures to reflect current operations, //-7-90 C171a_ SL• �. //-77-70 /%i A• 4c:irrence //./2-517 �Z / / Lc L< Approved ////6 el. er gD i1� %� i // D650 -10069 37 OIL -WATER SEPERATOR PLANS REFERENCE # B-3C1 • • VICINITY LANDSCAPE PLAN REFERENCE # B-4B REF B -4d 6� JS' EXE . P3RE3'Ir • IP =RED WALKWAY 1 PEDP4E"D 9 -101 B HIGH BAY MOT L PROPGCED J uOVERED WALKWA ENTRANCE SIGN .0 3 03Cr aJJ _ _ _ _ fi= a 0 H0941s E&ST MARGINAL WAY _ MQyti3L,C • • VICINITY UTILITIES SERVICE PLANS AND DESCRIPTIONS REFERENCE # B -6A1 1 • The following descriptions and locations for the existing facilities within the study area have been compiled from data available in December, 1987. • Domestic Water • Main Developmental Center Site The domestic water is supplied to the Main site by a looped 8 (6 in some places) inch main. The northern portion of the site, which includes Buildings 9 -51 and 9 -77, is supplied by a separate 6 -inch main from the City of Seattle 22 -inch main on East Marginal Way South. The two systems are adequate for the total site and will permit future expansion. Storm Sewer Figure B.10.3 shows the locations of storm drainage trunk lines, as well as discharge points into the Duwamish Waterway. • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is served by an extensive system of gravity flow storm drains which discharge into the Duwamish Waterway at approximately 17 separate locations. One of the main trunk lines traverses the entire length of the - Linear Park.-- Sanitary Sewer There are two sewer jurisdictions within the study area; namely the City of Seattle and the Val Vue sewer district. The geographic extent of each jurisdiction is shown on the Central Sector of Figure B.10.3. These sanitary sewers are collected into the Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) sewer system and routed to existing treatment plants. METRO is obligated by agreement to accept each jurisdiction's sewage and provide primary treatment before discharging the effluent into Puget Sound. • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is served by five sewers which connect to the METRO trunk line in East Marginal Way South. These sewers include: 1. A line serving Building 9-05 at the north end of the site; 2. A line serving Buildings 9 -51, 9 -52, 9 -53, and 9 -77; 3. A line serving the STP III area and Building 9 -55; 4. A line serving the north portion of the main site, located just north of Building 9 -101; 5. A line serving the south portion of the main site, skirting the south side of Building 9 -101. ELECTRIC POWER • Main Developmental Center Site This site is served by Seattle City Light from several locations. The primary service location is a main substation just north of Building 9 -50. This substation provides power for the portion of the DC Site bounded by East Marginal Way South on the east, Building 9 -50 on the north, the Duwamish River on the west and Buildings 9 -140 and 9 =110 on the south. At the main substation Seattle City Light 26,000 volt feeders supply power to three transformers which reduce power down to 13,800 volts. Two of the transformers are rated 7500/9375 Kva and the third is rated 7500/8400/10500 Kva. From this substation the 13,800 volt power is distributed underground throughout the service area to 47 secondary substations ranging in size from 500 Kva to 3000 Kva. These secondary substations reduce power to 480 volts for utilization and further distribution. Almost without exception the secondary substations have dual primary switches for selec- tion of feed from two of the 13,800 volt sources. In addition, most are either double - ended or interconnected with other substations via secondary tie breakers. The portion of the Developmental Center located north of Building 9 -50 is supplied from two 2000 Kva Seattle City Light substations which reduce 26,000 volt primary power directly to 480 volt utilization and distribution power. One of these substations is located just south of Building 9-77 and supplies Buildings 9 -51, 9 -52 and 9 -77. The other is located just northwest of Building 9-06 and supplies power to Buildings 9-05 and 9-06. • Main Developmental Center Site Natural gas is supplied to the Main Developmental, Center Site by a 6 -inch main which has a 4 -inch plastic liner for approximately 1/2 of the length between Building 9 -50 (boiler house) gas metering station and the Washington Natural Gas Company main at East Marginal Way South. ..... - . - -- .. - Fire Protection Water • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is looped with a 10 -inch main. The fire protection storage tank (Building 9 -75) contains 200,000 gallons. The system has one 1,500 gpm diesel engine driven fire pump and is adequate for the present site. The northern portion of the site has a 10 -inch fire protection line serving the site and connects with the fire protection loop at the Main site. The line is adequate and has been provided with blind flanges to permit easy extension of the loop. As buildings are added to the site, fire mains will be looped around the buildings. The system has a 1,600,000 storage tank on the east side of Building 9 -77 and a pump house containing four 3,500 gpm (nominal) diesel driven fire pumps and two electric motor driven jockey pumps. The size of the tank is such that it is being considered as the fire protection storage tank for the Main site, replacing the existing fire protection storage tank, Building 9 -75. Both fire protection systems makeup water comes from the City of Seattle 22 -inch main that runs along East Marginal Way South. • BOEING UTILITIES CONSERVATION PROGRAM REFERENCE # B-6C 1 • • Green Lights: A Bright Investment in the Environment Project Description Case Studies One of the barriers to the spread of energy- efficient lighting technologies and designs is the lack of sufficient information about the potential profitability and lighting quality of these technologies. EPA's Green Lights Program includes a support project to collect and distribute case studies of successful installations of energy- efficient lighting technologies and the profits that corporations have made through these investments. Working with lighting vendors, distributors, contractors, electric utilities, and trade and professional organizations, EPA will collect examples of economically successful investments in energy- efficient lighting. Corporations that have completed successful retrofits or new installations of high- efficiency lighting are also invited to nominate their projects for inclusion among EPA's case studies. Reports detailing these case studies will be available to Green Lights Partners and other corporate decision - makers. All case studies will mention the equipment used. For additional information, contact: Program Manager Bob Kwartin Green Lights Program Manager Global Change Division (ANR -445) EPA 401 M St., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20460 (202) 382 -4992 FAX: (202) 475 -7010 January 1991 • Project Manager Mike Reid Senior Consultant Barakat & Chamberlin, Inc. 1015 18th St., NW Suite 730 Washington, DC 20036 (202) 785 -8845 FAX: (202) 331 -8722 Green Lights: A Bright Investment in the Environment Project Description Decision Support System EPA's Green Lights program includes a project to develop a computerized decision support system that will allow Green Lights corporations to rapidly analyze their options for installing energy- efficient lighting. This system will help corporations: - survey the lighting systems in their facilities - assess their retrofit options - select the option that maximizes energy and pollution savings while simultaneously maintaining or improving lighting quality and meeting the Green Lights profitability criteria - produce reports suitable for use by facility managers, corporate financial staff, and corporate senior management. EPA will also develop a training program for Green Lights Partners (and others) who wish to use the decision support system. Additional enhancements may include the provision of handheld data • collection computers and digital lightmeters. The decision support system will be able to analyze the lighting in office buildings, warehouses, retail buildings, manufacturing facilities, and parking garages. For additional information, contact: Program Manager Bob Kwartin Green Lights Program Manager Global Change Division (ANR -445) EPA 401 M St., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20460 (202) 382 -4992 FAX: (202) 475 -7010 January 1991 • Project Manager Randall Cook Project Manager ICF InfoTech 9300 Lee Highway Fairfax, VA 22031 (703) 934 -3411 FAX: (703) 691 -3353 • Green Lights: A Bright Investment in the Environment Project Description Financing Energy - Efficient Lighting Though energy- efficient lighting can be a highly profitable investment, the cost of retrofitting existing facilities or of choosing more efficient equipment in new construction can be a barrier to the realization of these opportunities. Corporate constraints on capital availability can delay worthwhile investments for years. EPA's Green Lights Program includes a support project to help Green Lights Partners overcome financing barriers to their installation of energy- efficient lighting technologies and designs. The financing assistance project will identify institutions that provide financing to reduce the first cost of efficient installations and /or provide attractive repayment terms. The project will compile and distribute to Partners four comprehensive registries of: - Utility - sponsored financial assistance, including information on auditing and technical support, lighting design services, free installation, rebates, and loans - Energy service companies that install lighting efficiency measures at no initial cost to the user, with payments made from the electricity savings - Governmental grants and low- interest loans offered through federal, state and local programs, - Banks, leasing companies and other sources of investment capital for efficiency improvements. • This project may also explore potential strategies for expanding the availability of energy efficiency financing from private- sector sources, utilities, and government. For additional information, contact: Program Manager Bob Kwartin Green Lights Program Manager Global Change Division (ANR -445) EPA 401 M St., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20460 (202) 382 -4992 FAX: (202) 475 -7010 January 1991 Project Manager Mike Reid Senior Consultant Barakat & Chamberlin, Inc. 1015 18th St., NW Suite 730 Washington, DC 20036 (202) 785 -8845 FAX: (202) 331 -8722 Green Lights: A Bright Investment in the Environment Project Description Product Testing and Information Many companies don't purchase energy- efficient' lighting technologies and designs because they lack confidence in the technical claims made on the products' behalf, or are unable to sort through all of the relevant information about competing products, or are concerned about employee acceptance. The lack of standardized testing criteria and reporting procedures has been identified as a primary barrier to the use of and innovative development of energy- efficient lighting. EPA's Green Lights program includes a support project to help establish a national lighting product testing program. The National Product Testing Program will operate on three tracks: - develop a guide to existing test methods and performance standards for lighting products developed by various industry and professional organizations - draft an Issues and Options paper to explore alternatives for a long -term program that will surmount the information barriers that hinder the adoption of energy- efficient technologies. The options identified thus far include the development of a testing laboratory certification program, development of additional testing methods, development of recommended performance standards, and development of an ongoing testing program with regular public reporting of results - implement, in cooperation with other agencies, the recommendations developed through the review of the Issues and Options paper • Among those who would expect to use and benefit from such a program are Green Lights corporations; participants in the lighting decision - making process, such as contractors, utilities, and building owners; electric utilities; lighting users and manufacturers; environmental advocacy groups; and public policymakers. This project is co- sponsored by the Lighting Research Center, Lighting Research Institute, and the Empire State Electric Energy Research Cooperative. Other sponsors are expected to join shortly. For additional information, contact: Program Manager Bob Kwartin Green Lights Program Manager Global Change Division (ANR -445) EPA 401 M St., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20460 (202) 382 -4992 FAX: (202) 475 -7010 January 1991 • Proiect Director Russell Leslie Associate Director Lighting Research Center Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Troy, NY 12180 (518) 276 -8716 FAX: (518) 276 -2999 •. • Green Lights: A Bright Investment in the Environment Project Description Lighting Product Supply and Demand Because of increasing demand caused by utility rebate programs and increased customer acceptance, some energy- efficient lighting products are currently in short supply. EPA is concerned that the surge in demand by Green Lights Partners for these and other products may exacerbate supply bottlenecks. As part of its Green Lights program, EPA and several co- sponsors have developed a support project to help ensure that Green Lights and other programs do not create demand for lighting products that cannot be supplied in sufficient quantity. The project will research and survey all known lighting promotion programs (Green Lights, Federal Energy Management Program, utility programs, state programs) and produce a demand forecast for 1, 3 and 5 years in the future. The survey will be designed to give lighting suppliers the information they need to make prudent investments in manufacturing plant expansion. At the same time, a supply -side survey will gather information from lighting manufacturers on their current and projected product manufacturing capacities, both here and abroad (where importation does or could play a potential role). Confidential surveys managed by CPA firms will be used where proprietary information may be jeopardized. This will allow energy- efficient lighting promoters to adjust the tempos of their programs to account for any potential supply bottlenecks. Products to be included in this supply survey are ballasts, lamps, fixture upgrades such as reflectors and kits, renovation or new construction products, and controls such as occupancy sensors and integrated dimming controls. The most important component of this project will be the transfer of demand forecasts to the product suppliers, and supply forecasts to 'energy- efficient lighting promotion programs at EPA and utilities. Subsequent surveys will be undertaken to determine whether the first round of surveys led to revised supply and demand projections. This project is co- sponsored by EPA, the Electric Power Research Institute, the California Institute for Energy Efficiency, and the U.S. Department of Energy. For additional information, contact: Program Manager Bob Kwartin Green Lights Program Manager Global Change Division EPA 401 M St., S.W. Washington, D.C. 20460 (202) 382 -4992 FAX: (202) 475 -7010 January 1991 • Project Manager Al Gough President Lighting Research Institute 10 Red Fox Lane Littleton, CO .80127 (303) 933 -4756 FAX: (212) 705 -7641 December 1, 1990 4- 8309 - PUB -223 To: Recipients of Corporate Policies and Procedures Subject: Corporate Command Media Publication Notice The following Corporate Command Media writings have been published recently by the Corporate Command Media administrator. o Corporate Policy 7H1, "Energy Resources Management," issue dated December 1, 1990, and Implementation Instruction 7H1 -1, "Management Responsibilities for Effective Use of Energy and Water Resources," issue dated December 1, 1990. Corporate Policy 7H1 and Implementation Instruction 7H1 -1 have been revised by Energy Affairs to reflect current operating practices. The policy was created in 1977 during a period of energy shortages and was titled "Energy Conservation." The energy shortages of the 1970s turned into the energy glut of the 1980s and the policy lost its importance. The 1990s will again see the need for efficient use of energy, and water as well, and the policy has been revised to reflect that. Its title has been changed to "Energy Resources Management." To access these recently published command media writings and other command media, you may log on to the Command Media Online System (see instructions on the reverse side of this memorandum). This system is updated and new writings are added weekly on Wednesday and Sunday nights. If you would like to view a paper copy of these publications, please refer to your nearest Command Media Station. Roxane Baldwin, Administrator ,Corporate Command Media 4 -8309, 6U -83 393 -2693 E -Mail: KBCT COMMED12 • REV. 12/87 0 a 0 THE �_N EI� G COMPANY CORPORATE POLICY CP 7H1 SUBJECT: ENERGY RESOURCES MANAGEMENT December 1, 1990 Supersedes issue dated April 22, 1977 — wank Shrontz Chairman Chief Executive Officer Boeing will plan its facilities and operations to provide for flexible and effective energy and water use Boeing will work cooperatively with public agencies and suppliers to establish programs that ensure the availability and cost - effective use of energy and water resources. B RUM ed ia/C Pi 10 -17 -90 Page 1 of 1 00. 6000.2991 REV. 12/87 THE BOEING COMPANY ivk,e CORPORATE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION INSTRUCTION CPII 7H1 -1 INSTRUCTION RELATING TO: Corporate Policy 7H1, "Energy Resources Management" SUBJECT: MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE EFFECTIVE USE OF ENERGY AND WATER RESOURCES I. •PURPOSE December 1, 1990 Supersedes issue dated September 6, 1983 D. D. Cru Senior Vi resident- Operations The purpose of this instruction is to implement Corporate Policy 7H1, °Energy Resources Management," companywide by facilitating the exchange of information between divisions.and the pooling of resources between operating organizations. II. SCOPE This instruction applies to all forms of energy (e.g., electricity, natural gas, and heating fuels) and water used in company facilities. III. GENERAL Although the Facilities operating organizations are each responsible for effective use of energy and water resources, the exchange of information or the pooling of resources among organizations can benefit all. Working committees composed of members from participating organizations will address concerns of common interest to those organizations. The concerns will change over time, and committee structure and membership will change accordingly. IV. RESPONSIBILITIES A. All Facilities Organizations 1. Establish systems and procedures to ensure the flexible and cost - effective use of energy and water in the design and operation of facilities, tools, and equipment required for company operations. 2. Maintain working relations with serving utilities. 3. Prepare contingency plans for energy and water supply interruptions. 4. Report periodically to Boeing Support Services on energy and water consumption and, as appropriate, on significant improvements in systems, procedures, or designs that reduce consumption or mitigate the impact of energy and water shortages on production. BRC/Media/CPi10 -18 -90 Page 1 of 2 00.60•90 REV. 12/87 CORPORATE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION INSTRUCTION. CPU. 7H1-1 December 1, 1990 IV. A. 5. Participate in committee activities as appropriate. B. In addition, Boeing Support Services 1. Establishes an energy and water management group to coordinate functions described in this instruction. 2. Reviews site operations in energy- and water - related matters and advises them about improving the effectiveness and quality of utility service. 3. Coordinates information exchange and other activities for energy and water conservation programs. 4. Coordinates the purchase of natural gas to improve the cost- effectiveness and dependability of service. 5. Coordinates the preparation of contingency plans for energy and water supply interruptions. 6. Manages the energy consumption database. 7. Acts as focal point with utilities and energy regulatory organizations in the Pacific Northwest. 8. Monitors and, if appropriate, intervenes in energy regulatory actions by Governmental agencies and participates in utility rate hearings and related matters for all operating divisions in the Pacific Northwest. C. The Corporate Vice President of Facilities 1. Monitors compliance with the intent of this policy. 2. Maintains this policy and implementation instruction. D. The Corporate Vice President of Government Affairs 1. Monitors, directs, and coordinates all external contacts involving public affairs. E. The Corporate Vice President and General Counsel 1. Monitors, directs, and coordinates all external contacts regarding legal affairs. F. The Vice President and General Manager of Boeing Support Services 1. Oversees the implementation of this policy. BRC/Media /CP/10 -18 -90 Page 2 of 2 COMPANY NEWS E.P.A. Urging E1ectricityEfficiency.;; By L WALL) °•r+, hts, . Bigger':Savings� .; � In a rare Federal venture into elec. '� �.1 triclty efficiency, the Environmental f s ' • ' '� �` �' Protection Agency began a campaign .71- .1tegulttl :till) dpacing the lI hts;I ,'ah,EhvtrontrientarPti tl tttT yeate3rday to convince the nations W41. '" ''' co g finesses that they can ' Hv4Ape,It�cy,;8ff�t:8;'� �����dn�, fA�df;ced'electri�usi3l• CoStS'�C(���?Q�1 1,000 largest bus y • h ch and increase s Idl1t amli3�p�s 8T pert;t3ilt,' EtttiSEitans'are; �?OUnde, aCllt�te reduce pollution, e profit "•� ?��•' .. •. -�' �::••.• by buying better lights. t. ,•A,v:ri' a1'9s�,�.. , f'9'= Y +s The voluntary program will seek to y { • ",�etbra ; ,rAftew° % T4,'$apfi persuade chief executives that invest- Wlg1 !a !Ec s You 184,786 • ,' 78,734,•. "10�'), MAW in more efficient lighting in of- !ices, stores and factories will return ; °'i"ti f ; $112;934'• ;$6i5,1'1;. "i; $� bigger profits than any other use of ayTy. 4d,5,7„24n the money, while providing better working conditions and good public ' ; {diia�t ns. '..,., relations. The agency even plans to arm -, ,o � ,�,. •;, • . hand out "environmental hero" awards to executives who take part in the rogram, called Green Lights. �dx. fly . ' c 1f all businesses adapted commonly '; CiaiesC� " amps,w available ,high-efficiency lighting k :•, ` °'lfR ,the it )el techniques, the agency said that "�'4.' about 11 percent of all the electricity '434" °',((acct 000.0 lffanafl' • used in this country would be saved A''.. ;ncandescerit,pu1 s,, and costs would drop by 18.8 billion a • a !''; that a incur.. fi uf! • P Y3 year. It also said, the national output �r:yM '' °iiieg.irluChrok of sulfur dioxide, the prime cause of ,,,. acid rein, would tall 7 percent, and n °LAWic ' , a QISCr; • output of carbon dioxide, which is be- ectrlritY',,. lleved to cause global climate change, 1 t e0.7ibdeN/:, would fait 5 percent. seenf.> :j A Different Approach ,a ark • " "t 'lye n�`, N, :?•11'1P �r'ti. "This is a completely different way '.� . ` ''' of approaching environmental prob- r sour'tr.,;S',iv(rorttnrniaf lems," John S. Hoffman, director of Phite40017enep4.y; the Global Change Division of the En- "'ar:'�.''"�`;; '.0 "y~;j; . • $Y!sY vironmental Protection Agency, said — ' ► in an interview. When the Govern- _ ment wants to clean up the air, he sald, it usually orders car makers to Small businesses Install catalytic converters or utili- ties to build scrubbers for smoke- stacks. tend to have the The idea of saving money through efficiency has largely been a prov- most difficulty ince of the utilities and the states that regulate them, and while many utili- ties have reported progress, most say energy. they are only scratching the surface. Last week, the New York Power The Federal Government, which Authority, the largest state -owned does not regulate utilities at the retail power agency, announced a $50 mil- level, has focused its energy attention The technologies the E.P.A. lion program to improve the effi- elsewhere. Washington's biggest elf!- recommending include compact f1ue4, ciency of its electricity customers, ciency which are other government agencies G y push came in the last decade rescent lights, which screw into a; and nonprofit institutions. in cars, with new rules forcing higher standard socket but provide, foie: gasoline mileage. The Department of times the efficiency; improved fluty+ Raising Energy Efficiency Energy's biggest effort in the electric rescent tubes that give substantiallyt For the utilities, the goal has been field has been the promotion of nu- more light; electronic ballasts, which clear power. And after years of reluc- do the same work as conventional to avoid having to build Multibillion- dollar power plants — keeping a tantance, the Reagan White House magnetic ballasts in controlling the ,1 dollar population sails- agreed to a Congressional initiative flow of electricity to fluorescent tubes that set standards raising the effi- but use only half the fleby squeezing ifixed amount tntht, more heat ciency of new consumer appliances nate hum and flickerpower nd control der and more mechanical light, power from like refrigerators. But lighting was vices that automatically shut off each kilowatt -hour. State utility com- largely ignored. lights in a vacant room, or dim and • missions, eager to avoid the rate in- Since the Iraq invasion of Kuwait brighten them to balance the amount Creases that often come with new on Aug. 2, the Department of Energy of light entering through windows. power plants, have been prodding the has been on a short -term campaign to Green Lights has already signed up- utilities to do more, and concern over save energy, especially gasoline, led 24 corporations, including Bell Atlan- the environment has been cited as a by James D. Watkins, the Energy tic, Citicorp, Johnson & Johnson, Phil - side benefit. Secretary. lips Petroleum and Whirlpool. Thom York Time. Charles Komanoff /an efficiency consultant based ew York, said irr an interview, " is Is genuine eff4- ciency, not to enism," '' But he added that those who need 4 improve efficiency the most and who will have the most trouble doing it are not the country's thousand largest, corporations, but small busines nonprofit groups and individuals. _ E.P.A. plan is to focus on big compa- nies first, because they use the.•modt power. ;• 01. 16. 91 09:25 AM P02 Green Lights Partners (as of January 9, 1991) Amoco Bechtel Bell Atlantic Browning Ferris, Inc. The Oliver Carr Company Citicorp /Citibank Digital Equipment Corporation General Dynamics Gerber Products Company The Gillette Company IPS Electric and Midwest Gas -- Divisions of Iowa Public Service Company Johnson and Johnson Eli Lilly and Company Maytag Memorex Telex Fred Meyer, Inc. Nike Corporation Phillips Petroleum Company Polaroid Corporation Union Camp Corporation Warner - Lambert Company Whirlpool Wolverine Worldwide Memorandum of Understanding Between The United States Environmental Protection Agency and Boeing I. Common Agreements and Principles A. This is a voluntary agreement between Boeing ( "Green Lights Partner ") and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), by which Green Lights Partner joins EPA's GREEN LIGHTS program. This agreement can be terminated by Green Lights Partner with no notice or penalties.: B. Green Lights Partner and EPA agree that the primary purpose of the GREEN LIGHTS program is to install energy efficient lighting, thereby preventing combustion- related pollution. C. Green Lights Partner and EPA agree that installation of energy efficient lighting can also increase profits and competitiveness, as well as enhance national energy security. • D. Green Lights Partner and EPA agree that the GREEN LIGHTS program can also maintain or enhance lighting quality and produce tangible benefits for employee productivity and customer satisfaction. E. Green Lights Partner and EPA_ agree that publicizing GREEN LIGHTS participation is important to demonstrating the concern of Green Lights Partner for the environment, the vitality of the free enterprise system in reducing costs, and the capability of voluntary programs to achieve national goals with minimal red tape. F. Green Lights Partner and EPA agree that maintaining public confidence in the credibility of the GREEN LIGHTS program and membership in it is critical to achieving the shared goals stated above. Ii. Green Lights Partner's Responsibilities A. Green Lights Partner agrees to appoint a responsible representative of the company as liaison with EPA for the Green Lights program, and to notify EPA within two weeks of any change in liaison responsibility. The designated liaison officer is: Name: Title: Address: • • City, State, ZIP: Telephone Number: Telefax Number: B. Green Lights Partner agrees to survey all of its U.S. facilities, consider a full set of lighting options (including lamps, ballasts, fixtures, controls and reflectors) that can reduce energy use, and choose those options that maximize energy savings only to the extent that such options are (1) profitable and (2) do not compromise lighting quality. Due to the relatively low risk involved in installing energy efficient products and the tangible, but difficult to measure, benefits of enhanced quality, profitability: will be defined as those projects which, in combination, maximize energy savings while providing an annualized internal rate of return that is at least equivalent to the prime interest rate plus six percentage points (companies in financial distress may qualify for a different option). C. Green Lights Partner agrees to have designated individuals participate in EPA sponsored workshops and investigations involving fact - gathering and information exchanges on how to reduce energy used for lighting while maintaining or improving lighting quality. D. Green Lights Partner agrees to complete retrofits at 90% of the square footage of its facilities for which retrofits are appropriate according to the provisions of Paragraph II.B within five years of signing this agreement. In the case of space which is leased under an agreement which expires more than five years after the date this agreement enters into force, the leased space will be retrofitted unless the landlord refuses to cooperate in adjusting rents, in which case Green Lights Partner will provide EPA with an opportunity to seek the landlord's cooperation through an EPA presentation on the benefits of the Green Lights program. E. Green Lights Partner agrees to annually document the improvements it makes to help demonstrate the benefits of this program and to increase participation by other businesses in Green Lights. F. Green Lights Partner agrees to design all new facilities to at least meet (and attempt to exceed) lighting energy standards developed by ASHRAE /IES (before January 1, 1993) and the United States Department of Energy (after January 1, 1993). G. Green Lights Partner agrees to re- survey facilities and reanalyze options at each facility no later than five years after completing a retrofit at that facility or determining that a retrofit would not be appropriate, according to the criteria set forth in Paragraph II.B. Green Lights Partner agrees to implement profitable options that then exist. H. Green Lights Partner agrees to educate its employees about the advantages of energy efficient lighting and, to the extent that is possible and consistent with corporate policies, to encourage • • • employees to purchase such products. I. Green Lights Partner agrees to cooperate with EPA efforts to publicize the program by identifying specific facilities which have profited from the program and employees who have contributed to its success. J. Green Lights Partner understands that participation in the GREEN LIGHTS. program does not constitute EPA endorsement of Green Lights Partner for anything other than energy- efficient lighting. Green Lights Partner will not imply otherwise in any forum. III. EPA's Responsibilities A. EPA agrees to assist Green Lights Partner in adopting new cost - effective lighting technologies in the following ways: 1. EPA agrees to seek cooperation with U.S. government institutions involved with lighting to remove any unjustified regulatory barriers to efficient lighting, and to reduce the costs and risks (if any exist) of high efficiency products. 2. EPA agrees to develop workshops, training courses, and evaluations of retrofits useful for executing the GREEN LIGHTS program. 3. EPA agrees to develop a decision support system designed to help GREEN LIGHTS participants conduct their lighting surveys, complete their options analyses, and choose the most energy- efficient and profitable retrofit lighting package. 4. EPA agrees to help develop resources to aid Green Lights Partner in its lighting transition. EPA will endeavor to create a GREEN LIGHTS Allies Program in which qualified contractors, financing sources, and independent organizations agree to follow certain standards. EPA will also endeavor to create a GREEN LIGHTS Utility Allies Program to help find rebates and technical assistance for members. EPA will further endeavor to help start an independent testing organization to validate vendor claims about .lighting products. B. EPA. agrees to provide Green Lights Partner with recognition for its public service in protecting the environment by publishing articles and performing analyses about the pollution prevented by 4 corporate participants, organizing at least one major media event, and writing articles for publication describing the program and the companies that have been successful in implementing the program. IV. Criteria and Standards A. Each party agrees to assume good faith as a general principle for the GREEN LIGHTS program. B. Both parties agree to informally notify each other if any problems arise and to work together to provide maximum public confidence in the program. Either party can terminate this agreement and both will then cease to publicize Green Lights • • Partner's participation in GREEN LIGHTS. C. Each party's commitments will be subject to any legal restrictions that may apply. D. EPA agrees that information provided by Green Lights Partner to EPA will be treated pursuant to EPA's public information regulations under 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Part Two. • As representatives of EPA and Boeing, we, the undersigned, do hereby execute this Memorandum of Understanding on the latter of the dates indicated below. For the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): For Boeing: On: On: • KING COUNTY AIRPORT NOISE IMPACT ASSESSMENT REFERENCE # B-7B1 • • The Airport Noise Impact Assessment • Study for Boeing Field Noise of all types is a disruptive intrusion on our everyday activities. Aircraft noise is of particu- lar concern to the Airport Division of the Department of Public Works for King County, operators of King County International Airport - Boeing Field. Realizing that effective aircraft noise reduction can be achieved only through the joint efforts of the airport proprietor, aircraft operators, local government, the Federal Aviation Administration and affected citizens, an Airport Noise Impact Assessment study was conducted for Boeing Field and its surrounding area. The study, begun in October, 1982, was sponsored by King County through the Airport Division of the Department of Public Works and was assisted by a grant from the Federal Aviation Adminis- tration. Involvement by all affected parties has resulted in recommendations for 1) aircraft opera- tional procedures and airport development actions that will reduce noise impacts on populated areas; 2) maintenance, over a period of years, of compatible land use in areas adjacent to the airport; and 3) procedures to monitor and periodically review the effectiveness of aircraft noise abatement and land use compatibility measures. In order to assure that the goals of noise reduction and citizen participation in the project were met, the fang County Council appointed a Planning Advisory Committee made up largely from membership on an existing Noise Advisory Committee to provide constant review of the study's progress. This committee included representatives of aviation organizations and land use planning agencies as well as citizen participants appointed from each noise affected area. These persons are listed at the end of this report. Each meeting was held in the evening and was open to the public. Neighborhood meetings were also conducted to gain citizen input into the planning process in an informal setting. Forecasts of future aviation demand have indicated a continuing increase in flight operations over the next 20 years. Thus, one could logically assume that associated aircraft noise will also increase. The Boeing Field Noise Study, however, outlines a complete plan for challenging the growth of noise impacts without impeding the airport's role or reducing aircraft activity. In short, activity will increase, but as a result of the implementation of the recommendations, noise impacts will decrease during the next 20 years. Although the focus of airport noise control planning is the reduction of aircraft noise exposure, it would be misleading to examine Boeing Field's noise source alone and ignore other non - Boeing Field noise sources which may be even more significant. Such a picture would leave the impression that Boeing Field noise is present over an otherwise noiseless environment. Therefore, the levels of- noise from non - Boeing Field sources are also considered. These include street and highway traffic, particularly Interstate 5, railroads, the general noise sources associated with everyday activities and SEA -TAC Traffic which passes directly over Boeing Field. The utilization of the Total Community Noise Approach shown below in the planning process allows a truer picture of the relative impacts of each noise source. • 1 A Total Community Noise Approach The Study Approach Prior to this study, the extent and nature of existing noise impacts were unknown Therefore, an . extensive measurement program was conducted to determine aircraft noise levels. This program induded the recording of•noise levels with portable computers, the tracking on the air traffic control tower radar scope of where aircraft actually fly, and the use of sophisticated computer software to describe noise conditions at all locations on or near the airport. Measurements were also made at residential, commercial and industrial sites in the community to validate predictive models of nonaviation noise levels. 1b accurately define noise on a consistent basis, all measurements were made in the ldn (lay -Night Noise Level) metric This value penalizes noise events which occur at night (10:00 p.m. -7:00 a.m.) by weighing them more heavily than operations occurring during the daytime This penalty allows for the greater offensiveness of noise occurring at night To graphically demonstrate the noise patterns of the community, a series of maps was prepared on which lines connecting locations of equal noise exposure were drawn After existing noise levels were defined, a series of procedures was evaluated to determine the effectiveness of each in reducing aircraft noise impacts. These induded changes to the lay air - craft fly over populated areas, new development on the airfield to avoid noise - sensitive areas and the establishment of airport regulations describing runway use and operational restrictions. In conjunction with the evaluation of aircraft noise abatement techniques, land use and com- munity growth trends were extensively analyzed. These analyses included not only the existing use of land and the ordinances and regulations governing that use, but also the future plans for com- munity development prescribed by local governmental bodies. Existing planning documents and aerial photography were used to determine a detailed picture of the existing local land use pattern. Assuming this existing land use as a base, it was then possiile to develop several alternative development schemes for the airpon vicinity. Land use management tools were also evaluated for their applicability in the discouraging of sensitive uses in noise impacted areas. These were discussed with local planning agencies to determine their acceptability to the overall development scheme of the community. As a result of this process, a land use management program was completed. It recommends land use controls which will prevent the types of development that are not compatible with the noise levels around the airport. The final portion of the planning process for fang County international Airport - Boeing Field consisted of the development of procedures to monitor the progress of the plan toward fulfilling its goals of reduced noise exposure and more compatible land use. As a result of the program recommendations delineated on the following pages, the number of persons subject to aircraft noise at higher levels will be substantially reduced — from 5,500 now to 2,700 by 1988 and to 2,000 by the year 2000. In contrast, the number of persons subject to similar noise levels from other community noise sources will decrease only slightly, from 17,300 now to 16,300 by 1988 and 15,500 by the year 2000. The planning process has resulted in a set of realistic and feasible noise abatement techniques which can be implemented to significantly reduce aircraft noise impacts. Recommendations In order to achieve maximum compatibility between aircraft and noise sensitive land uses within the study area, three categories of recommendations have been developed as follows: • Aviation Program — incorporates those changes which may be made in the way aircraft use Boeing Field. • Land Use Management Program — outlines those steps which may be taken to establish a more compatible land use base within the areas subject to the remaining aircraft noise. • Monitoring Program — establishes methods to monitor the implementation of the other two programs. Aviation Program The recommended aviation noise abatement program includes an existing noise abatement program, supplemented by new elements designed to further decrease noise impacts. Procedures already part of existing noise abatement efforts include: • All pure jet aircraft must use the full length of the runway for departure in order to achieve the maximum altitude possible over areas at the end of the runway. • Training flights involving "touch and go" landings (i.e., aircraft lands and immediately takes off again) are prohibited between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. • Runway 13L/31R (the short general aviation runway) is closed between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. All traffic must use the long, instrument runway. • VASI's (Visual Approach Slope Indicators) have been installed on the general aviation runway. This landing aid provides the pilot a visual means to ensure proper altitude when on final landing approach. • An area has been designated for all jet engine maintenance runups, other than Boeing Company - owned aircraft. Boeing Company runups are conducted within their blast -fence area. • Engine maintenance runups are strictly prohibited between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The Boeing Company maintains a self - imposed restriction on maintenance runups, pro- hibiting them between the hours of 5:30 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. and all day Sunday and holidays. • Large signs have been installed adjacent to the general aviation runway reminding pilots — NO TURNS BEFORE 600' MSL - NOISE ANNOYS. Pilots following these procedures will be well above the noise sensitive portions of the Beacon Hill community. • Posters have been placed in all aviation businesses on Boeing Field reminding pilots to use good techniques and to be more aware of citizens sensitivity to aircraft noise. • Maps have been distributed to pilots that show the most sensitive areas around Boeing Field and alerting pilots to use good "cockpit management" • Many flight training schools on the airport are including noise minimizing techniques as part of the students' curriculum. The following noise abatement measures may be implemented within approximately one year, which provide the noise reduction as illustrated on the adjacent map. They are: • Relocate 727 -200 and 737 -200 aircraft runups to the North Ramp location and orient those aircraft to a northeasterly heading during the runup procedure. • Encourage early compliance with FAA Federal Aviation Regulation Part 36, which specifies standards for noise emissions on new jet aircraft. • Encourage all turbojet operators to use reduced thrust departures at all times, pursuant to currently accepted procedures. • Turn helicopters from their approach paths or to their departure paths over Interstate 5 at a point approximately one -half mile south of their current entry/exit at the airport. In the future, new engine technology will provide even further reduction in noise exposure impacts. Full compliance with noise standards required by Federal Aviation Regulation Part 36 is srhrduled for IQRR_ • Land Use Management Program The effectiveness of the implementation of the aviation program will be diminished if steps are not taken to establish a more compatible land use base. A land use management program, which addresses development within the Boeing Field study area, and mitigation measures for existing noise sensitive land uses, has been developed as part of the Airport Noise Impact Assessment Study. The individual recommendations of the land use management program are: • That no new residential construction be allowed within the 65 Ldn noise contour unless cur- rently permitted by existing zoning. • That no new multi- family residential development be allowed within the 65 Ldn noise contour. • That a voluntary program of fair disclosure of noise levels on property for sale within the 65 Ldn noise contour be established. • That the building code be amended to require noise insulation for new incompatible construc- tion within the 65 Ldn noise contour. • That an on -going joint city-county advisory committee be established to address land use and zoning issues that arise in either the county or dty portions of the study area. • That the dty and county consider the issue of noise and land use compatibility with the air- port in updates of their current land use plan and as a factor in considering rezoning requests. • That the seller of an incompatibly used property within the 70 Ldn noise contour inform the airport when it is available for purchase, and give the airport an opportunity to negotiate an equitable purchase of the property, with the airport having no obligation to purchase. • That the feasibility of a cost - sharing noise insulation program within the 65 Ldn noise contour area be investigated. Noise Sensitivity Matrix Land Use Residential Day -Night Average Sound Level (Ldn) 55 60 65 70 75 • ►�e��111101101� \�1'►1� 1�0 \�® VitinIWINIMININIA III 1%1 117,1V 7/41 ®1 ®11 ®111.1 AA1I ®11\ Transportation Open Space • Sensitive Throughout this study, the Ldn (Day -Night Average Sound Level) metric has been used to measure and assess the impact of noise from aircraft and nonaircraft sources. Ldn was selected because it assesses accumulated noise, it correlates with human response to noise, it is simple and straightforward, and it is being used as a common noise metric among local, state and federal agendes. Ldn noise levels at a location represent an accumulated exposure on a noise energy basis, re- flected as an average noise level for a 24 -hour period. These levels are depicted as contour lines superimposed on the adjacent map and identified by their Ldn value. These contours are then used as a planning tool by both those who assess impacts of aircraft operations and those who plan the growth and development of the area in the vicinity of Boeing Field. The 65 Ldn contour is the pri- mary focus of noise reduction efforts, and it is in the range of 65 Ldn and greater that aviation and land use management programs should be addressed. • • Monitoring Program. The noise abatement program for Boeing Field does not demand a continuous field monitoring program with control by ordinance, but rather includes administrative activities designed to assist and monitor the implementation of the aviation and land use management programs. Specific elements of this program include: • Maintain the current Noise Advisory Committee and encourage partidpation by all representa- tives in a continuing process. • Designate a Noise Abatement Officer at Boeing Field with the responsibility to handle com- plaints and enforce the noise abatement program in conjunction with other responsible agencies. • Coordinate noise abatement activities through a designated individual from each neighborhood organization, who would then be responsible for reporting to the individual neighborhood organizations. • Promote pilot education in the noise abatement program measures. • Coordinate Boeing Field noise abatement activities with SEA -TAC officials. Planning Advisory Committee King County wishes to express its gratitude to the following people who, through their service on the Boeing Field Noise Impact Assessment Study Planning Advisory Committee, have con- tributed their individual and collective talents to ensure that tbeplan is a realistic and feasible program for the future of Boeing Field " Mamie Rockafellar Chair, Noise Advisory Committee Doug Eglington King County Council Administration Curt Horner Health Department - Noise Norris Bacho Seattle Department of Community Development B'Young Ahn King County Planning Department William Hamilton Washington State DOT Aeronautics Division Betty Smith Beacon Hill Community Council Alice Sutherland Beacon Hill Community Council Doris Kos Beacon Hill Community Council Estelle Shirey Concerned Citizens of Georgetown Georgianne Ray Concerned Citizen, West Seattle Jo McDonald Concerned Citizen, Mercer Island Peter Anderson Boeing Tenants Dave Sdair Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) Jerry MacDonald The Boeing Company Don Smith Airport Manager, Boeing Field Advisors Dennis Ossenkop Charles Crum John Coppinger Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Division Federal Aviation Administration, Manager Boeing Field Control Tower Federal Aviation Administration, SEA -TAC Control Tower Photographer: Neil B. Hare - The Boeing Company "For more information on the study or related matters, call the King County International Air- port Administration Office at 206 - 344 - 7380." AP?' gt411 ►r. ......,i,, - -� 1 • • 1 • BOEING CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES REFERENCE # B -7B3 IV • January 22, 1991 4 -7300- LAG -91 -0052 To: B. Hearst 46 -87 cc: R. Aulabaugh 4H -07 L. Law 4H -07 C. Maybee 4H -07 Subject: Construction Management - BMA Projects Bldg.9 -101 Expansion, DCA 804 Construction Mitigation Plan The 9 -101 Building expansion will be designed and managed by BE &C Engineers. The BECE Construction Management (C.M.) group's responsibilities are, as chartered by BE &C Engineers, project administration, engineering surveillance • and all contractor coordination. In order for C.M. to comply with its charter and to reduce impact to the job site and surrounding environment, the following is a list of activities that are incorporated within standard construction activities: 1. Contractors will comply with all spill prevention requirements. 2. Excavation truck and trailers will be swept clean before being allowed on city streets. 3. If required, street sweepers will be used to clean the streets. 4. Auger cast piles will be used in lieu of driven piles to eliminate excessive noise and vibration. Construction management personnel will man the site daily to ensure contractor compliance to plans, specifications, codes and standard building practices. 6. Construction management personnel will continually monitor the contractor to ensure compliance and environmental issues. 7. If, during the course of construction, questions do arise regarding environmental issues, the Boeing Environmental group is at hand to provide assistance. 8. Dust control will be maintained. • • • Page 2 B. Hearst 4- 7300 - LAG -91 -0052 9. Concrete truck wash -down areas will be maintained to prevent runoff to storm drainage system and river. If you have any questions, please contact Loran Vahlsing at 544 -2664. L. A. ayl Org. 47 -7300, M/S 4H -07 Phone: 544 -2659 LLV /df File No. DCA 804 A -1 • 9 -110 BUILDING PLANS AND LOCATION REFERENCE # B -8C 1 • 1Romi111 i:tfr.t.::::-:7-:,1:nalipsajoussmosii IMPTAIIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIV IIEE11111111RITEr kr-x.AHll 1111Mr•IEBEIIIIIL:graLek:Lcpc.Ro• II■n1::',,,_.,:Alliligif-g 21111IN NEETEIMmamMill 1111Kamill iiiii•iiiiiim Egmna IMINOR11111111111111111110.111111111E177MEIP -- - .... _ ---__..3i67■11M11111E11111111112cug740111iiirr:cr,r;;:yrz iti111116Ek.1 Riiifi ziurrrrummtmersiliummumw Nolgamai innuten miliNjimardEDN1111111111111111011110% IDE -,74 I" ifiiPgium ...m.mmrrimE,F,t8..., ENEDA.Rimirz,-..,in... V-7-2EV.il ii11111:%illaillEalgra=1011111MIIIF.:',11141MINI EMS= ignallIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIiIIMIN•1111111111111111117i;MIIIII•N V,iwzMillp, IriiiPTIRta•1111111111BEINFIE1171114-16•1111111111111111111 • '' ":.‘ .'- ' 71!:•-:-:',:'-.:1_.7,1.1111111Laim no N11.1'.-E:111110116FRIBIMIMIII iiiiiiiMill.11.1011111- 1111111111111111M111101211111111/111n1 INVE5sp:77.71111111111111111111111111111111 11111111111111111•111•11911111ERIE7179 LiM. ,-,JOIllirisrarnikrippeeltdM011111110111111111111111111:77.5.351 INNEN ii PIIIIIIIM11,111111t,fiZI-7-;?- 111111:4Eill IMIAL2t.,t,"! mow= •+ 1.11E2Mk-i-among3tri,Alam - . ,, 11 Inimm IINE■11::,.i;::,.,;,.•.' loons DiiiiiiIN1111111111111511111111"11111 • liMEst,.: ,r..71111111!!!!!!NalMig° Mill -131111711111.1110 iii=5.61::-7. - NEER -,, Ur EiaMilgEVEUIIIIIIMMiaMIIIIIIEsimasi=0521 MIIII/Egaiiiiitilli sammossmaill lehiga6MINIMENIIIMIIIIIIME :„.....—......-„11111 1,„.... ,0111, i, iiiii 1,IIIImuMw.i . NImda .i ..-::.w.3.i..77„—....1 . IIIIIIILT miltiminom .s:-.-.:.777.7...., 1 Illtilegl 111111 1:L1LE:tau-Ea alum Mil ". annummossulita;rt;:-ilL mr-immigiliarTatag25P:gagn5-q1111 1.111111111111111171111111AW :Ni3 111M141.77.,..., 111::::PLARTP:1111111111111111111111111111111111111E. ii cr- El. i:JJi.-dlii 1111111111111211EPPummW9111111.: - :: .111111:111htt limernilliffifill 1111111111111 i1 1- 1111111L....`.:i1ILINIIIIIINIAN ;PArl,erkin11111111111111111111•11111111H111:4Rapp.,.•,11Wrilllizionsi.7,-. TfitF=14 g 37, : I -"rear:41111 !la 1 WI 11111111111111111111t Ict =NMI 11 mg. illill3MIEICIMI ', 1r7 r:77.177122:rillig illE2giiarrall= all •111111111•11111111111111111111,A11111111111i& , HEMP .1'•2111111111111111111111111111101111!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!1111111111111116i17771111111111 illifed11111111611MtMENIMLISIN immgm:1111111HRUIELIMEMM iimiummurimmtaiml1111101111111scarg o•;.mimmamr-F.rimiii] Emmuumme•ismimmim Iiiiiiimaluit:ammmiluiliniric—is poloimplavapperli.111111111111111 11111110111111111111111111M11 . ii ., . • .. • --;47,;:;;1 --- mi.= • w r 111111111111111111111111-7-- -:- ':Elairaimiaalimmira ium mum tragirmamoiiiiiiiiiiii•aa la....asaim.. Arm isms! we MUIJ :11.1pa211171":7 ' . 77-7111221nra Eiliff—masz-2,.za,P.FEIN 11111M11111111111Eill iRREV.Ij.1 ilaid : a v-m-'.'-'I1A,:1- :fI7: yM: -RW--zr'iiW . i lrl'iie14■lf1INL1,.4• 111,1111 II 1111111111 10111111111111111111111111111•111111111111111111111111:'2 IMM1•1111•11 INN 11111111111,!!F71P IUIIIIELi!::jl.dnEiDO.DETIIIIIIII•111NM 111111111111•111 III 111•1111- 10111:1_1''''jt:F .1.Ptl-'111111111111111111111 -'.:,,I!!!!11111.11111111111111111111mmiiimii i31111E:gfIridTfidEsimmitalm Lizammi 1 IN Imorirpramrosir 111111111111111111211111 III:LIMB IF-4" i? , 12 6) W.MAROINAL WAY OXBOW CORPORATE PARK BOEING.. MILITARY AIRPLANES DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER DUWAMISM WATERWAY / E.MAROINAL WAY-'7".\' BERKLEY SITE JANUARY 1990 CITY OF TUKWILA ZONING MAP REFERENCE # B -8E • F • • • •1 • ••••••• J 3 ■ 1■■••••• OM V 1 *MUNI •• 1 t/IIIRO••••1 11 _.2Jil REF. B-8e WORK SITE • ZONING MAP LEGEND RA AGRICULTURAL R140.0 SINGLE FAMILY. RESIDENTIAL 11.1•12-0 SEIGLE /MAY RESIDENTIAL 111-1•11.4 SINGLE FANAT RESIDENTIAL 11-1-7.2 SRIGLE. FA/Mi RI.SIDENTIAL R-2 TWO fAWLY mslottenAt II-3 MAU & FOLM FAMILY RESIDENTIAL LOW APARTMENTS IUDI MULTIPLE RESIDENCE WA DENSITY P0 PROFESSIONAL OFFICE C-1 KINDMORMOOD METAL C-2 REGIONAL METAL C.-10 PLANNED INNIVIESS CENTER C. INDUSTRIAL PARK N.1 LIMIT SIDUSIWY M4 WAVY mum( 1141. Mart N.ZAISTRY WITH LANDSCAPE INGLIWENWINTS nhli RE-1 ; d :• V. • tr% 1! 1 • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER POPULATION FORECAST REFERENCE # B -81 • • • • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER POPULATION FROM 1986 TO 1995 • NOTE- OUT YEARS ARE A PROJECTED FORECAST 1 • BUILDING PERSPECTIVES REFERENCE # B -11 A • • • • TOP OF PARAPET ELEV. 99.00 • 9.96 SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE 1° =5000 FN. FLOOR ELEV. 15.50' TOP OF PARAPET ELEV. 9900' ( r---1 EAST ELEVATION SCALE 1" =5000 �n / FN. FLOOR ELEV. 15.50' 111111 fl (iI 9 -101 1 TEEL STORAGE Y (9.62) G7RD GATE J.26 9 -101 ANNEX HIGH BAY 11.J1.li iii 1—� BLDG. 9 -101 ANNEX FN. FLOOR ELEV. 1550 EAST MARGINAL WAY 11111111111+1 ��� 12r 81IFflFF W -111-+1-1111'1!1111 1111111i!i11H1,1111n11111! 41111!1111 4114 --e Lot 1 ��'I I I SITE PLAN SCALE = 100.00' _ PROPOSED ANNEX BOEAFA B MA 9725 UILDING EAST MARO1 GINAL WAY TUKWILA WASHINGTON 11 IPARKING 11111 11 n l 1414 111 1111 1jj l l i u .as 1 a THE AUSTIN COMPANY ARCHITECTS• ENGINEERS• GUI LCf95 • • • PROPOSED ANNEX OE /N BUILDING jr j THE AUSTIN 9725 EAST MARGINAL WAY COMPANY TUKWILA WASHINGTON •ncwireora• ENGIMeena• em Loens • • GENERAL DESCRIPTION BUILDING 9 -101 ANNEX BOEING DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER Occupancy: Light Manufacturing with Non - Combustibles, UBC Classification B2 Area: Approximately 100,000 Sq. Ft. Clear Height: 55 Ft. to Bottom Chord Truss Overall Height: 83' -6" to Top Parapet Construction: UBC Type II N Class A roofs on metal deck on structural steel trusses and frame. Insulated metal siding on exterior wall on steel girts with interior metal liner panels to provide smooth interior surfaces. The lower seven feet of wall will be of precast concrete. Concrete floor coated with a white epoxy coating. Special Features: A 15 -ton underslung crane system, as an extension of an existing system. A 70 ft. long autoclave for the curing of carbon fiber materials. Environment: Site: C:CLM:1 The interior will be air conditioned, using a chilled water system. Air handling units will be located in the trusses. No toxic emissions are envisioned. The exterior will be surrounded by a 60 -ft. wide (minimum) concrete apron. The perimeter will be landscaped per code. 1 • MUSEUM OF FLIGHT LITERATURE REFERENCE # B -13B • LEGEND DOMESTIC WATER FIRE PROTECTION WATER Elftil SECTO' IOtf SEC! DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER i MASTER PLAN EX.IST;ING UTILITIES: DOMESTIC 100 400 800 AND FIRE PROTECTION WATER CENTRAL SECTOR FIGURE B. 10. 1 LEGEND SANITARY SEWER --"�' STORM SEWER ELOPMENTAL CIENTE ASTE PLAN EXISTING UTILITIES: SANITARY & STORM SEWER SOUTH P PLANT II \ -14 -u4 mr.wUwi•ai•V INti�i.ii�W �• LEGEND COMMUNICATIONS 13.8 KV 26 KV EVELOETAL CETER CEtltat SECIOt 100 400 800 MASTER PLAN EXISTING UTILITIES: ELECTRICAL & COMMUNICATIONS NORTH SECTOR FIGURE B. 10. 9 LEGEND. STEAM NATURAL GAS DEVELOPMENTAL 6d MASTER PLAN EXISTING UTILITIES: STEAM' & NATURAL GAS CENTRAL SECTOR F 1 GURE B. 10.5 A D 1 O S S I O N Adults: $4.00, Teens (13 -18): $3.00, Youths (6 -12): $2.00, Children (under '6) and Museum.of Flight members free. HOURS Daily: 10:OOam- 5:OOpm, Thursday 'til 9:OOpm. Call 764 -5720 for special hours and programs. DRIVING' DIRECTIONS From I -5, take exit #158, turn right at E. Mar- ginal Way South and follow signs. We're only 15 minutes from downtown and Sea -Tac Airport. BUS DIRECT 1 0 N S From either Sea -Tac Airport or downtown, take bus #174. M U OF FL E U M r BECOME A MEMBER Join the Museum of Flight and you'll receive unlim- ited free admission, express lane Museum entrance, bimonthly issues of the Museum of Flight News, 15% discount on Museum store purchases, early notice of special events and a member's decal. For more information on membership call (206) 764 -5711. MUSEUM OF FLIGHT 9404 E. Marginal Way S., Seattle, WA 98108. Located at Boeing Field. For visitor information call (206) 764 -5720. Museum of Flight and Red Barn are registered trademarks of the Museum of Plight Foundation. M E Ever since mankind stepped foot on this earth, he has dreamt of leaving it. Today, the history of flight still hovers high in the minds of people around the world. of Flight can bring you as close as you'll ever get. ■ Look! Up in the sky! It's a bird! It's a plane! And the Museum Actually, it's quite a few planes, and they're suspended high above you. As you stroll through the six -story reel and glas Great Gallery, peer up at everything from a replica of the Wright Brothers' origina to the first F -5 supersonic fighter. ;We've also grounded a few planes for you to see. commercial mail planes or an actual Blue Angels jet. You can even stroll around the B -47; the fastest, highest -flying plane of its time. Command Module. And browse the Red Barn, home of Seattle's come in for a landing called The Hangar. Designed for kids, as well Like one of the first take a little Take a peek inside the Apollo first airplane factory. • A new exhibit has just as parents, this collection of flying machines lets the little ones enjoy the aviation with actual hands -on experience. They'll sit in cockpits, operate the controls, and more. • Prepare for departure and get down to the Museum of F:115.1 D Because as we all know, a.1 `f�� time flies when you're having fun. 1 • WASHINGTON STATE REGULATIONS FOR HISTORICAL PRESERVATION REFERENCE # B-13C 1 • • The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation and Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings U.S. Department of the Interior National Park Service Preservation Assistance Division Washington, D.C. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects with Guidelines for Applying the Standards were initially writ- ten in 1976 by W. Brown Morton III and Gary L. Hume. The Guidelines for Rehabilitating Historic Buildings were revised and expanded in 1983 by Gary L. Hume and Kay D. Weeks. The Standards for Rehabilitation were revised in 1990 following a public commenting period. It should be noted that the minor revisions to the Standards for Rehabilitation will not affect their application so that a project which was previously ac- ceptable would continue to be acceptable. Contents Introduction to the Standards and Guidelines 5 BUILDING EXTERIOR Masonry: Brick, stone, terra - cotta, concrete, adobe, stucco, and mortar Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 12 Design for Missing Historic Features 15 Wood: Clapboard, weatherboard, shingles, and other wooden siding and decorative elements Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 16 Design for Missing Historic Features 18 Architectural Metals: Cast iron, steel, pressed tin, copper, aluminum, and zinc Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 19 Design for Missing Historic Features 21 Roofs Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 22 Design for Missing Historic Features 23 Additions /Alterations for the New Use 24 Windows Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 25 Design for Missing Historic Features 26 Additions /Alterations for the New Use 27 Entrances and Porches Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 28 Design for Missing Historic Features 29 Additions /Alterations for the New Use 29 Storefronts Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 31 Design for Missing Historic Features 33 BUILDING INTERIOR Structural Systems Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 34 Alterations /Additions for the New Use 36 Interior Spaces, Features, and Finishes Preservation of Historic Spaces, Features, and Finishes (maintenance, repair, replacement) 37 Design for Missing Historic Features and Finishes 40 Alterations /Additions for the New Use 41 Mechanical Systems Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 43 Alterations /Additions for the New Use 44 BUILDING SITE Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 45 Design for Missing Historic Features 48 Alterations /Additions for the New Use 48 DISTRICT/ NEIGHBORHOOD Preservation of Historic Features (maintenance, repair, replacement) 49 Design for Missing Historic Features 51 Alterations /Additions for the New Use 51 HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS 53 ENERGY RETROFITTING 55 NEW ADDITIONS TO HISTORIC BUILDINGS 58 INTRODUCTION The Secretary of the Interior is responsible for establishing standards for all program under Departmental authority and for advising Federal agencies on the preservation of historic properties listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. In partial fulfillment of this responsibility, the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects have been developed to guide work undertaken on historic buildings —there are separate standards for acquisition, protection, stabilization, preservation, rehabilitation, restoration, and reconstruction. The Standards for Rehabilitation (codified in 36 CFR 67) comprise that section of the overall preservation project standards and addresses the most prevalent treatment. "Rehabilitation" is defined as "the process of returning a property to a state of utility, through repair or alteration, which makes possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions and features of the property which are significant to its historic, architectural, and cultural values." Initially developed by the Secretary of the Interior to determine the appropriateness of proposed project work on registered properties within the Historic Preservation Fund grant -in -aid program, the Standards for Rehabilitation have been widely used over the years — particularly to determine if a rehabili- tation qualifies as a Certified Rehabilitation for Federal tax purposes. In addition, the Standards have guided Federal agencies in carrying out their historic preservation responsibilities for properties in Federal ownership or control; and State and local officials in reviewing both Federal and nonfederal rehabilitation proposals. They have also been adopted by historic district and planning commissions across the country. The intent of the Standards is to assist the long -term preservation of a property's significance through the preservation of historic materials and features. The Standards pertain to historic buildings of all materials, construction types, sizes, and occupancy and encompass the exterior and interior of the buildings. They also encompass related landscape features and the building's site and environment, as well as attached, adjacent, or related new construction. To be certified for Federal tax purposes, a rehabilitation project must be determined by the Secretary to be consistent with the historic character of the structure(s), and where applicable, the district in which it is located. 5 THE SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR'S STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION The following Standards are to be applied to specific rehabilitation projects in a reasonable manner, taking into consideration economic and technical feasibility. (1) A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be placed in a new use that requires minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and environment. (2) The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be avoided. (3) Each property shall be recognized as a physical record of its time, place, and use. Changes that create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural features or architectural elements from other buildings, shall not be undertaken. (4) Most properties change over time; those changes that have acquired historic significance in their own right shall be retained and preserved. (5) Distinctive features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved. (6) Deteriorated historic features shall be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity of deterioration requires replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature shall match the old in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, materials. Replacement of missing features shall be substantiated by documentary, physical, or pictorial evidence. (7) Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of struc- tures, if appropriate, shall be undertaken using the gentlest means possible. (8) Significant archeological resources affected by a project shall be protected and preserved. If such resources must be disturbed, mitigation meas- ures shall be undertaken. (9) New additions, exterior alterations, or related new construction shall not destroy historic materials that characterize the property. The new work shall be differentiated from the old and shall be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment. (10) New additions and adjacent or related new construction shall be undertaken in such a manner that if removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the historic property and its environment would be unimpaired. 6 As stated in the definition, the treatment "rehabilitation" assumes that at least some repair or alteration of the historic building will be needed in order to provide for an efficient contemporary use; however, these repairs and alteration must not damage or destroy materials, features or finishes that are important in defining the building's historic character. For example, certain treatments —if improperly applied —may cause or accelerate physical dete- - rioration of historic building. This can include using improper repointing or exterior masonry cleaning techniques, or introducing insulation that damages historic fabric. In almost all of these situations, use of these materials and treatments will result in a project that does not meet the Standards. Similarly, exterior additions that duplicate the form, material, and detailing of the structure to the extent that they compromise the historic character of the structure will fail to meet the Standards. Technical Guidance Publications The National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, conducts a variety of activities to guide Federal agencies, States, and the general public in historic preservation project work. In addition to establishing standards and guidelines, the Service develops, publishes, and distributes technical information on appropriate preservation treatments, including Preservation Briefs, case studies, and Preservation Tech Notes. A Catalog of Historic Preservation Publications with stock numbers, prices, and ordering information may be obtained by writing: Preservation Assis- tance Division, Technical Preservation Services, P.O. Box 37127, Washington, D.C. 20013 -7127. 7 • GUIDELINES FOR REHABILITATING HISTORIC BUILDINGS The Guidelines were initially developed in 1977 to help property owners, developers, and Federal managers apply the Secretary of the In- terior's "Standards for Rehabilitation" during the project planning stage by providing general design and technical recommendations. Unlike the Standards, the Guidelines are not codified as program requirements. Together with the "Standards for Rehabilitation" they provide a model process for owners, developers, and Federal agency managers to follow. It should be noted at the outset that the Guidelines are intended to assist in applying the Standards to projects generally; consequently, they are not meant to give case - specific advice or address exceptions or rare instances. For example, they cannot tell an owner or developer which features of their own historic building are important in defining the historic character and must be preserved — although examples are provid- ed in each section —or which features could be altered, if necessary, for the new use This kind of careful case -by -case decisionmaking is best accomplished by seeking assistance from qualified historic preservation professionals in the planning stage of the project. Such professionals include architects, architectural historians, historians, archeologists, and others who are skilled in the preservation, rehabilitation, and restoration of historic properties. The Guidelines pertain to historic buildings of all sizes, materials, occupancy, and construction types; and apply to interior and exterior work as well as new exterior additions. Those approaches, treatments, and techniques that are consistent with the Secretary of the Interior's "Standards for Rehabilitation" are listed in the "Recommended" column on the left; those approaches, treatments, and techniques which could adversely affect a building's historic character are listed in the "Not Recommended" column on the right. To provide clear and consistent guidance for owners, developers, and federal agency managers to follow, the "Recommended" courses of ac- tion in each section are listed in order of historic preservation concerns so that a rehabilitation project may be successfully planned and com- pleted —one that, first, assures the preservation of a building's important or "character- defining" architectural materials and features and, second, makes possible an efficient contemporary use. Rehabilitation guidance in each section begins with protection and maintenance, that work which should be maximized in every project to enhance overall preservation goals. Next, where some deterioration is present, repair of the building's historic materials and features is recommended. Finally, when deterioration is so extensive that repair is not possible, the most problematic area of work is considered: replacement of historic materials and features with new materials. To further guide the owner and developer in planning a successful rehabilitation project, those complex design issues dealing with new use re- quirements such as alterations and additions are highlighted at the end of each section to underscore the need for particular sensitivity in these areas. Identify, Retain, and Preserve The guidance that is basic to the treatment of all historic buildings — identifying, retaining, and preserving the form and detailing of those architectural materials and features that are important in defining the historic character —is always listed first in the "Recommended" column. The parallel "Not Recommended" column lists the types of actions that are . most apt to cause the diminution or even loss of the building's historic character. It should be remembered, however, that such loss of character is just as often caused by the cumulative effect of 8 a series of actions that would seem to be minor interventions. Thus, the guidance in all of the "Not Recommended" columns must be viewed in that larger context, e.g., for the total impact on a historic building. Protect and Maintain After identifying those materials and features that are important and must be retained in the process of rehabilitation work, then protecting and maintaining them are addressed. Protection generally involves the least degree of intervention and is preparatory to other work. For example, protection includes the maintenance of historic material through treatments such as rust removal, caulking, limited paint removal, and re- application of protective coatings; the cyclical cleaning of roof gutter systems; or installation of fencing, protective plywood, alarm systems and other temporary protective measures. Although a historic building will usually require more extensive work, an overall evalua- tion of its physical condition should always begin at this level. Repair Next, when the physical condition of character - defining materials and features warrants additional work repairing is recommended. Guidance for the repair of historic materials such as masonry, wood, and architectural metals again begins with the least degree of interven- tion possible such as patching, piecing -in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading them according to recognized preser- vation methods. Repairing also includes the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of extensively deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes (for example, brackets, dentils, steps, plaster, or portions of slate or tile roof- ing). Although using the same kind of material is always the preferred option, substitute material is acceptable if the form and design as well as the substitute material itself convey the visual appearance of the remaining parts of the feature and finish. Replace Following repair in the hierarchy, guidance is provided for replacing an entire character - defining feature with new material because the level of deterioration or damage of materials precludes repair (for example, an exterior cornice; an interior staircase; or a complete porch or storefront). If the essential form and detailing are still evident so that the physical evidence can be used to re- establish the feature as an in- tegral part of the rehabilitation project, then its replacement is appropriate. Like the guidance for repair, the preferred option is always replacement of the entire feature in kind, that is, with the same material. Because this approach may not always be technically or economical- ly feasible, provisions are made to consider the use of a compatible substitute material. It should be noted that, while the National Park Service guidelines recommend the replacement of an entire character - defining feature under certain well- defined circumstances, they never recommend removal and replacement with new material of a feature that — although damaged or deteriorated —could reasonably be repaired and thus preserved. _ Design for Missing Historic Features When an entire interior or exterior feature is missing (for example, an entrance, or cast iron facade; or a principal staircase), it no longer plays a role in physically defining the historic character of the building unless it can be accurately recovered in form and detailing through the proc- 9 ess of carefully documenting the historical appearance. Where an important architectural feature is missing, its recovery is always recom- mended in the guidelines as the first or preferred, course of action. Thus, if adequate historical, pictorial, and physical documentation exists so that the feature may be accurately reproduced, and if it is desireable to re- establish the feature as part of the building's historical ap- pearance, then designing and constructing a new feature based on such information is appropriate. However, a second acceptable option for the replacement feature is a new design that is compatible with the remaining character - defining features of the historic building. The new design should always take into account the size, scale, and material of the historic building itself and, most importantly, should be clearly dif- ferentiated so that a false historical appearance is not created. Alterations /Additions to Historic Buildings Some exterior and interior alterations to the historic building are generally needed to assure its continued use, but it is most important that such alterations do not radically change, obscure, or destroy character- defining spaces, materials, features, or finishes. Alterations may in- clude providing additional parking space on an existing historic building site; cutting new entrances or windows on secondary elevations; in- serting an additional floor; installing an entirely new mechanical system; or creating an atrium or light well. Alteration may also include the selective removal of buildings or other features of the environment or building site that are intrusive and therefore detract from the overall historic character. The construction of an exterior addition to a historic building may seem to be essential for the new use, but it is emphasized in the guidelines that such new additions should be avoided, if possible, and considered only after it is determined that those needs cannot be met by altering secondary, i.e., non character- defining interior spaces. If, after a thorough evaluation of interior solutions, an exterior addition is still judged to be the only viable alternative, it should be designed and constructed to be clearly differentiated from the historic building and so that the character- defining features are not radically changed, obscured, damaged, or destroyed. Additions to historic buildings are referenced within specific sections of the guidelines such as Site, Roof, Structural Systems, etc., but are also considered in more detail in a separate section, NEW ADDITIONS TO HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Health and Safety Code Requirements; Energy Retrofitting These sections of the rehabilitation guidance address work done to meet health and safety code requirements (for example, providing barrier - free access to historic buildings); or retrofitting measures to conserve energy (for example, installing solar collectors in an unobtrusive loca- tion on the site). Although this work is quite often an important aspect of rehabilitation projects, it is usually not part of the overall process of protecting or repairing character - defining features; rather, such work is assessed for its potential negative impact on the building's historic character. For this reason, particular care must be taken not to radically change, obscure, damage, or destroy character - defining materials or features in the process of rehabilitation work to meet code and energy. requirements. 10 Specific information on rehabilitation and preservation technology may be obtained by writing to the National Park Service, at the addresses listed below: Preservation Assistance Division National Park Service P.O. Box 37127 Washington, D.C. 20013 -7127 National Historic Preservation Programs Western Regional Office National Park Service 450 Golden Gate Ave. Box 36063 San Francisco, CA 94102 Division of Cultural Resources Rocky Mountain Regional Office National Park Service 655 Parfet St. P.O. Box 25287 Denver, CO 80225 Preservation Services Division Southeast Regional Office National Park Service 75 Spring St. SW., Room 1140 Atlanta, GA 30303 Office of Cultural Programs Mid - Atlantic Regional Office National Park Service Second and Chestnut Streets Philadelphia, PA 19106 Cultural Resources Division Alaska Regional Office National Park Service 2525 Gambell St. Anchorage, AK 99503 11 BUILDING EXTERIOR Masonry: Brick, stone, terra cotta, concrete, adobe, stucco and mortar Masonry features (such as brick cornices and door pediments, stone window architraves, terra cotta brackets and railings) as well as masonry surfaces (modelling, tooling, bonding patterns, joint size, and color) may be important in defining the historic character of the building. It should be noted that while masonry is among the most durable of historic building materials, it is also the most susceptible to damage by improper maintenance or repair techniques and by harsh or abrasive cleaning methods. Most preservation guidance on masonry thus focuses on such concerns as cleaning and the process of repointing. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving masonry features that are im- portant in defining the overall historic character of the building such as walls, brackets, railings, cornices, window architraves, door pediments, steps, and columns; and joint and unit size, tool- ing and bonding patterns, coatings, and color. Protecting and maintaining masonry by providing proper drainage so that water does not stand on flat, horizontal surfaces or ac- cumulate in curved decorative features. Cleaning masonry only when necessary to halt deterioration or remove heavy soiling. 12 Not Recommended Removing or radically changing masonry features which are impor- tant in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Replacing or rebuilding a major portion of exterior masonry walls that could be repaired so that, as a result, the building is no longer historic and is essentially new construction. Applying paint or other coatings such as stucco to masonry that has been historically unpainted or uncoated to create a new ap- pearance. Removing paint from historically painted masonry. Radically changing the type of paint or coating or its color. Failing to evaluate and treat the various causes of mortar joint deterioration such as leaking roofs or gutters, differential settle- ment of the building, capillary action, or extreme weather ex- posure. Cleaning masonry surfaces when they are not heavily soiled to create a new appearance, thus needlessly introducing chemicals or moisture into historic materials. Masonry (continued) Recommended Carrying out masonry surface cleaning tests after it has been deter- mined that such cleaning is necessary. Tests should be observed over a sufficient period of time so that both the immediate effects and the long range effects are known to enable selection of the gentlest method possible. Cleaning masonry surfaces with the gentlest method possible, such as low pressure water and detergents, using natural bristle brushes. Inspecting painted masonry surfaces to determine whether repaint- ing is necessary. Removing damaged or deteriorated paint only to the next sound layer using the gentlest method possible (e.g., handscraping) prior to repainting. Applying compatible paint coating systems following proper sur- face preparation. Repainting with colors that are historically appropriate. to the building and district. Not Recommended Cleaning masonry surfaces without testing or without sufficient time for the testing results to be of value. Sandblasting brick or stone surfaces using dry or wet grit or other abrasives. These methods of cleaning permanently erode the sur- face of the material and accelerate deterioration. Using a cleaning method that involves water or liquid chemical solutions when there is any possibility of freezing temperatures. Cleaning with chemical products that will damage masonry, such as using acid on limestone or marble, or leaving chemicals on masonry surfaces. Applying high pressure water cleaning methods that will damage historic masonry and the mortar joints. Removing paint that is firmly adhering to, and thus protecting, masonry surfaces. Using methods of removing paint which are destructive to masonry, such as sandblasting, application of caustic solutions, or high pressure waterblasting. Failing to follow manufacturers' product and application instruc- tions when repainting masonry. Using new paint colors that are inappropriate to the historic building and district. 13 Masonry (continued) Recommended Evaluating the overall condition of the masonry to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is; if repairs to the masonry features will be necessary. Repairing masonry walls and other masonry features by repointing the mortar joints where there is evidence of deterioration such as disintegrating mortar, cracks in mortar joints, loose bricks, damp walls, or damaged plasterwork. Removing deteriorated mortar by carefully hand - raking the joints to avoid damaging the masonry. Duplicating old mortar in strength, composition, color, and tex- ture. Duplicating old mortar joints in width and in joint profile. Repairing stucco by removing the damaged material and patching with new stucco that duplicates the old in strength, composition, color, and texture. Using mud plaster as a surface coating over unfired, unstabilized adobe because the mud plaster will bond to the adobe. 14 Not Recommended Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of masonry features. Removing nondeteriorated mortar from sound joints, then repoint- ing the entire building to achieve a uniform appearance. Using electric saws and hammers rather than hand tools to remove deteriorated mortar from joints prior to repointing. Repointing with mortar of high portland cement content (unless it is the content of the historic mortar). This can often create a bond that is stronger than the historic material and can cause damage as a result of the differing coefficient of expansion and the differing porosity of the material and the mortar. Repointing with a synthetic caulking compound. Using a "scrub" coating technique to repoint instead of traditional repointing methods. Changing the width or joint profile when repointing. Removing sound stucco; or repairing with new stucco that is stronger than the historic material or does not convey the same visual appearance. Applying cement stucco to unfired, unstabilized adobe. Because the cement stucco will not bond properly, moisture can become en- trapped between materials, resulting in accelerated deterioration of the adobe. Masonry (continued) Recommended Repairing masonry features by patching, piecing -in, or con- solidating the masonry using recognized preservation methods. Repair may also include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of masonry features when there are surviving pro- totypes such as terra -cotta brackets or stone balusters. Applying new or non - historic surface treatments such as water - repellent coatings to masonry only after repointing and only if masonry repairs have failed to arriest water penetration problems. Replacing in kind an entire masonry feature that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. Examples can include large sections of a wall, a cornice, balustrade, column, or stairway. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Replacing an entire masonry feature such as a cornice or balustrade when repair of the masonry and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the masonry feature or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Applying waterproof, water - repellent, or non- historic coatings such as stucco to masonry as a substitute for repointing and masonry repairs. Coatings are frequently unnecessary, expensive, and may change the appearance of historic masonry as well as ac- celerate its deterioration. Removing a masonry feature that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features #:7' 3rian d ' .:c . ., icy inlls { ,. - a' 4�;r :at�, sonL; ky 2s anew c '� ie g. iIr a 4,6 a oo dunent; v t � . comp C " ' a te ' s i I g n o�i ° rt vok.es .�' . Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced masonry feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documentation. Introducing a new masonry feature that is incompatible in size, scale, material and color. 15 • • Wood: Clapboard, weather- board, shingles, and other wooden siding and decorative elements Because it can be easily shaped by sawing, planing, carving, and gouging, wood is the most com- monly used material for architectural features such as clapboards, cornices, brackets, entablatures, shutters, columns and balustrades. These wooden features —both functional and decorative —may be important in defining the historic character of the building and thus their retention, protection, and repair are of particular importance in rehabilitation projects. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving wood features that are im- portant in defining the overall historic character of the building such as siding, cornices, brackets, -window architraves, and door- way pediments; and their paints, finishes, and colors. Protecting and maintaining wood features by providing proper drainage so that water is not allowed to stand on flat, horizontal surfaces or accumulate in decorative features. 16 Not Recommended Removing or radically changing wood features which are impor- tant in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Removing a major portion of the historic wood from a facade in- stead of repairing or replacing only the deteriorated wood, then reconstructing the facade with new material in order to achieve a uniform or "improved" appearance. Radically changing the type of finish or its color or accent scheme so that the historic character of the exterior is diminished. Stripping historically: painted surfaces to bare wood, then applying clear finishes or stains in order to create a "natural look." Stripping paint or varnish to bare wood rather than repairing or reapplying a special finish, i.e., a grained finish to an exterior wood feature such as a front door. Failing to identify, evaluate, and treat the causes of wood deterioration, including faulty flashing, leaking gutters, cracks and holes in siding, deteriorated caulking in joints and seams, plant material growing too close to wood surfaces, or insect or fungus in- festation. W. . Wood (continued) Recommended Applying chemical preservatives to wood features such as beam -ends or outriggers that are exposed to decay hazards and are tradi- tionally unpainted. Retaining coatings such as paint that help protect the wood from moisture and ultraviolet light. Paint removal should be considered only where there is paint surface deterioration and as part of an overall maintenance program which involves repainting or apply- ing other appropriate protective coatings. Inspecting painted wood surfaces to determine whether repainting is necessary or if cleaning is all that is required. Removing damaged or deteriorated paint to the next sound layer using the gentlest method possible (handscraping and handsanding), then repainting. Using with care electric hot -air guns on decorative wood features and electric heat plates on flat wood surfaces when paint is so deteriorated that total removal is necessary prior to repainting. Using chemical strippers primarily to supplement other methods such as handscraping, handsanding and the above - recommended thermal devices. Detachable wooden elements such as shutters, doors, and columns may —with the proper safeguards —be chemically dip- stripped. Applying compatible paint coating systems following proper sur- face preparation. Repainting with colors that are appropriate to the historic building and district. Not Recommended Using chemical preservatives such as creosote which can change the appearance of wood features unless they were used historically. Stripping paint or other coatings to reveal bare wood, thus expos- ing historically coated surfaces to the effects of accelerated weathering. Removing paint that is firmly adhering to, and thus, protecting wood surfaces. Using destructive paint removal methods such as a propane or butane torches, sandblasting or waterblasting. These methods can irreversibly damage historic woodwork. Using thermal devices improperly so that the historic woodwork is scorched. Failing to neutralize the wood thoroughly after using chemicals so that new paint does not adhere. Allowing detachable wood features to soak too long in a caustic solution so that the wood grain is raised and the surface roughened. Failing to follow manufacturers' product and application instruc- tions when repainting exterior woodwork. Using new colors that are inappropriate to the historic building or district. 17 Wood (continued) • Recommended Evaluating the overall condition of the wood to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to wood features will be necessary. Repairing wood features by patching, piecing -in, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing the wood using recognized preservation methods. Repair may also include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of features where there are surviving prototypes such as brackets, moldings, or sections of siding. Replacing in kind an entire wood feature that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. Examples of wood features include a cornice, entablature or balustrade. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of wood features. Replacing an entire wood feature such as a cornice or wall when repair of the wood and limited replacement of deteriorated or miss- ing parts are appropriate. Using substitute materials for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the wood feature or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing an entire wood feature that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted because it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features 18 Creating a false historic appearance because the replaced wood feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documentation. Introducing a new wood feature that is incompatible in size, scale, material, and color. Architectural Metals: Cast iron, steel, pressed tin, cop- per, aluminum, and zinc Architectural metal features —such as cast -iron facades, porches, and steps; sheet metal cornices, roofs, roof cresting and storefronts; and cast or rolled metal doors, window sash, entablatures, and hardware —are often highly decorative and may be important in defining the overall historic character of the building. Their retention, protection, and repair should be a prime consideration in rehabilitation projects. Recommended Identifying, . retaining, and preserving architectural metal features such as columns, capitals, window hoods, or stairways that are im- portant in defining the overall historic character of the building; and their finishes and colors. Protecting and maintaining architectural metals from corrosion by providing proper drainage so that water does not stand on flat, horizontal surfaces or accumulate in curved, decorative features. Cleaning architectural metals, when necessary, to remove corro- sion prior to repainting or applying other appropriate protective coatings. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing architectural metal features which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Removing a major portion of the historic architectural metal from a facade instead of repairing or replacing only the deteriorated metal, then reconstructing the facade with new material in order to create a uniform, or "improved" appearance. Radically changing the type of finish or its historical color or accent scheme. Failing to identify, evaluate, and treat the causes of corrosion, such as moisture from leaking roofs or gutters. Placing incompatible metals together without providing a reliable separation material. Such incompatibility can result in galvanic corrosion of the less noble metal, e.g., copper will corrode cast iron, steel, tin, and aluminum. Exposing metals which were intended to be protected from the en- vironment. Applying paint or other coatings to metals such as copper, bronze, or stainless steel that were meant to be exposed. . 19 Architectural Metals (continued) Recommended Identifying the particular type of metal prior to any cleaning pro- cedure and then testing to assure that the gentlest cleaning method possible is selected or determining that cleaning is inappropriate for the particular metal. Cleaning soft metals such as lead, tin, copper, terneplate, and zinc with appropriate chemical methods because their finishes can be easily abraded by blasting methods. Using the gentlest cleaning methods for cast iron, wrought iron, and steel —hard metals —in order to remove paint buildup and cor- rosion. If handscraping and wire brushing have proven ineffective, low pressure dry grit blasting may be used as long as it does not abrade or damage the surface. Applying appropriate paint or other coating systems after cleaning in order to decrease the corrosion rate of metals or alloys. Repainting with colors that are appropriate to the historic building or district. Applying an appropriate protective coating such as lacquer to an architectural metal feature such as a bronze door which is subject to heavy pedestrian use. Evaluating the overall condition of the architectural metals to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are re- quired, that is, if repairs to features will be necessary. 20 Not Recommended Using cleaning methods which alter or damage the historic color, texture, and finish of the metal; or cleaning when it is inappropriate for the metal. Removing the patina of historic metal. The patina may be a protec- tive coating on some metals, such as bronze or copper, as well as a significant historic finish. Cleaning soft metals such as lead, tin, copper, terneplate, and zinc with grit blasting which will abrade the surface of the metal. Failing to employ gentler methods prior to abrasively cleaning cast iron, wrought iron or steel; or using high pressure grit blasting. Failing to re -apply protective coating systems to metals or alloys that require them after cleaning so that accelerated corrosion oc- curs. Using new colors that are inappropriate to the historic building or district. Failing to assess pedestrian use or new access patterns so that arch- itectural metal features are subject to damage by use or in- appropriate maintenance such as salting adjacent sidewalks. Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of architectural metal features. Architectural Metals (continued) Recommended Repairing architectual metal features by patching, splicing, or otherwise reinforcing the metal following recognized preservation methods. Repairs may also include the limited replacement in kind —or with a compatible substitute material —of those exten- sively deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are sur- viving prototypes such as porch balusters, column capitals or bases; or porch cresting. Replacing in kind an entire architectural metal feature that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. Ex- amples could include cast iron porch steps or steel sash windows. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Replacing an entire architectural metal feature such as a column or a balustrade when repair of the metal and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the architec- tural metal feature or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing an architectural metal feature that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new architectural metal feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features esigning, and ;installing a..newr architectural metal `featur such, as a ; sheet: fnetal ;Cornice-or cast :iron . capital when;the ?; ..historic feature is completely: missing.: It maybe an accurate;;; .restoration using historical,�pictorial and physical documen „: tation or be .a new design that is compatible with the. size, :scale, .'material, : and color. of the . historic building: ,' i i•< r ct: ,r•... .. .,.� rt .- Creating a false historic appearance because the replaced architec- tural metal feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documentation. Introducing a new architectural metal feature that is incompatible in size, scale, material, and color. 21 • • Roofs The roof —with its shape; features such as cresting, dormers, cupolas, and chimneys; and the size, color, and patterning of the roofing material -can be extremely important in defining the building's overall historic character. In addition to the design role it plays, a weathertight roof is essential to the preservation of the entire structure; thus, protecting and repairing the roof as a "cover" is a critical aspect of every rehabilitation project. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving roofs —and their functional and decorative features —that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building. This includes the roof's shape, such as hipped, gambrel, and mansard; decorative features such as cupolas, cresting, chimneys, and weathervanes; and roofing material such as slate, wood, clay tile, and metal, as well as its size, color, and patterning. Protecting and maintaining a roof by cleaning the gutters and downspouts and replacing deteriorated flashing. Roof sheathing should also be checked for proper venting to prevent moisture con- densation and water penetration; and to insure that materials are free from insect infestation. Not Recommended Radically changing, damaging, or destroying roofs which are im- portant in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Removing a major portion of the roof or roofing material that is repairable, then reconstructing it with new material in order to create a uniform, or "improved" appearance. Changing the configuration of a roof by adding new features such as dormer windows, vents, or skylights so that the historic character is diminished. Stripping the roof of sound historic material such as slate, clay tile, wood, and architectural metal. Applying paint or other coatings to roofing material which has been historically uncoated. Failing to clean and maintain gutters and downspouts properly so that water and debris collect and cause damage to roof fasteners, sheathing, and the underlying structure. Providing adequate anchorage for roofing material to guard against Allowing roof fasteners, such as nails and clips to corrode so that wind damage and moisture penetration. roofing material is subject to accelerated deterioration. 22 • Roof (continued) Recommended Protecting a leaking roof with plywood and building paper until it can be properly repaired. Repairing a roof by reinforcing the historic materials which com- prise roof features. Repairs will also generally include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes such as cupola louvers, dentils, dormer roofing; or slates, tiles, or wobd shingles on a main roof. Replacing in kind an entire feature of the roof that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evidence —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. Ex- amples can include a large section of roofing, or a dormer or chimney. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. • Not Recommended Permitting a leaking roof to remain unprotected so that accelerated deterioration of historic building materials— masonry, wood, plaster, paint and structural members — occurs. Replacing an entire roof feature such as a cupola or dormer when repair of the historic materials and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the roof or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing a feature of the roof that is unrepairable, such as a chimney or dormer, and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features •,...ate_.; - •n;,:> :. � - .,, -,..;. . , -;: . �,.. ,_ , Yom.,.:: Designing and `constructing a new feature,when. theal store 'lea ture>is completelprmissing, such as a chimney orcupola' y bean accurate restoration using histori cal, pictgrial-and document tiff o ,rr:a: a n; r: be `a "new. design `:that is co�pafi • tlstorii Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documen- tation. Introducing a new roof feature that is incompatible in size, scale, material, and color. 23 Roof (continued) Recommended Not Recommended Alterations /Additions for the New Use tailing mechanical and service egpment =on theTOOfrsuc�i sas air conditioning; transformers, Pr solar collectors whin re ' qu red` for'ti e'new °use so' that: they. are inconspicuous fromti f`the iubiic right -of -way and do not damage or obscure char''.. icterrdefining features:... igr ing, addition's to roofs such as r - esidential, °office, •- :g - • a:�,, storage spaces; elevator: housing; =decks and terraces;'::or ralers or 'skylights when required by the .'new `use'so..that khey.are inconspicuous.fzorri-the:public right- of- wayand do• B� not;damage ,or obscure character-defining;featuresX 24 Installing mechanical or service equipment so that it damages or obscures character - defining features; or is conspicuous from the public right -of -way. Radically changing a character - defining roof shape or damaging or destroying character - defining roofing material as a result of incom- patible design or improper installation techniques. • Windows A highly decorative window with an unusual shape, or glazing pattern, or color is most likely iden- tified immediately as a character - defining feature of the building. It is far more difficult, however, to assess the importance of repeated windows on a facade, particularly if they are individually sim- ple in design and material, such as the large, multi -paned sash of many industrial buildings. Because rehabilitation projects frequently include proposals to replace window sash or even entire windows to improve thermal efficiency or to create a new appearance, it is essential that their con- tribution to the overall historic character of the building be assessed together with their physical condition before specific repair or replacement work is undertaken. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving windows —and their func- tional and decorative features —that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building. Such features can include frames, sash, muntins, glazing, sills, heads, hoodmolds, panelled or decorated jambs and moldings, and interior and exterior shutters and blinds. Protecting and maintaining the wood and architectural metal which comprise the window frame, sash, muntins,, and surrounds through appropriate surface treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and re- application of protective coating systems. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing windows which are important defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Changing the number, location, size or glazing pattern of windows, through cutting new openings, blocking -in windows, and installing replacement sash which does not fit the historic window opening. Changing the historic appearance of windows through the use of inappropriate designs, materials, finishes, or colors which radically change the sash, depth of reveal, and muntin configuration; the reflectivity and color of the glazing; or the appearance of the frame. Obscuring historic window trim with metal or other material. Stripping windows of historic material such as wood, iron, cast iron, and bronze. Failing to provide adequate protection of materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of the windows results. 25 • Windows (continued) Recommended Making windows weathertight by recaulking and replacing or in- stalling weatherstripping. These actions also improve thermal effi- ciency. Evaluating the overall condition of materials to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, i.e. if repairs to windows and window features will be required. Repairing window frames and sash by patching, splicing, con- solidating or otherwise reinforcing. Such repair may also include replacement in kind of those parts that are either extensively deteriorated or are missing when there are surviving prototypes such as architraves, hoodmolds, sash, sills, and interior or exterior shutters and blinds. Replacing in kind an entire window that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compati- ble substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Retrofitting or replacing windows rather than maintaining the sash, frame, and glazing. Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of historic windows. Replacing an entire window when repair of materials and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Failing to reuse serviceable window hardware such as brass lifts and sash locks. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the window or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing a character - defining window that is unrepairable and blocking it in; or replacing it with a new window that does not con- vey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features :Designing and jnstalling new windows when the hutonc war `lows (fra , sash an"d completely missing T! replacem ent windows'may b`epan accurate restoration�usin ' •historical victoriaL `and= physical documentation: 'o r'� be t co npatible with the rtdow cry ar =er 26 Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced window is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documen- tation. Introducing a new design that is incompatible with the historic character of the building. Windows (continued) Recommended Alterations /Additions for the New Use Not Recommended Installing new windows, including frames, sash, and muntin con- figuration that are incompatible with the building's historic ap- pearance or obscure, damage, or destroy character - defining features. Inserting new floors or furred -down ceilings which cut across the glazed areas of windows so that the exterior form and appearance of the windows are changed. 27 � 1 • Entrances and Porches Entrances and porches are quite often the focus of historic buildings, particularly when they occur on primary elevations. Together with their functional and decorative features such as doors, steps, balustrades, pilasters, and entablatures, they can be extremely important in defining the overall historic character of a building. Their retention, protection, and repair should always be carefully considered when planning rehabilitation work. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving entrances —and their func- tional and decorative features —that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building such as doors, fanlights, sidelights, pilasters, entablatures, columns, balustrades, and stairs. Protecting and maintaining the masonry, wood, and architectural metal that comprise entrances and porches through appropriate surface treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and re- application of protective coating systems. Evaluating the overall condition of materials to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to entrance and porch features will be necessary. 28 Not Recommended Removing or radically changing entrances and porches which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Stripping entrances and porches of historic material such as wood; iron, cast iron, terra cotta, tile and brick. Removing an entrance or porch because the building has been re- oriented to accommodate a new use. Cutting new entrances on a primary elevation. Altering utilitarian or service entrances so they appear to be formal entrances by adding panelled doors, fanlights, and sidelights. Failing to provide adequate protection to materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of entrances and porches results. Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of historic entrances and porches. Entrances and Porches (continued) Recommended Repairing entrances and porches by reinforcing the historic materials. Repair will also generally include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those exten- sively deteriorated or missing parts of repeated features where there are surviving prototypes such as balustrades, cornices, en- tablatures, columns, sidelights, and stairs. Replacing in kind an entire entrance or porch that is too deteriorated to repair —if the form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Replacing an entire entrance or porch when the repair of materials and limited replacement of parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement parts that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the entrance and porch or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing an entrance or porch that is unrepairable and not replac- ing it; or replacing it with a new entrance or porch that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features Designing and constructing .a new entrance or porch if the historic entrance or porch is completely missing. It may be a restoration based on historical, pictorial, and physical documentation; or be a new design that is compatible with the historic character of the Alterations /Additions for the New Use Designing enclosures for historic porches when required by the new use in a manner that preserves the historic character . of the building. This can include using large sheets of glass and "recessing the enclosure wall behind existing scrollwork, posts, and balustrades. .. Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced entrance or porch is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documentation. Introducing a new entrance or porch that is incompatible in size, scale, material, and color. Enclosing porches in a manner that results in a diminution or loss of historic character such as using solid materials such as wood, stuc- co, or masonry. 29 Entrances and Porches (continued) Recommended Not Recommended esiPing aid utstatlii ditibnal ° entranc*orIP9rc -hes', when required for the new use in a manner' that preserves' the storic; character,. of the building, i.e.; limiting; such aitera ion to- non -c iaracter- defining; eleevations. • \t'+:i'Lle++4be:. tee... r' ••, . 30 Installing secondary service entrances and porches that are incom- patible in size and scale with the historic building or obscure, damage, or destroy character - defining features. • • Storefronts Storefronts are quite often the focus of historic commercial buildings and can thus be extremely important in defining the overall historic character. Because storefronts also play a crucial role in a store's advertising and merchandising strategy to draw customers and increase business, they are often altered to meet the needs of a new business. Particular care is required in planning and ac- complishing work on storefronts so that the building's historic character is preserved in the process of rehabilitation. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving storefronts —and their func- tional and decorative features —that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building such as display windows, signs, doors, transoms, kick plates, corner posts, and entablatures. Protecting and maintaining masonry, wood, and architectural metals which comprise storefronts through appropriate treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and reap- plication of- protective coating systems. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing storefronts —and their features —which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Changing the storefront so that it appears residential rather than commercial in character. Removing historic material from the storefront to create a recessed arcade. Introducing coach lanterns, mansard overhangings, wood shakes, nonoperable shutters, and small -paned windows if they cannot be documented historically. Changing the location of a storefront's main entrance. Failing to provide adequate protection to materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of storefront features results. 31 Storefronts (continued) Recommended Protecting storefronts against arson and vandalism before work begins by boarding up windows and installing alarm systems that are keyed into local protection agencies. Evaluating the overall condition of storefront materials to deter- mine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to features will be necessary. Repairing storefronts by reinforcing the historic materials. Repairs will also generally include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of storefronts where there are surviving prototypes such as transoms, kick plates, pilasters, or signs. Replacing in kind an entire storefront that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. If using the same material is not technically or economically feasible, then compatible substitute materials may be considered. 32 Not Recommended Permitting entry into the building through unsecured or broken windows and doors so that interior features and finishes are damaged through exposure to weather or through vandalism. Stripping storefronts of historic material such as wood, cast iron, terra cotta, carrara glass, and brick. Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of the historic storefront. Replacing an entire storefront when repair of materials and limited replacement of its parts are appropriate. Using substitute material for the replacement parts that does not convey the same visual appearance as the surviving parts of the storefront or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing a storefront that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new storefront that does not convey the same visual appearance. Storefronts (continued) The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Recommended Design for Missing Historic Features Not Recommended Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced storefront is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documentation. Introducing a new design that is incompatible in size, scale, material, and color. Using new illuminated signs; inappropriately scaled signs and logos; signs that project over the sidewalk unless they were a characteristic feature of the historic building; or other types of signs that obscure, damage, or destroy remaining character - defining features of the historic building. 33 • 1 • BUILDING INTERIOR Structural System If features of the structural system are exposed such as loadbearing brick walls, cast iron columns, roof trusses, posts and beams, vigas, or stone foundation walls, they may be important in defining the building's overall historic character. Unexposed structural features that are not character - defining or an entire structural system may nonetheless be significant in the history of building technology; therefore, the structural system should always be examined and evaluated early in the project planning stage to determine both its physical condition and its importance to the building's historic character or historical significance. See also Health and Safety Code Re- quirements. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving structural systems —and in- dividual features of systems —that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building, such as post and beam systems, trusses, summer beams, vigas, cast iron columns, above - grade stone foundation walls, or loadbearing brick or stone walls. 34 Not Recommended Removing, covering, or radically changing features of structural systems which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Putting a new use into the building which could overload the ex- isting structural system; or installing equipment or mechanical systems which could damage the structure. Demolishing a loadbearing masonry wall that could be augmented and retained and replacing it with a new wall (i.e., brick or stone), using the historic masonry only as an exterior veneer. Leaving known structural problems untreated such as deflection of beams, cracking and bowing of walls, or racking of structural members. Utilizing treatments or products that accelerate the deterioration of structural material such as introducing urea - formaldehyde foam in- sulation into frame walls. • STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (continued) Recommended Protecting and maintaining the structural system by cleaning the roof gutters and downspouts; replacing roof flashing; keeping masonry, wood, and architectural metals in a sound condition; and assuring that structural members are free from insect infestation. Examining and evaluating the physical condition of the structural system and its individual features using non - destructive techniques such as X -ray photography. Repairing the structural system by augmenting or upgrading in- dividual parts or features. For example, weakened structural members such as floor framing can be spliced, braced, or otherwise supplemented and reinforced. Replacing in kind —or with substitute material--those portions or features of the structural system that are either extensively deteriorated or are missing when there are surviving prototypes such as cast iron columns, roof rafters or trusses, or sections of loadbearing walls. Substitute material should convey the same form, design, and overall visual appearance as the historic feature; and, at a minimum, be equal to its loadbearing capabilities. Not Recommended Failing to provide proper building maintenance on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of the structural system results. Utilizing destructive probing techniques that will damage or destroy structural material. Upgrading the building structurally in a manner that diminishes the historic character of the exterior, such as installing strapping chan- nels or removing a decorative cornice; or damages interior features or spaces. Replacing a structural member or other feature of the structural system when it could be augmented and retained. Installing a replacement feature that does not convey the same visual appearance, e.g., replacing an exposed wood summer beam with a steel beam. Using substitute material that does not equal the loadbearing capabilities of the historic material and design or is otherwise physically or chemically incompatible. 35 • STRUCTURAL SYSTEM (continued) The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Recommended Alterations /Additions for the New Use irrutsng :any. new excavations :`adjacent to historic: founda_ tions to 'avoid •undermining` the structural` stability 'of the building or adjacent historic buildings. Correcting structural deficiencies in preparation`for-the new.:.;: use in a manner that preserves`the structural system and in=., dividual character- defining features. Designing and installing new mechanical or electrical systems • . when required for the new use which minimize the.number.of: cutouts or holes in structural members. • 7-Adding a new floor when required for the new use if such an alteration does not damage or destroy the structural system: .or . obscure, damage, or destroy character-defining spaces,; features, or finishes. Creating an : atrium or a light well to provide natural light when required for the new use in a manner that assures the preservation of the structural system as well as character -;.; defining interior spaces, features, and finishes.. Not Recommended Carrying out excavations or regrading adjacent to or within a historic building which could cause the historic foundation to set- tle, shift, or fail; or could have a similar effect on adjacent historic buildings. Radically changing interior spaces or damaging or destroying features or finishes that are character - defining while trying to cor- rect structural deficiencies in preparation for the new use. Installing new mechanical and electrical systems or equipment in a manner which results in numerous cuts, splices, or alterations to the structural members. Inserting a new floor when such a radical change damages a struc- tural system or obscures or destroys interior spaces, features, or finishes. Inserting new floors or furred -down ceilings which cut across the glazed areas of windows so that the exterior form and appearance of the windows are radically changed. Damaging the structural system or individual features; or radically changing, damaging, or destroying character - defining interior spaces, features, or finishes in order to create an atrium or a light well. Interior: Spaces, Features, and Finishes An interior floor plan, the arrangement of spaces, and built -in features and applied finishes may be individually or collectively important in defining the historic character of the building. Thus, their identification, retention, protection, and repair should be given prime consideration in every rehabilitation project and caution exercised in pursuing any plan that would radically change character - defining spaces or obscure, damage or destroy interior features or finishes. Recommended Interior Spaces Identifying, retaining, and preserving a floor plan or interior spaces that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building. This includes the size, Configuration, proportion, and relationship of rooms and corridors; the relationship of features to spaces; and the spaces themselves such as lobbies, reception halls, entrance halls, double parlors, theaters, auditoriums, and impor- tant industrial or commercial use spaces. Not Recommended Radically changing a floor plan or interior spaces--including in- dividual rooms —which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Altering the floor plan by demolishing principal walls and parti- tions to create a new appearance. Altering or destroying interior spaces by inserting floors, cutting through floors, lowering ceilings, or adding or removing walls. Relocating an interior feature such as a staircase so that the historic relationship between features and spaces is altered. 37 Recommended Interior Features and Finishes Identifying, retaining, and preserving interior features and finishes that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building, including columns, cornices, baseboards, fireplaces and mantles, paneling, light fixtures, hardware, and flooring; and wallpaper, plaster, paint, and finishes such as stenciling, marbling, and graining; and other decorative materials that accent interior features and provide color, texture, and patterning to walls, floors, and ceilings. Protecting and maintaining masonry, wood, and architectural metals which comprise interior features through appropriate sur- face treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and reapplication of protective coatings systems. 38 Not Recommended Removing or radically changing features and finishes which are im- portant in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Installing new decorative material that obscures or damages character - defining interior features or finishes. Removing paint, plaster, or other finishes from historically finished surfaces to create a new appearance (e.g., removing plaster to ex- pose masonry surfaces such as brick walls or a chimney piece). Applying paint, plaster, or other finishes to surfaces that have been historically unfinished to create a new appearance. Stripping historically paioted wood surfaces to bare wood, then ap- plying clear finishes or stains to create a "natural look." Stripping paint to bare wood rather than repairing or reapplying grained or marbled finishes to features such as doors and paneling. Radically changing the type of finish or its color, such as painting a previously varnished wood feature. Failing to provide adequate protection to materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of interior features results. Interior Features and Finishes (continued) Recommended Protecting interior features and finishes against arson and van- dalism before project work begins, erecting protective fencing, boarding -up windows, and installing fire alarm systems that are keyed to local protection agencies. Protecting interior features such as a staircase, mantel, or decorative finishes and wall coverings against damage during proj- ect work by covering them with heavy canvas or plastic sheets. Installing protective coverings in ai-eas of heavy pedestrian traffic to protect historic features such as wall coverings, parquet flooring and panelling. Removing damaged or deteriorated paints and finishes to the next sound layer using the gentlest method possible, then repainting or refinishing using compatible paint or other coating systems. Repainting with colors that are appropriate to the historic building. Limiting abrasive cleaning methods to certain industrial or ware- house buildings where the interior masonry or plaster features do not have distinguishing design, detailing, tooling, or finishes; and where wood features are not finished, molded, beaded, or worked by hand. Abrasive cleaning should only be considered after other, gentler methods have been proven ineffective. Evaluating the overall condition of materials to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to interior features and finishes will be necessary. Not Recommended Permitting entry into historic buildings through unsecured or broken windows and doors so that interior features and finishes are damaged by exposure to weather or through vandalism. Stripping interiors of features such as woodwork, doors, windows, light fixtures, copper piping, radiators; or of decorative materials. Failing to provide proper protection of interior features and finishes during work so that they are gouged, scratched, dented, or other- wise damaged. Failing to take new use patterns into consideration so that interior features and finishes are damaged. Using destructive methods such as propane or butane torches or sandblasting to remove paint or other coatings. These methods can irreversibly damage the historic materials that comprise interior features. Using new paint colors that are inappropriate to the historic building. Changing the texture and patina of character - defining features through sandblasting or use of other abrasive methods to remove paint, discoloration or plaster. This includes both exposed wood (including structural members) and masonry. Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of interior features and finishes. 39 Interior Features and Finishes (continued) Recommended Repairing interior features and finishes by reinforcing the historic materials. Repair will also generally include the limited replacement in kind —or with compatible substitute material —of those exten- sively deteriorated or missing parts of repeated features when there are surviving prototypes such as stairs, balustrades, wood panel- ling, columns; or decorative wall coverings or ornamental tin or plaster ceilings. Replacing in kind an entire interior feature or finish that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. Ex- amples could include wainscoting, a tin ceiling, or interior stairs. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Replacing an entire interior feature such as a staircase, panelled wall, parquet floor, or cornice; or finish such as a decorative wall covering or ceiling when repair of materials and limited replace- ment of such parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts or portions of the interior feature or finish or that is physically or chemically in- compatible. Removing a character - defining feature or finish that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature or finish that does not convey the same visual appearance. The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Design for Missing Historic Features s, <:. Designing and installing a new interior feature or finish if the , historic feature or finish is completely missing. This could in= dude missing "partitions;. stairs, elevators, lighting fixtures, °Wand wall coverings; or even entire rooms , if all historic.; spaces, features,' and finishes ° are missing ::or° have been, destroyed by_ inappropriate ."renovations." The design may:, be a restoration based on historical, pictorial, and physical,': documentation; or be a new design that is compatible with the historic - character of,, the building; - district,. dF k neighborhood $ .F An Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced feature is based on insufficient physical, historical, and pictorial documen- tation or on information derived from another building. Introducing a new interior feature or finish that is incompatible with the scale, design, materials, color, and texture of the surviving interior features and finishes. Interior Features and Finishes (continued) Recommended Alterations /Additions for the New Use Accommodating service functions such as bathrooms, equipment, and ` office machines required, by the building's new use in secondary spaces such as first floor -service areas or on upper "floors Reusing decorative material or .features that have had to be removed during the rehabilitation work including wall and baseboard trim, door moulding, 'panelled doors, and simple wainscoting; and relocating such material or features in areas appropriate to their historic placement. Installing permanent partitions in secondary spaces; remov- able partitions that do not destroy the sense of space should be installed when the new use requires the subdivision of character- defining interior spaces. Endosing an interior stairway where required by code so that its character is retained. In many cases, glazed fire - rated, walls may be used. Placing new code - required stairways or elevators in second- ary and service areas of the historic building. Not Recommended Dividing rooms, lowering ceilings, and damaging or obscuring character - defining features such as fireplaces, niches, stairways or alcoves, so that a new use can be accommodated in the building. Discarding historic material when it can be reused within the rehabilitation project or relocating it in historically inappropriate areas. Installing permanent partitions that damage or obscure character - defining spaces, features, or finishes. Enclosing an interior stairway with fire -rated construction so that the stairwell space or any character - defining features are destroyed. Radically changing, damaging, or destroying character - defining spaces, features, or finishes when adding new code - required stair- ways and elevators. 41 Interior Features and Finishes (continued) Recommended Creating anatriuin or a flight well Jo provide natural .light when required for the new use in a manner that preserves character - defining. interior spaces, features, and finishes as well . as the structural system.. a new floor- if required for the new use in a manner that` preserves character- defining structural features, and in.; '.tenor spaces, features, and finishes. 42 Not Recommended Destroying character - defining interior spaces, features, or finishes; or damaging the structural system in order to create an atrium or light well. Inserting a new floor within a building that alters or destroys the fenestration; radically changes a character- defining interior spice; or obscures, damages, or destroys decorative detailing. • • • Mechanical Systems: Heating, Air Conditioning, Electrical, and Plumbing The visible features of historic heating, lighting, air conditioning and plumbing systems may sometimes help define the overall historic character of the building and should thus be retained and repaired, whenever possible. The systems themselves (the compressors, boilers, generators and their ductwork, wiring and pipes) will generally either need to be upgraded, augmented, or entirely replaced in order to accommodate the new use and to meet code requirements. Less frequently, in- dividual portions of a system or an entire system are significant in the history of building technology; therefore, the identification of character - defining features or historically significant systems should take place together with an evaluation of their physical condition early in project planning. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving visible features of early mechanical systems that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building, such as radiators, vents, fans, grilles, plumbing fixtures, switchplates, and lights. Protecting and maintaining mechanical, plumbing, and electrical systems and their features through cyclical cleaning and other ap- propriate measures. Preventing accelerated deterioration of mechanical systems by pro- viding adequate ventilation of attics, crawlspaces, and cellars so that moisture problems are avoided. Repairing mechanical systems by augmenting or upgrading system parts, such as installing new pipes and ducts; rewiring; or adding new compressors or boilers. Replacing in kind —or with compatible substitute material —those visible features of mechanical systems that are either extensively deteriorated or are missing when there are surviving prototypes such as ceiling fans, switchplates, radiators, grilles, or plumbing fixtures. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing features of mechanical systems that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Failing to provide adequate protection of materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of mechanical systems and their visible features results. Enclosing mechanical systems in areas that are not adequately ven- tilated so that deterioration of the systems results. Replacing a mechanical system or its functional parts when it could be upgraded and retained. Installing a replacement feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. 43 Mechanical Systems (continued) The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Recommended Alterations /Additions for the New Use Not Recommended Installing a new mechanical system so that character - defining struc- tural or interior features are radically changed, damaged, or destroyed. Installing vertical runs of ducts, pipes, and cables in places where they will obscure character - defining features. Concealing mechanical equipment in walls or ceilings in a manner that requires the removal of historic building material. Installing "dropped" acoustical ceilings to hide mechanical equip- ment when this destroys the proportions of character - defining in- terior spaces. Cutting through features such as masonry walls in order to install air conditioning units. Radically changing the appearance of the historic building or damaging or destroying windows by installing heating /air condi- tioning units in historic window frames. • BUILDING SITE The relationship between a historic building or buildings and landscape features within a property's boundaries —or the building site —helps to define the historic character and should be considered an integral part of overall planning for rehabilitation project work. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving buildings and their features as well as features of the site that are important in defining its overall historic character. Site features can include driveways, walkways, lighting, fencing, signs, benches, fountains, wells, ter- races, canal systems, plants and trees, berms, and drainage or ir- rigation ditches; and archeological features that are important in defining the history of the site. Retaining the historic relationship between buildings, landscape features, and open space. Protecting and maintaining buildings and the site by providing proper drainage to assure that water does not erode foundation walls; drain toward the building; nor erode the historic landscape. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing buildings and their features or site features which are important in defining the overall historic character of the building site so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Removing or relocating historic buildings or landscape features, thus destroying the historic relationship between buildings, land- scape features, and open space. Removing or relocating historic buildings on a site or in a complex of related historic structures —such as a mill complex or farm —thus diminishing the historic character of the site or complex. Moving buildings onto the site, thus creating a false historical ap- pearance. Lowering the grade level adjacent to a building to permit develop- ment of a formerly below -grade area such as a basement in a man- ner that would drastically change the historic relationship of the building to its site. Failing to maintain site drainage so that buildings and site features are damaged or destroyed; or, alternatively, changing the site grading so that water no longer drains properly. 45 BUILDING SITE (continued) Recommended Minimizing disturbance of terrain around buildings or elsewhere on the site, thus reducing the possibility of destroying unknown arche- ological materials. Surveying areas where major terrain alteration is likely to impact important archeological sites. Protecting, e.g. preserving in place known archeological material whenever possible. Planning and carrying out any necessary investigation using profes- sional archeologists and modern archeological methods when preservation in place is not feasible. Protecting the building and other features of the site against arson and vandalism before rehabilitation work begins, i.e., erecting pro- tective fencing and installing alarm systems that are keyed into local protection agencies. Providing continued protection of masonry, wood, and architec- tural metals which comprise building and site features through ap- propriate surface treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and re- application of protective coating systems; and continued protection and maintenance of landscape features, including plant material. 46 Not Recommended Introducing heavy machinery or equipment into areas where their presence may disturb archeological materials. Failing to survey the building site prior to the beginning of rehabilitation project work so that, as a result, important arche- ological material is destroyed. Leaving known archeological material unprotected and subject to vandalism, looting, and destruction by natural elements such as erosion. Permitting unqualified project personnel to perform data recovery so that improper methodology results in the loss of important archeological material. Permitting buildings and site features to remain unprotected so that plant materials, fencing, walkways, archeological features, etc. are damaged or destroyed. Stripping features from buildings and the site such as wood siding, iron fencing, masonry balustrades; or removing or destroying land- scape features, including plant material. Failing to provide adequate protection of materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of building and site features results. • BUILDING SITE (continued) Recommended Evaluating the overall condition of materials to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to building and site features will be necessary. Repairing features of buildings and the site by reinforcing the historic materials. Repair will also generally include replacement in kind —with a compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of features where there are suviving prototypes such as fencing and paving. Replacing in kind an entire feature of the building or site that is too deteriorated to repair —if the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. This could include an entrance or porch, walkway, or fountain. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasi- ble, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. Not Recommended Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of building and site features. Replacing an entire feature of the building or site such as a fence, walkway, or driveway when repair of materials and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the building or site feature or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing a feature of the building or site that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. 47 • BUILDING SITE (continued) • The following work is highlighted to indicate that it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation project work and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Recommended Design for Missing Historic Features Alterations /Additions for the New Use 48 Not Recommended Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial, and physical documen- tation. Introducing a new building or site feature that is out of scale or otherwise inappropriate. Introducing a new landscape feature or plant material that is visual- ly incompatible with the site or that destroys site patterns or vistas. Placing parking facilities directly adjacent to historic buildings where automobiles may cause damage to the buildings or landscape features or be intrusive to the building site. Introducing new construction onto the building site which is visual- ly incompatible in terms of size, scale, design, materials, color and texture or which destroys historic relationships on the site. Removing a historic building in a complex, a building feature, or a site feature which is important in defining the historic character of the site. =-a DISTRICT/ NEIGHBORHOOD The relationship between historic buildings, and streetscape and landscape features within a his- toric district or neighborhood helps to define the historic character and therefore should always be a part of the rehabilitation plans. Recommended Identifying, retaining, and preserving buildings, and streetscape, and landscape features which are important in defining the overall historic character of the district or neighborhood. Such features can include streets, alleys, paving, walkways, street lights, signs, benches, parks and gardens, and trees. Retaining the historic relationship between buildings, and street - scape and landscape features such as a town square comprised of row houses and stores surrounding a communal park or open space. Protecting and maintaining the historic masonry, wood, and archi- tectural metals which comprise building and streetscape features, through appropriate surface treatments such as cleaning, rust removal, limited paint removal, and reapplication of protective coating systems; and protecting and maintaining landscape features, including plant material. Protecting buildings, paving, iron fencing, etc. against arson and vandalism before rehabilitation work begins by erecting protective fencing and installing alarm systems that are keyed into local pro- tection agencies. Not Recommended Removing or radically changing those features of the district or neighborhood which are important in defining the overall historic character so that, as a result, the character is diminished. Destroying streetscape and landscape features by widening existing streets, changing paving material, or introducing inappropriately located new streets or parking lots. Removing or relocating historic buildings, or features of the streetscape and landscape, thus destroying the historic relationship between buildings, features and open space. Failing to provide adequate protection of materials on a cyclical basis so that deterioration of building, streetscape, and landscape features results. Permitting buildings to remain unprotected so that windows are broken; and interior features are damaged. Stripping features from buildings or the streetscape such as wood siding, iron fencing, or terra cotta balusters; or removing or destroying landscape features, including plant material. 49 DISTRICT /NEIGHBORHOOD (continued) Recommended Evaluating the overall condition of building, streetscape and land- scape materials to determine whether more than protection and maintenance are required, that is, if repairs to features will be necessary. Repairing features of the building, streetscape, or landscape by reinforcing the historic materials. Repair will also generally include the replacement in kind —or with a compatible substitute material —of those extensively deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes such as porch balustrades, paving materials, or streetlight standards. Replacing in kind an entire feature of the building, streetscape, or landscape that is too deteriorated to repair —when the overall form and detailing are still evident —using the physical evidence to guide the new work. This could include a storefront, a walkway, or a garden. If using the same kind of material is not technically or economically feasible, then a compatible substitute material may be considered. 50 Not Recommended Failing to undertake adequate measures to assure the preservation of building, streetscape, and landscape features. Replacing an entire feature of the building, streetscape, or land- scape such as a porch, walkway, or streetlight, when repair of materials and limited replacement of deteriorated or missing parts are appropriate. Using a substitute material for the replacement part that does not convey the visual appearance of the surviving parts of the building, streetscape, or landscape feature or that is physically or chemically incompatible. Removing a feature of the building, streetscape, or landscape that is unrepairable and not replacing it; or replacing it with a new feature that does not convey the same visual appearance. • DISTRICT /NEIGHBORHOOD (continued) The following work is highlighted because it represents the particularly complex technical or design aspects of rehabilitation projects and should only be considered after the preservation concerns listed above have been addressed. Recommended Design for Missing Historic Features Designing and constructing a new feature of. the .building;: streetscape, or landscape when the historic feature is com- pletely missing; such as row house steps; a porch; streetlight, or terrace. It may be a restoration based on historical, pic- torial, and physical documentation; or be a new design that is compatible . with the historic character of the district Or neighborhood. Alterations /Additions for the New Use Designing required new parking so that it is as unobtrusive as- ,possible, i.e., on side :streets or at the rear of buildings::' 'Shared" parking , should also be planned so that several business can utilize one parking area as opposed to introduc- ing random, multiple lots. - Designing and . constructing . new additions : to historic . .,buildings when required by the new use New work should be compatible with the historic character of the district or neighborhood in terms of size, scale, design, material, color,.: and texture: Removing nonsignificant buildings, additions, or streetscape and landscape features 'which detract from the historic ,character of the district or the neighborhood: Not Recommended Creating a false historical appearance because the replaced feature is based on insufficient historical, pictorial and physical documen- tation. Introducing a new building, streetscape or landscape feature that is out of scale or otherwise inappropriate to the setting's historic character, e.g., replacing picket fencing with chain link fencing. Placing parking facilities directly adjacent to historic buildings which cause the removal of historic plantings, relocation of paths and walkways, or blocking of alleys. Introducing new construction into historic districts that is visually incompatible or that destroys historic relationships within the district or neighborhood. Removing a historic building, building feature, or landscape or streetscape feature that is important in defining the overall historic character of the district or the neighborhood. 51 Although the work in these sections is quite often an important aspect of rehabilitation projects, it is usually not part of the overall process of preserving character - defining features (maintenance, repair, replacement); rather, such work is assessed for its potential negative impact on the building's historic character. For this reason, particular care must be taken not to obscure, radically change, damage, or destroy character- defining features in the process of rehabilitation work to meet new use requirements. 52 HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS As a part of the new use, it is often necessary to make modifications to a historic building so that it can comply with current health, safety and code requirements. Such work needs to be carefully planned and undertaken so that it does not result in a loss of character - defining spaces, features, and finishes. Recommended Identifying the historic building's character - defining spaces, features, and finishes so that code - required work will not result in their damage or loss. Complying with health and safety cbde, including seismic codes and barrier -free access requirements, in such a manner that character - defining spaces, features, and finishes are preserved. Working with local code officials to investigate alternative life safe- ty measures or variances available under some codes so that altera- tions and additions to historic buildings can be avoided. Providing barrier -free access through removable or portable, rather than permanent, ramps. Providing seismic reinforcement to a historic building in a manner that avoids damaging the structural system and character- defining features. Upgrading historic stairways and elevators to meet health and safe- ty codes in a manner that assures their preservation, i.e., so that they are not damaged or obscured. Installing sensitively designed fire suppression systems, such as a sprinkler system for wood frame mill buildings, instead of applying fire - resistant sheathing to character - defining features. Not Recommended Undertaking code - required alterations to a building or site before identifying those spaces, features, or finishes which are character - defining and must therefore be preserved. Altering, damaging, or destroying character - defining spaces, features, and finishes while making modifications to a building or site to comply with safety codes. Making changes to historic buildings without first seeking alter- natives to code requirements. Installing permanent ramps that damage or diminish character - defining features. Reinforcing a historic building using measures that damage or destroy character- defining structural and other features. Damaging or obscuring historic stairways and elevators or altering adjacent spaces in the process of doing work to meet code re- quirements. Covering character - defining wood features with fire - resistant sheathing which results in altering their visual appearance. 53 HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Recommended Applying fire- retardant coatings, such as intumescent paints, which expand during fire to add thermal protection to steel. Adding a new stairway or elevator to meet health and safety codes in a manner that preserves adjacent character - defining features and spaces. Placing a code - required stairway or elevator that cannot be accom- modated within the historic building in a new exterior addition. Such an addition should be located at the rear of the building or on an inconspicuous side; and its size and scale limited in relationship to the historic building. 54 Not Recommended Using fire - retardant coatings if they damage or obscure character - defining features. Radically changing, damaging, or destroying character - defining spaces, features, or finishes when adding a new code - required stair- way or elevator. Constructing a new addition to accommodate code - required stairs and elevators on character - defining elevations highly visible from the street; or where it obscures, damages or destroys character - defining features. ENERGY RETROFITTING Some character- defining features of a historic building or site such as cupolas, shutters, transoms, skylights, sun rooms, porches, and plantings also play a secondary energy conserving role. There- fore, prior to retrofitting historic buildings to make them more energy efficient, the first step should always be to identify and evaluate the existing historic features to assess their inherent energy conserving potential. If it is determined that retrofitting measures are necessary, then such work needs to be carried out with particular care to insure that the building's historic character is preserved in the process of rehabilitation: Recommended Not Recommended District/ Neighborhood Maintaining those existing landscape features which moderate the effects of the climate on the setting such as deciduous trees, evergreen wind - blocks, and lakes or ponds. Building Site Retaining plant materials, trees, and landscape features, especially those which perform passive solar energy functions such as sun shading and wind breaks. Installing freestanding solar collectors in a manner that preserves the historic property's character - defining features. Designing attached solar collectors, including solar greenhouses, so that the character- defining features of the property are preserved. Masonry /Wood /Architectural Metals Installing thermal insulation in attics and in unheated cellars and crawlspaces to increase the efficiency of the existing mechanical systems. Stripping the setting of landscape features and landforms so that the effects of the wind, rain, and the sun result in accelerated deterioration of historic materials. Removing plant materials, trees, and landscape features, so that they no longer perform passive solar energy functions. Installing freestanding solar collectors that obscure, damage, or destroy historic landscape or archeological features. Locating solar collectors where they radically change the property's appearance; or damage or destroy character - defining features. Applying urea of formaldehyde foam or any other thermal insula- tion with a water content into wall cavities in an attempt to reduce energy consumption. 55 • ENERGY RETROFITTING (continued) Recommended Installing insulating material on the inside of masonry walls to in- crease energy efficiency where there is no character - defining in- terior moulding around the window or other interior architectural detailing. Installing passive solar devices such as a glazed "trombe" wall on a rear or inconspicuous side of all the historic building. Roofs Placing solar collectors on noncharacter- defining roofs or roofs of nonhistoric adjacent buildings. Windows Utilizing the inherent energy conserving features of a building by maintaining windows and louvered blinds in good operable condi- tion for natural ventilation. Improving thermal efficiency with weatherstripping, storm win- dows, caulking, interior shades, and, if historically appropriate, blinds and awnings. Installing interior storm windows with airtight gaskets, ventilating holes, and /orsremovable clips to insure proper maintenance and to avoid condensation damage to historic windows. 56 Not Recommended Resurfacing historic building materials with more energy efficient but incompatible materials, such as covering historic masonry with exterior insulation. Installing passive solar devices such as an attached glazed "trombe" wall on primary or other highly visible elevations; or where historic material must be removed or obscured. Placing solar collectors on roofs when such collectors change the historic roofline or obscure the relationship of the roof to character - defining roof features such as dormers, skylights, and chimneys. Removing historic shading devices rather than keeping them in an operable condition. Replacing historic multi -paned sash with new thermal sash utilizing false muntins. Installing interior storm windows that allow moisture to ac- cumulate and damage the window. HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Recommended Installing exterior storm windows which do not damage or obscure the windows and frames. Considering the use of lightly anted glazing on non- character- defining elevations if other energy retrofitting alternatives are not possible. Entrances and Porches Utilizing the inherent energy conserving features of a building by maintaining porches, and double vestibule entrances. in good con- dition so that they can retain heat or block the sun and provide natural ventilation. Interior Features Retaining historic interior shutters and transoms for their inherent energy conserving features. New Additions to Historic Buildings Placing new additions that have an energy conserving function such as a solar greenhouse on non - character- defining elevations. Mechanical Systems Installing thermal insulation in attics and in unheated cellars and Not Recommended Installing new exterior storm windows which are inappropriate in size or color, which are inoperable. Replacing windows or transoms with fixed thermal glazing or per- mitting windows and transoms to remain inoperable rather than utilizing them for their energy conserving potential. Using tinted or reflective glazing on character - defining or other conspicuous elevations. Enclosing porches located on character defining elevations to create passive solar collectors or airlock vestibules. Such enclosures can destroy the historic appearance of the building. Removing historic interior features which play a secondary energy 'conserving role. Installing new additions such as multistory solar greenhouse addi- tions which obscure, damage, destroy character - defining features. Apply urea formaldehyde foam or any other thermal insulation crawlspaces to conserve energy. with a water content or that may collect moisture into wall cavities. 57 • s • NEW ADDITIONS TO HISTORIC BUILDINGS An attached exterior addition to a historic building expands its "outer limits" to create a new pro- file. Because such expansion has the capability to radically change the historic appearance, an exterior addition should be considered only after it has been determined that the new use cannot be successfully met by altering non - character - defining interior spaces. If the new use cannot be met in this way, then an attached exterior addition is usually an acceptable alternative. New additions should be designed and constructed so that the character - defining features of the historic building are not radically changed, obscured, damaged, or destroyed in the process of rehabilitation. New design should always be clearly differentiated so that the addition does not appear to be part of the historic resources. Recommended Placing functions and services required for the new use in non - character- defining interior spaces rather than installing a new addi- tion. Constructing a new addition so that there is the least possible loss of historic materials and so that character - defining features are not obscured, damaged, or destroyed. Locating the attached exterior addition at the rear or on an in- conspicuous side of a historic building; and limiting its size and scale in relationship to the historic building. Designing new additions in a manner that makes clear what is historic and what is new. 58 Not Recommended Expanding the size of the historic building by constructing a new addition when the new use could be met by altering non- character- defining interior spaces. Attaching a new addition so that the character - defining features of the historic building are obscured, damaged, or destroyed. Designing a new addition so that its size and scale in relation to the historic building are out of proportion, thus diminishing the historic character. Duplicating the exact form, material, style, and detailing of the historic building in the new addition so that the new work appears to be part of the historic building. Imitating a historic style or period of architecture in new additions, especially for contemporary uses such as drive -in banks or garages. NEW ADDITIONS TO HISTORIC BUILDINGS (continued) Recommended Considering the attached exterior addition both in terms of the new use and the appearance of other buildings in the historic district or neighborhood. Design for the new work may be contemporary or may reference design motifs from the historic building. In either case, it should always be clearly differentiated from the historic building and be compatible in terms of mass, materials, relation- ship of solids to voids, and color. Placing new additions such as balconies and greenhouses on non - character- defining elevations and limiting the size and scale in rela- tionship to the historic building. Designing additional stories, when required for the new use, that are set back from the wall plane and are as inconspicuous as possi- ble when viewed from the street. Not Recommended Designing and constructing new additions that result in the diminu- tion or loss of the historic character of the resource, including its design, materials, workmanship, location, or setting. Using the same wall plane, roof line, cornice height, materials, siding lap or window type to make additions appear to be a part of the historic building. Designing new additions such as multistory greenhouse additions that obscure, damage, or destroy character - defining features of the historic building. Constructing additional stories so that the historic appearance of the building is radically changed. 59 • WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING REFERENCE # 14A • • � Washington State �I/ Department of Transportation District 1 15325 S.E. 30th Place Bellevue, Washington 98007 -6538 (206) 562 -4000 Mr. J. T. Lewis Corporate Director Local & Community Relations The Boeing Company P.O. Box 3707 Seattle, WA 98124 -2207 Dear Terry: This letter is to advise you of WSDOT's determination in regards to your agreed to commitments in the Oxbow Interchange area. WSDOT has concluded that no immediate implementation of improvements to the Oxbow Interchange is necessary. WSDOT is agreeable that the required mitigation responsibilities would be • more adequately addressed as part of Tukwila's non - project traffic E.I.S. for the Duwamish Valley. WSDOT will work closely with Tukwila to address the areas traffic needs. August 23, 1990 Oxbow Interchange Area Duane Berentson Secretary ui Transporta: on • A memorandum of understanding (MOU) will be prepared for your signature. The MOU will be a four party agreement including Boeing, WSDOT, Tukwila, and King County. The MOU will designate a time frame in which Boeing's responsibilities will be reevaluated, a brief outline as to the scope of commitment by Boeing, and a current best estimate of cost of commitment. We look forward to working with you and the other agencies in this area to address traffic improvement needs. If you have any questions and or concerns, please feel free to call. JLL:cmi 97 /JLL -OIA cc: Gary Kohler, King Co. B.A.L.D. Ross Earnst, City of Tukwila Sincerely, G✓ /JAMES W. GUENTHER, Manager Planning and Local Coordination wi. • Washington State Department of Transportation District 1 15325 S.E. 30th Place Bellevue, Washington 98007 -6568 (206) 562.4000 October 23, 1990 Mr. J. Terry Lewis Corporate Director Local and Community Relations The Boeing Company P.O. Box 3707 Seattle, WA 98124 -2207 Duane Berentson Secretary of Transportation DRAFT SR 99 MP 23.68 CS 172900 The Boeing Company Oxbow Corporate Park Memorandum of Understanding K.C. File No. C87 -0531 Dear Mr. Lewis: This is a Memorandum of Understanding between the Washington State Department of Transportation, hereinafter referred to as the "State ", King County, hereinafter referred to as the "County ", the City of Tukwila, hereinafter referred to as the "City ", and The Boeing Company, hereinafter referred to as the "Developer ". The Developer has developed property in the vicinity of the SR 99/S. 102nd St. intersection, bordered by S. 102nd St. to the north; the Duwamish River to the east and south; and W. Marginal Place S. /27th Ave. S. to the west. This development, referred to as Oxbow Corporate Park, consists of 4 manufacturing /storage /office buildings containing approximately 880,000 sq. ft. along with associated parking. The Developer has agreed to the May 26, 1987 King County Mitigated Determination of Non - Significance (MDNS) for construction on the Oxbow site that includes a southbound interchange to connect the Oxbow site and SR 99. The MDNS contains the following provision: "Pay a pro rata share of the cost of providing a southbound on ramp to SR 99 at S. 102nd St. which would be a staged portion of completing that interchange including the southbound off ramp to the satisfaction of the Washington State Department of Transportation. If full funding for the southbound on ramp has not been acquired by December 31, 1989, then the developer shall provide funds for the full cost of constructing the southbound on ramp without regard to pro rata share." 1 • October 23, 1990 Mr. J. Terry Lewis Page 2 It is understood that the City is working on a traffic model as part of the City's non - project traffic EIS for the Duwamish Valley. This model will now include the entire Oxbow Corporate Park along with the proposed interchange location, and will address all traffic concerns in the immediate vicinity. The State has concluded that no immediate implementation of improvements to the Oxbow interchange is necessary. The State agrees' that the Developer's appropriate required mitigation responsibilities will be more adequately addressed as part of the above mentioned EIS. It is agreed by the State, County, and City that the Developer will be allowed to fulfill his obligation by participating in the cost of transportation improvement needs as determined by the non - project traffic EIS. This participation in cost will either be actual design and construction of the southbound interchange to connect the Oxbow site and SR 99, or the Developer's pro rata share to be paid into a transportation benefit district (TBD), local improvement district (LID), or other mitigation fee program. This determination will be made upon the completion of the non - project traffic EIS which is scheduled for completion by September 1991. The Developer accepts responsibility for mitigating his traffic impacts to the SR 99/S. 102nd St. intersection and hereby agrees to either filly fund the design__ and construction of the southbound interchange to connect the Oxbow site and SR 99, or participate on an equal share' basis to fund the areas transportation improvements needs. The estimated amount of participation is $7.8 -8.3 million (see attachment). Therefore, it is mutually agreed by the parties hereto as follows: Developer's Responsibility 1. If, as a result of the Duwamish Valley EIS, it is determined that the Developer's mitigation should be the actual design and construction of the southbound interchange to connect the Oxbow site and SR 99, then the Developer will submit a Design Report, and Plans, Specifications, and Estimate (PS &E) package to the State for review and approval. Upon approval, the southbound interchange would then be constructed. 2 • • • October 23, 1990 Mr. J. Terry Lewis Page 3 2. If, as a result of the Duwamish Valley EIS, it is determined that the Developer's mitigation should be to participate on a equal share basis to fund the areas transportation improvement needs, then this equal share will be paid into a transportation benefit district (TBD), local improvement district (LID),' or other mitigation fee program. County Responsibility 1. Require the Developer to fulfill the mitigation requirements spelled out in the County's May 26, 1987 MDNS. 2. Participate in the City's Duwamish Valley EIS. City Responsibility 1. Require the Developer to fulfill the mitigation requirements spelled out in the County's May 26, 1987 MDNS. 2. Put together and publish the Duwamish Valley EIS. 3. If, as a result of the Duwamish Valley EIS, it is determined that the Developer's mitigation should be to participate on an equal share basis to fund the areas transportation needs, the City will set up a mitigation fee program in order to collect the participating share. 4. Collect the equal share contribution from the Developer for the areas transportation needs. State's Responsibility 1. Participate in the City's Duwamish Valley EIS. 2. If, as a result of the Duwamish Valley EIS, it is determined that the Developer's mitigation should be the actual design and construction of the southbound interchange to connect the Oxbow site and SR 99, the State will review for approval the Design Report, and Plans, Specifications, and Estimate (PS &E) package. Upon approval, the State and Developer will enter into a developer agreement in which the Developer will then construct the southbound interchange. October 23, 1990 Mr. J. Terry Lewis Page 5 ENDORSEMENT The undersigned, their successors and assigns, hereby acknowledge, agree and accept the provisions, conditions and stipulations as set forth in this Letter of Understanding. BOEING: TUKWILA: • KING COUNTY: WSDOT: 1 NAME By: Title:. Date: NAME By: Title: Date: NAME By: Title: Date: NAME By: Title: Date: • VICINITY TRAFFIC CIRCULATION PLAN REFERENCE # B -14A1 • • =10 / 1 /. 0 / /cc) ./82 00 Pf=17 cb-// 00 0 A 1 / / \ •■•• \ / \ v \ / •As LEGEND . DELIVERY ROUTE/ TRUCK UNLICENSED VEHICLES MAJOR AUTOMOBILE PEDESTRIAN x--- SECURITY FENCE XX GATE NUMBER ec. 0 GUARD GATE 100 400 800 EVELOPET/AL CENTER MASTER PLAN EXISTING TRAFFIC CIRCULATION INTERNAL CENTRAL SECTOR FIGURE B. 8. 2 q.:.EI_E TI:101 51.0AN,V "AIRE.BASED ON USG 4GS - - _EA CPL. DATUM •1':18 TAIN CITY OF SEATTLE CLEV TIONS. -: SUBTRACT 0.05 FT' - 2. SOL/TI-IE.•.5T CORNER OF BLDG 5 ?55 - N- 1557.003E854'.00" 3 ;20000 GAL WATER TANKS -• .11571.7 , E585.45 OP, L 92A■LLAGE A�.:..,A.N -.. LILTED 2A AJ6 J9 6 C0 j0P 140L- CSMFC -. I' LEGEND`' •RANVS - MANHOLE NUM8LR .5,'• N SYSTEM 'V ': • ■CBGZ CATCH BASIN •NUMBER.:• IN SYSTEM G' :: ..,a. - STORM DRAIN VW /..SIZE..IN- INCHES, DIAMETER". - - -- 'STORM DRAIN:: /NOT VERIFIED • • .. ' bp_ / WATER- .'. ,5SPAFe—A.. 9I`•. -. .. OUTFACE INV 8.50 �j. .1629.92 E968.31 . P OPT FALL .INV E%IST RETAINING wMEt APFROVEEl DATE SYM GaN3T• RE /IS101,4 J 0 0270 19 5-0 2 INSTALL C✓W bEFA —JR� Q M.H.• . 7 -2170 V . r3 NORTH f�ARKIN L DELCE�E WE2 %L(M� �nEi'rZ LI�'L C- E�T>�� -s . '1.O 0 H.0 Ct.0 k . A ADDED BLDG. 9-103 C ryG VI�Ep PIPING BOE/AIG FACILITIES DEPARTMENT c.5 G 1/16065 O AUBURN; WA. 98002 EVERETT;:1. WA.' 98201 D. KENT,; ' WA. 98031 Q PORTLAND, OR. 97220 D RENTON g ., WA. 98055 ■.SEATTLE'. WA: 98124 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN ANOIOR.. SPECIFICATION 15 APPROVED ' DRAWN BY J.L,B: SUBTITLE CMECR €Op SHEET 7 ,ayes APPROVED VED - I 1 . MECHANICAL'` YARD. MASTER;. D.0 JOB NO 008071-01 DWG NO 109- 000 -4501 ROI avec ..RN REV. 143 Oj1LET .70 01L/ WATER. SEPD NTOR 4r _ALA 131, ip"" PLAN: NEW ML•N HOLE NTS. . • £WEP /Cur LET 04•_ET '. 12' bCaH c7ir•`. SECTION. (A�- NT5 ti-DI Mi 414 -'T . EXIST FINISH 61RAI.. 1.10•E : 1. LIFT 0177 CONCRETE 5LI•.e.S ALIO CA'T• lR0..1 FRAME, • ANC -,CS MAi 6= P.S- I1+ PC. CONCRECTE CGYEC ' AN0' COVER SET TO -M ATCI1 EXI",TI.I Cm GRADE ' • qT CONTRACTORS OPTION • Z. DES, LOAD WC. POE. P. C. COVSRI LIFT 0Q• S.h-, ALID' C.T. L105 " 0E• AA5PVT0 41520 -44 TRUCK,. LOAOIUG'. ' - g•. w10E' C01JC .CURS' 55,. C.r, LlDS, 3 H AU. HAVE THE WORD // WI(1)S- CONT.TYP,' DRAIU' CAST •lu. 2 HIbH:RAISED' • ALL AROUND: LIFT oUT eyNG ( PRMdE FJ. LID FKAlYIE NEENAH GAT -'MD. A- - 1752 -HL- 5)5225 A5 REO'D -. OLIT,PT vl AOxIdABLE O11f1Er.l.1 `E�aEP ■NLET j1 2><YFNDED OIL p rn ir•E 204,5 (12414 ',IL. 04M (5tI.1 lO 5 I(r5 QITLET W EIP ' L 1N8RJeAJ1AL- Ca.LE50 N4 �r- n-res. OIL1t,1AT Z• 6sPARArori' OuTOul- -r LE -r • SECTION. NT. . � N"- r.lAri C..^.7.1-..e/ • R- Hy7, -PL PIPS • E. 0x(1 1141 -5 • ° sec P -AN: OIL. /.WATER SEP6.P.ATOFZ. SGHEWJUL -E. 'j @P. • NU: • TOP 9.• ' "A" INV. EL INLET • IMI EL . •ourLET• OIL 0W+• 4 5E5.6.014 RFS l . - ' • . INLET (p4V4PrIlAT0N - GI PM' VAJJL.T TfPE A. A.-1 • -0.91' -0.94./ 123h" '- 100 �- - SOLD -' loo- :07, -I.- I0.40' • SmO PPM SOD 0-1 - -^,o'' -4..76' 254.. b ". - '2,500- • (DO-- 4.12.2 -5A )5.40' . zIOOPPM 500 C. -t. 14.40'•' 4.013' : 4.00' - i ./v0•'- ' 12" ' - 5270_ 350 - 016 -3.6A. ' _ - 1200 PPM 1200 • T-1 15.70' 2,.3'0 • Z,la'' , 12' .. - -. 7440-. a Q- 515 -p -5A - yz00 PPM -') 000 MFC -I. 1000' 48:74' I - q' g" - - Zo00 - . /CO- 4.12.1-co.k, 100 •PM 403 128 -'- 1',,7e .i(A NIA" - I71I"' 8' - _ = NOTL° - I: 05e 4=OUT!GOuIG FILL AT ESOTTOM OF M1.4 Al Cs;AUOTI' AS RectolgE0 TD 5.1AC5 PVC ewwe. T7EpoUR coUC. TO cHAUAlEL- . now of • TIFFS AT -SOT: L.E./EL 05 MH 6 -1b >NEw1- . -Pe 13.40' • . • . IiU -.ET INV. 13.. =0:8Z (EYJ3T•'0" ) INLET .IhN..e... =0.67. (exfsT. S' ). oLtrt-ET'ENV- Ei..0.51 (EXIST • OUTLEr .1I:11/. _.: (..a1 (NEW v) etztsl : 9.99 5" c:P. EwsT.' SEP -G-1:.:. Top et-.= 14.30 INV. E:L. -'q' -ob �.' ou-rGET INY: EL:= 4.00:- .IS I 0.15 "(a/c....." (NEW)- 15 L:F 1 10''P c- 020 74 (145W) 'OH AI (exlsL) 70P bL.= 1'+ 90 INI:ETINV. -E., lol t5.415T. 3o") liquor INN. E. 1.07 NEW -1o`) 0.fR.ET- INJ. EL. ?. 1.07 15 LP, 10 ' P✓.= - .^'. 0.24-7= (NEW) �MHAIa. 60,5-,n4 TOP E-... 13.40' . INLT. INV. BA--.1 -0.95 • aj, E-r 1.iv_ 6- = '(a7B.((NEW'lo ") o•rT121. INJ. E.. = -o•98 (EX19T -.>p`) • • 30." G_P "(Ex15TJ i.141 5 -10. (NEW -rap= EL. 13.4D' - INLE? INV. U., 7 (EXIST v.") •INLO-r INJ. !3. (•T7(NG -W f3 .l: ' oLrn T INJ. EL.. -1 Ito • To. c 1TFA:" 15 "PV-.. •(NEW). GS-t(E 1ST.; "LS LB - (,'.P!C. (NEJ 30 cP. (Ex16T) 4•tp ' 3o- -GP CE .,15T.) 1.' Exi -r- f11J15M'GEAOE - -- 2" Ac P - cds Top3fc:00RSE -� TYPICAL., U1.1p. �t0.1GP(E)(I1) .1■1H Tot. F n143U . INLET INV. EL.. 3.'il EXIST. 304 INLET iI:UV: F.L. _ 3- 91(NEw Is "' 1" - OLJTST INV. 15 " Et. = b.gSCEXIST: -) L �1- I� 1 1=l76; -- 'MH'c O1: - . ..ToF -EL -= Ia.30 14LET INV. FL:= 4.I ST ) 51c ) INLET .INY. 'J..- ° 1'I --I5•((.LEXEW L • • OUTLET "INV. EL. =4.20 (..esieT•• ) oUTLCT. N. EL.= r4•,7A (hl =W' lS" 1..: G.P- . ( EXIST ) \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \ \\ \ \\ • • 13L 9-99 • P6.1R.T.4.1_ N `STC SM ereTCM AD' . . Iiyt- TINY G •+ (060 oLI11ET: ,NV. DETA.1 1- z 2411 G.I? NOTE : • SAW arr ems/ -5- .. cow. s¢Ab. REPAVE WITH E' - i. CQJU•ET8 51-R6 oir coMPAGTED - BKKFILL. -' CARRY E70STING exPAws.N., SOWT5' • met) NEW PAVEMENT. MH. T -2 (E L9i1 . ToP'EL. = 13.9r' .. 1•1...E-r 4.0 .. OLJ71...ST • a_171.-ST .)N,V' EL- 2.83 CNE0J' 12) .TbP'EL•519.70- '.. : •INLET' iNV EL. 236 INV." EL:. 0.19 -9EP 10E- .-1 Top EL... 100.0' INL.5T INV. EL.= RG:OD oL7TLET I IJV. EL- a ge 7-S..-' tai G-1A (NEW) INLET NV. EL. = 1.30 (DIET. 301'..:. OUTLET MV. EL = 1.30 (EAST 30) WTLET otV. EL = 1.30 (NEW 10.) 30" (EAST.) M PC. -'1 E(a'STi TT--OP EL.= 1000, INLET' INV EL 4E•5' ....MI -1 T10(ktew 1 ''•. ToPr .INLET INVI. Et. L12 'E:4lE1 0�}' i • 3fi'I , G•P ° -•� :'..? - • 'INLET INY. EL 7Z Nev . - OJT -•FT 1Nv. 1.15 0 PpR `F> � STORtyi 5r TTM ET,4.i1_ n fDET�it. 101 G-1 (east); TOP EL = 15.73- HET INV.. EC = 1.09 (505T. 30") INLET *NV. EL = 1.09 (NEW 101 - ' - OUTLET @IV. El. = 1.09 (EASL 301 COr 5T'RuL1'O rig • .Jf..- T 5-I S G -J 3i • Arl CLL.L: ■Jy - .1,1�. ▪ _.•.n::>✓ 5tt ", "Inl NAIL. l4z 1+'" L�tJTA'nJ , -i 16r.11i.1< >...4 .JC f.: Dri •i1 �.U( %- :?e-. ' Tfpj -YU 0 Ue Anl :i-L IP rh,l UP- I.I AY �_ rl I.--J biJ k ) �i -N'741 !L L -PV 7Ef JF ' C, 1 •Al_L oL K_PW D STALL W - REVISION' Co1.157. e.evi lUN- J 870193 -OT. ❑ AUBURN, .WA. 98002 ❑ EVERETT. ,WA. 98201.., BOE/A/G ❑ KENT,':: -WA. 98031- :. ❑ PORTLAND;;OR. 97220 ❑ RENTON`,":,WA: '98055 '. '■ SEATTLE, 4WA. 98124.`' FACILITIES DEPARTMENT Y 21.9 00 433 -0 2. ACCEPTABILITY • t AYP-U TARE •Zb TNIS DESIGN AND/OR ECiND . SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED. AYJ-% X9'1 6/10/87 USTmM. - - OIL /WATER: SEPARATOR DETAILS• LAST REVISION Isrws• DATE SHEET - M-4 01, .MECHANICAL- MASTER DEVELOPMENTAL. CENTER.' 109-000 -4501. 410_, 179 5511.. 7I53 1 • TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY REFERENCE # B -14A2 • • DAVID I IAMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25,91 15 :30 P.U1 • TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS 9-101 BUILDING T WASHINGTON TUKWILA, . January 1991 Prepared for: Boeing Military Airplanes Division DAVID I. HAMLIN AND ASSOCIATES 1319 DEXTER AVENUE NORTH, surrs 270 SEATTLE, WA. 98109 (206)285.9035 DAVID I OMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25,91 15 :34 P.06 • TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALY8I8 9 -101 BUILDING EXPANSION TUKW1LA, WASHINGTON A) INTRODUCTION The purpose of the following report is to provide a brief summary of the traffic impacts associated with the expansion of the 9 -101 Building at the Boeing Developmental Center and how this expansion falls into the findings presented in the EIS for the BMAC Developmental Center Expansion published in August 1987. B) EROJECT DESCRIPTION /BACKGROUND An Environmental Impact Statement was prepared for the proposed BMAC Developmental Center Expansion during 1987. As a result of this EIS, several mitigation requirements have been imposed on any further developments associated with the Developmental Center. Extensive mitigation measures were also imposed upon the developer (Sabey Corporation) of the Oxbow Corporate Park. The proposed action presented in the EIS was for the . development of over 1.8 million square feet of office, laboratory, manufacturing and storage space by 1991. The development of this space would also result in the addition of over 6100 emnl v e_... To date, only 749,000 square feet of new construction . has occurred and appro• mately 2500 new employees have been hired. Much of the office building construction originally proposed has not occurred and is no longer considered to be feasible. The action being proposed with this submittal is the expansion of the 9 -101 Building totaling approximately 111000 square feet. 129 employees., many of which will be -m re- assigned om other Boeing sites, will work at the expanded site. The 129 employees would be evenly split over three shifts, i.e., 43 employees in each shift. Parking for the employees would be provided in the oxbow parking lot. Although the 110,000 square foot expansion of the 9 -101 Building was not part of the 1987 BMAC EIS proposed action, the additional square footage falls well within the square footage of building area proposed in that document. It is simply being constructed at a location not previously recognized as part of the Developmental Center expansion plan. The 9 -101 Building is located on the west side of E. Marginal Way, north of S. 102nd Street. (See Figure 1.) Since the proposed 9-101 Building expansion falls well within the parameters of the 1987 EIS, it is the intent of this report to merely outline the impacts associated with this specific proposal (trip generation /assignment), and update UFiVlll 1 nnIILi1v nv. u . 1-.m .,v L.••■. DAVID I HAMLIN & ASSOC ILL NO.LUb- LtSb -O.D Jaii.LJ171 tJ•NV the conditions at the two intersections which would be impacted the most by the action, i.e., the intersections of Si 102nd Street /E. Marginal Way and S. 102nd Street /SR -99 Ramp /W. Marginal Place. C) BUSTING CONDITIONS 1. Roadway System The Duwamish area is served by several major arterials and highways. State highways in the area which are extensively used by Boeing employees include Interstate 5, SR -900, SR -599, and SR-99. Major City of Tukwila and Seattle arterials include East Marginal Way South, South Boeing Access Road, Pacific Highway South, 16th Avenue South, South Norfolk Street, and Airport way south. Interstate 5 is the major north -south freeway system located east of, and paralleling, Boeing Field. The closest access to 1 -5 from Boeing facilities is from South Boeing Access Road. A large share of commuters from the south use SR -599 to and from I-5. Commuters from the north end use the Michigan Street interchange to access I- 5. Much of the decision as to which interchange is used is based on the employee's work location and destination. SR -900 is a our lane highway which connects South Boeing Access Road and the Renton area. Access is fairly limited and thus the roadway provides commuters with a fairly efficient travel route during the peak hours. SR -599 is a spur route which diagonally connects SR -99 and 1 -5. This route is heavily used by commuters to and from the south. Commuters using SR-599 to the-Duwamish area usually merge onto SR-99 and exit at South 102nd Street into the Oxbow lot. SR -99, which lies on the west side of the Duwamish River, is a four lane divided highway in the vicinity of Boeing Field. A half interchange is provided at South 102nd Street (northbound on and off.-ramp) which limits the use of this roadway in the southbound direction by the Boeing commuters. Use of the roadway to and from the north by Boeing commuters is not heavy due to the smaller proportion of employees living in the north and northwest sections of the area. The major City of Tukwila arterial serving the Developmental Center is East Marginal Way SOUth. The roadway varies from five to seven lanes north of south Boeing Access Road and narrows to two lanes south of there. The roadway provides direct access to the many driveways and private roads serving the Boeing area. Traffic signals have been installed at major points of entry and parking lots serving the Boeing facilities in order to accommodate the high volume traffic using these access points. 2 LH` IAJ 1 nmilLipi a n.a..'uk.. � ��- �•�+ � ��� _ _ • South Boeing Access Road is a six -lane roadway which connects SR -900 to East Marginal Way South. The roadway also provides access to the ramps serving I -5 and Airport Way South. Pacific Highway South (old SR -99) connects East Marginal Way South at South Boeing Access Road to SR -99 and the ramps to SR -599. The roadway is five lanes in width and is extensively used by commuters to and from the south who want to access SR -599. 16th Avenue South is a four lane arterial which crosses the Duwamish River and connects East Marginal way South with Des Moines Way at its grade separated interchange with SR -99. The roadway is more heavily utilized by those employees working at the northerly end of Boeing Field than those whose work place is located near the Developmental Center. South Norfolk street is a four -lane street which connects East Marginal Way South to Airport Way South. The roadway is used by those motorists wanting to by -pass the East Marginal Way South /South Boeing Access Road intersection but gain eventual access to South Boeing Access Road by using South Norfolk Street and Airport Way. Airport Way is a four -lane roadway located on the east side of Boeing Field, extending from South Boeing Access Road to Dearborn Street. Access along the roadway - i44imited and thus provides a favorable north -south alternative route to I -5 into Seattle. 2. Traffic Volumes Extensive traffic volume information has been collected over the past several years in the vicinity of the Developmental Center as a result of the various studies conducted by BMAC. Prior to the Tukwila annexation, King County had conducted traffic counts in the vicinity of Boeing which include data through 1988. Since the annexation, the City of Tukwila has conducted numerous daily traffic counts in the vicinity of the Developmental Center. The traffic volumes on East Marginal Way in the vicinity of the Museum of Flight have changed emery little since 1978 when the ADT reported by King county was 25,395 and the 1990 ADT recorded by the City of Tukwila was 27,775. Between 1978 and 1990 the ADT had dropped to a low of 20,795 in 1982, likely reflecting the fluctuation in employment levels in the area. AM and -PM peak hour turning movement counts were conducted for the 1987 BMAC EIS and projections of 1991 volumes upon full development of the 1.8 million square feet of 3 b�� r■6 t DAVID I HAMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206 -285 -6345 Jan.l,yi ID.4u r.vr construction were also provided. Two sample peak hour counts at the intersections of S. 102nd Street /E. Marginal Way and S. 102nd street /SR -99 Ramp /W. Marginal Place were conducted for this study to determine what Changes had actually occurred over the four year period. A summary of t�he119.9g1 counts with the been 19g7attached. A comparison of is summarized below: Peak Volume Location Hour, Direction 1987 1991 Chancre S. 102nd Street/ AM NB 2429 2248 -181 E. Marginal Way SB 450 309 -141 EB 17 28 +11 All 2896 2585 -311 PM NB 713 1044 +331 SB 2612 2295 -317 EB 396 450 +54 All 3721 3789 +68 S. 102nd Street/ AM NB 0 0 0 138 +76 SR -99 Ramp/ SB W. Marginal Place EB 779 986 +207 WEB 28 31 All 869 1155. +286 PM NB _"_"°" 7 0 -7 SB 46 70 +24 EB 57 101 +44 WB 176 465 +289 All 286 636 +350 The counts show an increase of traffic using the intersection of S. 102nd Street /sR -99 Ramp/ . Place as a result of the more extensive use of the Oxbow parking lot by the employees. However, the volumes at the intersection of S. 102nd Street /E. Marginal Way have remained relatively stable and do not reflect the substantial increase in traffic which was predicted by 1991 had the entire 1.8 million square feet of development occurred. 3. Capacity AnA4Ysis A capacity analysis was conducted at the intersections of S. 102nd Street /E. Marginal Way. and S. 102nd Street /SR--99 . Ramp /W. Marginal Place to determine how the 1991 conditions compare to those in 1987 and those projected for 1991 with the development of 1.8 million square feet. "Level of service" is a common term used in the Traffic Engineering profession which is defined as a qualitative measure describing operational conditions within a traffic 4 DAVID I HRMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25,91 15:40 P.08 stream, and its perception by motorists and /or passengers. These conditions are usually described in terms of such factors as speed and travel time, freedom to maneuver, traffic interruptions, comfort and convenience, and safety. Six levels of service are designated, ranging from A to F, with level of service "A" representing the best operating conditions and level of service "F" the worst. The first step in the capacity analysis of an existing intersection is to manually count all traffic movements during the critical peak -hour period(s). A manual traffic count for both the AM and PM peak hours was Conducted at the locations described. earlier. The intersection is then analyzed, taking into account all of the physical features and methods of traffic control. This process produces a rating for the intersection that defines a "level -of- service" for each vehicle. An expanded explanation of "level of service ", along with the tables which identify the criteria for analyzing unsignalized and signalized intersections respectively, as presented in the Highway_ Capacity Manual, has been provided in Appendix B. The actual capacity of an intersection is generally considered to be at the lower end of level of service "E" and most agencies strive to maintain a roadway network that will not drop below this level of operation,..except perhaps during unusual periods such a as holiday shopping, sporting events, etc. King County has developed a road adequacy standard that requires mitigation be provided if an intersection falls to level of service "F ". Calculations for the level of service for the signal - controlled and two-way stop intersections were conducted using the computer program CAPCALC '85, by Roger Creighton and Associates, Inc., which is based on the 1985 Highway Capacity Manual, Special Report 209. The results for the existing conditions are shown in the following table. 5 DAVID I HAMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25,91 15:41 P.09 EXISTING LEVELS TABLE 1 OF SERVICE LOCATION PERIOD AM PM MOVE- MENT LOS Avg. Delay Res. Cap. S. 102nd Street/ E. Marginal Way X - B 7 sec. - X - D 29 sec. - S. 102nd Street/ SR-99 Ramp/ W. Marginal Pl. (unsignalized) * ** X EB WB NB SB A * ** E - - - - 1012 - 37 X - EB WB NB SB A * ** B - - - - 724 - - 365 * No left -turns recorded during time period. ** No traffic recorded during time period. * ** Unsignalized level of service and reserve capacity are shown for the critical movement(s) for the subject approach. The results of the capacity analyses indicate that the 1991 levels of service are somewhat lower than the levels reported in 1987, however they have not reached the level of service "F" projected for 1991 upon full expansion of the Developmental Center, and, in the case of S. 102 Street /E. Marginal Way, the levels are much better than projected. D) PROPOSED ACTION The following summarizes the impacts which would be associated with an expansion of the 9 -101 Building totaling 110,000 square feet of space. 1. Trip Generation The employment increase expected at the Developmental Center will generate new traffic on the adjacent roadways in the vicinity even though many of the employees will be re-assignments, although not necessarily from the Developmental Center area. It was determined that the use of the number of employees, rather than building square . footage would best represent the trip generation associated with the specific action. This is because Boeing manufacturing facilities typically require much more space per employee than other manufacturing DRVID 1 HHMLIN HJSUU i tL ivo .LVV- LOJ -VJ'►J J QI I. LJ 7 J J. J. J • 11 i • i v facilities as a result of the large materials being produced. The ITE Trip Generation Manual (published by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, 1987, 4th Edition) lists trip generation values based on both the square footage and number of employees. Table 2 shows the estimated trip generation associated with the 129 employees. TIME pERIOP Daily AM Enter Exit Total PM Enter Exit Total TABLE 2 TRIP GENERATION BUILDING 9 -101 EXPANSION (129 EMPLOYEES) / TOTAL TRIP 269 54 55 26 24 50 ,(29 It can be seen from the table that the expansion to the 9- 101 Building will a small amount of traffic. 2. Trio Distribution /Assignment The current employee population at the Boeing site resides at locations throughout the greater Seattle area. A The following summarizes the distribution of employee population based on previous studies conducted for Boeing: Approximately 60% of the employees live south of the Boeing Field area. Of the 60 %, approximately 11.2% live in the Renton area, 10.6% in the Kent area, 10.9% in the Auburn and Federal Way area, and 10% in Pierce County and points south thereof. - Approximately 12.8% of the employee population lives east of Lake Washington, of which 2.5% border the I -90 corridor and 2.3% live in the Bothell /Woodinville area. The remaining 8% live in the Kirkland, Bellevue or Redmond areas. - Approximately 16.7% of the employee population lives north of I -90 and west of Lake Washington. 7.5% of these employees live in Snohomish County with the remainder in the City of Seattle or unincorporated King County. - Approximately 4.3% of the employees live in the West 7 Seattle area and an additional 3.9% of the employees live in the vicinity of the Boeing site, i.e., in the Georgetown, Holly Park and Rainier Valley neighborhoods. Approximately 1.1% of the employees live on the west side of Puget Sound and most likely use the state ferry system in their commute. (The percentages listed above do not total 100% due to rounding errors and the elimination of certain zip codes which did not fall within the Puget Sound area.) Figures 2 and 3 show the localized trip assignment during the AM and PM peak hours for the proposed expansion of the 9 -101 Building. 3. parking The employees associated with the expansion of the 9 -101 Building will park in the Oxbow parking lot, located across the Duwamish River. Surplus parking is available in the lot and therefore spill -over onto the adjacent streets would not be expected. 4. Level at , Service The two intersections reviewed earlier were again analyzed with respect to their level of service for the future conditions, i.e., the expansion of the 9 -101 Building. It has been assumed that background traffic growth in the area will be essentially modest to stable, since most of the traffic growth is Boeing related and most of the growth has occurred. The capacity analyses for the future conditions are based on the existing traffic volumes, plus the estimated trips from the 9-101 Building expansion, plus a 1% background traffic growth added into the existing volumes. The following table summarizes the future levels of service. 8 DAVID I HAMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.2(Jb..25-b.54 Jan.zD,1 1D.40 r.IL ESTIMATED AM PEAK HOUR TRIP ASSIGNMENT FIGURE 2 • DAVID I HRMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25, 1 1543 V.13 ESTIMATED PM PEAK HOUR TRIP ASSIGNMENT FIGURE 3 TABLE 3 FUTURE LEVELS OP SERVICE LOCATION PERIOD AM PM MOVE- MENT LOS (DELAY OR RES. CAP.) 1992 BASE 1992 W/ CONDITION DEVELOPMENT S. 102nd Street/ E. Marginal Way B ( 7 sec.) B ( 7 sec.) D (31 sec.) D (31 sec.) S. 102nd Street/ SR -99 Ramp/ W. Marginal P1. ( unsignalized)* X EB WB NB SB EB WB NB SB A (1010 RC) ** E ( 33 RC) A ( 719 RC) * A (1009 RC) * ** E ( .20 RC) ** ( 361 RC) A ( 709 RC) ** B ( 343 RC) * No left -turns recorded during time period. ** No traffic recorded during time period. * ** Unsignalized level of service and reserve capacity are shown for the critical movement(s) for the subject approach. The results of the capacity analyses for the future conditions indicate that the 9-101 expansion will create.' very little impact to the adjacent intersections. E) CONC. IONS R ENDATIO S The expansion of the 9-101 Building will have very little impact on the adjacent roadway system. The scope of the project is well within the parameters analyzed in the 1987 BMAC EIS. The traffic impacts which had been projected in the BMAC EIS have not occurred as expected as a result of the less extensive development which has occurred at the Developmental Center. No new or additional traffic - related mitigation is recommended for the proposed 9-101 Building expansion. *It 9 APPENDIX A 10 • AM PEAK HOUR S:45 -6:45 PM PEAK HOUR 2:30-3:30 1 2034 1725 S. 102ND STREET 309 so 4e-11 815 - - 12 S.. 102ND STREET 625 229 1713 535.44 221148 245 2493 3244 949 2295 38 • 1 2257 175 •�--- 42 450 408 COUNT DATE: JANUARY 18, 1001 907 137 . 4 1044 2865 3709 d W N EXISTING PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES S. 102ND STREET /E. MARGINAL WAY DAVID I HAMLIN & ASSOC TEL No.206- 285 -6345 Jan.25,91 15:45 P.17 AM PEAK HOUR 2054 1742 t S. 1027D STREET 312 231 649 PM PEAK HOUR 621 — 12 16 S, 102ND STREET 630 176- 42 484 412 1730 640 2270 247 2517 3270 055 2316 a as 2260 916 136.44 05 4i 14 2692 3746 1992 ESTIMATED PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES BASE CONDITION S. 102ND STREET /E. MARGINAL WAY " • • • 111-1V.1.1) 1 nmni._.L.14 1■■ 11W.■■■ ■■ AM PEAK HOUR S. 102ND STREET 315 84 4t-i 642 •dg----- 231 673 PM PEAK HOUR 31 2058 1743 1730 558* 2288 249 S. 102ND STREET 2319 39 .4-4 653 186 2260 43 487 424 $ 2537 3278 >- 1 >- 4 916 147444 1063 2704 3767 N N 1992 ESTIMATED PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES WITH PROJECT S. 102ND STREET/E. MARGINAL WAY • AM PEAK HOUR 5:45 -8:45 �+ 5R -99 RAMP 1000 PM .PEAK HOUR 3 :00 -4:00 518 14 4e-- 151 988 835 0 J a 307 189 137 N 13 A 31 1003 -T 972 0 0 � 0 0 z° COUNT OATS: JANUARY 17, 19trr EXISTING PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES S. 102ND STREET/SR-99 RAMP /W. MARGINAL PLACE •■■■•■•■■■■■■■••••••••• AM Pf-AK- HOUR 1010 PM PEAK HOUR 71 419 15 521 102 87 145 85 413 0 57 470 822 ).152 1992 ESTIMATED PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES BASE CONDITION S. 102ND STREET/SR-99 RAMP/W. MARGINAL PLACE 1 a. AM PEAK HOUR SR-99 RAMP 1036 PM PEAK HOUR 545 15 .1e-- 153 1021 $ 315 171 14-4 1 ± 143 0 N 1043 ••••-001011 a SR-99 RAMP 431 ° 1 145 73 73 6 67 o 425 15 N S. 102ND STREET 649 -ID. 166 1992 ESTIMATED PEAK HOUR TRAFFIC VOLUMES WITH PROJECT S. 102ND STREET/SR-99 RAMP/W. MARGINAL PLACE METRO TRANSIT SERVICE DOCUMENTATION CONSTRUCTION SITE VICINITY REFERENCE # B-14B • C�)oNegadPoR9 E;®{Ievue 'TRIM CenK : @Olevue p o9 aewpoN X0E5 P o Q9 @MOi) DAR& Myymm9 13@@0 Oadward Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 00000000 0 0 .• — Skyway 1W(J, ff34, �d 0igudes Expresses serving 4ransit Cake EfiD1 a Federal \/ E Federal C°J0 l G6G UI M, ate kW, Sea -4ig Boeing, Federal Midway Airport, Kent -Des iverton Downtown Moines, Heights, Seattle Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15,1991 Downtown Seattle = r a Riverton Heights Sea -Tac Airport e p0 /TM Boeing= s.me Includes EXPRESS Kent - Des Moines Star Lake hull ©UWO© afil J-L @Uj t 9 how @c @n K @0j[ k9 a@ocrg@ @it9 B@WERCAVH ge& @ Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 Downtown Seattle Georgetown oeing Industrial a.mo Riverton Heights McMicken Heights Includes EXPRESS= Service' Ea2, d mon Shore! Beaeh Shore! rora UGt�@ PC".D9 po Coil GJ fl UNOw@mdt EDOgdgg F 0u1 Com lege orthgate town Seattle Boeing ustrial Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 ssaq 26W� 0 0 h9 SahaI@@9 @�Jp ©reekpe3h9 Educat�i h@,6 o[� X0009 ft[iiimgoo M View o 0MA 0d @pid3 @9 Bownama @9 Doan) hchg til mon Seatt Effective Sept.:15,1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 Richmond Beach Aurora Village horeline Ferry, Terminal` Northgate_ University_ District- Downtown Seattle 0V Boeing Industrial T Includes EXPRESS Service 4)0 Education Hill 1 Redmond To Sahalee & Issaquah Sammamish Viewpoint Montlake— Overtake Downtown Seattle_ _ _ 1• O ® Boeing • Industrial Ossaq &' Etigg Ply rilaARg hp2 9 Ei4 @pa. ORCIfigeell Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 EXPRESS Service B B •0 Eastgate Park & Ride s Boeing Industrial Issaquah Park & Ride 'Am Ciedecd0 r' bc? RoVh9 ° 0g6e 0r]�I get)09 [►Odwmfl Iedeu0 @ij WW 0v 0 9 UrilwaFOV Bfleci.@49 113@aRg Oudag e0 00 Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 Effective Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15, 1991 1}-{6009 AN34 X5009 0, POD C°. l i7 ij Effective_ Sept. 15, 1990 thru Feb. 15,1991 Federal Center South 131 Boeing Industrial 0_,,.0 0� 0_ Midway NORTH Federal Way NMI - - _ e® ®� 1 University District Wedgwood Ravenna ooaoo • O ® ••• • • Boeing Industrial Gu���E)l Broadway 0000000 0 o iw e First Hill- Beacon Hill Georgetown Boeing Industrial NORTH Jung ij Metro Transit System Map 1990 GOODWILL GAMEST" SEATTLE Goodwill Games Information Inside BOEING-.COMMUTING ASSISTANCE PROGRAM METRO 'Monthly Deduction Calculation Guide • PASS TYPE ' : ":COST SUBSIDY YOUR MONTHLY PAYROLL DEDUCTION 1 Zone Pass :''$31.50 - $15.00 = $16.50 2 Zone Pass $47.00 - $15.00 = $32.00 Custom Bus /. Vanp-oor Fares, ,Fares - $15.00 = Vary. Pass Cost Less $15.00 Equals,Your Monthly Deduction NOTE TO'ALLVANPOOL:RIDERS: The difference between your pass cost and.: the actual vanpoo l fare must be paid by you to your. vanpool."driver. • For MOi.ey.intOrmatiOriplease call Jeanne Redding 393 -8289 or John Smutny 393 -3124 `�:;at ;:the'' Boeing Commuter Office. SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PLAN REFERENCE # B -14B1 • • • CITY OF TUKWILA CAPITAL FINANCIAL PLAN 1991 - 1996 Arterial Street PROJECT TITLE 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 TOTAL OTHE Interurban Ave (42 to 52 Ave South) 3270 0 0 0 0 0 3534 248 SR -181 and South 180th Street 1900 0 0 0 0 0 2170 153. Southcenter Blvd - 68 Ave S (T -Line) 1600 4500 4150 0 0 0 10889 731, - Pacific Hwy (BAR - S 152 St) 1255 1285 5150 5240 0 0 12930 775: Repairs and Overlay 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 8425 E Marginal Wy (BAR- NCL) 680 3500 3500 0 0 0 7780 27 Klickitat Drive Left Turn 590 0 0 0 0 0 635 10 Intersection Improvement Program 450 450 450 450 450 450 3150 105 Southcenter Parkway - Signals 405 200 200 0 0 0 805 Andover Pk W (Tukwila Pkwy - Strander 306 1372 0 0 0 0 1678 118 E Marginal Wy (BAR - S 112 St) 300 50 660 600 0 0 1610 808 Christensen Rd (I405 - Baker) 300 0 0 0 0 0 324 0 40 - 42 Ave S & S 152 St 255 2400 1175 1070 0 0 4900 1350 Southcenter Blvd & (I405/I -5) 250 0 0 0 0 0 287 0 S 124 St & 50 P1 S 215 0 0 0 0 0 225 0 S 135 P1 (56 Ave S - 50 P1 S) 150 0 0 0 0 0 150 0 Southcenter Blvd /68 Ave S (T -Line) Si 145 0 0 0 0 0 235 98 S 178 St (Southcenter PkWy - I -5) 125 0 0 0 0 0 3326 0 Bridge Program 75 400 600 0 0 0 1110 0 Interurban (Southcenter /Grady /I -405) 60 0 0 0 0 0 60 50 CBD Sidewalks 35 375 375 375 0 0 1229 900 Boeing Access Road I -5 Northbound Acc 10 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 Interurban Ave S (Southcenter Blvd - 0 375 4455 0 0 0 4830 3680 akuthcenter Blvd (61 Ave - Macadam) 0 335 0 0 0 0 345 278 dover Park West at Baker Blvd 0 159 0 0 0 0 159 0 Andover Pk W at S 168 Railroad Crossi 0 148 0 0 0 0 148 148 Southcenter Pkwy (I -5 Off - S 168 St) 0 120 845 0 0 0 965 324 Strander Blvd /58 Ave S 0 115 0 0 0 0 115 0 Strander Blvd at Andover Park West 0 88 0 0 0 0 88 0 S 180 St at Andover Park West 0 81 0 0 0 0 81 81 57 Ave S (S 180 - South City Limit) 0 75 600 600 600 0 1922 1126 Traffic Signal Interconnect System 0 50 380 370 370 0 1170 0 SR -181 (I -405 to Strander) 0 47 230 300 0 0 776 300 W Valley (I -405 - Strander) 0 47 230 300 0 0 577 0 S 133 St (Interurban - S 130 St) 0 43 289 0 0 0 332 145 Strander Boulevard 0 39 461 0 0 0 500 250 S 134 St (S 133 St - 48 Ave) 0 29 197 0 0 0 226 197 Nelsen P1 0 25 280 0 0 0 305 280 58 Ave S (Strander - S 168 St) 0 25 100 700 700 0 1525 1525 S 168 St (Sctr Blvd - 58 Ave S) 0 25 0 0 0 0 2076 0 S 180 St 0 9 113 0 0 0 122 0 Longacres Way (W Valley - UPRR) 0 8 225 0 0 0 257 100 Rockery Program 0 5 180 180 0 0 365 0 Strander Boulevard Extension 0 5 0 0 0 55 9160 8000 Gateway Drive 0 0 885 1951 0 0 2836 0 S 151 St 0 0 155 0 0 0 155 0 * Denotes other funding sources, grants, LID's, devel., etc. • 14 SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY NO. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 July 23, 1990 Pape 1 F; U; PROJECT COSTS 18 THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N; R F A A 0; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS . 1 TA 8 TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES ;; ; 2ND T IS CO WORK V S; TOTAL ; ; 1ST YR; Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR LNSTH E T; : THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH & ANNUAL; A S T; 1ST ; 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH ; LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL;; ; 6TH L S X U; YEAR ; YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS FUNDS FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS :: ; ELEMT.; S; 1991 ; 1992 ; 93-94 ; 95 -96 ; „ ; YEARS 01 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD 85 -R802 16 1 ABDF 0.28 X P $2,350 $3,775 $2,051 $8,176 $1,312 $3,029 $3,835 P.E. $18 $250 68th Ave. S. - Grady Way Bridge R/W $520 Widen to 5 lanes on new alignment with new bridge over 6reenRiver, structure CONST. $100 $3,065 undercrossing I -405 ramps, new signal and channelization at Interurban Ave. t TOTAL $118 $3,835 02 WEST VALLEY HWY (SR 181) @ S. 180TH STREET 84 -8840 16 2 ABDF 0.42 X P 81,400 $8,000 $9,400 $1,916 $7,150 $334 P.E. W. Valley Hwy @ S. 180th 8/8 Short -term signal modification, channelization, bridge widening. Long -term CONST. $334 urban interchange with W. Valley overpass over S. 180th. t TOTAL $334 $0 03 INTERURBAN AVENUE SOUTH 84 -R841 14 2 ABDF 0.91 X P $2,956 $2,956 $916 $2,040 P.E. 52nd Ave. S. - 42nd Ave. 5. R/W Reconstruct to 5 lanes including curb and putter, sidewalk, drainage, - CONST. channelization, traffic signals, lighting, signs, landscaping. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 04 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH 90 -RW02 14 2 ABDF 1.93 X P $1,000 $3,500 $2,500 $7,000 $1,400 $5,600 P.E. $0 Boeing Access Rd - North City Limit R/W $0 Design and construct Widening, drainage, traffic signals, utility CONST. $0 undergrounding, fighting, sidewalks, including Boeing Access Rd. intersection. t TOTAL $0 $0 05 KLICKITAT DRIVE 86 -8802 19 3 ABDF 0.30 X P $185 $185 $185 P.E. 53rd Ave. - I -5 Overpass 8/8 Design and construct southbound left turn lane,new sidewalk,drainage, and CONST. lighting. t TOTAL $0 $0 06 42ND AVENUE S. AND 40TH AVENUE 5. 90- 17 3 ABDF 1.93 P $255 $2,950 $3,205 $641 $2,564 P.E. S. 164th St. - S. 131st Way R/W Design and construct paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting, CONST. utility undergrounding. Coordinate City of SeaTac. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 07 SOUTHCENTER BLVD AT 1 -5/1 -405 RAMPS 88 -8808 16 6 HIK 0.50 P $35 $300 $335 $95 8240 P.E. 61st Ave. - I -5 R/W Design and construct channelization, intersection, and free -way ramp CONST. improvements. Coordinate with W5DOT HOV project. t TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY NO. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 July 23, 1990 Page 2 F; U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; ; 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN P. CL R Y G; SOURCE OF FUNDS .. I TA 8 TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES ; 2ND T IS CO WORK V S; ; TOTAL ; 1ST YR; Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR LNSTH E T; ; THRU N AY. CODE R A; 3R0 d ; 5TH k ; ANNUAL; 8 A S T; 1ST ; 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH ; ; LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL;; ; 6TH 0 L S X U; YEAR ; YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ; ELEMT.; S; 1991 ; 1992 ; 93 -94 ; 95 -96 ; „ ; YEARS 08 BRIDGE REPAIR /REPLACEMENT 89-RW16 4 L X P $100 $400 $1,180 $1,200 $2,880 $2,880 P.E. Existing bridges in City. R/W Evaluate, design, and contruct repairs and reolaceoents. 42nd Ave.(S 133rd), CONST. 42nd Ave.(Duwamish River), 51st Ave (S. 154th), etc. $ TOTAL $0 $0 09 INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS 6 HIJK X P $120 $480 $960 8960 $2,520 $1,920 $600 P.E. $18 $90 Various City locations. R/W Design and construct improvements and new signals. Andover Park E @ Minkler, CONST. $82 $410 Andover Park East @ Baker, S. 130th @ SR 99, etc. 1 TOTAL $100 $500 10 STREET OVERLAY AND REPAIR. PROGRAM 5 BDE P $750 8750 $1,500 $1.500 $4,500 $4,500 P.E. Various city streets. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 11 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER REPLACEMENT 89 -RW09 6 I P 1115 $115 8230 $230 $690 $690 P.E. Various existing signal controller locations R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 12 SIDEWALK PROGRAM 85-RWO5 9 A6N X P $375 $375 $375 $1,125 $1,125 P.E. Various city streets. R/W Design and construct sidewalk and pedestrian walkway improvements throughout CONST. city. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 13 TRAFFIC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT SYSTEM 89 -8802 6 I 10.00 X P $50 $380 $740 $1,170 $1,170 P.E. All traffic signals R/W Install signal interconnect system w /master controller. CONST. $ TOTAL $0 $0 14 TRAFFIC SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 6 HJKN X P $150 $150 $300 $300 $900 $900 P.E. Various city streets. R/W Barrier, channelization, signing, minor widening, lighting S. 135th Place, 50th CONST. Place @ S. 124th, S. 178th, etc. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY!COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY NO. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION NO. 1147 July 23, 1990 Faae 3 F; U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N; R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; , 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y s; SOURCE OF FUNDS I TA W TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES 2ND T IS CO WORK V 5; TOTAL ; ; 1ST YR; Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK 05 LR — LNGTH E T; ; THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH & ; ; ANNUAL; N A S T; 1ST : 2ND : 4TH ; 6TH ; ; LOCAL ;RAP /DAB :FEDERAL;; : 6TH 0 L S X U; YEAR : YEAR : YEARS : YEARS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS : FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ; ELEMT.; S; 1991 ; 1992 : 93 -94 ; 95 -96 ; ., : YEARS 15 INTERURBAN AVENUE SOUTH 84 -8806 1.4 4 ABDF 1.36 X U S. 139th St. - Southcenter Blvd. Design and reconstruct 5-lane improvements including paving,curb and gutter, sidewalks, utility undergrounding, lightinglandscaping, bikepath. $2,430 82.174 $4,604 $921 $3,683 P.E. R/W CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 16 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH 89 -RWO5 14 2 ABDF 0.40 X P $20 $25 $800 $845 $169 $676 P.E. Boeing Access Rd. - S. 112th Street R/W Reconstruct to 5 -lanes with curb, nutter, sidewalk, drainage,landscape, and CONST. illumination. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 17 INTERURBAN AVENUE SOUTH 87-RW18 14 2 ABDF 0.30 P $20 $345 $365 $89 $276 P.E. Southcenter Blvd. - Grady Way R/W Design and construct safety and capacity improvements. CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 18 RAILROAD XING RESURFACING PROGRAM 87 -8814 5 AHD 0.04 X P $94 $30 $65 $189 $189 P.E. All RR xing_s in CBD. R/W Design and construct at-grade surface improvements of exist -ing RR xinas. CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 19 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY 84 -RW19 16 2 0808 0.20 X P $60 $345 $405 $81 $324 P.E. West Mall Access - S. 168th 12/8 Design and construct safety and capacity improvements. CONST. I TOTAL $0 $0 20 CHRISTENSEN ROAD 84 -8844 19 3 ABDF 0.17 X P $265 $265 $265 P.E. Andover Park East - 900 feet south. R/W Design and construct street and trail improvements including cul -de -sac in CONST. conjunction with T -Line bridge replacement and Green River dike improvements. 21 WEST VALLEY HIGHWAY (SR 181) 84 -8831 14 2 ABDF 0.42 X P $47 $230 $300 1 -405 - Strander Blvd. Widen from 6 to 7 lanes with signal codifications 8 2 inter - sections. $577 $577 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1496 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARIN6 DATE 06 /18/90 CITY N0. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 July 23. 1990 Paos 4 F; U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N; R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; , 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS , 1 TA W TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES ; 2ND T IS CO WORK V S; TOTAL ; ; 1ST YR: Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR" LNSTH E T; THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 508 & ; ANNUAL; N A S T; 1ST ; 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH ; ; LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL;; ; 6TH 0' L S X U; YEAR ; YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ; ELEMT. S; 1991 1992 ; 93 -94 ; 95-96 : YEARS 22 ANDOVER PARK EAST 90 -88 16 2 ABDF 1.39 U $150 $1,900 $2,050 $410 $1.640 P.E. Tukwila Parkway - S. 180th St. R/W Design and construct widening to 5 -lanes including paving, drainage, curb and CONST. gutter, sidewalks, channelization, sig- nals, lighting, signing. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 23 STRANDER BLVD. EXTENSION 86 -RWO3 1 ABDF 0.28 X P $5 $561 $8,039 $8,605 $1,725 $6,880 P.E. W. Valley Hwy (S.R. 181) - Oakesdale (Renton) 13/8 New 5-lane arterial with separated grade crossing railroad tracks. (joint CONST. project w /Renton) 1 TOTAL $0 $0 24 58TH AVENUE SOUTH 84 -RW34 1 ABDF 0.26 X U $25 $1,800 $1,825 $1,825 P.E. Strander Blvd - S. 168th Street R/W New 4-lane street with new signal 8 Strander Blvd. CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 25 57th AVENUE SOUTH (SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY) 84 -8837 16 2 ABDF 0.50 X U $79 $1,890 $1,969 $394 $1.575 P.E. S. 180th St. - South City Limits R/W Design and construct widening to 4 or 5 lanes including paving, drainage, curb CONST. and gutter, sidewalks, channelization, lighting, utility undergrounding. $ TOTAL $0 $0 26 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY 87 -R803 16 6 HIK 1.00 X P $150 $243 $150 $543 $543 P.E. S. 168th - S. 180th St. R/8 Design and construct traffic signals, pedestrian crossings, and combine CONST. driveways. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 27 ANDOVER PARK WEST 88 -R804 17 2 ABDF 1.39 X P $150 $900 $1,000 $2,050 $410 $1,640 P.E. Tukwila Parkway - S. 180th st. R/8 Design and construct widening to 5 lanes including paving, drainage, curb and CONST. gutter, sidewalks, channelization.signals, lighting, signing. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 28 SOUTH 168TH STREET 84 -RWOB 1 ABDF 0.38 X U $25 $1,488 $1,987 $3.500 $3.500 P.E. Southcenter Parkway - Andover Park West R/8 New 4 -lane street including r -o -w acquisition and new signalat Andover Park CONST. West. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA 9509IN6 DATE 06/18/90 CITY NO. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY NO. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 July . 1990 Face 5 F; II II U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M „ N P. F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN U JO R I; O NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS . I TA W TOTAL 0 : FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES 2ND T IS CO WORK. V S; TOTAL 1ST YR; Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR LNBTH E T; ; THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH & ANNUAL; N A S T; 1ST : 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL;; : 6TH 0 L S 1 U; YEAR ; YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS FUNDS FUNDS : FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ELENT.; 5; 1991 ; 1992 ; 93-94 ; 95 -96 ., : YEARS 29 SOUTH 133RD STREET 86 -9901 17 2 ABDF 0.13 X P 9338 S. 134th Street - Interurban Ave. Design and construct widening to 4 lanes including paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalk, channelization, signai,lighting, signing. 30 16TH AVE. S. BRIDGE 89 -RW02 16th Ave. S. bridge north pier Engine foundation soils 14 8 L 0.01 X U 9208 31 HINKLER BLVD 84-8907 1 ABDF 0.38 X U Southcenter Parkway - Andover Park West New 4 -lane street w /traffic signals at SC Parkway and Andover Park West. 32 PACIFIC HIGHWAY SOUTH (HWY 99) 14 2 ABDF 3.51 U Boeing Access Road - South 152nd Street Design and construct paving, curb and gutter, drainage, sidewalks, lighting, utility underorounding. 33 51ST AVENUE / MACADAM ROAD / 42ND AVENUE 17 2 ABDF 1.80 U Interurban Avenue - SR 518 Design and construct paving, curb and gutter, drainage, sidewalks, lighting, utility undergrounding $338 $338 $208 $208 $2,919 $2,919 $2.919 $560 $6,440 $7,000 $1,400 $5,600 $240 $2,760 $3,000 $600 $2,400 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 F.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/9 CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 34 SOUTH 180TH STREET 16 4 OD 0.60 U $50 $575 $625 $125 $500 P.E. Southcenter Parkway - Sperry Drive R/W Reconstruct and resurface roadway CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 35 LONSACRES DRIVE (S. 158TH ST.) 84 -RW13 19 4 ABDF 0.10 X P $235 $235 $235 P.E. West Valley Highway - Nelsen Place R/9 Install curb and gutter, sidewalk, drainage on existing 4 -lane street. CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMF'F.'OVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY ND. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY NO. 17 RESOLUTION NO. 1147 Lily 23. 990 Page F; L'; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N; R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS , I TA N TOTAL 0 306 ALL FUNDING TYPES ; 2ND T IS CO WORK V S; TOTAL 1ST YR; Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR LNGTH E T; „ ; THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH & ANNUAL; N A 5 T; 1ST ; 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH ; LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL;; ; 6TH 0 L 5 X U; YEAR ; YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ; ELEMT.; S; 1991 ; 1992 ; 93-94 ; 95-96 ; YEARS 36 SOUTH 134TH STREET 84-RW27 19 2 ABDF 0.23 X U $230 $230 $230 P.E. S. 133rd St. - 48th Ave. 5. 6/5 Design and construct widening to 4 lanes including paving, drainage, curb and CONST. gutter, sidewalks, channelization, liohting, signing. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 37 STRANDER BOULEVARD 86 -RW03 17 2 ABDF 0.38 X U $2,500 $2,500 $500 $2,000 P.E. Southcenter Parkway - Andover Park East 6/5 Design and construct widening to 7 lanes including paving, drainage, curb and CONST. putter, sidewalks, channelization, signalization, lighting, signing. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 38 TUKWILA PARKWAY @ S -LINE BRIDGE 84 -RW39 16 1 ADFB 0.10 X U $231 $231 $231 P.E. Tukwila Parkway @ S-Line Bridge R/W New access to Southcenter Mail at existing_ intersection. CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 39 STRANDER BOULEVARD 84 -RW32 17 3 ABDF 0.38 X U $42 $493 $535 $107 $428 P.E. Andover Park West - Lois T. Newton Bridge. R/W Design and construct widening to 5 lanes including paving, drainage, curb and CONST. gutter, sidewalks, lighting. 40 SOUTH 178TH STREET 89 -RW07 16 1 ABDF 0.46 X U Soutncenter Parkway - 1 -5 - Widen to 5 -lanes on new alignment with paving, curb and gutter, sidewalks, drainage, street lights. 41 S. 133RD STREET BRIDGE 85-RW01 Gateway Drive - 50th Place E. New 4 -lane arterial w /bridge crossing the Duwacish River. $3,248 $3,248 $649 $2,599 1 ABDF 0.40 X U $2,887 $2,887 $2.887 42 SOUTH 180TH STREET RR XIN6 87 -RW09 14 1 ADFG 0.20 X U S. 180th (5W 43rd) @ UPRR -BNRR ring. New separated grade crossing of existing RR tracks (joint project w /Rentoni. • • 59.230 $9,230 $1,846 $7,384 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/6 CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. 9/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY N0. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 Buis 23, 1990 Page 7 F; U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P 8 C N; R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS 1 TA 8 TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES ; 2ND T IS CO WORK 0 S; ; TOTAL ; ; 1ST YR: Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF WORK OS LR LNGTH E T; ; THRU N AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH 6 ; ; ANNUAL; N A S T; 1ST 2ND ; 4TH ; 6TH ; ; LOCAL ;RAP /UAB ;FEDERAL ;; ; ; 6TH 0 L S X U; YEAR YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ; ELEMT. S; 1991 1992 ; 93 -94 ; 95-96 ; „ ; YEARS 43 MINKLER BLVD 84 4815 Andover Park W. - Andover Park E. Widen from 4 to 5 lanes. 19 3 ABDF 0.17 X U $778 $778 8778 44 TRECK DRIVE EXTENSION 87 -RWO6 19 1 ABDF 0.11 X U Andover Park West - exist. Treck Drive Design and construct new 3 -lane street on new alignment including paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting. 45 SOUTH 1519T STREET 87 -8108 19 3 ABDF 0.10 X U 51st Ave. S. - 52nd Ave. S. Design and construct street widening including paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting. 46 NELSEN PLACE 88 -8805 19 3 ABDF 0.11 X U S. 156th St. - S. 158th St. Design and construct widening including paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting. 47 SOUTH 168TH STREET 84 -8835 1 ABDF 0.17 X U Andover Park West - Andover Park East Design and construct new 4 -lane street including right -of- way acquisition, paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalk,lighting. 48 SOUTH 144TH STREET 84 -RW29 19 2 ABDF 0.11 X U Interurban Ave. - Duwamish River Design and construct widening including paving, curb and gutter, drainage, sidewalks, lighting 49 SOUTH 143RD STREET 84 -8125 19 2 ABDF 0.20 0 U Interurban Avenue - Duwamish River Design and construct widening including paving, curb and gutter, drainage, sidewalks, lighting $429 $429 $429 $158 $158 $158 $310 $310 $310 $373 $373 $373 $182 $182 $182 $418 $418 $418 P.E. R/W CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. 8/8 CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. 8/8 CONST. t TOTAL $0 $0 P.E. R/W CONST. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • SIX YEAR TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 1991 TO 1996 CITY /COUNTY CITY OF TUKWILA HEARING DATE 06/18/90 CITY NO. 1320 ADOPTION DATE 06/25/90 COUNTY N0. 17 RESOLUTION N0. 1147 July 23, 1990 Page 8 F; U; PROJECT COSTS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS FEDERAL P M C N; II R F A A D; OBLIGATION PLAN I U JO R I; 0 NC OF R N; EXPENDITURE PLAN ; R CL R Y 6; SOURCE OF FUNDS 1 TA Y TOTAL 0 ; FOR ALL FUNDING TYPES 2N0 T I5 CO WORK V S ; TOTAL _ , ; 1ST YR,,;... . _, Y PROJECT IDENTIFICATION /DESCRIPTION OF YORK OS LR LNGTH E T; '; ; THRU� 8 AK CODE R A; ; 3RD & ; 5TH & ; ANNUAL; N .. _ A 5 T; 1ST ; 2ND ; 4TH : 6TH LOCAL ;RAP /UAB;FEDERAL: : 6TH____ .. ..... 0 L S X U; YEAR : YEAR ; YEARS ; YEARS ; FUNDS FUNDS : FUNDS ; FUNDS ;; ELEMT.; S; 1991 ; 1992 ; 93 -94 ; 95 -96 ; „ : YEARS 50 SOUTH 140TH STREET 84 -RW26 19 2 ABDF 0.11 X U $182 $182 $182 P.E. Interurban Avenue - Duwasish River R/W Design and construct widening including paving, curb and nutter, drainage, CONST. sidewalks, lighting 1 TOTAL $0 $0 51 SOUTH 143RD PLACE 84 -RW28 19 2 ABDF 0.19 X U $253 $253 $253 P.E. Interurban Avenue - Duwamish River R/8 Design and construct widening including paving, curb and nutter, sidewalks, CONST. lighting. t TOTAL $0 $0 52 MINKLER BLVD 1 ABDF 0.50 X U $7.000 $7,000 $7,000 P.E. West Valley Highway - Oakesdale R/W Design and construct new 5 -lane arterial with bridge cross- ing UPRR & BNRR CONST. tracks. X TOTAL 10_ $0 53 PACIFIC HIGHWAY SOUTH AND SOUTH 130TH INTERSECTION 14 6 ABDH 0.28 U $200 $200 $200 P.E. 500 feet north, south, and east of intersection R/W Design and construct traffic signal, channelization, lighting, and approach CONST. improvements. t TOTAL $0 $0 54 SOUTH 152ND STREET 19 2 ABDF 0.25 U $40 $460 $500 $500 P.E. 42nd Avenue South - Pacific Highway South R/W Design and construct paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting, CONST. utility undergrounding. t TOTAL $0 SO 55 NORFOLK STREET 1 ABDF 0.61 U $100 $1,150 $1,250 $1,250 P.E. East Marginal - West Marginal R/W Design and construct paving, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalks, lighting, CONST. bridge crossing Green River. t TOTAL $0 $0 56 SOUTH 144TH STREET 17 2 ABDF 0.30 U $500 $500 $500 P.E. Pacific Highway - Military Road R/W Design and construct widening, drainage, curb and gutter, sidewalk, lighting, CONST. utility undergounding. 1 TOTAL $0 $0 • • • PARKING AVAILABILTY STUDY REFERENCE # &19C REFERENCE # B -14C • • • DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER PARKING NOTE: PARKING STALLS ARE DETERMINED BY BUILDING SF. BLDG.# 9 -04 9 -05 9 -06 9 -07 9 -08 9 -12 9 -35 9 -42 9 -43 • 9 -48 9 -49 9 -50 9 -51 9 -52 9 -53 9 -54 9 -55 9 -56 9 -59 9 -60 9 -61 • BLDG. NAME CHEM.MANAG. BECE OFF. FAC. SUPPO. PUMP HOUSE OFF. BLDG. CAFETERIA STORAGE GUARD STAT. WELD SHOP MODEL SHOP EQUIP SUPP. S.R.OFFICE FACILITIES PAINT FAC. TECH.DEVEL. PAPER STOR. EMPLO.SERV. GUARD STAT. MEDICAL FLAMM.STOR. COMPR.HOUSE OCCUPANCY B2,H7,2,3 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 H4 B2 B2 B2 B2, H4 H2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 H3 B2 H.C.BY OCC. 18 10 13 7 2,500 600 1 14 5 24 16 209 512 22 489 4 90 10 14 10 12 H.C.ACT. XX 29 20 2 0 1,016 XX 9 2 5 0 2 10 72 667 10 96 2 21 1 5 0 0 P.S. 49 3 6 2 625 23 1 4 4 6 12 60 115 7 244 3 22 3 4 3 4 P.S.A * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * BLDG.SF. 31,400 1,030 6,488 2,052 250,000 9,000 455 1,414 1,425 2,424 4,860 51,755 51,757 6,643 97,901 1,344 9,030 1,000 1,350 2,988 3,644 • BLDG.# 9 -62 9 -64 9 -65 9 -66 9 -67 9 -69 9 -70 9 -75 9 -77 9 -78 9 -80 • 9 -85 9 -90 9 -94 9 -96 9 -98 9 -99 9 -100 9 -101 9 -102 9 -103 9 -110 • BLDG. NAME WAREHOUSE OPT.MODULE COOL.TOWER CAFETERIA DATA DESTR. HAZ.MAT.STO GAS BOT.STO PUMP HOUSE RANGE GUARD STAT. SONIC TEST IMPA.SHOCK OFFICE CAFETERIA OFFICE OFFICE CONTR.DEVEL GUARD STAT. MANUFACTUR. AUTOCLA.SUP UPS OFFICE OCCUPANCY B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 H3 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 H.C.BY OCC. 7 10 4 45 6 4 4 1 315 1 24 10 1,378 352 2,085 1,384 687 2 7,340 131 24 84 H.C.ACT. 0 0 22 4 0 0 0 92 1 4 4 750 20 706 P.S. 2 2 1 6 1 1 1 1 156 1 12 5 345 P.S.A * * * * * * * * * * * * * 451 * 5231 * 755 347 68 169 1 1 1,835 11,560 2 32 3 6 9 21 * * * BLDG.SF. 2,068 2,020 1,134 2,220 1,200 992 918 320 63,065 64 4,704 2,028 143,575 18,594 218,847 145,382 67,799 168 * 11,116,306 * * * 13,110 2,368 8,444 • BLDG.# 9 -120 9 -130 9 -140 9 -150 9 -401 9 -380 9 -403 9 -444 9 -445 9 -450 BLDG. NAME ENGINEERING OFFICE PHOTO LAB EMPL.ACT.C. ANTEN.TEST TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER OCCUPANCY B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 H.C.BY OCC. 1,446 3 17 1,049 1 53 19 59 21 7 H.C.ACT. P.S. P.S.A 98 343 * 4 8 * 44 43 * 15 131 * 0 1 * 17 13 * 20 5 * 39 15 * 5 6 * 0 2 * III TOTALS: HEAD COUNT BY BUILDING OCCUPANCY = 18,211 ACTUAL HEAD COUNT = 6,489 PARKING STALLS BY BUILDING OCCUPANCY = 5,005 ACTUAL PARKING STALLS AT THE DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER = 7,549 BUILDING SQUARE- FOOTAGE AT THE DEVELOPMENTAL CENT.= 2,649,250 *= THE TOTAL PARKING AVAILABLE AT THE DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER AFTER THE 9 -101 EXPANSION, 9 -04, AND 9 -12 BLDGS ARE BUILT WILL BE 7,297 STALLS. XX= THESE BUILDING HAVE NOT BEEN CONSTRUCTED AS OF 01/23/91 TITLE DEFINITIONS: OCCUPANCY COLUMN: THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE DEFINITION H.C. BY OCC. COLUMN: HEAD COUNT BY OCCUPANCY H.C. ACT. COLUMN: HEAD COUNT ACTUAL P.S. COLUMN: PARKING STALLS REQUIRED BY TUKWILA CITY CODE P.S.A. COLUMN: PARKING STALLS ACTUAL (WE TOTALED SITE STALLS) BLDG. SF. COLUMN: TOTAL SQUARE FOOT OF EACH BUILDING ON SITE • BLDG.SF. 181,826 3,038 17, 110 52,500 100 5,3841 1,920 5,996 2,120 650 EMERGENCY SERVICES JOINT TRAINING AGREEMENT REFERENCE # B -15A 1 • • RESPONSIBILITIES OF LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENTS / EMERGENCY RESPONSE • SERVICES AND BOEING FIRE DEPARTMENT / EMERGENCY SERVICES: The City of Tukwila, having jurisdiction at the Boeing Developmental Center, is responsible for providing fire and emergency response services at this site. Fire and emergency services include providing emergency response personnel, fire trucks, aid cars, medic units and hazardous material response units. Boeing provides emergency response personnel, fire truck, medic aid unit, ambulance, and hazardous material response team. Both the City of Tukwila and Boeing are called on first and second level responses. There are no agreements to provide training between Boeing and the City of Tukwila. Boeing provides training to all Boeing Fire, Medical and Haz -Mat personnel. Cooperative training /drills with Boeing and Tukwila emergency response personnel are performed periodically. • • VICINITY UTILITIES SERVICE PLANS AND DESCRIPTIONS REFERENCE # B -16B • • 7)* • The following descriptions and locations for the existing facilities within the study area have been compiled from data available in December, 1987. Domestic Water • Main Developmental Center Site The domestic water Is supplied to the Main site by a looped 8 (6 in some places) inch main. The northern portion of the site, which includes Buildings 9 -51 and 9-77, is supplied by a separate 6 -inch main from the City of Seattle 22 -inch main on East Marginal Way South. The two systems are adequate for the total site and will permit future expansion. Storm Sewer Figure 8.10.3 shows the locations of storm drainage trunk lines, as well as discharge points into the Duwamish Waterway. • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is served by an extensive system of gravity flow storm drains which discharge into the Duwamish Waterway at approximately 17 separate locations. One of the main trunk lines traverses the entire length of the - Linear Park. Natural Gas Sanitary Sewer • There are two sewer jurisdictions within the study area; namely the City of Seattle and the Val Vue sewer district. The geographic extent of each jurisdiction is shown on the Central Sector of Figure B.10.3. These sanitary sewers are collected into the Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) sewer system and routed to existing treatment plants. METRO is obligated by agreement to accept each jurisdiction's sewage and provide primary treatment before discharging the effluent into Puget Sound. • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is served by five sewers which connect to the METRO trunk line in East Marginal Way South. These sewers include: 1. A line serving Building 9-05 at the north end of the site; 2. A line serving Buildings 9 -51, 9 -52, 9 -53, and 9 -77; 3. A line serving the STP III area and Building 9 -55; 4. A line serving the north portion of the main site, located just north of Building 9 -101; 5. A line serving the south portion of the main site, skirting the south side of Building 9 -101. ELECTRIC POWER • Main Developmental Center Site This site is served by Seattle City Light from several locations. The primary service location is a main substation just north of Building 9 -50. This substation provides power for the portion of the DC Site bounded by East Marginal Way South on the east, Building 9 -50 on the north, the Duwamish River on the west and Buildings 9 -140 and 9 =110 on the south. At the main substation Seattle City Light 26,000 volt feeders supply power to three transformers which reduce power down to 13,800 volts. Two of the transformers are rated 7500/9375 Kva and the third is rated 7500 /8400/ 10500 Kva. From this substation the 13,800 volt power is distributed underground throughout the service area to 47 secondary substations ranging in size from 500 Kva to 3000 Kva. These secondary substations reduce power to 480 volts for utilization and further distribution. Almost without exception the secondary substations have dual primary switches for selec- tion of feed from two of the 13,800 volt sources. In addition, most are either double - ended or interconnected with other substations via secondary tie breakers. The portion of the Developmental Center located north of Building 9 -50 is supplied from two 2000 Kva - Seattle City Light substations which reduce 26,000 volt primary power directly to 480 volt utilization and distribution power. One of these substations is located just south of Building 9-77 and supplies Buildings 9 -51, 9 -52 and 9 -77. The other is located just northwest of Building 9-06 and supplies power to Buildings 9-05 and 9-06. • Main Developmental Center Site . Natural gas is supplied to the Main Developmental, Center Site by a 6 -inch main which has a 4 -inch plastic liner for approximately 1/2 of the length between Building 9 -50 (boiler house) gas metering station and the Washington Natural Gas Company main at East Marginal Way South. Fire Protection Water • Main Developmental Center Site The Main Developmental Center Site is looped with a 10 -inch main. The fire protection storage tank (Building 9 -75) contains 200,000 gallons. The system has one 1,500 gpm diesel engine driven fire pump and is adequate for the present site. The northern portion of the site has a 10 -inch fire protection line serving the site and connects with the fire protection loop at the Main site. The line is adequate and has been provided with blind flanges to permit easy extension of the loop. As buildings are added to the site, fire mains will be looped around the buildings. The system has a 1,600,000 storage tank on the east side of Building 9 -77 and a pump house containing four 3,500 gpm (nominal) diesel driven fire pumps and two electric motor driven jockey pumps. The size of the tank is such that it is being considered as the fire protection storage tank for the Main site, replacing the existing fire protection storage tank, Building 9 -75. Both fire protection systems makeup water comes from the City of Seattle 22 -inch main that runs along East Marginal Way South. • LEGEND '--• SANITARY SEWER '-'• STORM SEWER. 100 400 800 MIt;1V CENTRAL SECTOR FIGURE 6.10.3 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER ASTE PLAR EXISTING UTILITIES: SANITARY & STORM SEWER PLANT II 14 -02 ∎NIIMmy....uson o�._tit�Vsv.1•1r LEGEND COMMUNICATIONS 13.8. KV 26 KV Mint SEMI 100 400 800 DIVE EXIST ELECT NORTH LOPMENTAL CENTER ASTE PLAN ING UTILITIES: RICAL & COMMUNICATIONS SECTOR FIGURE B. 10.9 LEGEND STEAM NATURAL GAS EXISTING UTILITIES: ST EA M. & NATURAL GAS CENTRAL SECTOR FIGURE B. 10.5 LEGEND DOMESTIC WATER FIRE PROTECTION WATER 100 400. 800 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER ASTEEP PLA1 EXISTING UTILITIES: DOMESTIC AND FIRE PROTECTION WATER CENTRAL SECTOR FIGURE B. 10. 1